PROCEEDINGS
OF TUK
AMER'ICAN ACADEMY
OF
ARTS AND SCIENCES.
VOL. VIII.
FROM MAY, 1868, TO MAY, 1873.
SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS.
BOSTON AND CAMBRIDGE:
WELCH, BIGELOW, AND COMPANY.
1873.
2*^7
PROCEEDINGS
OP THE
AMERICAN ACADEMY
OF
ARTS AND SCIENCES
SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS.
VOL. VIII.
Five hundred and ninety-fifth Meeting.
May 26, 1868. — Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
It was voted that this meeting be adjourned at its close to
tfie second Tuesday in June, to receive the Council's Report
and for other business.
The Treasurer's report was received and referred to the
Auditing Committee.
At the close of his report the Treasurer declined to be a can-
didate for re-election.
Professor Lovering presented the report of the Committee
of Publication. This report was accepted.
Professor Lovering presented the report of the Rumford
Committee, which was accepted, and a recommendation to ap-
propriate $ 1,000 from the Rumford Fund for beginning the
publication of Count Rumford's works was referred to the
adjourned meeting.
Professor Lovering declined to be a candidate for re-election
to the Rumford Committee and to the Council, on account of
a proposed absence from the country.
VOL. VIII. 1
2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Professor Henck as chairman of the Library Committee
presented their report, which was accepted.
The following appropriations were made for the ensuing
year : —
For General Expenses, from the General Fund $ 2,200.
" " " RumfordFund 200.
For Publication . . . . . . 800.
For the Library ....... 500.
Professor Rogers, as chairman of the committee appointed to
consider and report on Chapter VII., Section 2, of the Statutes,
reported that no change in the Statute was desirable. The
subject of this report was referred back to the committee.
The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —
Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.
• John L. Hayes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.
Professor W. J. Clark, President of the Massachusetts
Agricultural College, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
Section 3.
Andrew D. White, President of Cornell University, Ithaca,
New York, to be an Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 2.
James B. Angell, President of the University of Vermont,
to be an Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 4.
Hon. Lewis H. Morgan, of Albany, New York, to be an
Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 2.
Professor T. C. Bluntschli, of Heidelberg, to be a Foreign
Honorary Member in Class III., Section 1, in the place of the
late Professor Mittermaier.
Professor Ritschl, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Mem-
ber in Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor
Boeckh.
Professor Lassen, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Mem-
ber in Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor
Bopp.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1868. 3
Henry Longueville Mansel, LL. D., to be a Foreign Honor-
ary Member in Class III., Section 1, in the place of the late
Victor Cousin.
The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers for the ensuing year : —
Asa Gray, President.
George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.
William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary.
■ Chauncey Wright, Recording Secretary.
Theodore Lyman, Treasurer.
Frank H. Storer, Librarian.
Council.
Thomas Hill,
Josiah P. Cooke, y of lass I.
John B. Hence,
Louis Agassiz,
Jeffries Wyman, y of Class II.
Charles Pickering,
Robert C. Winthrop,
George E. Ellis, y of Class III.
Andrew P. Peabody,
Rumford Committee.
James B. Francis, Joseph Winlock,
Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs,
William B. Rogers, Josiah P. Cooke,
Frank H. Storer.
Committee of Finance.
Asa Gray,
, ex officio, by statute.
Theodore Lyman, )
Thomas T. Bouve, by election.
The other Standing Committees were appointed on the
nomination of the President, as follows : —
4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Committee of Publication.
Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,
Francis J. Child.
Committee on the Library.
Francis Parkman, Charles Pickering,
John Bacon.
Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts.
Charles E. Ware, Charles J. Sprague.
Professor Agassiz presented the following communica-
tions : —
I. A report, dated Key West, April 24, from Mr. Henry
Mitchell, to Professor B. Peirce, Supt. U. S. Coast Survey.
1. We have stretched profiles across Nicolas Channel, Santaren Chan-
nel, and Gulf Stream from Coffins' Patches to Elbow Key Light. To
mention the most interesting item first : we traced a great plateau from
Coffins' almost across, and in a central portion of the Straits made rich
hauls of coral, living and agglomerated. Mr. Pourtales and myself are
satisfied that the reef is growing out there in 200 fathoms of water.
2. We anchored boat in the axis of the Gulf Stream (as laid down
on the Coast Survey chart) and quietly observed the current, —
scarcely a mile per hour.
Our sounding at that point was about 550 fathoms ; no variation of
velocity with depth of 75 fathoms. We expected to find an increase
not far below the surface, but not an inch was found. We also
anchored to the westward of the middle of the Straits, and found
greater velocity than in the axis, (so miscalled because warmer.)
3. Our study of Salt Key Bank and its marginal islands will interest
you.
4. Nicolas and Santaren Channels are motionless masses of water,
flat bottom, 300 to 500 fathoms, — very steep banks, say 30° to 40°.
The Bahamas and Salt Key Bank are plateaux raised above the level
floor of the ocean abruptly.
5. In the motionless masses of water in Nicolas and Santaren
Channels (where we made four current stations at anchor in 300 and
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 26, 1868. 5
500 fathoms) the decline of temperature from 79° (surface) to 41°
(334 fathoms) is thoroughly determined. So, then, low temperatures
have nothing to do with polar currents (which do not exist) or Gulf
Stream.
Tempei*ature observations are wanted in the Gulf of Providence,
in this connection.
II. A report, dated Key West, May 10, from Mr. L. F.
Pourtales, to the Supt. U. S. Coast Survey.
You have no doubt heard from Mr. Mitchell of the results of our
cruise around the Salt Key Bank. In my line the results presented
nothing of very great or novel interest, except a few dredgings on ap-
proaching the Florida reef on our return.
Since Mr. Mitchell's departure we have been engaged in running
lines of soundings from the reef to deep water, combined with dredg-
ings. At first we sounded and dredged on alternate- days, but by
working two lines, one on the drum and the other on the reel of the
donkey engine, we find no difficulty in sounding and dredging at the
same time, thus making the most of the fine weather with which we
have of late been favored.
Thus far we have run four such lines and part of a fifth, and shall
run two or three more. The results are very interesting and pretty
accordant on the different lines. Beginning at the reef, the bottom ap-
pears to be composed of calcareous sand or mud, rather barren, un-
til we reach near the vicinity of the 100 fathoms' line, when the descent
becomes less rapid or almost ceases, indicating a rocky plateau, the
material of which is a highly fossiliferous recent limestone (in fact in
process of formation) in larger or smaller masses, or sometimes in
ledges on which the dredge is in great danger of being held fast. This
bottom is quite rich in animal life, particularly Terebratula, (my T.
cubensis very abundant, and another new species a little less so),
Cidaris, Comatula, and Annelids. Several species of corals occur also,
nearly all different from those found on the coast of Cuba, though of
the same or allied genera (Stylaster, 2 sp., Distichopora, Heliopora ?
and several forms of the family of Turbinolians). The Stylaster forms
sometimes considerable masses. But, as I find it nearer shore, the oc-
currence of corals appears to be very capricious ; you may get a dredge
full of one species in one place, and not find a trace of them in many
subsequent oasts in the same neighborhood.
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
After we get in about 300 or 400 fathoms, which is reached by quite
a rapid falling off at the end of the plateau or gently inclined plane,
we find the fine sand or mud composed of Foraminifera which has so
great an extension in deep water. This we make the end of our lines
at present. The dredge brings up little from that bottom, but that
little often of great interest. Thus I have from it a very fine Isis
from 517 fathoms, and yesterday on the same bottom but less depth 1
obtained several specimens of a small crinoid which I have no means
to determine, but which I believe to be neither a Pentacrinus nor a
young Comatula. I hope to be able to dredge more over that kind of
bottom on our passage home.
I have thus dwelt on the results of the last two weeks' work, because
I believe them to be more important than what I did during the four
preceding months, during which time I have gathered a good deal of
information more or less new or useful, but which did not admit of a
very connected report. I hope to make use of it in proper time.
At the suggestion of Professor Agassiz we have laid a wire strung
with large conch shells from the reef at the Samboes to 10 fathoms,
and are going to extend it to 20 fathoms, with the intention of ex-
amining it in a year or two and noting the corals which may have
grown on the shejls, and their increase of size in a given time. I had
ordered tiles for the purpose before leaving Washington, but they were
never sent, and at Mr. Mitchell's suggestion we took shells. I wish
we had a greater variety of materials at our command, on account of
what I mentioned before as the capriciousness of corals.
Five hundred and ninety-sixth Meeting.
June 9, 1868. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex-
changes, and a letter from Mr. Theodore Lyman, declining
the office of Treasurer to which he was elected at the previous
meeting.
Professor Lovering called up the recommendation of the
Rumford Committee which had been referred to this meeting,
and, in accordance with the recommendation, $ 1,000 were ap-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 7
propriated from the Rumford Fund for beginning the publi-
cation of Count Rurnford's works.
Mr. Charles J. Sprague was elected Treasurer.
The Treasurer's report was received from the Auditing
Committee and ordered to be entered on the Records.
On the motion of Professor Rogers it was voted, " That the
thanks of the Academy be presented to Mr. John C. Lee, for
the care and fidelity with which he has discharged the duties
of Treasurer of the Academy."
The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Hon. Levi Lincoln and Dr. George R. Noyes
of the Resident Fellows.
Nominations for election into the Academy were read.
The Corresponding Secretary read a portion of the follow-
ing Report of the Council upon the changes which had oc-
curred in the Academy during the past year, and the reading
of the remainder was postponed to an adjourned meeting to
be held on the fourth Tuesday in June.
During the year just elapsed, death has removed from the ranks of
the Academy seventeen members, of whom four were Resident Fel-
lows, six Associate Fellows, and seven Foreign Honorary Members.
This loss, great as it is numerically, is even more memorable from the
number of distinguished names which it embraces.
Besides the Home and Associate Members whose services to science,
letters, and public affairs we shall have occasion to commemorate, our
obituary list includes the names of Faraday, Bopp, Brewster, Mitter-
maier, Boeckh, Lawrence, and Rayer of our foreign academicians, —
names which in various degrees have been familiar to the world of
science and letters for nearly half a century, and of which more than
one has been illustrated by researches of transcendent importance,
marking eras in progress and laying the foundations of new sciences.
Of the entire list of members deceased within the year, it is perhaps
worthy of note that all except three, Professor Jewett, Dr. Warren,
and Francis Peabody, had reached quite an advanced age. Two of
the number, Dr. James Jackson and President Day, had attained re-
spectively to ninety and ninety-four years ; five, viz. Brewster, Mitter-
maier, Boeckh, Lawrence, and Dewey, had reached or passed beyond
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
their eightieth anniversary ; and the remaining six, Loring, Smyth,
Lord, Bopp, and Faraday, had each transcended the limit of three-
score and ten years.
Of the home members whose services we desire to commemorate, we
may appropriately begin our record with a notice of the venerable as-
sociate and friend whose professional skill and wisdom we have so long
ranked among our social blessings, and whose gentle benignity wins us
even now as if he were still among us.
Dr. James Jackson, for many years an eminent physician and the
acknowledged head of the medical profession in Boston, has died during
the last year at the advanced age of nearly ninety years. He was
born in Newburyport in 1777, and was graduated at Harvard College
in 1796. He was one of the chief founders of the Massachusetts
General Hospital, and was the first and for a number of years the only
physician of this institution. His clinical lectures in the hospital
were continued for many years in connection with his other duties in
the medical school as Professor of the Theory and Practice of Medi-
cine in Harvard University. He was for seven years President of the
Massachusetts Medical Society, and on the decease of Dr. Bowditch
he was elected President of the Academy of Arts and Sciences in
1838, which office he accepted with the condition that he should retire
from it on the following year.
The intellect of Dr. Jackson was capacious, logical, exact, and un-
wavering in its loyalty to honesty and truth. His social traits were
genial, impulsive, and sanguine. Coming in his early life from the
schools of European erudition, he brought with him a deep respect for the
labor and learning, the authority and conventional prestige, of the then
accepted luminaries of medical science. His methods of practice
were in a high degree energetic and decisive. He believed, in common
with many others of that day, that most diseases were susceptible of
control, if not of removal, by the modes of artificial interference then
generally in use. These opinions and habits were greatly modified, if
not subdued, in the latter half of his long and observing life, so that
although he never lost his professional fondness for the forms and
implements of his art, and sometimes carried their use to a scrupulous
degree of exactness, yet he became more tolerant of nature, more
humble in his expectations from art, and more distrustful of reckless
interference, whenever certain harm was to be balanced against doubt-
ful good.
OF AKTS AND SCIENCES, JUNE 9, 1868. 9
Dr. Jackson continued the active practice of his profession, especially
as a consulting physician, and also attended annual meetings of societies
to which he had been attached, for some time after he had attained the
age of fourscore years. In the few last years of his life, under the
joint influence of physical and mental decadence, he retired from public
view. Yet he died remembered, honored, and regretted, leaving among
his numerous acquaintance an appreciative freshness of memory which
time had not been able to change or obscure.
Charles Greely Loring, son of Caleb and Ann (Greely)
Loring, was born in Boston on the 2d of May, 1794. His ancestors
on his father's side were among the earliest settlers of the colony of
Plymouth. Some of the prominent traits of his character indicated
his Puritan origin. From his mother, the daughter of a naval hero of
the Revolution, he inherited an ardent spirit of patriotism and love of
liberty.
His school-days were passed in Boston. Having completed his
preparation for college at the Public Latin School, where he received
a Franklin medal for industry and good scholarship, he entered the
University in advanced standing in the year 1809, and was graduated
with high honors in 1812. Immediately after leaving college, he became
a member of the Law School at Litchfield, Connecticut, which, under
the charge of Judges Reeve and Gould, was then the leading institu-
tion for legal instruction in the United States. He finished his prepar-
atory studies for the bar in the office of the Hon. Samuel Hubbai'd in
Boston, and was admitted a member of the Suffolk bar in the autumn
of 1815. From that time, for nearly forty years, Mr. Loring con-
tinued in the active and successful practice of his profession as a
lawyer and advocate, rising to be one of the acknowledged leaders of
the bar, until in the year 1854, becoming somewhat weary of the con-
flicts of the forum and of the constant and pressing cares and labors
necessarily attendant on faithful service and devotion to the interests
of his clients, which had in some degree impaired a constitution never
very robust, he accepted the office of Actuary of the " Massachusetts
Hospital Life Insurance Company." He continued in the discharge of
the duties of this important trust until his death, which took place at
his summer residence in Beverly on the 8th of October, 1867.
By his first wife, Miss Ann Pierce Brace, of Litchfield, to whom he
was married in 1818, Mr. Loring had four children, two sons and
two daughters, who survive him.
VOL. VIII. 2
10 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
This short and simple narrative comprises all the leading events in
the life of our deceased associate, — so true is it, that a faithful and
exclusive devotion of time and talent to practice at the bar in this
country, while it is pretty sure to win great professional success, is
quite consistent with a quiet and uneventful life. It does not neces-
sarily lead, as in England, to wide-spread distinction. A lawyer, who
resolutely eschews active participation in politics and refuses to hold
official stations, rarely reaches an extended public fame. Nevertheless,
the qualities of mind and character which are requisite to forensic skill,
and to the attainment of a high position as a lawyer and advocate, are
in many respects the same as, and in none inferior to, those which dis-
tinguish the successful politician and statesman, although they are exer-
cised and displayed on a more narrow and less public arena. Intel-
lectual capacity, trained and disciplined, so that it may at all times
be ready for vigorous and efficient action, legal learning and wide
general culture, courage, good temper and knowledge of mankind, are
essential characteristics, without which the conflicts of the forum can-
not be successfully carried on, or its triumphs surely won. All these
qualities Mr. Loring possessed in an eminent degree. Endowed with
good natural powers, he had cultivated them by long and assiduous
study. His learning in all branches of the profession was affluent. He
was especially distinguished for his thorough knowledge of the rules
and principles of the commercial code. These he illustrated and ap-
plied to new cases with singular force, felicity, and success. The re-
ports of cases argued and adjudged in the Supreme Judicial Court of
Massachusetts and in the Circuit Court of the United States, for the
first circuit during the thirty years from 1825 to 1855, furnish ample
evidence of the fulness and extent of his learning, and of the impor-
tant part he bore in laying the foundations and giving shape and sym-
metry to that branch of American jurisprudence which embraces the
rights and duties of parties under mercantile and maritime contracts
and transactions.
It was not solely as a sound and learned lawyer that Mr. Loring was
distinguished at the bar. He was also an eloquent and persuasive
advocate. His eloquence and power of persuasion did not consist
merely in a strict observance of the rules of rhetoric, or in well-
rounded periods, or special beauty of diction. He was master of a
higher and more effective order of advocacy. Strictly conscientious,
and governed in the performance of his professional duty by a rigid
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 11
adherence to principle, he did not undertake the conduct of causes in
the justice of which he did not fully believe. He always felt that the
case of his client was a sacred trust committed to his hands. He es-
poused it with all the zeal and enthusiasm of his nature. He spoke in
its behalf with an earnestness, sincerity, and persuasive force which
flowed from conviction. This was the main source of his power as an
advocate. His keen sense of justice enabled him to see and expose with
cogency and clearness the injustice which others attempted to perpetrate
under the forms of law ; a hater of oppression, chicanery, and fraud, he
never failed to detect them and to hold them up to abhorrence and
scorn, with a power of speech which made even those who sought
to profit by such base arts ashamed of their own wickedness ; with
strong and active sympathies, which led him to identify himself with
the cause which he pleaded, he was always sure to gain the shortest
and surest way to the minds and hearts of those whom he addressed.
We speak of Mr. Loring's characteristics as they were developed in
the maturity of his powers, after he had attained a foremost rank as a
lawyer and advocate among such men as Webster, Mason, and Choate,
— great luminaries of the bar of this Commonwealth of a generation
that has now passed away. It would, however, convey an erroneous
impression, if it was supposed that this professional success was gained
without effort. He himself was wont to attribute it to a fixed and
constant habit of industry ; and certainly it is true that he was an in-
defatigable worker in the field of trained human labor which he had
chosen. But it was not the mere love of work or the desire of success
or a wish for fame which prompted this labor. It had its origin and
motive in an ever-present, conscientious sense of duty. It was this
great and controlling moral quality of his nature which gave fulness
and completeness to his character, and secured for him an ascendency
over his equals in talent and learning. The " hai'd uses " of the pro-
fession during a period of nearly forty years did not tarnish or impair
it. He was always pure, single-hearted, of spotless integrity, and of
unwavering fidelity to every trust. He trod no path but that of
duty. His character and life afford signal proof that the profession of
the law is as consistent with the purest moral culture as it is with the
highest intellectual attainments.
It was to the labors of his profession that Mr. Loring gave the
larger portion of his active life. He declined to enter into politi-
cal contests or to accept public office. There was no lack of opportu-
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
nities if he had desired high station. The office of Justice of the
Supreme Judicial Court was offered for his acceptance. Twice he de-
clined an appointment to the Senate of the United States ; once on the
resignation of Mr. Webster in the year 1849, and again in place of
Mr. Everett in 1853. He was sincerely diffident of his capability
for efficient public service. He feared lest his long and exclusive de-
votion to practice at the bar had unfitted him' for the varied duties and
labors of political life. Once only, after he had retired from the active
pursuit of his profession, was he induced by a peculiar public exigency
to serve as a member of the Senate of Massachusetts. Those who
were cognizant of his eminent usefulness during this brief term of
service know how great would have been the gain to the public if
he had been willing to give more of his time and talents to similar
labors.
But although he elected the walk of private life, and expended the
strength of his mature years in the zealous and faithful performance of
professional duty, he was not regardless or neglectful of the claims
which the community in which he lived had on that portion of his time
and talents, which would be spared from the pressing cares and labors
of his regular pursuits. To the cause of education, to the institutions
of religion, to public chai'ities, to private benevolence, to social
culture and intercourse, to the offices of friendship, he never failed
to contribute his full share of whatever of duty or service or bene-
faction it was in his power to render. He served for nearly twenty
years, during the busiest portions of his life, as one of the Fellows of
Harvard College. For many years he was superintendent of the
Sunday-school connected with the religious society to which he be-
longed, and always prepared himself with scrupulous fidelity to give
instruction to a class of pupils under his special care. He never
failed to give largely in proportion to his means to every object which
seemed worthy of encouragement and support. In the social circle his
frank and kindly nature, his quick and warm sympathies, and his
charming conversational powers, made him always the welcome guest
as well as the genial and generous host. It is not strange that a man
in whose character and life so many admirable qualities were blended
should have gained a wide and commanding influence in the community
in which he lived. If anything had been wanting to make him the one
to whom all persons turned with abiding confidence, reverence, and
love, it would have been supplied by the noble enthusiasm with which
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 13
he espoused the cause of the Union and the Constitution in the late civil
war. Although then approaching to the allotted age of man, his ardor,
energy, and zeal in the cause of his country, showed that patriotism
and love of liberty had not abated one jot or tittle of their original
vigor and fire within his breast. With true civic courage, in the ear-
lier days of Southern aggression, when resistance to the demands and
the power of slavery was not calculated to enlist popular favor, he had
stood forth as an earnest opponent of measures designed to abridge
the constitutional rights of the North, and to consolidate the power
of the national government in support and defence of slavery. By
speech and pen he resisted the annexation of Texas, the invasion of
Kansas, and the enforcement of the laws for the surrender of fugitive
slaves. "When the aggressive acts of the South culminated in treason,
he did not hesitate to accept the issue. Abhorrent to his kindly nature
as were the horrors of a civil war, he felt that they were to be
encountered fearlessly rather than to submit to a sacrifice of the rights
which constitutional liberty had secured to the people of the whole
country. From the breaking out of the war to its close, he was un-
tiring in his efforts, both public and private, to aid the cause of the
nation. Especially by his writings in 1862, on the subject of the re-
lations of England and the United States growing out of the civil war ;
in 1863, on the rights and duties of belligerents and neutrals with
special reference to the course pursued by England towards the United
States; and in 1865, in his views on reconstruction, — he contributed
largely to a correct understanding of the topics on which he treated,
and afforded striking proof of his ability to discuss grave questions of
international and constitutional law with originality, learning, and
vigor.
It was Mr. Loring's supreme satisfaction to live to see the war
ended, slavery abolished, peace restored, and the reconstruction of the
Union in a fair way of being accomplished. It was also his grateful
privilege to obey the call of his Alma Mater in the summer of 1865, and
to preside over the commemorative festival of her sons in honor of
those who had given their lives as a sacrifice for their country, and to
welcome back those who had returned after brave and successful service
in the field. The grace and dignity and tenderness with which this
duty was performed by him will long live in the memory of those
whose privilege it was to participate in the interesting services of that
occasion.
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
The universal sorrow occasioned by Mr. Loring's death found ex-
pression from the bar, the pulpit, the bench, and the various associa-
tions with which he had been connected. " Midtis ille flebilis occidit."
It rarely happens that the death of a private citizen is regarded as a
public loss. Such was the feeling which waited on his obsequies, and
no higher tribute could have been paid to his life and character.
Charles Coffin Jewett, the son of Rev. Paul Jewett, was born at
Lebanon, Maine, in 1816. He was graduated at Brown University in
1835. Immediately or shortly after taking his degree, he became a
member of the Theological Seminary at Andover, and completed the
course of study there, yet without entering on the active duties of the
clerical profession. While at Andover he commenced his bibliographi-
cal labors by preparing a catalogue of the excellent Library of that
institution. The rare merit of this work attracted the attention of the
few men capable of an intelligent judgment in a department of litera-
ture then much less cultivated than now, and led to the appointment
which determined his subsequent course of life. In 1842 he was
chosen Librarian of Brown University, and held the office for four
years, combining with it for most of the time that of Professor of
Modern Languages and Literature, to which he brought the prepara-
tion, not only of diligent and faithful study, but of prolonged travel
and residence on the continent of Europe. He left Providence to
accept an appointment as Assistant Librarian of the Smithsonian
Institution, of which he very soon was made Chief Librarian. Here
he distinguished himself, not only by his enterprise and skill in
endeavoring to lay the foundation of a great national library, but
equally by his polemic ability in advocating the policy by which he
hoped that the Smithsonian fund would be devoted primarily to that end.
Professor Jewett resigned this office in 1855, and his services were
immediately engaged in the initial measures for the establishment of
the Boston Public Library, of which, on the completion of its organiza-
tion in 1858, he was chosen first Superintendent. For thirteen years he
has been soul, heart, brain, and hands of this institution, systematizing
and energizing every branch of its administration, inspiring its Board
of Direction with his own zeal, and stimulating its benefactors to gen-
erous gifts by the assurance that the custody, arrangement, cataloguing
and use of the contents of the library, would be provided for with
equal wisdom and fidelity. In this charge he labored with an industry
too strenuous, and with too little regard to the hygienic laws which
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1868. 15
should have set limits to his exhausting toils, till the 8th of January-
last, when he was suddenly stricken with apoplexy while engaged in
his duties at the Library, soon became entirely unconscious, and died at
his residence in Braintree early the next morning.
Professor Jewett, as a bibliographical scholar, and as a librarian both
learned and judicious, has left in this country no superior, few equals.
The catalogues prepared under his auspices bear ample witness to his
ability and his attainments. Few, indeed, may be able to criticise the
details of a work of this class ; but there is no man who uses a library,
whose revenue from it does not depend to a very great degree on its
catalogue. An ill-made catalogue robs a library of half its practical
worth and beneficent power. The citizens of Boston can hai'dly esti-
mate, and cannot by any possibility overestimate, the reasons they
have for holding our late associate in reverent and grateful remem-
brance. When we consider how large a part of what the Public
Library is, and of what it accomplishes, is due to him, we might not
unaptly plagiarize for him from Sir Christopher Wren's tomb in St.
Paul's, and inscribe among those alcoves, " Si quasris monumentum,
circumspice."
It is hardly necessary to say that Professor Jewett was an ac-
complished scholar, conversant with good letters, both classical and
modern ; had he not been so, he could not have been the bibli-
ographer that he was. At the same time his mental gifts and endow-
ments adorned, and were adorned by, those traits of domestic and
social excellence, abounding courtesy, kindness and generosity, and
Christian piety, which won for him the love in life, and the regret in
death, of all who knew him, and most, of those who knew him best.
Jonathan Mason Warren was born in Boston, February 5, 1811,
the son of John Collins Warren and Susan Powell Mason, his wife,
daughter of the late Hon. Jonathan Mason. His grandfather was
Dr. John Warren, the younger brother of Dr. Joseph Warren,
whose heroism and martyrdom have made the name illustrious in our
history.
At the age of nine he became a member of the Boston Latin
School, then under the late Benjamin Apthorp Gould as its instructor.
In 1827 he joined the class which had entered Harvard -College the
preceding year, but was forced to leave college after a few months on
account of his health.
Finding himself at length in a condition to return to his labors, he
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
beo-an the study of medicine in the year 1829 under the direction of
his father. This was the beginning of a life of hardly interrupted in-
dustry. Taking his medical degree in 1832, he sailed for Europe*
where he remained for three years diligently pursuing his studies. On
his return in 1835 he at once entered upon the practice of his profes-
sion, and, his father leaving Boston for Europe in 1859, the whole re-
sponsibility of a great professional business was thrown upon him at
this early period of his career.
In 1844 he revisited Europe, and again in 1854, partly with refer-
ence to his health. But he did not receive the benefit he had hoped
from this visit, and was so far from well that by the advice of Dr.
James Jackson he tried the experiment of passing a winter in Rome,
but without avail, and returned home an invalid, as it seemed at the
time, with doubtful prospects of future health. He was at length, how-
ever, so far restored as to resume practice, and in 1857 removed to his
late father's house in Park Street, devoting himself mainly from this
time to Surgery.
His health was much shaken by two successive attacks of dysentery
in the summers of 1865 and 1866. The death of his excellent brother,
Mr. James Sullivan Warren, in February, 1867, was very depressing
to him, and almost from this time his friends dated a perceptible
change in his condition. In May it was discovered that a tumor was de-
veloping itself in the abdomen. He did not, however, mention the fact,
and kept at his work until the first of July, when he went to his sum-
mer residence at Nahant. A fortnight later, threatening symptoms ap-
peared, and, after many paroxysms of pain, and gradual decline of all
the bodily powers, he died on the 19th of August.
Dr. Mason Warren was the third in the direct line of descent of a
family which has now for more than a century been identified with the
practice of Surgery and of Medicine in this town and city of Boston.
He maintained and extended the reputation which he inherited. For
twenty-one years he served as a surgeon at the Massachusetts General
Hospital, performing more operations during this long term than any
other surgeon had performed in the institution during a similar term
of duty. From the first year of his entrance on professional life to
the very verge of the mortal illness which had seized him, he was en-
gaged in a most laborious and extensive practice. His skill, his devo-
tion to his patients, his kindness, his courtesy, made him everywhere
honored and beloved.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 17
In the midst of his busy days he found time to contribute many
papers to the medical journals, and in the last year of his life he gave
to the world the results of his large and long experience in an elabo-
rately finished volume of more than six hundred pages, filled with the
records of many most interesting, and some extraordinary, cases.
Among the papers that he published the following may be mentioned
as of special importance : —
Account of Rhinoplastic Operations performed by himself. Boston
Medical and Surgical Journal, 1840.
Taliacotian Operation (flap divided seventy-two hours after the
operation). — Successful Result. Boston Medical and Surgical Journal,
1843.
Account of a new Operation for Closure of Fissure in the Hard
Palate. New England Quarterly Journal of Medicine and Surgery,
1843.
Operation for Fissures in both Hard and Soft Palate. American
Journal of Medical Science, 1843.
Successful Ligature of both Carotids for Erectile Tumor of Face.
Ibid., 1846.
Lithotrity, with the use of Ether in these Operations. Ibid., 1849.
Fissures of the Soft and Hard Palate. From Transactions of the
American Medical Association, 1861.
On Neuralgic Affections following Injuries of Nerves. Ibid.,
1864.
Recent Progress in Surgery. Annual Address before the Massa-
chusetts Medical Society, 1864.
Surgical Observations, with Cases, 1867.
In 1844, Dr. "Warren received the degree of Master of Arts from
Harvard University, and in the same year he was elected Fellow of
the College of Physicians and Surgeons of New York. He was at a
later period honored by being chosen President of the Suffolk District
Medical Society, and of the Medical Benevolent Society.
Few men not pressed by urgent need have toiled so assiduously for
a long course of years as Dr. Warren did to the last, in spite of all
his bodily hindrances. His patients and his friends remember him
wyith affection and gratitude, and the profession which he adorned will
long refer to him as the worthy successor Of an unchartered inheri-
tance which has outlived many royal dynasties that have been for a
while its contemporaries.
VOL. VIII. 3
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Dr. Warren married, in 1839, Anna Caspar Crowninshield, youngest
daughter of Hon. Benjamin Williams and Mary (Boardman) Crownin-
shield, who survives him. He leaves six children, five daughters and
a son, John Collins Warren, now studying medicine in Germany.
Jeremiah Day, the son of a Congregational minister in New Pres-
ton, Litchfield County, Connecticut, was born August 3, 1773. He
was graduated at Yale College in 1795, and then took charge of the
school in Greenfield, a parish of the same State, which Dr. Dwight
had set up, and which he left to succeed Dr. Stiles in the Presidency
of Yale College. Next Mr. Day was a tutor in Williams College,
then recently founded, and after two years spent in this office accepted
a similar one from his own Alma Mater. Here, having qualified him-
self to preach, he exercised his gift in the neighborhood of New
Haven, until in 1801 he was attacked with hemorrhage, and was ad-
vised to go to Bermuda for his health. Soon after his departure, in
the same year, the President and Fellows of Yale College gave him
the chair of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. But he returned
from the island wholly unfit to discharge any college duties, and, as he
thought, destined to speedy death. He took refuge at his father's house,
feeble, melancholy, and apparently sinking, until a treatment of reduc-
tion which had been tried upon him was abandoned, and tonics restored
him to some degree of health. In the summer of 1803 he entered
on the duties of his professorship, not taking a heavy burden at first,
but by degrees enabled to assume a due share of labor, and to fill his
place in the College with efficiency and success. He was, however,
always what may be called a man of feeble health, always obliged to
take great precautions against exposure, and to govern himself by the
strictest rules both as to diet and amount of exertion.
For the development of the man this trial from bodily weakness and
from temporary despondency was attended with the happiest results.
By nature given to prudence and moderation, he grew in these re-
spects from his ailments ; he had to study his constitution and to exercise
self-control ; he was obliged to be orderly and methodical ; all these
habits, thus learned or thus strengthened, helped his intellectual and
moral nature, and he attained in this way a degree of practical wisdom
which was one of his striking characteristics. The frail body, also, by
discipline resisted the causes of decay, so that the man, of whose life at
thirty all despaired, lived beyond the age of ninety-four with full vig-
or of intellect.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 19
From 1803 until 1817 Professor Day filled the chair to which he
was first appointed, and on the death of Dr. Dwight, with very great
shrinking, accepted the vacant office of President. The two men were
in many respects quite opposite. The one was impulsive, rhetori-
cal, brilliant, formed to command ; the other calm, philosophical, with-
out brilliancy, unwilling to lead. But the choice, as the event showed,
was a wise one. During the twenty-nine years of his presidency the
College grew steadily and surely. He had the respect and esteem of
all. His success showed, we think, that colleges, which often strive to
find brilliant untried men for their principal officers, men unused to
college ways and ignorant of that queer thing, a college student, might
do better sometimes, if they looked after a noiseless worker, experienced
in his calling, honored by those around him, who has proved himself
equal to all the emergencies of discipline and of instruction in the
past.
At the age of seventy-three, President Day laid down his office, not be-
cause he felt any peculiar infirmities of old age creeping over him, but be-
cause he wished to resign before infirmities should weaken his judgment
and lead him to outstay his time. Followed by the love of all who
had known him, — among whom were all the two thousand and \\\e
hundred to whom he had given a degree, — he retired into private life,
yet he was not wholly unconnected with the College, having been on his
resignation chosen into the Board of Fellows. In this corporation he
served until just before his death, and thus had had, as an officer and
a Fellow, a share in the government of the College for sixty-seven
years. His life during his retirement was serene and happy, his mind
retained its strength and its interest in the affairs of the world until
his last illness, and even in those two or three days before his end,
the power of expression, rather than that of thinking, gave way. He
closed his eyes in peace on the 22d of August, 1867, when "he had
reached the age of ninety-four years and nineteen days.
Perhaps the leading trait of President Day's character was the har-
mony of his whole nature, in which you could scarcely say wliat was
due to native qualities, what to philosophical training, and what to
Christian principle. His mind by nature had certain very valuable
traits of the more solid and unpretending sort. Imagination was not
remarkable among them, nor was he in any marked degree original,
nor could he be called a deeper thinker than many men are. But a
person familiar with him would be struck with his uncommon clear-
20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
ness and precision in thought and expression, with his great good sense
and the perfection of his practical judgment, with the admirable method
which he showed in everything. In the composition of his character, the
two qualities which were nearest to the border-land of defects were cau-
tion and reserve. The latter was quite noticeable. He never spoke
of himself, — neither of what he had done nor even of the maladies
which had afflicted him during his later life. But his reserve, not
being the effect of pride or of timidity, but rather of humility and of
the absence of selfish affections, while it rendered men somewhat un-
familiar with him, detracted nothing from his power to inspire respect
and veneration. So also his caution was not properly timidity, but the
natural foundation of a prudence, which being under the control of
principle, always carried the judgment of others with it.
His religious principle blended beautifully with a natively blameless
character, so that one could not separate the two. It was not put on, but
seemed as much a part of his life as were his intellectual qualities.
He never spoke of himself, he showed his religious life by deeds,
not by words ; but there was an impression conveyed to all who knew
him that he was not only a blameless but a holy man, one who " walked
with God." And a spirit of sweet peace accompanied him wherever
he went, together with a dignity which was the shadow cast by his
pure and elevated life, which made no claims and sought no homage,
but received it as an involuntary tribute.
As a man of science and of philosophical thought, President Day
entered into the two fields of Mathematics and Metaphysics. From the
time of his leaving the mathematical chair, upon his election to the
presidency, he was almost entirely devoted to the other branch of
study and instruction. During his professorship he felt the want of
elementary treatises in the mathematical course which should be fitted
to the peculiar necessities of American colleges. He accordingly first
prepared his Algebra, which was given to the world in 1814, and from
that day to this has appeared in a multitude of editions. Many years
afterwards he undertook a revision of it with the help of a younger
friend, which carried the resolution of the higher equations and some
other branches much beyond the limits of the original work. Two
years after his Algebra appeared his treatise on Mensuration and
Plane Trigonometry, and in 1817 his Navigation and Surveying.
These also have been often reprinted, but never had the circulation
which was reached at an early day by the Algebra. Of these works,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 21
especially of the Algebra, it may be said that, while they are element-
ary in the strictest sense, and perhaps smooth the road too much for
the learner, they have very great merits. They are clear and precise
in definition, simple and elegant in explanation, proportionate in their
parts ; they leave no difficulties behind to embarrass the learner ; they
make such a selection from a wide subject as his wants seem to require,
reserving the higher and abstruser parts of the science for more ad-
vanced students. In short, if the American system is a right one, of
leading all the members of the younger classes, with different capaci-
ties and tastes, along the same track, nothing could be better than a
work constructed on the principles which he followed in his mathe-
matical works.
In the Department of Natural Philosophy, which then was assigned
in his College to the Professor of Mathematics, he was able to under-
take few or no original investigations. Without good instruments,-
with a very imperfect library at his command, with feeble health, he
could do little more than satisfy the claims of the lecture-room and of
the instructor's chair.
President Day brought to the study of Metaphysics and Morals a
well-trained mathematical mind and sound common sense. In his day,
Locke's reign was almost undisturbed, except so far as the Scotch
philosophers had modified Locke's system. He claimed that some of
Cousin's strictures on Locke proceeded from a misunderstanding of that
philosopher. In the doctrine of the will he mainly followed Jonathan
Edwards, and he published two treatises in explanation or defence of
his views. The " Inquiry respecting the Self-determining Power of the
Will or Contingent Volition," first published in 1838, and afterwards in
an enlarged edition eleven years later, was suggested by a translation
of Cousin's Psychology, of which he had written a review for the
Christian Spectator, a journal published in New Haven. As the re-
view was too long to embrace an examination of Cousin's theory of
the will, he attempts in this work, which is a kind of supplement to the
review, not only to refute Cousin's doctrine, but to set forth also his own
opinions on that point of metaphysical speculation.
The other and larger work on the will, published in 1841, is a
resume of the work of Edwards, made in a lucid, dispassionate, truth-
loving spirit, and not intended to present the views of the author him-
self, although he takes no pains to conceal that he is a follower of the
great New England metaphysician.
22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
We mention only one article more which came from his pen, — his
essay published in the Biblical Repository for January, 1843, entitled
" Benevolence and Selfishness," in which he discusses the questions of
the ultimate motives of a finite being, and the end of God in the crea-
tion of the world. This essay, written partly in explanation and cor-
rection of the views of Jonathan Edwards in his work on the " End
of the Creation," does great honor, as we think, to his metaphysical
capacity.
Daniel Lord was born at Stonington, Connecticut, September 23,
1795.
In his early infancy his father, Dr. Daniel Lord, removed to the
city of New York, where he established himself as physician and
druggist. The subject of our notice, being an only child, found his
chief associates among his father's friends, men of years and experience,
and sometimes of rough adventure, — physicians, merchant-traders,
and sea-captains, in whose conversation the observant child found am-
ple food for thought and incentives to future action.
At school he acquired an excellent education, embracing the classical
languages and French, then almost the only modern language which was
recognized as an accomplishment. At the age of fifteen he entered
Yale College, at that time under the charge of Dr. Dvvight, and was
graduated second in his class in 1814. From College he went to the
Law School at Litchfield, Connecticut^, whence he returned in 1816
to New York, and continued his legal studies in the office of the late
Mr. George Griffin, then, and for many years afterwards, one of the
most prominent lawyers of the State. He was called to the bar in
1818, and from that time until within a few weeks of his death, his life
was exclusively devoted to his professional duties.
Success came slowly. But no discouragement was permitted to
check his industrious pursuit of professional learning, and in those early
years of patient, though often disheartened, labor he amassed the legal
knowledge and secured the intellectual discipline which were the
guaranty of his ultimate success.
The habits of thorough research and faithful application thus ac-
quired, united with his vigorous abilities and his commanding moral
traits, obtained at length their appropriate reward, and placed him in
the front rank of his profession, at a time when the Bar of New York
was made illustrious by men whose names will ever be conspicuous in
the history of American jurisprudence.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 23
The position thus won by well-directed effort was never lost by in-
attention or neglect. In his daily contests in the courts he was often
defeated, but never unprepared. The singular uprightness of his
character, always keeping him from any attempt to mislead either
court or jury, gave a weight to his arguments which rendered him at
all times an effective advocate and a formidable opponent. No one
could accuse him of ever having tried to " make the worse appear the
better reason," and he reaped the reward of his sincerity in gaining the
entire confidence of those whom he sought to influence by his logic.
His life was a purely professional one. Once only he was a candi-
date for a seat in the New York Senate, and was defeated. Twice,
however, he was invited to a position on the bench, each time by
appointment to fill vacancies, — once to that of the Superior Court of
the city of New York, and once to the Court of Appeals of the State.
On each occasion — from no sordid motives, as all will believe who
ever knew him, but from a deep-grounded distrust of the plan of an
elective judiciary, then recently adopted in New York, and from a con-
sequent unwillingness to be connected with a system which he thor-
oughly disapproved of — he declined the appointment.
His reputation, therefore, was simply that of a lawyer. It borrowed
nothing from the prestige of official rank or authority. It was bravely
fought for, and fairly won, in an arena where learning and skill could
alone secure the prize, and diligence and fidelity alone retain it. The
fact, therefore, that his name was so widely known, not only among his
immediate associates, but throughout the land, is conclusive testimony
to his great ability.
It is not in the nature of things that any private professional repu-
tation should long survive in the minds of men, but Mr. Lord's influ-
ence will long outlive his reputation. Coming to the bar at a time
when American jurisprudence was just beginning to assume its present
independent position, he did much towards establishing many of its
doctrines, which, though now admitted as forever fixed, were then un-
certain and without authority. In some departments he was an
acknowledged leader, particularly in commercial and insurance law,
and the mercantile community will long be governed in some of its
most important interests by principles and methods for which it is in-
debted to him.
The uprightness and truth which illustrated Mr. Lord's character as
a lawyer and a man were the outgrowths of a true Christian faith
24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
adopted in early manhood, and matured and ripened with the reflec-
tion of advancing years, — a faith which bore fruit in Christian labors
and a Christian example ; which gave a hallowed tone to his influence
on all around him, and at the last sustained him calmly as his end ap-
proached.
" The man who consecrates his hours
By vigorous effort, and an honest aim,
At once he draws the sting of life and death."
Francis Peabody, late President of the Essex Institute, was born
in Salem, December 7, 1801, and died at his residence in that city,
October 31, 1867.
He was son of Joseph Peabody, an eminent merchant of Salem dur-
ing the close of the last and the beginning of the present century. Soon
after leaving school he travelled in Russia and Northern Europe, and
on his return settled in Salem, where he continued to reside until his
decease. In early life he exhibited a taste for Chemistry and the
kindred sciences and their application to the useful arts, which was
nurtured and developed by the literary and scientific activity of the
community in which he lived, as well as by its commercial enterprise
and the elevated and permanent character of its society.
When, in the year 1827, the Essex Lodge of Freemasons, of which
he was a member, and the Mechanics Charitable Association, each
voted to provide courses of literary and scientific lectures, Mr. Pea-
body entered zealously into their plans, and delivered before both of
these institutions a number of lectures on the Steam-Engine, Electri-
city, Galvanism, Heat, and other scientific subjects. Three years later
he took a leading part in the organization of the Salem Lyceum, was
one of its first managers, and one of the earliest of its lecturers. For
his zeal in promoting the efforts of his townsmen in this new direction
he is to be ranked among the prominent founders of that system of
popular or lyceum lectures, which has since become so universal in this
country, and which has grown to be an influential, if not a permanent,
feature of our social economy.
His taste for applied science early led him to engage in chemical
and other manufactures, in which and commercial pursuits he continued
to be interested until his decease.
Mr. Peabody was the first President of the Board of Trustees of
the fund given by Mr. George Peabody, of London, for the promo-
tion of science and useful knowledge in the county of Essex, which
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 25
has recently been incorporated under the title of the " Trustees of the
Peabody Academy of Science." He was also one of the original trus-
tees of the Cambridge Museum of Archaeology, founded by the same
munificent hand, and was a member of several other scientific institu-
tions.
Mr. Peabody was a man of active and vigorous mind, reaching out
for knowledge on every side. With a genius for scientific experi-
ments and for mechanical invention he combined a disposition, as well
as ample means, to befriend the labors of others in these directions.
While distinguished for the variety of his knowledge, he was indefati-
gable in reducing it to practical use, and was ever ready to apply his
liberal means to advance the welfare of his neighbors by the encour-
agement of industry and the discovery of new sources of profit.
As his life was characterized by devotion to the studies and pursuits
which lead to the enduring prosperity of a country, so his memory will
long be cherished for his engaging virtues as well as for his active zeal
in all worthy undertakings.
Professor Chester Dewey, D. D., LL. D., who was elected into
this society fifty years ago, died at Rochester, New York, on the 15th
of December last. He was born at Sheffield, Massachusetts, on the
25th of October, 1784, and had therefore entered upon the eighty-
fourth year of his age. He was .graduated at Williams College in
1806, was licensed to preach in 1808, but was that same year recalled
to his Alma Mater as tut^r, and in 1810 was appointed Professor of
Mathematics and Natural Philosophy (including Chemistry), which
chair he occupied for seventeen years, to the great advantage of the
College. Here, and afterwards as Preceptor of the Gymnasium, a
high school for boys which he established at Pittsfield, and carried on
for ten years, he did excellent service and acquired abiding fame as an
educator. In 1836 he was called to the charge of a similar, but larger,
establishment at Rochester, New York, which he conducted with great
success until the year 1850, when he became Professor of Chemistry
and Natural Philosophy in the newly founded University in that city.
He actively performed the duties of this chair for ten years or more,
when his age gave a just claim for retirement, although his powers
were little impaired, and he gave occasional lectures or other services
until he had reached the age of fourscore. His scientific contributions,
which began in the first volume of Silliman's Journal in 1818, were
continued down to within a year of his death, extending therefore
VOL. VIII. 4
26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
through nearly half a century. These related, some of them to Phy-
sics and Chemistry, more to Meteorology, to which he paid much at-
tention, but most of all to the one department of Botany, with which he
has inseparably connected his name. His only separate botanical work
was a Report on the Herbaceous Flowering Plants of Massachusetts,
made by him as one of the Commissioners on the Zoological and Bo-
tanical Survey of the State, recommended by Governor Everett, at the
suggestion of the Boston Society of Natural History, as the comple-
ment of the Geological Survey by the late Professor Hitchcock.
Although much less important than the Avell-known reports of his col-
leagues, Harris, Gould, Storer, and Emerson, it shows his predilection
for botanical pursuits. But, aware that other duties must mainly fill
his working hours, Professor Dewey wisely selected a special depart-
ment upon which he could concentrate the endeavoi's his leisure might
allow, and turn them to permanent account. He chose the large and
difficult genus Carex for special study, and in it became a leading au-
thority. His " Cartography " in Silliman's Journal began in the year
1824, and finished with a general index to the numerous articles
scattered through forty-three years, in January, 1867. There are very
few of our about two hundred North American species with which Dr.
Dewey's name is not in some way associated, and of many he was the
original describer.
Professor Dewey must have been one of the latest survivors of
those whose taste for natural history was developed under the lectures
of Amos Eaton, when that remarkable man commenced his career as a
teacher in Western New England, and in Botany, having devoted him-
self perseveringly to a particular department, he became the most
distinguished of that school. As teacher, man of science, citizen, and
Christian minister, he was a specimen of the typical Western New-
Englander, — a peer among those who have not only made that dis-
trict what it is, but have also in great measure founded the institu-
tions and determined the character of the now lengthened line of
States westward from the Hudson to beyond the Mississippi. Highly
esteemed and honored throughout an unusually long and useful life, in
his serene old age he was very greatly revered.
Dr. Samuel Luther Dana died at Lowell, Massachusetts, March
11, 1868, in the seventy-third year of his age, of the effects of a fall
on the ice some weeks before.
Dr. Dana was a native of Amherst, New Hampshire, fitted for col-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 27
lege at Phillips Academy, Exeter, and entered Harvard University at
the age of fourteen. Immediately after graduation he entered the
army, and continued in active service as lieutenant of artillery till the
close of the war of 1812. He then studied medicine, and in 1818 re-
ceived the degree of M. D. from Harvard University. After practis-
ing as a physician, first at Gloucester, Massachusetts, and afterwards at
Waltham, he was led by his special fondness for chemistry to give up
his practice in order to engage in the manufacture of oil of vitriol and
other chemicals. Having continued to superintend the works of the
Newton Chemical Company for many years, he was in 1833 induced
to accept the position of Chemist of the Merrimack Print Works in
Lowell, a position which he held for the rest of his life.
With a breadth of view deserving of all praise, the founders of the
Merrimack Manufacturing Company saw the importance of bringing
science to the aid of art, and, from the outset, considered a regular
chemist as indispensable in their print-works. When the first vacancy
occurred, they were particularly fortunate in securing the services of
Dr. Dana. Having an ardent love for science, rare aptness in tracing
out causes, and untiring perseverance in applying principles to prac-
tice, he thenceforth devoted himself most industriously to matters con-
nected with calico-printing. The first requisite for a good print is the
thorough bleaching of the cloth. Dr. Dana made a full study of this
subject, and succeeded in diminishing the number of operations which
had before been deemed essential. His ideas were made known to the
world by a communication sent to the Societe Industrielle de Mul-
house, and published, in pai-t, in their Bulletin in 1836. His plan at
first met with some opposition, but is now very generally used, and is
commonly known as the " American method " of bleaching.
One of his earliest investigations related to the action of cow-dung
in clearing calico of the thickening used in printing on the mordant ;
and he was thus naturally led to inquire into the nature of manures in
general, and of the products of decay, then little understood, but after-
wards more fully investigated by Maiden and others, and distinguished
as gein, humin, and ulmin. The collateral knowledge thus acquired was
freely communicated to various friends, and awakened so great an in-
terest that he was urgently requested by some of his appreciative fel-
low-citizens to deliver a course of lectures on the Chemistry of Agri-
culture. The request was complied with in the winter of 1839-40.
The publication of these lectures being solicited as likely to prove of
28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
great advantage to the agricultural interests of the Commonwealth,
Dr. Dana condensed his notes into a pithy treatise, which was issued
in 1842 under the quaint title of " A Muck Manual for Farmers," —
a name indicative of the prominent idea of the work. Five editions
of this book have been published in this country, and it has been re-
printed in England. At the suggestion of Dr. Warren, he also wrote
an Essay on Manures, for which a prize was awarded by the Massa-
chusetts Society for promoting Agriculture. These labors awakened
in his own mind such an interest in the tillage of the soil, that he
bought a farm near Lowell for the purpose of testing his particular
views, and successfully directed its cultivation for many years. He
seems to have found no occasion to modify the propositions which he
laid down at first ; though he might have seen fit to add some limita-
tions to one or two of them, had he tried the unctuous bottom lands of
the Mississippi Valley as well as the light soils of Middlesex County.
In point of time, originality, and ability, Dr. Dana stood first among
scientific writers on Agriculture in this country, and his works have
done great good. But the agricultural treatises by which he has be-
come so well and favorably known were but the secondary results of
his inquiry into the nature of cow-dung as related to calico-printing.
The primary object was pursued with signal success. He found that
the property of fixing mordants was owing, in a great measure, to the
presence of phosphates, and that the cumbrous and costly animal ex-
crement might be effectually replaced by cheap soluble phosphates pre-
pared from bones. As the discovery came to be rendered fully availa-
ble in the regular routine of work, the fifty cows which had been con-
stantly kept by the Merrimac Company were sold off, and a few bar-
rels of burnt bones were occasionally brought into the Works under a
name understood only by the initiated. Dr. Dana as an employee of
the Company was not allowed to secure a patent for the invention, and
thus received no personal benefit from it, though it has effected an im-
mense saving to others. But another person, with a full knowledge of
what had been done at the Merrimac Print Works, went to England
and sought to turn the discovery to account there ; and it was then
found that Mercer had at the same time been making similar trials.
In fact the English and the American chemist independently origi-
nated the use of dung substitutes. But probably to Mercer must be
conceded the priority of experiments by a few months, while Dana
was the first to make the substitution a complete success in actual prac-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 29
tice. Neither gained full credit for the discovery, because in neither
case was the matter made public till Mercer, finding himself not to be
in exclusive possession of the idea, joined with others and patented the
use of phosphates and arseniates for dunging.
In 1840, Dr. Dana, at the request of the city government of Low-
ell, made a careful examination of the various well-waters of the city,
with reference to their action on lead pipes. And his interest in this
important sanitary matter did not end with the presentation of his well-
digested report ; but for the sake of making generally known the in-
sidious danger then so little understood by physicians themselves, he
supervised the translation and publication of Tanquerel on Lead
Diseases, with valuable annotations, — the work of translation being
done chiefly by his daughters.
In 1851 the manufacture of rosin-oil was brought to his notice, and
he contributed much to the improvement of that branch of industry.
In 1860, Dr. Dana gave his library, containing many rare and val-
uable chemical books, to Harvard and Amherst Colleges.
From the excellence of what he published, we might have expected a
valuable work on general agricultural chemistry, had he been able to ful-
fil the partial promise made at the close of his prize Essay on Manures.
But in later years his time was occupied by the daily duties of his posi-
tion and the management of his farm, his health not always allowing
him to labor as actively in scientific matters as his ever-lively interest
would prompt. Dr. Dana was so quiet as well as accurate and
thorough in his work, and so concise in the expression of his thoughts,
that he could be fully appreciated by few. But his earnest devotion
to truth, the precision and extent of his knowledge, his high sense of
honor, and his conspicuous integrity of character, commanded the full-
est respect and confidence of all who knew him.
Professor William Sjiyth was born in Pittston, Maine, Feb-
ruary 2, 1797, but in his childhood his parents removed to Wiscasset,
which was his home till he entered college. The story of his early
struggles to obtain a liberal education, of his indomitable perseverance,
his self-sacrificing, independent spirit, and the success and reputation
of his subsequent life, furnishes most valuable lessons for the young.
His preparatory course for college he pursued alone, without regular
instruction, at intervals of work as a teacher ; the last two years at
Gorhani, Maine, where he was an assistant in the Academy with Rev.
Reuben Nason (Harv. 1802), an accomplished classical and mathe-
30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
raatical teacher, whose counsel and aid he always gratefully ac-
knowledged. He entered Junior at Bowdoin, September, 1820 ; and,
though from late hours of preceding years over Greek and Latin he
was compelled to study by another's eyes (his lessons being read to
him by his chum), he graduated, 1822, with the first honors of an able
class. In 1823 he received appointment as Proctor and Instructor in
Greek at his own College, and, soon after, as Tutor in Mathematics and
Natural Philosophy.
Thus called to a new department of instruction, he detected in him-
self and revealed to others the peculiar talent — it may be said, original
power — which has given him so much of a name, and reflected so much
reputation on his Alma Mater. The predilection of the student had
been decidedly for Greek. His success, however, rarely equalled, as a
teacher of Algebra, excited quite an enthusiasm in his classes, and thus
was designated the eminently fit person to relieve Professor Cleaveland,
who had held that department from the opening of the College, and
had added Chemistry and Mineralogy to the list of his multifarious
duties. In 1825 he became Adjunct Professor of Mathematics and
Natural Philosophy, and in 1828 full Professor.
With the deep enthusiasm of his nature he at once gave himself to
the study of the French systems ; read the Mecanique Celeste, and
soon began the work of preparing text-books for his classes. In 1830
he published an Algebra, which was among the first in this country in
which the French method was employed. This passed through several
editions and then gave place to two separate works, the Elementary
and the Larger Algebra. There followed, in rapid succession, Treatises
on Plane Trigonometiy and its Applications, on Analytical Geometry,
and the Calculus, of this last a second edition appearing in 1859.
A man of quick sensibility to questions of right and wrong, of deep
religious principle, and of ardent and indefatigable nature, he could
not be indifferent to any worthy object of philanthropy or of public in-
terest. His enthusiasm was fired by the struggles of the Poles for
national life, and then by the Hungarian Revolution. He studied the
strategy, was familiar with every phase, political or military, of those
movements, and with the qualities of the leaders. As an earnest
Christian man, he could not but feel a lively concern in the case of the
Cherokees in our country, as a great question involving national justice
and honor. He early took decided position in the slavery discussion,
and, besides writing in the public press, prepared some of the ablest
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 31
papers which the antislavery cause called forth. The common schools
of Maine are more indebted to him than any other man for his agency
in favor of the "graded system." He was active, influential, self-
denying in behalf of the church and congregation with which he was
associated. His decided mechanical skill was freely bestowed in super-
intending the erection of the new church edifice near the College and
in the principal brick school-house of the village. His last work of
this sort was the preparation for the Memorial Hall to commemorate
distinguished alumni and friends of the College, especially those who
served with honor in the war of the Rebellion. All his energy and
skill he threw into this which he was wont to regard as his last work.
He was consulting with a contractor on the grounds, when he was
seized with the fatal symptoms which, after a little more than two
hours of suffering, terminated in death.
Since our last annual meeting, Physical Science has lost, by death,
the distinguished services of three of its devotees, — Faraday, Brew-
sterj and Foucault. Of the last two, one was the veteran associate of
the French Academy of Sciences, the other the youngest member of
his section, already great, however, in achievement as well as in prom-
ise ; and both of them in the fulness of their strength and useful-
ness.
Michael Faraday was born September 20, 1791 ; the son of
a blacksmith in Newington Butts, Surrey, England. He died in the
apartments in Hampton Court Palace, which the Queen had assigned
to him, on August 25, 18G7 : and with him went out the brightest light
which had radiated through the chemical and physical sciences for forty
years.
In 1804, at the age of thirteen, and with a scanty education, Fara-
day was sent to a bookbinder, with whom he served an apprenticeship
of eight years. But he was not toiling these many years merely
upon the outside of books. He felt through his whole life his indebted-
ness to the works of Mrs. Marcet, and he says : " Whenever I pre-
sented her with a copy of my memoirs, I took care to add that I sent
them to her as a testimony of my gratitude to my first instructress."
A copy of the Encyclopedia Britannica, ■ sent to be bound, riveted
Faraday's attention ; particularly the article on Electricity. Out of
an old bottle he constructed his first electrical machine, and out of a
medicine-phial a Leyden Jar, and, thus equipped, he began to experi-
ment. It is to be observed, however, that a great many other boys
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
have done the same thing without growing up to he Faradays. But
with them it was play, with him it was work. Faraday himself, in
later years, attached considerable importance to the habit which he ac-
quired in early life of repeating, as far as he was able, the experiments
of which he read in Chemistry and Electricity. And when, after-
wards, the brilliant lecturer enchanted both young and old, he treated
his audiences as he had treated himself. He did not suppose them to
know, or require them to believe, in any physical law, however famil-
iar, unless he had shown it to them ; not even that a stone would drop
to the earth, without dropping it first before their eyes on to the floor
of the lecture-room.
In 1812, Faraday was invited to the Royal Institution, to hear Sir
Humphry Davy lecture. He took notes at these lectures which
he afterwards sent to Davy, asking at the same time his assistance to
escape from trade and dedicate himself to science. Davy, who was
then at the zenith of his transcendent popularity, had the time and the
disposition to encourage the youthful aspirant, and in March, 1813,
Faraday became chemical assistant in the laboratory of the Royal
Institution. Mr. Gilbert Davies, who had himself detected the genius
of Davy in the obscure home of a Cornish carver at Penzance, has said
of the illustrious Davy, that the greatest of all his discoveries was the
discovery of Faraday. In a few months after Faraday's installation
at the Royal Institution, Davy started upon his prolonged visit to the
Continent, and Faraday accompanied him as secretary and chemical
assistant. His own modest merits were not altogether overshadowed
by the shining fame of his companion, and he formed friendships in
Paris, Geneva, and Italy which were only broken by death.
Faraday began his career of original investigation in 1816, with a
successful analysis of a specimen of caustic lime from Tuscany. Since
that time, his contributions to science flowed on in a steady stream,
so broad and so deep that every province in Chemistry and Physics
has felt the reviving influence. In Acoustics, we recall his researches
on the sand-figures and lycopodium-heaps of vibrating plates, on musi-
cal flames and Trevelyan's experiment with a heated metal ; in Optics,
we are reminded of his papers on aerial perspective, on ocular decep-
tions produced by rotating wheels, on the relation of gold and other
metals to light, on the borosilicate of lead or heavy glass, and of his
services on the committee to which he was appointed in 1824, with
Herschel and Dolland, by the Royal Society, to suggest improvements
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1868. 33
in the manufacture of glass for telescopes, and his valuable report
upon the methods of manufacturing glass ; in general and molecular
Physics, we remember his labors and discoveries on the limit to
evaporation, on the temperature of vapors, and their solidification, on
their passage through capillary tubes, on the pneumatic paradox of
Clement Desormes, on vegetation ; in Practical Science, we are indebted
to him for suggestions, experiments, inventions, or discoveries on ven-
tilation, illumination, fumigation, gunnery, on india-rubber and the al-
loys of steel, on the prevention of explosions in collieries, on the ex-
tinguishment of blazing houses, on sustaining a prolonged breath in a
dangerous atmosphere, and on the false pretensions of spirit-rappings
and table-turnings.
This meagre enumeration, in which years of intellectual activity are
registered in as many lines, indicates the exceeding great versatility of
Faraday's genius. Nevertheless, Chemistry and Electricity were his
favorite if not his absorbing pursuits, from the beginning to the end of
the half-century which his discoveries have made so brilliant. And of
these two Chemistry served him, but Electricity commanded hi in. It
is impossible in this place to specify, much less to analyze, th.e varied
researches of Faraday in chemistry and electricity.
In 1820 he described two new compounds of chlorine and carbon.
" The discovery of these two compounds," says our Foreign Associate,
De la Rive, " filled up an important gap in the history of chemistry."
In 1825, Faraday discovered benzole, to which, says Hoffman, " we
virtually owe our supply of aniline, with all its magnificent progeny of
colors."
In 1820, Oersted set up one of those milestones which stand forever
in the history of science, by his inauguration of electro-magnetism. Many
pressed into the ranks to pursue the new discovery to its consequences,
and Faraday among the foremost. He adapted the reaction between
the current of electricity in the conductor and the magnet to the pro-
duction of a continuous revolution, — a stupendous novelty then, without
a parallel in mechanics nearer than the heavenly bodies. Even Am-
pere's sweeping generalization of the electro-dynamic action had not
anticipated such a result, although it was afterwards able to explain it.
In 1831 the scientific interest which had been monopolized by
electro-magnetism was transferred to a younger sister, magneto-elec-
tricity. Magneto-electricity was a corollary from Faraday's new dis-
covery of voltaic induction, when the latter was viewed in the light of
VOL. VIII. 5
34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Ampere's theory of magnetism. Science had been in possession of
voltaic electricity for forty years, its most powerful instruments had
been wielded by Davy, Hare, and Silliman, statical induction was
a familiar fact ; but it was reserved for Faraday first to see with his
own eyes the external influence of current electricity. Henry's induced
currents of the higher orders ; Page's devices for exalting the inten-
sity of induced currents, and their application to therapeutics ; Ruhm-
kortf 's coil, and its various adaptations to blasting, lighting, &c, — all
these had their origin in Faraday's discovery of voltaic induction.
On the 20th of November, 1845, Faraday read to the Royal So-
ciety of London his startling discovery of the " Magnetization of
Light and the Illumination of Magnetic Lines of Force." This dis-
covery, from its delicacy and novelty, deserves to take rank as Fai-a-
day's greatest, standing, as Tyndall describes it, among his other dis-
coveries and overtopping them all like the " Weisshorn among moun-
tains, high, beautiful, and alone."
It really means, however, less than the language in which it was
announced would convey to most minds. More than thirty years be-
fore, Seebeck and Brewster had succeeded in imparting to common
glass, by pressure or heat, the depolarizing structure of crystals. It
was reserved for Faraday to imitate, partially, the quartz-like structure
of oil of turpentine, and its strange power of circular polarization, by
subjecting his heavy glass, and even water, to the influence of strong
magnets. This discovery was followed by others, in rapid succession,
extending over a period of five years ; all of which are included in his
comprehensive classification of substances into Magnetics and Diamag-
netics. A compass needle made out of a diamagnetic would point
east and west, where an ordinary compass needle would point north
and south. As oxygen is powerfully magnetic, Faraday labored hard
to show that it was superfluous to seek for the cause of terrestrial mag-
netism, or at least of its fluctuations, outside of the earth's atmosphere.
The antagonistic properties of magnetism and diamagnetism are in-
fluenced by crystallization. Faraday proved this for bismuth, anti-
mony, and arsenic, as Plucker did for the optical axes of crystals.
Faraday could have had little expectation in 1825, when he was melt-
ing the borosilicate of lead, that this heavy glass, which proved a fail-
ure for optical purposes, on account of its deep color, would, after
standing on the shelf for thirty years, become the instrument of his
grandest discovery.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 35
Nor should we forget how much Faraday did to establish the iden-
tity of electricity, from whatever source it is derived, to prove the defi-
niteuess of its action, to unveil the process of electrolysis, to bring under
one general law conduction and insulation, to assert the dependence
of electrical and magnetic induction on the molecular agency of inter-
vening media, and to deal a vigorous and mortal blow to the contact-
theory of galvanism. Faraday was not destined, either by early asso-
ciations, education, or mental constitution, to discuss successfully high
themes of speculative philosophy or mathematical science, such as the
nature and conservation of force, or the essence of matter, though he
has written a few papers upon these subjects. Nevertheless, he con-
tributed more largely, perhaps, than any of his contemporaries to that
vast scientific capital, from which Grove has freely borrowed in the es-
tablishment of his theory of the Correlation of the Physical Forces,
and the convertibility of one manifestation of force into another, as so
many varieties of motion.
In 1854, as Faraday was approaching the close of his long period
of active service, he delivered a lecture at the Royal Institution, under
extraordinary circumstances, on Mental Education. This lecture de-
serves special commemoration, inasmuch as Faraday regarded the
views expressed in it both as cause and consequence of his own experi-
mental life. We here see that faith, humility, patience, labor of
thought, mental discipline, well-educated senses, had all conspired to
make him a fit high-priest of science. But he says that " this educa.
tion has, for its first and its last step, humility."
After Faraday returned from his tour with Davy upon the Conti-
nent, he pursued the even tenor of his way at the laboratory of the
Royal Institution with little interruption ; not allowing himself to be
distracted from the chosen work of his life by pleasure or profit or
applause. Though by following out his researches to their practical
application he might have amassed a large fortune, Faraday rejected
the glittering bribe when it was already within his grasp, saying : " I
felt I was not sent into the world for this purpose." If Faraday was
sent into the world for the discovery of truth, then most certainly he
accomplished his destiny. For was he not what Tyndall calls him,
" the greatest experimental philosopher the world has ever 'seen " ?
Though Faraday would not desert his high vocation for emolument, he
often did it at the call of his government, of humanity, of civilization,
of science. Nothing could have been more distasteful to him than to
36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
leave, even for one hour, his quiet walk with Nature, which never
cheated however she might elude him, and sit with table-movers and
other pretended interpreters of her secrets. After describing the ap-
paratus, which, with great experimental tact, he had devised for ex-
posing the trickery or self-deception of his associates, he writes : " I am
a little ashamed of it, for I think, in the present age, and in this part
of the world, it ought not to have been required. Nevertheless, I
hope it may be useful." And again he says : " I think the system
of education that could leave the mental condition of the public body
in the state in which this subject has found it must have been greatly
deficient in some very important principle."
Many scientific men in Great Britain have surpassed Faraday in
the clearness, elegance, and eloquence of their writings. But no one,
unless it were Davy, possessed to such a degree Faraday's gift of im-
parting to others, in the lecture-room, what he had discovered for him-
self. If, as De la Rive said of him, he was never caught in a mistake
in his laboratory, " the hand marvellously seconding the resolves of
the brain," we may add that he seldom disheartened his audience by
the miscarriage of an experiment, destroying the spell by which he
had hitherto bound them. Though he was less dramatic, we might
almost say less theatrical, in his style of address than Davy, he never
failed to attract an admiring crowd, not only of the thoughtful and the
educated, but of the gay and the high-born. He was equally at home
with the juvenile audiences which listened to him during the Christmas
holidays.
For fifty years, Davy and Faraday together have sustained the glory
of the Royal Institution as with the brightness of a whole Academy ;
both of them of unchallenged greatness, not only as discoverers of
physical truths, but as expositors also. In Davy was found a rare com-
bination of poetry and science. Coleridge, it was said, frequented his
lectures " to increase his stock of metaphors." Davy preferred the
blazing battery of the Royal Institution to the chemist's balance. His
generalizations were bold and dazzling. Quality, and not quantity, ex-
cited his mind. In ten»years he stood on the pinnacle of fame. He
was knighted ; he was courted ; and then his position at the Royal In-
stitution was almost honorary. Faraday relied less on his imagination
and more on his experiments. Brilliant as were his triumphs, they
were won by hard work. His whole scientific life was one protracted
campaign, — and that was a war of posts, and not a succession of bril-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 37
Hunt charges. He prized the recognition of academies and universities,
but not the insignia of rank. Without leisure for fashionable society,
he enjoyed preaching to the humble sect of Christians to which he be-
longed as much as lecturing before princes and nobles, either of birth
or of intellect, at the Royal Institution.
It is little to say of such a man that he was made a Fellow of the
Royal Society of London in 1824, a Corresponding Member of the
French Academy of Sciences in 1823, a Foreign Associate of this
Academy in 1844; that his name was eagerly sought to adorn the list
of honor of all other Academies in Europe and America ; that he re-
ceived from the Royal Society of London the Rumford, Copley, and
Royal medals ; that his simple life was made independent by a pension
of £300, conferred upon him in 1835 ; that Napoleon the exile was in-
structed by his lectures, and Napoleon the Emperor acknowledged the
obligation by naming him Commander of the Legion of Honor.
It is much to say of him that he declined all honors and rewards
which were foreign to his scientific character ; that, when he might
have amassed a fortune of £ 150,000 by applying old discoveries to
commercial uses, he preferred to concentrate his whole mind on the
discovery of new truth, dying poor, and leaving a widow dependent on
a small pension, which, in noble imitation of his example, she refused
to have increased ; that he ruled a strong nature so as to be always
gentle, and only impatient of those who unnecessarily wasted his time ;
that he was as much exalted above others in modesty as in intellectual
greatness ; that he made science honorable and attractive ; that he
ruled with an imperial sway the hearts no less than the intellects of
his generation, and that his final departure from the laboratory in the
Royal Institution of Great Britain on the 20th of June, 1862, was
followed by one universal pang of grief throughout the world of
science.
Long and loudly and perseveringly had Faraday knocked at the
secret gates of nature, and most encouraging were the responses which,
from time to time, he had received. Nevertheless, he finds it in his
heart to say : " I have never seen anything incompatible between those
things of man which can be known by the spirit of man which is
within him and those higher things concerning his future which he
cannot know by that spirit."
Faraday, with a wise precaution, which consulted the convenience
of others no less than his own reputation, made a timely collection of
38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
his scattered publications, and placed them in a compact and perma-
nent form, suited to the private library of the student of science. His
" Series of Experimental Researches upon Electricity " amounted to
thirty ; all but one of which are now contained in three volumes, pub-
lished successively in 1839, 1844, and 1855. These Researches are
illustrated by other papers upon the same subject, originally printed in
the Philosophical Magazine, or in the Journal and Proceedings of the
Royal Institution, as the Researches themselves were in the Philo-
sophical Transactions. Faraday's " Experimental Researches in Chem-
istry and Physics" fill a fourth volume which appeared in 1859. Also,
under his sanction and partly from his notes, have been printed, " Six
Lectures on the Non-metallic Elements," in 1852 ; " Six Lectures on
the various Forces of Matter," in 1860 ; and " Six Lectures on the
History of a Candle," in 1861.
The first edition of the " Chemical Manipulation " bears the date of
1827. This was followed by an American edition in 1831, and a
second English edition in 1842.
Sir David Brewster was born, December 11, 1781, at Jed-
burgh, Scotland, also the birthplace of the accomplished commentator
upon Laplace's Mecanique Celeste, Mary Somerville. He died at
Allerly House, Melrose, in Scotland, February 10, 1868. Although
he had reached his eighty-seventh year, we are assured, in the circular
announcing his death, that " his faculties were unimpaired to the very
last, and he died in the full assurance of faith in Christ Jesus."
What revolutions in old sciences, what brilliant careers of new
sciences, are condensed into this single lifetime ? Born before Galvan-
ism was even a name, he lived to see Voltaic Electricity give birth to
the twin sciences of Electro-Magnetism and Magneto-Electricity, throw
off its own ephemeral character in the sustaining batteries of Grove
and Bunsen, and close a long catalogue of practical triumphs in chem-
istry, physics, and mechanics with the oceanic telegraph. Born before
Chladni had revived experimental acoustics or published Die Akustik,
he lived to see this beautiful branch of Physics expand under the cul-
tivation of Savart, Cagniard-de-la-Tour, Wheatstone, Faraday, Lisse-
jous, and Helmholtz, until, by affiliations more startling than any which
Mrs. Somerville celebrates in her " Connection of the Physical
Sciences," the eye threatens to supplant the ear in the investigation
of the laws of sound, quality appears to be resolved into quantity,
the vowel sounds are mocked by an orchestra of tuning-forks, and
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 9, 1868. 39
Brewster's own prediction has the promise of fulfilment, — " I have no
doubt that, before another century is completed, a talking and a sing-
ing machine will be numbered among the conquests of science."
Born at a time when the corpuscular theory of light compelled assent,
from the influence of Newton's great name, when Laplace would nbt
tolerate any discussion of the opposing theory in the French Academy
of Science, when Lord Brougham fiercely attacked what he after-
wards cordially espoused, he lived to witness the complete triumph
of the undulatory theory in the hands of Young and Fresnel, and to
see what Lloyd has called " a mob of hypotheses " exchanged for what
Herschel characterizes as " one succession of felicities." Though
neither himself nor Biot ever deserted the lost cause, of which they
were the bold experimental champions, Brewster, in his Report on
Optics, prepared for the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, has done ample justice to the labors of Malus and others
who contributed to its overthrow ; and he congratulates mankind that
" even amid the convulsions and atrocities of that awful period
Science shot forth some of her brightest radiations, and, in the moral
and religious darkness which prevailed, her evening star was the only
surviving emblem of heaven."
Of nearly one hundred papers which Brewster published in scien-
tific journals or in the transactions of academies, there are very few
which do not touch his favorite subject, viz., Optics. Optical instru-
ments ; polarization, rectilinear, circular, and elliptical ; depolarization ;
the optical character of crystals, and the mode of producing crystalline
structure artificially ; vision, both subjective and objective ; the action
of the eye in man and other animals ; the interference, dispersion, and
absorption of light ; the spectral lines in sunlight, as produced by the
sun's atmosphere, or the earth's atmosphere, and as multiplied by
other absorbing media; — this was the burden of his long life of
research and of his voluminous writings.
Born seven years after Biot, Brewster died about seven years later,
so that the long and laborious lives of these two eminent physicists went
hand in hand for more than half a century. If Brewster did not
share the great mathematical powers of Biot, if he was without the
genius for vast and rapid generalization displayed by Fresnel in optics
and by Ampere in electro-magnetism, nevertheless he was endowed
with consummate skill in experiment, and deduced empirical laws
where Malus and Arago had failed. We may adopt the language
40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
of Professor J. D. Forbes, and say : " His scientific glory is different in
kind from that of Young and Fresnel ; but the discoverer of the law of
polarization, of biaxial crystals, of optical mineralogy, and of double
refraction by compression, will always occupy a foremost rank in the
intellectual history of the age." His theory of only three primary
colors, which he proposed as a substitute for the seven primary colors
of Newton, though plausible and well sustained by his experiments,
has suffered more from neglect than from criticism, Helmholtz alone
having seriously undertaken to refute it. Outside of the range of Op-
tics, Brewster's most important contribution to science was a paper, pub-
lished in 1821, on the mean temperature of the globe and the close co-
incidence between the poles of maximum cold and maximum magnetic
dip. His first appearance, in 1806, before the commonwealth of science,
was with a criticism upon the demonstrations of the lever, as furnished
by Galileo, Huyghens, De la Hire, Newton, Maclaurin, Landen, and
Hamilton. The solution which he himself gives of this fundamental
problem in statics, if not unexceptionable, is certainly ingenious, and
indicates a mind well adapted for mechanical research.
Brewster's scientific labors sometimes assumed a practical turn. In
1831 he published, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edin-
burgh, a memoir on the construction of Polyzonal Lenses for Light-
houses. As early as 1748, Buffbn had proposed a similar device
for burning-glasses. The execution of it was postponed for thirty
years, and then proved a failure even in the hands of Rochon. Con-
dorcet, in his eulogy upon Buffbn, pronounced in 1788, suggested a
modification of his plan, which consisted in building the lens up of sep-
arate rings. We next hear of the subject from Brewster in 1811.
But the British government were not ready to take the hint from
their scientific advisers until after Fresnel had presented to the French
Academy of Sciences, in 1822, his memoir on Lighthouses, and his
lamp and lens shot forth a blaze of light from the headlands of France.
The Kaleidoscope, which Brewster invented in 1817, delighted and
instructed all Europe at the time. Fashion may have dethroned it,
though once the ornament of the fair sex : but it has not outgrown its
popularity in the nursery, and time never can exhaust the fertility of
this invention in devising patterns for the manufactory. No less won-
derful, no less charming, is the Stereoscope, which, though invented by
Wheatstone, has been remodelled by Brewster in a way which has
brought it into the homes of millions, to delight, refine, and civilize all
ages and all classes.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 41
The literary labors of Brewster lose their importance, only in com-
parison with his scientific discoveries. In 1807, Brewster became
editor of the " Edinburgh Encyclopaedia," which he dedicated to his col-
lege friend, Lord Brougham. To write what he did for it himself, and
marshal into order the other one hundred and fifty contributors to its
eighteen volumes, was his principal occupation for twenty years of his
life. Between the years 1819 and 1824 he edited, with Professor
Jameson, ten volumes of the " Edinburgh Philosophical Journal " ; be-
tween the years 1824 and 1829 he edited, single-handed, ten volumes of
the " Edinburgh Journal of Science." From 1832 to the time of his
death he was one of the editors of the " London and Edinburgh Philo-
sophical Magazine and Journal of Science." In 1811 he edited a
new edition of Ferguson's Astronomy, and in 1837 he published a
Treatise on Magnetism, which he had written for the seventh edition
of the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Add to these labors his little work
on the Stereoscope, and the two editions of another little work on
the Kaleidoscope, his Treatise on New Philosophical Instruments,
a Treatise on the Microscope, a volume on Optics which was pub-
lished in Lardner's Cyclopaedia, his Letters on Natural Magic, his
Martyrs of Science, his Essay on the Plurality of Worlds, his
Life of Sir Isaac Newton, published in the Family Library, to say
nothing of his numerous contributions to the Edinburgh Quarterly
and North British Reviews, and the wonder is that he found any
leisure for his scientific pursuits.
The reflections cast upon Newton by the astronomer Baily, in his
Life of Flamsteed, reanimated the spirit of Brewster, never too ready
to succumb to his antagonists. He obtained valuable manuscript ma-
terials from Lord Portsmouth, brooded over the subject for more than
twenty years, and in 1855 published a greatly enlarged work, in two
volumes, under the new title of " Memoirs of the Life, Writings, and
Discoveries of Sir Isaac Newton." Of which a critic, none too
friendly, in the London Athenaeum, has said : " This work, with all its
faults, is a noble monument to Newton's memory and a pillar of fame
to the writer." And in the recent struggle to divide with Pascal the
honors of the discoverer of universal gravitation, who can doubt which
side Brewster took, or be surprised that the venerable survivor of
many hard-fought battles entered into the conflict with all the vigor
of youth ?
The title of one of Brewster's recent publications, " More Worlds
VOL. VIII. 6
42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
than One, the Creed of the Philosopher and the Hope of the Chris-
tian," is characteristic of his general tone of thought and argument, and
reminds us that he was originally destined for the Christian ministry,
and had been licensed to preach in the Church of Scotland. At the
University of Edinburgh, from which he received the honorary degree
of A. M. in 1800, he enjoyed the valuable instruction and friendship
of John Robison, John Playfair, and Dugald Stewart. In 1799, at
the instance of his intimate friend, afterwards Lord Brougham, he
studied Newton's investigations on the Inflection of Light, and re-
peated his experiments. But the discovery by Malus, in 1808, of the
Polarization of Light fired him with new ardor in the pursuit of phys-
ical optics, and determined his future career. In 1815, dui'ing Pro-
fessor Playfair's visit to the Continent, Brewster took his place in the
University as Lecturer upon Natural Philosophy.
A literary and scientific career, so long, so laborious, so useful as
that of Brewster, deserved the gratitude of his contemporaries, and he
enjoyed it both at home and abroad. He received the degree of
LL. D. from the University of Aberdeen, that of D. C. L. from Ox-
ford, and that of A. M. from Cambridge. In 1808 he was chosen a
member of the Royal Society of Edinburgh ; and was its President
from 1864 to the time of his death. In 1815 he was elected a Fellow
of the Royal Society of London, and received from it the Copley
Medal for his paper on the Polarization of Light by Reflection. In
1818 he won the Rumford Medal by his Discoveries relating to the
Polarization of Light. In 1816 a prize was divided by the Institute
of France between Brewster and Seebeck for their researches on the
depolarizing structure of heated and compressed glass,
In 1825, Brewster was made a Corresponding Member of the In-
stitute of France, and in 1849 he attained the high distinction of being
chosen to succeed Berzelius as one of the eight Associate Members of
the Academy of Sciences. He was called to preside at the twentieth
meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science,
held at Edinburgh in 1850. With honor to himself, and advantage to
his country, he filled, in succession, the two highest literary positions in
Scotland, being first Principal of the old University of St. Andrews,
and afterwards, in 1859, Principal of the University of Edinburgh.
Since his death, a pension of £ 200 a year has been granted by
the government to Lady Brewster, and soon a statue to the memory
of her husband will stand in the city of Edinburgh.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 43
Thus honored and trusted, lived, and labored, and died Sir David
Brewster ; a careful experimentalist, an elegant writer, a warm advo-
cate of what he believed to be the truth. In him Christian faith was
instructed by accurate science, and science was illuminated and in-
spired by Christian faith.
Sir William Lawrence, an Honorary Member of the Academy,
died on the 5th of July, 1867, aged 84. He was born at Cirencister,
near Gloucester, England, in 1783, and was educated at the Classical
School. In his seventeenth year he went to reside in the family of
Mr. Abernethy, to whom he was apprenticed. His official connection
with various hospitals began in 1801, when he was appointed Demon-
strator of Anatomy at St. Bartholomew's. In 1828, having steadily
advanced in reputation and honors, he succeeded Mr. Abernethy as
Lecturer on Surgery in that Hospital. In 1814 he was elected Sur-
geon to the Eye Infirmary, and in 1815 Surgeon to the Royal Hospi-
tals of Bridewell and Bethlem.
In 18G5, having been in constant service in these institutions for
more than sixty years, he resigned at the age of eighty -two.
Mr. Lawrence was Fellow of the Royal Society and Vice-Presi-
dent during the Presidency of the Duke of Sussex. He was a mem-
ber of the French Institute, and of other learned and scientific associa-
tions. In 1831 he was elected President of the " Medico-Chirurgieal
Society," and, in 1858, Surgeon to the Queen.
It is unnecessary on this occasion to enumerate the long list of his
works ; suffice it to say that from the year 1801 he was constantly en-
gaged in literary labors either in the form of contributions to various
journals or of elaborate treatises. His translation of Blumenbach, with
the addition of numerous notes and an introductory view of the classifica-
tion of animals on the basis of anatomical structure, was published in
1807, and gave the first impulse, in England, to the study of comparative
anatomy. He also contributed the anatomical and physiological ar-
ticles in Rees's Cyclopaedia. In 1819 appeared the "Lectures on the
Physiology, Zoology, and Natural History of Man." In this depart-
ment, in England, there had previously been very little investigation,
and this work excited great interest. It displays a vast amount of re-
search and knowledge, and is eminent authority at the present day.
Of the strictly professional works, the most important are the treatises
on Diseases of the Eye, on Hernia, and his most recent work on
Surgery.
44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
The Treatise on Diseases of the Eye, comprising his own opinions
and those of men distinguished in that department, is a learned and
comprehensive exposition of the science of that period. The Treatise
on Hernia, probably the most important of his works, was first pub-
lished in 1806. It has passed through many editions, which were en-
riched by extensive observations in St. Bartholomew's Hospital. The
name of Mr. Lawrence will be always identified with the progress of
Surgical Science, and the treatise.on this subject will remain a monu-
ment to his learning and industry.
The late Sir Benjamin Brodie remarks that he " never knew one
who had a greater amount of information, not merely on matters relat-
ing to his profession, but on a great variety of other subjects."
" His personal appearance was striking and impressive ; he had a
tall, manly figure, and his head and features were models of intellectual
beauty and power."
His learning, eloquence, and genial disposition made his fireside
most attractive. He often expressed his admiration of our free institu-
tions, and many Americans will remember his generous, self-sacrificing
hospitality.
Pierre Francois Olive Rayer was born, March 7, 1793, of a
respectable Bourgeois family, at Saint Sylvain, near Caen, France.
After the necessary preliminary education, he commenced the study of
medicine, and was graduated Doctor of Medicine, at the age of twenty-
three, in Paris. He was a student and favorite pupil of M. Dumeril.
Among his contemporaries were Dupuytren, Corvisart, Velpeau, Louis,
Larrey, Trousseau and others, who have made the present century
such a brilliant epoch in the history of French medicine. He was
doubtless stimulated by their example and labors to constant effort
in his chosen career, but they owed as much to him as he to them.
Through persistent labor and conspicuous merit, he attained succes-
sively the highest professional and scientific positions. In 1825 he was
appointed to the medical staff of the Hospital of Saint Antoine. In
1832 he was transferred to the Hospital of La Charite. He was
selected by Louis Philippe as one of the consulting physicians of the
Royal household ; and in 1852 he was taken by the Emperor Napoleon
into the medical service of the Imperial family. Rapidly winning the
confidence of the community, he soon became known as one of the
largest pi'actitioners of medicine in Paris. He was elected into the
Academy of Medicine in 1823; and in 1843 he became a member of
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 45
the Academy of Sciences as the successor of M. Morel Vincte. In
1862 he was appointed to fill the newly created chair of Comparative
Medicine, and about the same time was chosen Dean of the Medical
Faculty of the University of Paris. He was President of the Cen-
tral Committee of Public Hygiene, and also of the General Associa-
tion of the physicians of France. In 1855 he was elected an Honorary
Member of this Academy. Among the various marks of honor which
the Emperor conferred upon him was that of Commander, and, when
he resigned the place of Dean of the Faculty of Medicine, that of
Grand Officer of the Legion of Honor. In connection with Bernard,
Robin, Lebert, and one of our own associates, C. E. Brown-Sequard,
he was one of the founders of the Society of Biology, — - a society
which has probably contributed of late years more than any other to
a just and comprehensive study of life in all its manifestations. He
was the animating spirit of this Society, and was most properly made
its perpetual President.
But it is not the honors with which he was crowned, or the respon-
sible posts which he filled, or the elevated social position to which he
attained, that entitle M. Rayer to our especial regard. His best
monument is to be found in his published works. Soon after his
graduation he published a brief Summary of Pathological Anatomy.
This was followed in a short time by memoirs on a variety of medical
subjects, such as a note on the Coryza of Nursing Infants ; a monograph
on Delirium Tremens ; a History of the Epidemic of Miliary Sweat,
which prevailed in the Departments of Oise, and of the Seine and
Oise, in 1821 ; and a number of smaller treatises. In 1835 he put
forth a more elaborate work than any of the above memoirs. It was
entitled " A Theoretical and Practical Treatise on Diseases of the
Skin, founded on Original Anatomical and Pathological Researches."
This was in two volumes, and was accompanied with an atlas of
colored plates. The value of the work was attested by the appearance,
in a short time, of a second edition, which was enlarged to three
volumes, with a corresponding addition to the atlas of illustrations.
At the time of its appearance, this work was a most important addi-
tion to Dermatology, and prepared the way for the minute and careful
studies of later observers.
The function and diseases of the kidneys early attracted the atten-
tion of M. Rayer. The result of his studies in this direction appeared
in what was the capital work of his life, and which he called, " A
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Treatise on Diseases of the Kidneys, and their Relations to Diseases
of the Bladder, the Prostate, and the Urethra." This was completed
in three volumes, and was illustrated by a folio atlas of sixty colored
plates. As soon as it appeared, it was received as the foremost book
of its kind. It was acknowledged as an authority in this country and
in England. Two separate translations of it into the German language
proved the value which German observers set upon it. Aided by the
microscope and the laboratory, later physiologists have gained a more
accurate knowledge of the pathology and physiology of the kidneys
than can be gathered from M. Rayer's work ; but this does not detract
from its value. It was a great addition to medical science.
Besides these labors, M. Rayer found time to investigate a depart-
ment of pathology that before him was almost unknown, or at least un-
explored, namely, that of Comparative Medicine. The chair of that
name, which was established by the Medical Faculty of Paris in 1862,
was immediately offered to him as the person best qualified to fill it.
His monograph on glanders and farcy in the human subject is unique of
its kind. The extent of his general knowledge of medicine is shown
by the fact of his being one of the authors of the " Dictionary of
Practical Medicine," a sort of medical encyclopedia in fifteen volumes.
He was, moreover, a frequent contributor to various scientific journals,
such as " Les Archives de Medecine Comparee " ; " Les Memoires de
l'Academie des Sciences " ; " Le Nouveau Journal de Medecine," etc.
It was said of M. Rayer, by one of his contemporaries, that " he was
not only distinguished by the works which he produced, but by those
which he inspired." The number of eminent men whose early studies
he directed and encouraged, and whose fortunes he sometimes aided in
most substantial ways, confirms the truth of this remark. Like Stahl
and Boerhaave, he loved to surround himself with a group of youthful
savans, whom he animated and guided. Claude Bernard, the inge-
nious and sagacious observer, who has contributed so largely to the ad-
vancement of physiology ; Robin, who has justly been called the creator
of French histology ; and Littre, whose translation of Hippocrates and
whose knowledge of historical medicine has earned for him so wide a
renown, — all were encouraged, substantially aided, and often guided in
their earlier and later studies by M. Rayer.
As a practitioner, he was one of the most successful of the French
physicians. It was said of him that he was first among scientific phy-
sicians and also first among medical practitioners. His acquaintance
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 47
with the works and original papers of the physiologists of the present
century made him an acknowledged authority on physiological ques-
tions. Honest and frank in the expression of his views, when he had
occasion to present them, he possessed the rare virtue of being able
and willing to recognize and acknowledge an erroneous opinion of his
own, whenever the error could be demonstrated. When we consider the
extent and variety of his labors, — his private practice, his hospital at-
tendance, his collegiate teaching, and his published writings, — we are
surprised that one man could have found time to accomplish so much
and so well.
M. Rayer died in Paris, September 10, 1867, at the age of seventy-
four years and six months. The appreciation in which his services to
science and medicine were held by his contemporaries was abundantly
evinced by the numerous eulogies that were pronounced at the time of
his death.
Franz Bopp, Professor of Sanskrit and of Comparative Philology
in the University at Berlin, died on the 23d of October last, at the
advanced age of seventy-six years. Among the philologists of the
present century he was perhaps the foremost. Others of his contem-
poraries, especially of his countrymen, have shown not less remarkable
talent, reached as high a degree of scholarship, and won an equal dis-
tinction, in various departments of the study of languages and litera-
tures ; but to him belongs the peculiar and transcendent honor of hav-
ing inaugurated and given development to a new science, — that of the
historical investigation of human speech. It is an honor of which he
can be in no measure deprived ; even though it be shown that some of
his discoveries had been partially anticipated by others, or, on the
other hand, that the times were ripe for the appearance of such a
science, which must have sprung up and gained a rapid growth with-
out him. For, as a matter of fact, it was he who turned to profitable
account the scattered and imperfect perceptions of others, who im-
proved and made fruitful their methods of research, who took advan-
tage of the favorable conditions of the times, and with steady devotion,
clear insight, and admirable skill, laid a foundation and reared a sti'uc-
ture which others may indeed improve and extend, but can never destroy.
Bopp was born at Mayence, in Bavaria, on the 14th of September,
1791, and received his early education at Aschatfenburg, where the
influence especially of Windischmann directed his attention to Orien-
tal studies. At the age of twenty-one he went to Paris, drawn thither
48 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
by the attraction of the collections of Oriental manuscripts in the great
library. Paris was then incontestably the centre of Oriental study for
Europe ; even a little school of Sanskrit philology had arisen there,
having for its first teacher Alexander Hamilton, an English East-In-
dian, one of Napoleon's prisoners after the breach of the peace of Amiens.
To the study of the Sanskrit, and to the comparison of Indo-European
languages to which it so naturally led, Bopp soon began especially to
devote himself, — a devotion which he was never to relax until stricken
down by his last illness. More than any other person, he aided to make
the Sanskrit accessible to European scholars, by a series of grammars,
texts, and glossaries, which, though they have their defects, are even
now among the most valuable parts of the apparatus of study within
reach of the learner. With him, however, the Sanskrit was the thing of
subordinate consequence, the handmaid of comparative philology ; into
the history, antiquities, and literature of India he never cared to pene-
trate very far, nor did he strive to become a profound Sanskrit scholar,
to master all the niceties of its structure and usages. Even before
leaving Paris for a further season of study in England, he prepared
and published, in 1816, the forerunner of his great Comparative Gram-
mar, a little volume entitled " The Conjugation-System of the Sanskrit
Language, in comparison with that of the Greek, the Latin, the Per-
sian, and the German Languages." In this he sketches the principal
features of his whole system, as afterwards developed. He assumes
as demonstrated the truth, pointed out by many before him, of the re-
lationship of the Sanskrit with the other tongues named, not as their
mother, but as their older sister, but in the use he makes of this truth
he had no predecessor; he would fain derive from their comparison
their history and the genesis of their words and forms. He takes up
their grammatical mechanism as an object in itself worthy of study,
and sure to lead, when comprehended, to valuable results for other de-
partments of knowledge. Both in his distinct apprehension of the
work to be done, and in the clearness, good sense, and acuteness
of the methods of research he devised and employed, in the geniality
and fruitfulness of his whole mode of labor, he so far surpassed all who
had gone before him, and furnished an example and model for those
who should come after him, as to become the founder of the science.
It is, then, not without reason, that the fiftieth anniversary of the date
affixed to the preface of the " Conjugation-System " was celebrated just
two years ago (May 16, 1868) in Berlin, as the jubilee of Comparative
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 49
Philology, by the establishment of a Bopp fund, of which the income
should be forever devoted to the encouragement and aid of researches
in this department of knowledge. The endowment, amounting to over
ten thousand thalers, was made up by the contributions of scholars and
friends of learning in all parts of the world, — those of our own coun-
try, among the rest, furnishing their mite to swell the sum.
On his return to his native country, Bopp was nominated by the
Bavarian government to a professorship in the University of Wiirz-
burg; but the handful of pedants who composed the senate of that in-
stitution resolved that the studies which he represented had no claim
to a place in it, and respectfully declined to ratify the appointment.
But the next year (1821) he was called to a vastly higher and wider
sphere of labor in the Berlin University, in connection with which and
with the Academy of Sciences of the same city his chief literary ac-
tivity was henceforth exercised.
The most important of his works, by far, is his Comparative Gram-
mar, of which the first edition began to appear in 1833 and reached its
completion in 1849. A second edition, in three volumes, considerably
modified and extended, was commenced in 1857 and finished in 1861.
The former was long since translated into English ; of the latter, M.
Breal is now putting forth a French version. Into any extended de-
scription or criticism of this great work we are not called upon to
enter. It is a rich mine of observations and conclusions, the compen-
dium of what was done for the new science by its founder. We must
not regard it, however, as in all parts of equal merit and authority.
Bopp lived long enough to see his science carried further, in many
points, by his followers than by himself. At the same time, he was
not one who readily assimilated the results won by others. The later
years of his life were comparatively unfruitful of valuable additions to
science ; and when at length he passed away, it was rather the pres-
ence of the man than the work of the scholar that was missed by us.
August Boeckh, the illustrious philologist, long a member of the
Academy, died in Berlin, August 3, 1867, aged 82. He was born in
Karlsruhe, November 24, 1785, and had the misfortune to be left an
orphan at the age of three. From his sixth to his eighteenth year he
attended the gymnasium at Karlsruhe, where he went through an un-
usually thorough course of study for the times, embracing the classics,
mathematics and physics, and philosophy.
Thus prepared for a more independent course of study, Boeckh left
VOL. VIII. 7
50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Karlsruhe in 1803 for the University of Halle, to which he was drawn
by the great reputation of Friedrich August Wolf. His original in-
tention was to study theology and philology together. But his interest
in the latter study soon led him to discard theology and to devote him-
self to philology as his professional study, combining, however, with it
philosophy under Schleiermacher, — a combination that gave a turn to
his first literary undertaking on the Minos and the Laws of Plato.
On leaving Halle in 1806, Boeckh began as a teacher in Berlin.
But the fortunes of the war then raging soon forced him to leave
Prussia and go to Heidelberg. His rapid academic advancement is an
evidence of the precocity of his genius. He was appointed Extraor-
dinary Professor at Heidelberg in 1807, Ordinary Professor in 1809,
and in 1811, when the University of Berlin was founded, he received
a call as Professor of Eloquence and Ancient Literature.
From 1811 to 1867 — fifty-six years — he lived in Berlin the un-
eventful life of a scholar, dividing his time between study, his duties
as Professor and head of the Philological Seminary, and various other
charges for which his extraordinary aptitude for affaii's fitted him. He
was repeatedly Rector of the University. In the sessions of the Acad-
emy he took a lively interest, and his communications to that body
have become a standard part of philological literature.
Both in his elaborate books and in the more fugitive pieces and
courses of lectures which laid the groundwork to these books, Boeckh
exhibited two qualities not often united, — a faculty for details and a
comprehensive grasp of the general subject. He had a perfect genius
for details. No matter what the subject was that interested him, — and
in his long and manifold studies there were few things connected with
ancient life which did not interest him, — whether it was a question of
weights and measures, of finance, of grammar, of metres, of orthog-
raphy, or astronomy, — he followed the thing out with a microscopic
eye into its minutest ramifications, weighing carefully all the evidences
of the text and studying the credibility of his witnesses. In his ear-
lier years he kept copious notes and adversaria. Later in life he gave
them up, trusting entirely to his memory. Under such a load of eru-
dition a less happily balanced mind would have staggered and stumbled.
But in combination and arrangement Boeckh was equally at home.
With the insight of genius he looked at the tangled and complicated
masses, and order sprang out of chaos. Grasping the leading idea, he
carried it out consistently to the end, and his intimate familiarity with
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 9, 1868. 51
the whole range of ancient thought and action enabled him to shed a
flood of light on all the parts.
To enumerate the works of Boeckh would take us far beyond the
bounds of this brief notice. As Professor of Poetry and Ancient
Literature, the representative and spokesman of the University, he
was officially bound to deliver orations on public occasions and to write
the University programmes. The collection of Orations and Disserta-
tions published in three volumes from 1858 to 1866 gives but little
idea of his gigantic industry. Of his larger books we need hardly
name his Pindar, his Collection of Greek Inscriptions, and his Public
Economy of Athens.
While Boeckh was known to foreign countries by his works, at home
he exerted an influence equally great by his personal teachings. In his
younger days he lived in intimate relations with his pupils, quite carry-
ing out the old academic idea of Master and Disciples, now among the
traditions of the past. As the University grew and his own audiences
became larger, this was no longer possible, and his connection with the
younger generation was confined to his labors in the Seminary and his
Lectures. The Lectures, which were partly exegetical and partly sys-
tematic,— among the latter the courses on Antiquities and on the
Encyclopaedia of Philology being particularly prized, — were marked
by the same minuteness of detail and the same general grasp which
characterized his books. His style and delivery were plain and to the
point, giving an impression of immense shrewdness and reserve power,
and the earnestness of his discourse was every now and then lighted
up by a flash of homely drollery.
Grown old among his books, he celebrated the sixtieth anniversary
of his Doctorate, March 15, 1867, and received such an ovation
from scholars, citizens, and crowned heads as is never given to a scholar
out of Germany and seldom equalled there. Shortly after, he died.
Karl Joseph Anton Mittermaier, borti at Munich, August
5, 1787, died at Heidelberg, August 28, 1867, at the age of
eighty, after a life of zealous, honorable, and learned labor in the
cause of science and humanity. In 1819 he became a Professor of
Law at Bonn, whence, in 1834, he was transferred to Heidelberg. In
1859 he celebrated his professional jubilee. For more than half a
century he was well known as a teacher and writer on subjects of
great interest in civil and criminal law. His learning was not ab-
sorbed in the past, but put to constant service in behalf of the
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
present and the future. In this best sense he was a reformer. As a
public man at times in middle life, he held the position of a moderate
liberal, and distinguished himself in furthering reformatory and pro-
gressive legislation. He favored oral and public procedure in the
civil courts, the separation of judicial from administrative functions,
and the abolition of corporal punishment as a means of eliciting the
truth ; and he pronounced himself a friend to the freedom of the
press. But his public life terminated almost twenty years before his
death. As an author, he is widely, though by no means exclusively,
known as a criminalist. And he was remarkable for the assiduity and
activity with which, by reading, correspondence, and travels, he made
himself contemporary with whatever in criminal and penal legisla-
tion and procedure was going forward in different countries. In this
department of comparative law he was an adept and a leader. The
extent of his researches furnished a basis for general conclusions,
and his liberal spirit turned them readily into the path of reform. In
1851 he published an important work on criminal procedure in Eng-
land, Scotland, and North America. Some months before his death
this treatise appeared in a French translation, enriched with the
copious fruits of the author's study and personal observation in the
interval. In 1865, at the age of seventy-seven, he put out a work
(since translated into several languages) in which, surrendering his
early opinion on capital punishment, he declared himself in favor of
its total abolition. The enlargement of this work by the results of
indefatigable inquiries in Europe and the United States was prevented
only by his death. These unpublished collections have been deposited
in the library of the University of Heidelberg.
Since the last annual meeting the Academy has received an acces-
sion of eleven new members, as appears in the following list.
Of Resident Fellows there have been elected, —
Dr. Charles E. Brown-Sequard in Class II., Section 3.
Com. John Rodgers, U. S..N., in Class I., Section 4.
Edward C. Pickering in Class I., Section 3.
James M. Crafts in Class I., Section 3.
Of Associate Fellows, —
Rowland G. Hazard in Class III., Section 3.
Dr. J. Lawrence Smith in Class I., Section 3.
Hon. Horace Binney in Class III., Section 1.
Hon. Daniel Lord in Class III., Section 1.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JULY 7, 1868. 53
Of Foreign Honorary Membei's we have elected, —
Major- General Edward Sabine, in place of Admiral Duperrey, in
Class II., Section 1.
M. Chevreul in Class I., Section 3.
One of our members, Dr. C. H. F. Peters, has been transferred from
the list of Resident Fellows to that of Associate Fellows in Class I.,
Section 2.
Five hundred and ninety-seventh Meeting.
June 23, 1868. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The memoirs of the Foreign Honorary Members deceased
during the year were read from the Council's Annual Report
by the Corresponding Secretary and Professor Lovering.
Nominations by the Council were read.
The Statute Meeting for August was adjourned to the
second Tuesday in September, and a Special Meeting was ap-
pointed for the first Tuesday in July.
Five hundred and ninety-eighth Meeting.
July 7, 1868. — Special Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President called the attention of the Academy to a cir-
cular letter announcing the celebration at Berlin of the fiftieth
anniversary of Ehrenberg's Doctorate.
On the motion of Dr. Bowditch the following vote was
passed : —
" Resolved that this Academy desires to express their sin-
cere congratulations to Dr. Ehrenberg for his long and hon-
orable services in the cause of science, and requests their
President, Dr. Asa Gray, and Professor Joseph Lovering, to
represent them on this interesting occasion."
Professor Lovering made a communication on the appli-
cation of Electricity to maintaining the vibrations of a tuning-
54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
fork, and of the tuning-fork to exciting and sustaining the
vibration of threads or cords.
The elements which comprise the essential features of the machine,
now exhibited, are not original. The application of electricity as the
maintaining power for such rapid vibrations as belong to tuning-forks
is not new, though it is of recent discovery ; and the application of
tuning-forks to exciting sympathetic vibrations in cords is not new,
though it is also of recent discovery. I am not aware, however, that
these two discoveries have been united into one, by Employing a tun-
ing-fork, so impelled, for this particular purpose. Such tuning-fork3
have already been made and used by Koenig for producing the Lisse*
jous' curves, and for exhibiting the phenomena of interference of sounds ;
and this new application, therefore, is sufficiently obvious, and may
have been already anticipated by other physicists. The tuning-forks
in ut, etc., manufactured by Koenig for repeating Melde's experiments
on the vibrations of cords, are only adapted to short threads of
saddler's silk. My object has been to provide a tuning-fork which
would not be overloaded with a stout cord of thirty or forty feet in
length.
The prongs of my tuning-fork are thirty inches in length, two inches
in width, and three eighths of an inch in thickness ; and, in spite of the
encumbrance of the cord, they will vibrate for many minutes without
the aid of electricity, making excursions oPone half of an inch on each
side of the position of equilibrium. The outer face of each prong,
when at rest, is exposed to one pole of an electro-magnet, at the dis-
tance of three fourths of an inch from it. The iron core of this elec-
tro-magnet has a circular section of an inch and one fourth in diameter,
and is wound with copper wire to the depth of two inches.
The extremities of this iron core carry nearly cubical blocks of soft
iron, of about one inch and a half in linear dimension, through which
are screwed pieces of iron of one half of an inch in thickness. The
ends of these pieces are the acting poles, and are screwed through the
blocks, in order to adjust the distance between the poles of the magnet
and the prongs of the tuning-fork. With four cups of Bunsen's bat-
tery, the zincs of which are cylinders, four inches in diameter and
seven inches in height, and connected for intensity, the magnet has
strength sufficient to initiate the motion of the prongs, at the distance
even of three fourths of an inch, and to bring them soon into energetic
vibration. The current of electricity runs through the stem of the
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 8, 1868. 65
tuning-fork into the lower prong, near the extremity of which, and
upon the interior surface, is a small platinum plate which is touched by
the point of a platinum wire. This platinum wire is attached to the end
of a short spring. When the current begins to flow, the prongs of the
tuning-fork are attracted outwards, the platinum plate is withdrawn
from the platinum wire, the flow of the electrical current is interrupted,
and the prongs of the tuning-fork are free to spring together again,
without the retarding influence of the magnetic poles. The tuning-
fork itself, therefore, interrupts the current at each of its vibrations, so
as to be subject to an accelerating force of magnetism, when its prongs
are moving outwardly, without a corresponding retarding action, when
they are moving inwardly.
The vibrations of this tuning-fork ai*e so energetic, and the ampli-
tude of its excursions is so large, that the ends of the prongs often strike
the poles of the electro-magnet. The tuning-fork easily commands the
motion of a stout cord, thirty or forty feet in length, which vibrates as
a whole, or in segments, whenever the tension is such as to make any
one of the harmonics of the cord correspond to the note of the tuning-
fork. The middle of the segments sweeps through a breadth of two
or three inches, and the eye easily recognizes the nodes, and other
peculiarities of vibrating cords, even when the rate of vibration is too
slow to produce any acoustic effect. In this way, all the laws of vi-
brating strings may be illustrated to the coarsest eye even more satis-
factorily than is possible with the most highly educated ear."
Five Hundred and ninety-ninth Meeting.
September 8, 1868. — Adjourned Statute Meeting.
The Recording Secretary in the chair.
Professor Lovering made the following communication on
the Periodicity of the Aurora Borealis : ■ —
As this paper will appear in full in the Memoirs of the Academy,
over three hundred pages of which are already printed, only a brief
abstract will be given in this place. I was incited to the study of the
laws of periodicity of the aurora by the absence of any recorded ap-
pearances of this display, in this country, before the early part of the
eighteenth century, — a failure in the record which could not easily be
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
explained except by a failure in the phenomenon itself, especially when
it is considered that the early settlers of New England were not likely
to have overlooked appearances which they could so readily associate
with the religious or political events of their heaven-determined des-
tiny. A preliminary discussion of the subject was first published in
the American Almanac for 1860, and afterwards, with some modifica-
tion, in the Memoirs of the Academy, Vol. IX. p. 101. But I was
soon satisfied that no satisfactory solution of a vast problem could be
reached, which was built on anything less than the richest materials
that could be gathered from the records of science. Much time has
been expended, therefore, in preparing and printing a complete cata-
logue of all the auroras observed from the earliest times down to the
present year, — a catalogue which comprises about ten thousand inde-
pendent auroras and fifty thousand observations.
The discussion of these materials, so far as it has yet progressed,
relates especially to the distribution of auroras between the different
days and months of the year, and the accuracy with which this distri-
bution may be expressed by a periodical function. The subject is
considered, not only for the whole earth, but also separately for the
two hemispheres, and for each place where a series of observations
has continued long enough to justify a distinct discussion. The num-
ber of auroras occurring in different seasons of the year has been
computed by the following formula : —
N = A + Ci sin. 2 n (t + ca) -f C2 sin. 4 n (t + c,) + C3 sin. 6 n (t + c3) ;
and the result compared with the observations. The mean probable
error has been obtained by the usual rule, applied to the differences be-
tween the number of observed and computed auroras. The formula
just mentioned is the same as I employed in 1845 in discussing the
daily changes of temperature and magnetic declination at Cambridge,
Mass.* In 1843, Eklof published f at Helsingfors, Russia, a mathe-
matical investigation of the yearly march of auroral phenomena, in
which he employed the same periodic function as I have adopted.
Copies, however, of the Scientific Transactions, in which Eklof pub-
lished his labors, are very rare in this country. I only know of the
single one which I had recently an opportunity to examine, in the
Astor Library of New York. As Eklof confined his inquiry to a few
*
* Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. III. 44.
t Acta Soc. Sci. Fennic, etc. II. 302.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 8, 1868. 57
places, and to small and imperfect catalogues of auroras, what I have
added to his work may not, perhaps, be superfluous.
I have taken notice, in my memoir, of the attempts made by Mairan, .
Ritter, Hoslin, Quetelet, Wartmann, Boue, Baumhauer, Wolf, A. de
la Rive, Fritz, and Littrow to establish relations between the periods
of auroral maxima and minima, and those of shooting-stars, meteors,
earthquakes, disturbances in the earth's magnetism, or the sun's in-
flamed surface, and even the larger nutation-period of the earth's axis,
to say nothing of hail-storms, snow-storms, lunar halos, winds, etc.
Since the first two hundred and forty pages of my Memoir on the
Periodicity of the Aurora have been printed, General Lefroy, formerly
director of the Magnetic Observatory in Toronto, Canada, has put at
my disposal his large accumulation of observations in British America ;
also Professor Joseph Henry, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, has placed in my hands the unpublished records of meteorology
made in various parts of the United States, under the auspices of this
institution, in accordance with the comprehensive plan of its accom-
plished Secretary. Mr. Charles A. Schott has obtained for me, from
the original records in possession of the Smithsonian Institution, the
dates of one hundred and eight auroras observed by the late Professor
Parker Cleaveland, at Brunswick, Maine. During a recent visit to
Leyden, I have been able to consult the manuscript records of Mus-
schenbroek. From these I have gathered the observations made in
Holland on four hundred and sixty-seven auroras, most of which have
never been published before. With these new and rich materials, and
others not specified, to which I have had access since my first catalogue
was printed, I have been induced to pause in the midst of my discus-
sion of the secular periodicity of the aurora, and print supplementary
catalogues. I therefore postpone any remarks on this point until the
investigation is brought to a conclusion. The sum total of all the inde-
pendent auroras contained in all my catalogues amounts to eleven
thousand nine hundred and fifty-eight. However, the additional obser-
vations contained in the second catalogue, embracing, as they do, but a
short period of years, will have less influence upon the question of the
secular periodicity of the aurora than upon its yearly march from month
to month, at Toronto, Quebec, Newfoundland, etc. ; for which the ob-
servations in the first catalogue were limited to a small number of
years.
VOL. VIII. 8
58
PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Number of Auroras observed each Month in the Western Hemisphere.
Place.
Jan.
9
Feb. Mar.
1
Apr.
May.
11
Jun.
5
July.
13
Aug.
13
Sept.
16
Oct.
19
Nov.
5
Dec.
10
Total.
151
Newfoundland,
20
14
16
Quebec,
6
25
14
24
7
10
13
10
19
21
13
7
169
London, Canada,
7
12
12
16
6
5
10
8
10
13
3
5
107
Toronto,
21
37
34
46
35
24
31
25
33
43
34
26
389
Jakobshavn,
27
24
17
1
0
0
0
0
17
28
34
37
185
Gothaab,
61
60
50
21
0
0
0
5
53
45
71
64
430
New York State,
76
89
110 132
89
80
106
125
141
117
75
65
1205
New Haven,
63
59
72
67
62
46
72
66
97
62
86
61
813
Newberry,
23
34
28
30
6
2
3
11
32
30
10
9
218
Providence,
15
17
14
13
18
7
10
7
21
21
14
3
160
Burlington,
8
6
9
8
12
5
6
3
8
3
3
3
74
St. Martin,
6
9
7
9
9
4
14
6
14
3
2
6
89
Wilmington,
6
1
4
1
5
5
6
5
10
3
3
4
53
Worcester,
19
13
27
25
10
9
12
19
30
22
15
11
212
Salem,
9
14
18
17
15
15
30
17
21
22
12
8
198
Boston,'
2
4
1
5
1
2
2
1
6
2
6
4
36
Cambridge,
19
27
37
39
21
10
29
20
45
33
17
19
316
Cambridge,
17
394
31
482
46
514
33
503
24
331
26
255
44
401
40
49
32
519
31
17
390
Aggregates,
381
622
434
359
5195
Number of Auroras observed each Month in the Eastern Hemisphere.
Place.
Jan.
6
Feb.
Mar.
Apr. May.
Jun.
July.
Aug. Sept.
Oct.
7
Nov.
3
Dec.
1
Total.
Prague,
4
4
6
6
1
2
3
4
47
Ratisbon,
1
3
9
9
6
7
2
4
2
8
3
0
54
Holland,
49
47
92
103
110
34
37
59
64
74
47
34
750
Copenhagen,
1
5
9
12
4
0
3
1
4
5
2
2
48
Mannheim,
18
12
33
32
13
8
12
16
28
18
16
10
216
Scandinavia,
40
30
38
11
0
0
0
4
28
49
47
41
288
Sagan,
25
14
34
40
8
2
3
8
22
39
31
14
240
Spydberg,
8
7
17
6
2
0
0
1
10
18
6
6
81
Italy,
4
9
21
5
3
4
6
7
7
12
3
7
88
Wittemberg,
8
12
13
7
3
0
2
11
8
16
5
6
91
Franeker,
20
15
41
23
16
6
8
15
30
30
13
14
231
Montmorenci,
8
13
26
18
14
6
9
11
27
20
11
5
168
Carlsruhe,
2
9
13
15
8
2
5
11
6
8
5
3
87
Paris,
4
5
12
4
20
5
6
10
15
11
12
4
108
Berlin,
21
37
55
48
39
2
10
10
22
45
29
13
331
Upsal,
85
131
152
75
7
2
4
72
126
146
109
109
1018
Brussels,
12
13
18
22
38
23
23
11
16
23
17
15
231
St. Petersburg,
70
100
179
152
42
13
15
62
145
146
83
79
1086
Stockholm,
27
34
50
56
13
0
0
19
44
39
34
25
341
Christiania,
46
61
75
60
3
0
1
35
78
65
55
55
534
Dunse,
33
20
18
18
3
0
2
14
43
34
30
23
238
Makerstoun,
22
26
28
16
6
0
0
7
16
29
23
11
184
Plymouth, Engl.,
8
7
23
12
6
1
8
8
10
15
13
9
120
Great Britain,
21
19
23
12
3
2
1
3
35
23
21
22
185
Kendall, etc.,
18
18
26
32
21
5
2
21
23
36
38
10
250
Hammerf'est,
19
16
8
0
0
0
0
0
4
9
16
19
91
Abo, etc.,
66
87
99
61
9
0
2
28
98
97
74
61
682
Jena,
2
9
4
10
4
2
4
8
14
15
6
752
6
84
Aggregates,
644
763
1120
865
407
125
167
459
929
1037
604
7872
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 59
Mr. Oliver made a communication on certain ray-numbers
in Composite.
Professor Cooke described a new species of Muscovite Mica
containing Lithium and a trace of Rubidium, associated with
the Spoduinene of Sterling, Mass.
Six hundredth Meeting.
October 13, 1868. — Monthly Meeting.
The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex-
changes ; also letters from Dr. H. L. Mansel and Professor
Bluntschli in acknowledgment of their election as Foreign
Honorary Members, and a letter from Mr. Samuel H. Scudder
in acknowledgment of his election as a Resident Fellow.
Professor F. H. Storer presented the following communica-
tion : —
On the Simultaneous Occurrence of a Soluble Lead Salt and
free Sulphuric Acid in Sherry Wine ; ivith Observations on
the Solvent Action of Alcoholic Saline Solutions upon Sul-
phate of Lead.
Several years since, I was called upon by a wine-merchant of this
city to examine a sample of pale sherry taken from a cask which had
been returned to him, on the certificate of a chemist that the wine con-
tained lead. The sample in question was perfectly transparent and
clear. There was nothing in the appearance or taste of the wine to in-
dicate the sophistication to which it had really been subjected.
On submitting this sherry to chemical analysis, I found not only that
it held in solution a considerable proportion of lead, but also a decided
trace of free sulphuric acid, besides an abundance of the same acid
combined with some alkaline base. When a portion of the wine was
evaporated in contact with slips of paper, the latter soon became
crumbly and friable.
Regarded merely from the chemical point of view, without reference
to its manifest bearing upon questions of hygiene and jurisprudence,
the simultaneous occurrence of a lead salt and of free sulphuric acid in
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
alcoholic solution is a fact sufficiently important to merit close atten-
tion. Unfortunately, the small sample of wine given me was com-
pletely exhausted in the severe confirmatory tests by which the results
above mentioned were controlled, and I have had no opportunity to
determine the precise manner in which the lead was held in solution in
that particular case. Several conjectures as to the cause of the# phe-
nomenon will be discussed below.
That lead compounds should still be employed in the treatment of
wine will surprise no one familiar with the tenacity with which tradi-
tions are held by successive generations of operatives in many of the
chemical arts. According to Taylor,* " litharge was formerly much
used to remove the acidity of sour wine and convey a sweet taste.
Acetate of lead, or some other vegetable salt of the metal, is in these
cases formed ; and the use of such wine may be productive of alarm-
ing symptoms. Many years since a fatal epidemic colic prevailed in
Paris owing to this cause ; . . . . the adulteration was discovered by
Fourcroy, and was immediately suppressed."
Beckmann in his History of Inventions f dwells at some length on
the antiquity and enduring character of the practice of neutralizing
the acid which spoils wine by means of litharge. According to this
author, the practice was forbidden by legal enactment in France as
early as 1696, but a hundred years later " the art of improving wine
by litharge was taught in England as a method perfectly free from
danger." t
The sulphuric acid in the sample of wine examined by me was prob-
ably added, with the view of removing the dissolved lead resulting
from the previous use of litharge. It is not unlikely that the addition
of the free acid was preceded by that of a solution of sulphate of
ammonium.
In seeking for an explanation of the fact that a certain proportion
of lead may remain dissolved in wine, even in presence of free sul-
phuric acid, the following hypotheses suggest themselves : —
1st. It seemed not impossible, in case a mixture of weak alcohol,
dilute sulphuric acid, and sulphate of lead was left to itself for a long
* On Poisons, p. 502 of the London edition.
t Chapter on Adulteration of Wine.
J William Graham's Art of Making Wines from Fruit, Flowers, and Herbs.
London, sixth edition.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 61
time, that a part of the lead salt might be changed to sulphovinate of
lead and pass into solution. This idea was sufficiently improbable in
view of the known facts that dilute alcohol and weak sulphuric acid are
unfit for making sulphovinic acid, and that but little if any of the acid
can be formed, even from tolerably concentrated liquids, unless the mix-
ture of alcohol and sulphuric acid be heated artificially. The idea was
nevertheless put to the test of experiment, as follows : —
100 c. c. of alcohol of 59 per cent, 5. c. c. of oil of vitriol, and a
quantity of recently precipitated sulphate of lead, were placed in a
stoppered bottle, and the mixture was frequently shaken during an
interval of three months. The clear liquid was then decanted, diluted
with water, and saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Not the
slightest coloration indicative of lead was produced.
100 c. c. of similar alcohol, mixed with sulphuric acid, sulphovinic
acid, and sulphate of lead, gave no reaction for lead when tested after
the lapse of three months.
2d. Though the idea seemed highly improbable, it was still possible
that the sugar in the wine might in some way exert a solvent action
upon sulphate of lead. It was found, however, when 100 c. c. of alco-
hol of 59 per cent, and 5 c. c. of oil of vitriol, together with a quantity
of sugar and of precipitated sulphate of lead, were left to themselves
for three months, that the clear supernatant liquid held no trace of
lead in solution. For that matter, it was found that a mixture of sul-
phuric acid and much sugar-water was capable of precipitating all the
lead even from an aqueous solution of acetate of lead. The filtrate
from the sulphate of lead thus pi'ecipitated gave absolutely no indica-
tion of lead when tested with sulphuretted hydrogen, not even when a
considerable quantity of the liquid was evaporated to dryness, inciner-
ated, treated with nitric acid, and again evaporated before applying the
reagent.
3d. The most probable hypothesis of all, however, was, that a cer-
tain proportion of lead could be held dissolved in presence of sulphuric
acid, even in an alcoholic solution like wine, by the action of various
soluble alkaline salts capable of decomposing and of being decomposed
by sulphate of lead ; for it is a well-known fact that very considera-
ble quantities of sulphate of lead can be held dissolved in water by
means of many acetates, citrates, and tartrates, and by various other
salts.
To test this idea, the following set of experiments has been carried
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
out at my suggestion by Mr. A. H. Pearson, of Haverhill, a student in
the Laboratory of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
A considerable quantity of dilute alcohol, of the usual strength of
sherry wine (18 per cent) having been prepared, standard solutions of
acetate of lead, of sulphuric acid, and of sulphate of ammonium were
made by dissolving weighed quantities of these substances in portions
of the 18% alcohol. Each of the solutions was made of such strength
that 500 c. c. of the liquid contained one tenth of an equivalent of the
salt or acid, reckoned in grammes, on the hydrogen scale.
Alcoholic solutions of several salts of ammonium and of the fixed
alkalies were also prepared, as will be described below.
In each experiment, equal quantities of the standard solution of
sulphuric acid, or of sulphate of ammonium, and of the saline solution
to be tested were mixed in a glass flask, and the standard solution of
acetate of lead was made to fall from a burette drop by drop into the
mixture until a persistent precipitate of sulphate of lead was perceived.
The burette was graduated so that two drops from it were equal to
one tenth of a cubic centimetre ; and the flask was constantly shaken
while the drops of acetate of lead were falling into it.
The results of the experiments are as follows : —
Acetate of Ammonium was prepared by neutralizing ordinary acetic
acid with ammonia-water, and the strong aqueous solution thus obtained
was mixed with alcohol. It appeared, however, that this alcoholic solu-
tion of the acetate exerted no solvent action upon sulphate of lead, for
a permanent precipitate of the latter was produced in the mixture of
acetate of ammonium and normal sulphuric acid by the first drop of
the standard solution of acetate of lead. The same negative result
was obtained in several repetitions of the experiment, even when new
portions of dilute alcohol and a second set of the standard solutions
were employed.
When, however, the solution of acetate of ammonium was mixed
with an equal bulk (10 c. c.) of the standard solution of sulphate of
ammonium, instead of the sulphuric acid, a considerable quantity of
sulphate of lead was held in solution by it. In two distinct trials, the
precipitate formed by dropping acetate of lead into the mixed solution
of acetate and sulphate of ammonium continued to redissolve until 3
c. c. of the standard solution of acetate of lead had been added to the
liquor. These 3 c. c. of the standard solution contained 0.1137 grm.
of acetate of lead, corresponding to 0.0909 grm. of sulphate of lead.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I OCTOBER 13, 1868. 63
To hold dissolved 1 part of sulphate of lead in the dilute alcohol
charged with sulphate of ammonium, there was consequently required
110 c. c. of a tolerably strong solution of acetate of ammonium.
Still another experiment with sulphuric acid was made by mixing
10 c. c. of an entirely new preparation of acetate of ammonium with a
similar quantity of the standard solution of acetate of lead, and drop-
ping the standard sulphuric acid into the mixture. No persistent pre-
cipitate was produced in this case until 5 c. c. of the acid had been
added. This quantity of the standard acid contained 0.049 grm. of
sulphuric acid corresponding to 0.1515 grm. of sulphate of lead ;
hence only 33 parts of the solution of acetate of ammonium were re-
quired to dissolve 1 part of sulphate of lead. It is to be observed that
the insolubility of tartrate, citrate, and succinate of lead in alcohol pre-
vents the application of this modified form of the experiment in the
examples given below.. With the exception of the acetates of am-
monium and sodium, none of the salts experimented with can be mixed
with the acetate of lead and subsequently tested with sulphuric acid or
sulphate of ammonium.
Acetate of Sodium, whether mixed with the normal sulphuric acid?
with sulphate of ammonium, or with acetate of lead, seemed to have
no solvent action upon sulphate of lead.
Neither Oxalate of Ammonium nor normal Oxalate of Potassium
exerted any solvent action either in presence of the sulphuric acid or
the sulphate of ammonium.
Tartrate of Ammonium. — Normal, crystallized tartrate of ammonium
was dissolved in alcohol of 18%, in such proportion that 500 c. c. of
the solution contained -^ of an equivalent, 18.4 grms. of the salt. 25
c. c. of the solution was mixed with an equal volume of the normal
sulphuric acid, and normal acetate of lead was added to the mixture
until a permanent precipitate was produced. To effect this result, there
was required of the standard solutionof acetate of lead 2 c. c. or
0.0758 grm. of the acetate, corresponding to 0.0606 grm. of sulphate
of lead. The 25 c. c. of the solution of tartrate of ammonium contained
0.92 grm. of the dry salt. Hence, something more than 15 parts of
tartrate of ammonium are required to hold 1 part of sulphate of lead
dissolved in dilute alcohol containing free sulphuric acid.
In two other experiments where the tartrate of ammonium solution
was mixed with the sulphate of ammonium instead of with free sulphuric
acid, 3 c. c. of the acetate-of-lead solution had to be added before a
permanent precipitate could be formed.
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
That sulphuric acid is a more efficient precipitant of lead in pres-
ence of tartaric acid than sulphate of ammonium was shown in another
way. 30 c. c. of the standard alcoholic acetate of lead were mixed
with an equal volume of the standard solution of tartrate of ammonium.
The precipitated tartrate of lead was filtered, and the filtrate mixed
with a' quantity of the sulphate of ammonium solution. No precipi-
tate was produced, though on the subsequent addition of sulphuretted
hydrogen a slight precipitate of sulphide of lead was formed. In a
similar experiment, where sulphuric acid was substituted for sulphate
of ammonium, a slight precipitate was produced by the sulphuric acid,
and no precipitate could be obtained afterwards with sulphuretted
hydrogen.
In two other experiments where 5 c. c. of the acetate-of-lead solu-
tion were mixed with 30 c. c. of the tartrate of ammonium, no precipi-
tate was produced by sulphate of ammonium in the filtrate from the
tartrate of lead, while sulphuric acid gave a slight precipitate as before.
In this case, however, sulphuretted hydrogen gave a slight precipitate
after sulphuric acid, as well as after sulphate of ammonium.
Normal Tartrate of Potassium mixed with the solution of sulphuric
acid exerted no solvent action on sulphate of lead.
Succinate of Ammonium, prepared by neutralizing a solution of suc-
cinic acid with ammonia-water, exerted no solvent action when mixed
with the free sulphuric acid ; but when mixed with the solution of sul-
phate of ammonium, 6 c. c. of the acetate-of-lead solution were added
to the liquor before a permanent precipitate fell.
Normal Citrate of Ammonium was prepared by neutralizing a
weighed equivalent portion of crystallized citric acid with ammonia-
water. 10 c. c. of the solution were mixed with an equal volume of
the standard sulphuric acid, and the standard solution of acetate of
lead was dropped into the mixture in the usual way. No permanent
precipitate was formed until 16 c. c. of the lead solution had been
added. These 16 c. c. contained 0.6064 grm. of acetate of lead,
corresponding to 0.4848 grm. of sulphate of lead. The 10 c. c. of
citrate-of-aminonium solution contained 0.42 grm. of crystallized citric
acid. Hence, 1 part of sulphate of lead was held dissolved in the mix-
ture of alcohol and dilute sulphuric acid for every 0.8663 part of citric
acid in the liquor.
On repeating the experiment, a precisely similar result was obtained:
16 c. c. of the standard lead solution had to be added to the mixture
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 65
of alcohol and sulphuric acid before the precipitate ceased to redissolve
as fast as it formed.
In two other experiments where, instead of free sulphuric acid, 10
c. c. of the standard solution of sulphate of ammonium were mixed
with 10 c. c. of the citrate-of-ammonium solution, 30 c. c. of the
standard lead solution had to be added, in each case, before an)' per-
manent precipitate formed.
Didtrate of Ammonium (C12HG (NH4)2014) was prepared in crys-
tals, and 22.6 grms. of the salt were dissolved in 500 c. c. of the 18%
alcohol. 25 c. c. of the solution were mixed with an equal volume of
the standard sulphuric acid, and the acetate-of-lead solution was
dropped into the mixture in the usual way. After the addition of 8
c. c. of the standard acetate of lead, a permanent precipitate was pro-
duced. These 8 c. c. contained 0.3032 grm. of acetate of lead, cor-
responding to 0.2424 grm. of sulphate of lead. The 25 c. c. of
dicitrate-of-ammonium solution contained 1.13 grms. of the dry salt.
Hence, 1 part of sulphate of lead was held dissolved for every 4.6617
parts of the dicitrate.
Tricitrate of Potassium. — 25 c. c. of a standard solution of ordi-
nary crystallized citrate of potassium, mixed with an equal volume of
the standard sulphuric acid, gave no permanent precipitate until 2 c. c.
of the solution of acetate of lead had been added to it.
Sugar. — A standard solution of cane sugar, mixed with an equal
volume of the sulphuric acid, gave a permanent precipitate, on the ad-
dition of the first drop of the acetate of lead.
These experiments show clearly that very considerable quantities of
sulphate of lead can be held in solution by weak alcohol charged with
various salts. It may, therefore, reasonably be inferred that wines
sometimes retain lead in solution, in consequence of this action of the
acids and salts peculiar to wine upon lead compounds ignorantly em-
ployed to correct acidity.
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,
FROM JULY 21, 1866, TO JULY 1, 1868.
Massachusetts Historical Society.
Proceedings. 1866-67. 8vo. Boston. 1867.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Second and Third Annual Catalogues of the Officers, and the
VOL. VIII. 9
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Programme of the Course of Instruction, of the School of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1866-67. 1867-68.
2 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1867 - 68.
Boston Society of Natural History.
Proceedings. Vols. X., XI. 8vo. Boston. 1866-68.
Memoirs. Vol.1. Parts I., II., III. 4to. Boston. 1866-68.
Annual of the Boston Society of Natural History. 1868 - 69,
Vol. I. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1868.
Condition and Doings of the Boston Society of Natural History,
as exhibited by the Annual Reports of the Custodian, Treasurer,
Librarian, and Curators. May, 1866. May, 1868. 2 pamph. 8vo.
Boston. 1866 - 68.
Trustees of the Public Library of the City of Boston.
Index to the Catalogues of Books in the Bates Hall of the Pub-
lic Library of the City of Boston. First Supplement. 8vo. Bos-
ton. 1866.
Bulletin. Nos. 1-4. 4 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1867-68.
Mercantile Library Association of the City of Boston.
Forty-Sixth and Forty-Seventh Annual Reports. 2 pamph. 8vo.
Boston. 1866-67.
Directors of the Boston and Worcester Railroad Corporation.
Thirty-Seventh and Thirty-Eighth Annual Reports of the Di-
rectors .... for the Years ending November 30, 1866, and No-
vember 30, 1867. 2 pamph. 8vo. Boston. 1867 - 68.
Harvard College.
Catalogus Senatus Academici Collegii Harvardiani 8vo.
Cantabrigian. 1866.
Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College.
Annals. Vol.11. Part II. 1854-55. Vol. V. 4to. Cam-
bridge. 1867.
Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archceology and Eth-
nology.
First Annual Report of the Trustees Presented to the
President and Fellows of Harvard College. February 15, 1868.
8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1868.
Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College, in Cambridge, together with the Re-
port of the Director. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1867.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 67
Essex Institute.
Proceedings. Vol. V. Nos. 1-6. 8vo. Salem. 1866 - 68.
Peabody Academy of Science.
American Naturalist. Vol. II. Nos. 1-5. 8vo. Salem. 1868.
American Antiquarian Society.
Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society at the Annual
Meeting, held in Worcester, October 20, 1866; and at the Special
Meeting, held in Worcester, November 15, 1866. 8vo pamph.
Cambridge. 1866
Proceedings at the Semiannual Meeting, held in Boston, April
24,1867. 8vo. Cambridge. 1867.
Proceedings at the Annual Meeting, held at Worcester, October
21, 1867. 8vo. Worcester. 1867.
American Association for the Advancement of Science.
Proceedings of the Fifteenth Meeting, held at Buffalo, New York,
August, 1866. 1 vol. 8vo. Cambridge. 1867.
American Oriental Society.
Proceedings for 1866- 67. 8vo. New Haven. 1867.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Transactions. Vol. I. Part I. 8vo. New Haven. 1866.
Editors of the American Journal of Science and Arts.
Journal, N. S. Vols. XLIL, XLIIL, XLIV, XLV. 8vo.
New Haven. 1866-68.
Lyceum of Natural History of New York.
Annals. Vol. VIII. 8vo. New York. 1867.
Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York.
Forty-Fifth Annual Report of the Board of Directors, May,
1865. April, 1866. 8vo pamph. New York. 1866.
Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art.
Seventh Annual Report of the Trustees July 1, 1866.
8vo pamph. New York. 1866.
Long Island Historiccd Society.
Fourth Annual Report of the Board of Directors, etc. Presented
at the Annual Meeting May, 1867. 8vo pamph. Brook-
lyn, L. I.
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Forty-Second and Forty-Third Annual Registers of the Rensse-
laer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y., for the Academical Years
1865-66:1866-67. 2 pamph. 8vo. Troy, N. Y. 1866-67.
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Albany Institute.
Transactions. Vol. V. 8vo. Albany. 1867.
American Philosophical Society.
Proceedings. Vol. X. Nos.76, 77. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866-67.
Catalogue of the American Philosophical Society. Part II.
Class V. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866.
Academy of Natural Sciences.
Proceedings. Vol. XVIII. Nos. 4, 5. Vol. XIX. 1868.
Vol. XX. No. 1. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866-68.
Journal. N. S. Vol. VI. Part II. 4to. Philadelphia. 1867.
Philadelphia College of Pharmacy.
American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d Ser. Vol. XIV., XV.,
XVI. Nos. 1-3. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866-68.
Mercantile Library Co. of Philadelphia.
Forty-Fourth Annual Report. January, 1867. 8vo pamph.
Philadelphia.
Peabody Institute of the City of Baltimore.
The Founder's Letters, and the Papers relating to its Dedication
and its History. Up to the 1st January, 1868. 1 vol. 8vo. Balti-
more. 1868.
Library of Congress.
Catalogue of Books added to the Library of Congress from De-
cember 1, 1866, to December 1, 1867. 1 vol. 4to. Washing-
ton. 1868.
National Academy of Sciences.
Memoirs. Vol. I. 4to. Washington. 1866.
Annual for 1863-64: 1865-66. 12mo. Cambridge. 1865-67.
Smithsonian Institution.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vols. XIV, XV.
4to. Washington. 1865-67.
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vols. VI., VII. .8vo.
Washington. 1867.
Annual Report of the Board of Regents, showing the Operations,
Expenditures, and Condition of the Institution for the Year 1865.
8vo. Washington. 1866.
U. S. Naval Observatory.
Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the United
States Naval Observatory during the Years 1864 and 1865. 2 vols.
4to. Washington. 1866, 1867.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 69
Astronomical Observations made at the United States Naval
Observatory, during the Years 1851 and 1852. 4to. Washing-
ton. 18G7.
Observations and Discussions on the November Meteors of 1867,
United States Naval Observatory, Washington. 8vo pamph.
Washington. 1867.
Bureau of Navigation.
American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac for the Year 1868.
8vo. Washington. 1866.
Nautical Almanac Circular. No. 11. 8vo pamph. Washington.
Tables of Eunomia, by E. Schubert, computed for the American
Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac. 4to pamph. Washington.
1866.
Navy Department.
Letter of the Secretary of the Navy, communicating, in compli-
ance with a Resolution of the 19th of March, 1866, a Report of
Rear-Admiral Charles H. Davis, Superintendent of the Naval
Observatory, in Relation to the various proposed Lines for Inter-
oceanic Canals and Railroads between the Waters of the Atlantic
and Pacific Oceans. 8vo. 1867.
United States Congress.
Report of the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War, at
the Second Session, Thirty-Eighth Congress. 3 vols. 8vo.
Washington. 1865.
Department of State.
Letter of the Secretary of State, transmitting a Report on the
Commercial Relations of the United States with Foreign Nations,
for the Year ended September 30, 1865. 8vo. Washington.
1866.
Papers relating to Foreign Affairs accompanying the Annual
Message of the President to the First Session, Thirty-Ninth Con-
gress. Parts I. - IV. 4 vols. 8vo. Washington. 1866.
Department of War. Surgeon- General's Office.
Circular No. 7. A Report on Amputations at the Hip-Joint in
Military Surgery. 4to pamph. Washington. 1867.
Department of the Treasury.
Reports of a Commission appointed for a Revision of the Revenue
System of the United States, 1865, 1866. 8vo. Washington.
1866.
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Patent- Office.
Annual Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the Year
1866. Vols. L, II., III. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Department of the Interior.
Statistics of the United States (including Mortality, Property,
etc.) in 1866: compiled from the Original Returns, and being the
Final Exhibit of the Eighth Census, under the Direction of the
Secretary of the Interior. 4to. Washington. 1866.
United States Sanitary Commission.
Documents. Vol. I. Nos. 1 - 60. Vol. II. Nos. 61 - 95. 8vo.
New York. 1866.
Sanitary Commission Bulletin. 3 vols, in 1. 8vo. New York.
1866.
Public Library of Cincinnati.
Rules, By-Laws, and other Items, with Annual Reports. 1867.
8vo pamph. Cincinnati. 1868.
Young Mens Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati.
Thirty-Second and Thirty-Third Annual Report of the Board of
Directors for the Years 1866 and 1867. 2 pamph. 8vo. Cincin-
nati. 1867, 1868.
Chicago Academy of Sciences.
Transactions. Vol. I. Part I. 4to. Chicago. 1867.
Chicago Historical Society.
Department of Public Instruction, City of Chicago. Twelfth
and Thirteenth Annual Report of the Board of Education for the
Years ending August 31, 1866 and 1867. 8vo. Chicago. 1866,
1867.
Eleventh Annual Report of the Board of Guardians of the
Chicago Reform School to the Common Council of the City of
Chicago, for the Year ending March 31, 1867. 8vo pamph.
Chicago. 1867.
Eighth and Ninth Annual Statement of the Trade and Commerce
of Chicago, for the Year ending March 31, 1'866 and 1867. 8vo.
Chicago. 1866, 1867.
Fifth Annual Report of the Board of Public Works to the Com-
mon Council of the City of Chicago, for the Municipal Fiscal Year
ending March 31, 1866. 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1866._
Intramural Interments in Populous Cities, and their Influence upon
Health and Epidemics. By John H. Rauch, M. D. 8vo pamph.
Chicago. 1866.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 71
Directors of the St. Louis Public Schools.
Thirteenth Annual Report of the Board of Directors for the Year
ending August 1, 1867. 8vo. St. Louis. 1867.
Minnesota Historical Society.
Collections for the Year 1867. 8vo . pamph. Saint Paul.
1867.
California Academy of Natural Sciences.
Proceedings. Vol. III. 8vo. San Francisco. 1868.
Memoirs. Parts I., II. 4 to. San Francisco. 1868.
Mercantile Library Association of San Francisco.
Fourteenth Annual Report of the President, Treasurer, and
Librarian. 8vo pamph. San Francisco. 1867.
Government of Canada.
Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress from its
Commencement to 1863. Atlas of Maps and Sections, with an
Introduction and Appendix. 8vo. Montreal. 1866.
Report of Progress from 1863 to 1866. 8vo. Ottawa.
1866.
Literary and Historical Society of Quebec.
Transactions. Session of 1865 - 66. N. S. Part IV. Session
of 1866-67. N. S. Part V. 8vo. Quebec. 1866-67.
Extract from a Manuscript Journal relating to the Siege of Que-
bec in 1759, kept by Colonel Malcolm Fraser. 8vo pamph.
Quebec.
Universitas Carolina Lundensis.
o
Acta Universitatis Lundensis (Lunds Universitets Arsskrift) for
Ar 1864, 1865. 2 vols. 4to. Lund. 1864 - 66.
Forelasningar och Ofningar vid Carol. Univ. i Lund. Host-Ter-
ruinen. 1866. 4to pamph. Lund. 1866.
Bureau de la Recherche Geologique de la Suede.
Carte Geologique de la Suede. Bladet 19, 20, 21 : Livraisons
accompagnies 19 -21. Stockholm. 1866.
Societe Royale des Sciences a Upsal.
Nova Acta. Ser. 3. Vol. VI. Fasc. 1. 4to. Upsal. 1866.
Upsala Universitets Arsskrift 1865. Theologi. 8vo pamph.
Upsal. 1865.
Kongel. Norske Frederiks Universitet. Christiania.
Aarsberetning for 1864, 1865, 1866. 8vo. Christiania. 1865 - 67.
Index S"holarum. 1866, 1867. 4to. Christiania.
72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Ezechiels Syner og Chaldceernes Astrolab, af C. A. Holmboe.
Universitets-Program for andet Halvaar, 1866. 4to pamph.
Christiania. 1866.
Maerker efter en Iistid i Omegnen af Hardangerfjorden, af S. A.
Sexe. Universitets-Program for forste Halvaar 1866. 4to pamph.
Christiania. 1866.
Udsigt over de voesentligste Forbedringer ved Jerntilvirkningen i
de seneste Decennier (Akademisk Prisaf handling), af Rick. F.
Stalsberg. [Udgivet efter det Akad. Collegiums Foranstaltning.]
8vo. Christiania. 1866.
Ungedruckte, unbeachtete und wenig beachtete Quellen zur Ge-
schichte der Taufsymbols und der Glaubensregel. Heransgegeben
und in Abhandlungen erlautert von Dr. C. P. Casparini. Universi-
tets-Program. 8vo. Christiania. 1866.
Bidrag tit Bygningskikkens Udvikling paa Landet i Norge. lste
Hefte. Huse med kun et Veraesse-Udgivet af et Samfund i For-
bindelse med Selskabet for Folkeoplysningens Fremme. 4to pamph.
Christiania. 1865.
Om de Elliptiske Funktioners Rrekkeudvikling, af Dr. O. J. Broch.
8vo pamph. Stockholm. 1864.
Etudes sur Ies Affinites Chimiques par C. M. Guldberg et P.
Waage. Programme de l'Universite pour le ler Semesti'e, 1867.
4to pamph. Christiania. 1867.
Morkinskinna. Pergamentsbog fra Forste Halvdel af det Tret-
tende Aarhundrede, udgiven af C. R. Unger. Universitets-Program,
1866. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 1867.
Videnskabs- Selskabet i Christiania.
Forhandlinger, Aar. 1864, 1865, 1866. 8vo. Christiania.
1865-67.
Physiograph iske Forening.
Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. Bind XIV. Heft. 2
og 3. 8vo. Christiania. 1866.
Kongel. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Kjobenhavn.
Oversigt. Forhandlinger i Aaret 1865, 1866, 1867. 8vo. Co-
penhagen. 1865-67.
Skrit'ter, Femte Roekke. Historisk og Philosophisk Afdeling.
Bind III. Heft 1. Naturv. og Math. Afd. Bind. VI., VII. 4to.
Copenhagen. 1866-68.
Siderum Nebulosorum Obsirvationes Haunienses institute in
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 73
Specula Universitatis per Tubum Sedecirapeclalem Merzianum ab
anno 1861 ad annum 1867. Auctore Dr. H. L. D' Arrest. 4to.
Hauniae. 1867.
Kongel. Nordiske Oldshrift Selshab, Kjobenhavn.
Antiquarisk Tidsskrift, 1858 - 1860. Heft. 1-3. 1861 - 1863.
8vo. Copenhagen. 1861-64.
Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie, 1866. Heft. 1 -4 :
1867. Heft. 1-3, og TiUseg for 1866. 8vo. Copenhagen.
1866-67.
Me moires de la Societe Royale des Antiquaires du Nord.
1850-1860. 8vo. Copenhagen. 1861. Nouv. Serie. 1866.
8vo pamph. Copenhagen.
Clavis Poetica Antiquae Linguae Septentrionalis quam e Lexico
Poetico Sveinbjornis Egilssonii cpllegit et in Ordinem redegit
Benedictus Grondal (Egilsson). Edidit Societas Regia Antiquario-
rum Septentrionalium. 8vo. Copenhagen. 1863.
Societe Imperiale des JYaturalistes de Moscou.
Bulletin. Tomes XXXVIII., XXXIX, XL. Nos. 1, 2. 8vo.
Moscow. 1865-67.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg.
Memoires. 7e Serie. Tomes IX., X., XL Nos. 1-8. 4to.
St. Petersburg. 1865-67.
Bulletin. Tomes IX., X., XL, XII. No. 1. 4to. St. Peters-
burg. 1866-67.
Catalogue des Livres publiees en Langues Etrangeres. 8vo. St.
Petersburg. 1867.
Kaiserliche Gesellschaft fur die Gesammte Mineralogie zu St. Peters-
burg.
Verhandlungen, Jahrgang, 1863. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1864.
Administration of Mines of Russia.
Annales de l'Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. Annee
1863. Nos. 1, 2. 1864. 4to. St. Petersburg. 1865, 1866.
Compte-Rendu Annuel Annee 1864. Suppl. aux An-
nales de l'Observatoire pour l'Annee 1862. 4to pamph. St. Pe-
tersburg. 1865.
Bibliotheque Imperiale Publique. St. Petersbourg.
Guide de la Bibliotheque Imperiale Publique. 12mo pamph. St.
Petersburg. 1860.
VOL. VIII. 10
74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Catalogue des Manuscrits Grecs cle la Bibliotheque .... (avec 9
Planches Lithographiees). 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1864.
Catalogue des Nouvelles Acquisitions in Langues Etrangeres de
la Bibliotheque Nos. 1-5. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1864- 66.
Specimen du Catalogue Raisonne des Russica de la Bibliotheque.
12mo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1866.
Les Elzevir de la Bibliotheque. .... 12mo. St. Petersburg.
1864.
Wegweiser der Kaiserlich Oeffentlichen Bibliothek. 12mo pamph.
St. Petersburg. 1860.
Systematischer Katalog der Russischen Biicher der juristichen
Abtheilung der Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek. 8vo pamph. St. Peters-
burg. 1863.
Die Jahresberichte der Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek fur 1862, 1863,
1864, und 1865. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1863-66.
Auszug aus den Jahresberichten der St. Petersburger Kais. Oef-
fentl. Bibliothek fur 1859 und 1860. 8vo pamph. St. Peters-
burg. 1861.
Die Sammlung von Morgenlandischen Handschriften, welche die
Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek zu St. Petersburg im Jahre 1864 von
Hra V. Chanykou erworben hat, von B. Dorn. 8vo pamph. St.
Petersburg. 1865.
Nachtrase zu dem Verzeichniss der in Jahre 1864 erworbenen
Chanykou'schen Sammlung von B. Dorn. 8vo pamph. St. Peters-
burg. 1865.
Kurze Beschreibung der Mathematischen, Astronomischen und
Astrologischen Hebraischen Handschriften der Firkowitsch'schen
Sammlung in der Kais. OefFentl. Bibliothek .... von Jonas Gur-
land. 8vo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1866.
Trois Relations de l'Epoque du Faux Demetrius, tirees de la Bib-
liotheque Imperiale Publique de St. Petersbourg et du Musee Rou-
miantzow. 16mo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1862.
Vier Denkschriften aus der Zeit des Falschen Demetrius. 12mo.
St. Petersburg. 1863.
Kaiserliche Nicolai Haupsternwarte. Pulkova.
Tabulae Quantitatum Besellianarum pro annis 1865 ad 1874
computatae. Edidit Otto Struve Speculae Pulcovensis Director
(Contin. tabularum anno 1861 editarum). 8vo pamph. Petropoli.
1867.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I OCTOBER 13, 1868. 75
Jahresbericht am 20 Mai, 1866, dem Comite der Nicolai Haup-
sternwarte abgestaltet Von Director der Sternwarte — Aus dem
Russ. iibersetzt. 8vo pamph. St. Petersburg. 1866.
Academie Roy ale ties Sciences a Amsterdam.
Verslasen en Mededeelingen. Afdeeling Letterkunde. Deel
IX., X. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1865-66. Afd. Natuurkunde. 2d8
Reeks. Deel I. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1866.
Jaarboek voor 1865 - 66. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1866,1867.
Processen-Verbaal van de Gewone Vergaderingen der Kon.
Akad. van Wetenschappen. Afd. Natuurkund von Jan., 1865, tot.
en met Apl., 1866, von 1866-67. 2 pampb. 8vo. Amsterdam.
1866-67.
Catalogus von de Boekerij. 2de Deck le Stuk. 8vo. Amsterdam.
1866.
Simplicii Commentarius in IV. Libros Aristotelis de Caelo. Ex
recensione Sim. Karstenii. Mandato Regiae Academiae Disciplina-
rum Nederlandicae Editus. 4to vol. Trajecti ad Rhenum. 1864.
Socicte Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem.
Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles.
Tome I. Livr. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Tome II. Livr. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 8vo.
La Haye. 1866, 1867.
Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. Deel XXIV. 1, 2, 3 : XXV. 1.
4to. Haarlem. 1866.
Netherlands Government.
Carte Geologique des Pays Bas de la Neerlande. Oostergoo
No. 7. Walcheren No. 21. 2 chts. Haarlem.
Flora Batava. Aflevering 190-199. Tytel Register. 12da
Deel. 4to. Amsterdam. 1865.
KoninMijk Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut.
Meteorologiscb Jaarboek. Parts I., II. 1865. Long 4to. Utrecht.
1866.
Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Jaarboek. Eerste und Tweede
Deel. Long 4to. Utrecht. 1866, 1867.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes zu Altenburg.
Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Band XVIII. Heft. 1, 2
8vo. Altenburg. 1867.
Konigl. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin.
Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1865, 1866. 4to. Berlin. 1866,1867
Monatsberichte aus dem Jahre 1866, 1867. 8vo. Berlin. 1867,
1868.
76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens.
Verhandlungen. Jahrgang XXIL, XXIII., XXIV. 8vo. Bonn.
1865-67.
Konigl. Rheinische Friedrich- Wilhelms Universitet.
Academical Dissertations, Indexes, etc. 4to and 8vo. Bonn.
1865, 1866.
Naturivissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen.
Abhandungen. Band I. Heft. 1, 2. 8vo. Bremen. 1866,
1867.
Erster Jahi-esbericht des Naturwissen. Vereines. Fiir das Ge-
sellschaftsjahr vom Nov., 1864, bis ende Marz, 1866. 8vo pamph.
Bremen. 1866.
Naturforschender Verein in Briinn.
Verhandlungen. Band IV. 1865. 8vo. Briinn. 1866.
Niessl (Prof. G. V.). Untersuchungen iiber die Genauigkeit des
Nivellirens und Distanzmessens nach der Stampfer'schen Methode.
[Separat-Abdruck aus den Verhand. des Naturfor. Verein in
Briinn. 1864 et seq.] 8vo pampb. Briinn. 1864.
Naturwissenschaf dicker Verein, Carhruhe.
Verhandlungen. Erstes u Zweites Heft. 4to. Carlsruhe.
1864-66.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig.
Schriften, Neue Folge. Band I. Heft. 3, 4. Band II. Heft 1.
8vo. Dantzic. 1866.
Verein fiir Erdkunde, Darmstadt.
Notizblatt des Vereins fiir Erdkunde und verwandte Wissenschaft-
en zu Darmstadt. 3 Folge. Heft. 4, 5. Nos. 37 - 60. 8vo. Darm-
stadt. 1865, 1866.
Kais. Leopold. Carolinische Akademie der Naturforscher.
Nova Acta. Vol. XXXII. Pars II. Vol. XXXIII. 4to.
Dresden. 1867.
Verein fur Erdkunde zu Dresden.
Erster Jahresbericbt (Zweiter Abdruck) : Zweiter Jahresbericht.
2 pamph. 8vo. Dresden. 1865.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden.
Einundfunfzigster Jahresbericht. 1865. Zweiundfunfzigster.
1866. 2 pamph. 8vo. Emden. 1866, 1867.
Festschrift der naturforschenden Gesellschaft .... herausgege-
ben in Veranlassung der Jubelfeier ihres 50 jahrigen Bestehens am
29 Dec, 1864. Von der Direktion. 4to pamph. Emden.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 77
Die Resrenverhaltnisse des Konigreichs Hannover nebst ausfuhr-
licher Darstellung aller den atmospharischen Niederschlag und die
Verdunstung betreffenden Grossen .... von Dr. M. A. F. Prestel.
4to pamph. Eraden. 18G4.
Zoohgische GeseUschaft, Frankfurt am Main.
Zoologische Garten. Jahrgang VII., VIII., IX. Nos. 1-6. 8vo.
Frankfurt a. M. 1866-68.
Aerztlicher Verein.
Jahresbericht ueber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens die
Krankenanstalten und die Oeffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaltnisse
der Freien Stadt Frankfurt. Jahrgang VIII. 1864. 8vo. Frank-
furt a. M. 1867.
GeseUschaft deutscher Naturforscher unci Aerzte.
Taeeblatt der 41 Versammlung in Frankfurt am Main vom 18
bis 24 Sept., 1867. 4to pamph. Frankfurt a. M. 1867.
Konigl. Scichsische Bergakademie.
Die Fortschritte der berg- und huttenmannischen Wissenschaften
in den letzten hundert Jahren. Als zweiter Theil der Festschrift
zum hundertjahrigen Jubilaum der Konigl. Sachs. Bergakademie
zu Freiberg. 8vo. Freiberg. 1867.
Festschrift zum hundertjahrigen Jubilaum der Konigl. Sachs.
Bergakademie zu Freiberg, am 30 Juli, 1866. Roy. 8vo. Dres-
den. 1866.
Oberlaxisitzische GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, Gorlitz.
Neues Lausitzisches Magazin. Band. XLIIL, XLIV. Heft 1.
8vo. Gorlitz. 1866, 1867.
Konigl. GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, Gottingen.
Abhandlungen. Band. XII., XIII. 4to. Gottingen. 1866-68.
Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat und der Konigl.
Gesellsch. der Wissenschaften aus dem Jahre 1866-67. 2 vols.
16mo. Gottingen. 1866, 1867.
Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche GeseUschaft zu Jena.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Band
II. Heft 2: III. Heft. 2, 3, 4. 8vo. Leipzig. 1865-67.
Konigl. Physikalisch- Okonomische GeseUschaft, Konigsberg.
Scbriften. 6e Jahrgang. 1865. Abth. 1, 2. 7e Jahrgang. 1866.
Heft. 1, 2. 2 vols. 4to. Konigsberg. 1865, 1866.
Konigl. Scichsische GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig.
Abhandluugen, Philol.-Histor. Classe. Band V. No. 2. Math.-
78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Phys. Classe. Band VIII. Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5. 8vo. Leipzig. 1866,
1867.
Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Math.-Phys. Classe. Band.
XVII., XVIIL, XIX. Nos. 1, 2. Philol.-Histor. Classe. Band.
XVII., XVIII., XIX. No. 1. 8vo. Leipzig. 1865-67.
Geselhchaft zur Befordericng der gesammten Naturwissenschaften zu
Marburg.
Schriften. Supplement-Heft. 4to. Marburg and Leipzig.
1866.
Konigl. Bayerische Ahademie der Wissenchaften, Munchen.
Abhandlungen, Pbilos. - Philol. Classe. Band X. Abth. 3 :
XL Abtb. 1. Histor. Classe. Band IX. Abth. 3 : X. Abth. 1.
Math.-Phys. Classe. Band X. Abth. 1. 4to. Munchen. 1866.
Sitzungsberichte, 1865. Band II. 1866. Band. I., II. 1867.
Band. I., II. Heft. 1, 2. 8vo. Munchen.
Annalen der Sternwarte. Ver Supplementband. 8vo. Munchen.
1866.
Liebig (Justus Freihem von). Die Entwicklung der Ideen in der
Naturwissenschaft. Rede. 4to pamph. Munchen. 1866.
Schlagintweit (Emil). Die Gottesurtheile der Indier. Rede.
4to paraph. Munchen. 1866.
Bauernfeind (Dr. Carl Maximilian). Die Bedeutung moderner
Gradmessungen. Vortrag. 4to pamph. Munchen. 1866.
Kobell (Franz von). Die Urzeit der Erde. Ein Gedicht.
16mo pamph. Munchen. 1856.
BischofF (Dr. Th. L. Prof, der Anat. u Physiol, in Munchen).
Ueber die Verschiedenheit in der Schiidelbildung des Gorilla,
Chimpanse, und Orang-Outang, vorziiglich nach Geschlecht und
Alter, nebst einer Bemerkung iiber die Darwinsche Theorie. Mit
22 lithog. Tafeln. Vol. 4to and Atlas fol. Munchen. 1867.
Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der in verschiedenen Europaischen
Staaten veroffentlichen Resultate des Recrutirungs-Geschaftes zur
Beuertheilung des Entwicklungs-und Gesundheits-Zustandes ihrer
Bevolkerungen. 8vo pamph. Munchen. 1867.
Brunn (Dr. Heinrich). Ueber die sogenannte Leukothea in der
Glyptothek Sr. Majestat Konig Ludwigs I. Vortrag. 4to pamph.
Munchen. 1867.
Giesebrecht (Dr. Wilhelm von). Ueber einige altere Darstellun-
gen der deutschen Kaiserzeit. Vortrag. 4to pamph. Munchen.
1867.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1868. 79
Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu Number g.
Abhandlungeu. Band III. Halfte 2. 8vo. Nurnberg. 1866.
Konigl. Bbhmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Prag.
Abliandlungen. 5 Folge. Band XIV. 4to. Prag. 1866.
Sitzungsberichte, Jabrgang. 1865. 1, 2 : 1866. 1, 2. 8vo.
Prag. 1865-67.
K. K. Sternwarte zu Pray.
Magnetiscbe und Meteorologiscbe Beobachtungen. Vols. XXVI.,
XXVII. 4to. Prag. 1866, 1867.
Konigl. Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft in Regensburg.
Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung. Neue Reihe. XXV.
Jabrgang. 8vo. Regensburg. 1867.
Entomologischer Verein zu Stettin.
Entomologische Zeitung. 28 Jabrgang. 8vo. Stettin. 1867.
Deutsche Ornithologe- Gesellschaft, Stuttgart.
Bericht liber die XIV. Versammlung Deutschen Ornithologen
Gesellschaft im " Waldkater," zu Halberstadt und Braunschweig
vom 29 Sept. bis 2 Oct., 1862. 8vo. Stuttgart.
Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien.
Denkschriften. Philos.-Histor. Classe. Band. XIV., XV. 4to.
Vienna. 1865-67.
Math.-Naturw. Classe. Band. XXV., XXVI. 4to. Wien.
• 1866, 1867.
Register zu den Banden I. -XIV. Denkschriften Phil. Hist.
Classe. I. 4to. Vienna.- 1866.
Sitzungsberichte. Philos,-Histor. Classe. Band. L. -LVI. Heft.
1, 2. Math.-Naturw. Classe. Band L. - LVI. 8vo. Vienna.
1865-67.
Register zu den Banden 41 bis 50 Sitz. der Philos.-Histor. Classe.
V. 8vo. 1866.
Alraanach. 16 Jahrg. 1866. Fur 1851, 1857, 1867. 16mo.
Vienna.
Anzeiger. Jahrg. III., IV., V. Nos. 1 - 20. 8vo. Vienna.
1866-68.
K. K. Geographische Gessellschaft, Wien.
Mittheilungen. Jahrgang VIII. Heft 2, IX. 8vo. Vienna.
1864, 1865.
K. K. Gcologische Reichsanstalt, Wien.
Jahrbuch, Band. XII. No. 3, XVI., XVII., XVIII. No. 1. 8vo.
Vienna. 1862-68.
80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertiasr Beckens von Wien. Von
Dr. Moritz Homes. Band II. Nos. 7, 8. Bivalven. 4to. Vienna.
K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellchaft, Wien.
Verhandlungen. Band XV, XVI., XVII. 8vo. Vienna.
1865-67.
Neilrich (Dr. August). Nachtrage zur Flora von Nieder Oester-
reich .... herausg. von der K. K. Zool. Bot. Gesell. 8vo.
Vienna. 1866.
Contribuzione pella Fauna dei Molluschi Dalmati per Spiridione
Brusina. (Edito per cura dell' Imperiale e B-eale Societa Zool. Bot.
di Vienna. Compreso nel XVI. Vol. dejli Atti della Societa per
l'anno 1866.) 8vo pamph. Vienna. 1866.
Beitrag zu einer Monographic der Sciarinen, von Job. Winnertz
in Crefeld. 8vo. Vienna. 1867.
Die Diatomeen der Hohen Tatra. Bearbeitet von J. Schumann.
8vo. Vienna. 1867.
Diacmosen der in Ungarn und Slavonien bisher beobachteten
Gefjisspflanzen welche in Koch's Synopsis nicht enthalten sind. 8vo.
Vienna. 1867.
Nassauischer Verein fur Naturhunde.
Jahrbuch. Heft. 19, 20. 8vo. Wiesbaden. 1864-66.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Basel.
Verhandlungen. Theil. L, II., III., IV. 8vo. Basel. 1857 - 67.
Festschrift herausgegeben von der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft
.... zur Feier des funfzigjahrigen Bestehens 1867. 8vo pamph.
Basel. 1867.
Ueber die physikalischen Arbeiten der Societas physica helvetica
1751-1787. Festrede gehalten bei der Feier des funfzigjahrigen
Bestehens .... am 4 Mai, 1867. Von Dr. Fritz Burckhardt,
d.z. Pras der Gesellschaft. 8vo pamph. Basel. 1867.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern.
Mittheilungen. 1865, 1866. 8vo. Bern. 1866, 1867.
Societe de Physique et d'Bistoire Naturelle de Geneve.
Memoires. Tomes XVIIL, XIX. Pt.I. 4to. Geneva. 1866,1867.
Schioeizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Verhandlungen. 49 Versammlung zu Genf. 1865. 50 zu Neu-
enburg. 1866. 8vo. Geneva. Neufchatel.
Academic Roy ale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Bel-
gique.
Memoires. Tomes XXXV, XXXVI. 4to. Brussels. 1865-67.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 81
Bulletins. 2e Serie. Tomes XX., XXI., XXII., XXIII.
8vo. Brussels. 1865-67.
Memoires Couronnes. Coll. in 8vo. Tome XVIII. 8vo.
Brussels. 1866.
Annuaire de l'Academie. 1866-67. 18mo. Brussels. 1866,1867.
Tables Generales et Analytiques du Recueil des Bulletins.
2e Serie. Tomes I. -XX. 1857-66. 8vo. Brussels. 1867.
Instructions pour 1'Observatiou des Phenomenes Periodiques
(par A. Quetelet). 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1853.
Quatrieme Rapport Decennal sur les Travaux de la Classe des
Lettres et des Sciences Morales et Politiques (1851 — 60). Par M.
Thonissen, Membre de l'Academie. (Extr. des Bulletins. 2e Ser.
Tome XIX. No. 5.) 8vo pamph. Brussels. 1865.
Cinquantieme Anniversaire de la Reconstitution de l'Academie
(1816-66). (Extr. des Bull. 2e Ser. Tome XXI. No. 5.)
8vo pamph. Brussels. 1866.
Statistique et Astronomic Par M. Ad. Quetelet. (Extr. des Bull,
de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser. Tome XVII. No. 1.) 8vo
pamph. Brussels. ■
Communications. Observation de l'Eclipse de Lune. Etoiles
Filantes. Sur les Orages observes en Belgique. Par M. Ad.
Quetelet. (Extr. des Bull, de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser.
Tome XX. Nos. 9 et 10.) 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Sur les Epoques comparees de la Feuillaison et de la Floraisson
a Bruxelles, a Stettin et a Vienne. Par M. M. A. Quetelet, Linster
de Pulkowa et Ch. Fritsch de Vienne. (Extr. des Bull, de l'Acad.
Roy. de Belgique. Tome XIX. No. 4.) 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles.
Annales. Tome XVII. 4 to." Brussels. 1866.
Annuaire. 1867 (34 Annee). 18mo. Brussels. 1866.
Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques pendant l'Annee 1864.
4to pamph. Brussels.
Meteorologie de la Belgique comparee a celle du Globe. Par
Ad. Quetelet, Direct, de l'Obs. Roy. de Bruxelles. 8vo pamph.
Brussels et Paris. 1867.
Academie d'Archeologie de Belgique.
Tome XXI. 2e Serie. Tome I. 8vo. Antwerp. 1865.
Societe Imperiale d' Agricidture, Sciences et Arts d Angers.
Memoires. Tome IX. Pt. I. No. 2. Nouv. Periode. Tome X.,
VOL. VIII. 11
82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
2e Trimestre : Tome II., 3e et 4e Trimestres. 8vo. Angers.
1866, 18G7.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen.
Memoires. 1866,1867,1868. 8vo. Caen. 1866-68.
Societe de Linneene de Normandie.
Bulletin. Vol. IX. 1863, 1864: Vol. X. 1864, 1865. 8vo.
Caen. 1865-66.
Societe Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg.
Memoires. Tomes XL, XII. 8vo. Paris et Cherbourg. 1865,
1866.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-lettres de Dijon.
Memoires. 2e Serie. Tomes XII., XIII. Annee 1864, 1865,
8vo. Dijon et Paris. 1865,1866.
Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Lyon.
Memoires. Classe des Sciences, Tome XIII., XIV., XVI.
8vo. Lyons. 1863—67.
Societe Imperiale d'Agriadture, etc., de Lyon,
Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, dAgriculture, et
dTndustrie. 3e Ser. Tomes IX., X. 8vo. Lyons et Paris. 1865,
1866.
Academie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier.
Memoires de la Section de Medecine. Tome IV- Fasc. 1, 2.
Annee 1863 - 64 : de la Section des Sciences. Tome VI. Fasc. 1.
Annee 1864. 4to. Montpellier. 1863, 1864.
Societe Industrielle de Mulhouse.
Bulletin. Tome XXXVIII. Nos. 1-5. 8vo. Mulhouse.
1868.
Institut Imperiale de France. Academie des Sciences.
Comptes Rendus. Tomes LXII. - LXVI. No. 23. 4to. Paris.
1866-68.
Societe de Geographic
Bulletin. Ser. 5. Tomes X.- XV. 8vo. Paris. 1865-68.
Societe Geologique de France.
Histoire des Progres de la Geologie de 1834 a 1859, par A. D.
Archiac, publiee par la Societe" Geologique de France, sous les
Auspices de M. le Ministre de l'lnstruction Publique. Tomes
II. - VIII. 8vo. Paris. 1848 - 60.
Bulletin de la Socigte Geologique. 2e Ser. Tomes XVII. -
XXIV., XXVIII. No. 1. 8vo. Paris. 1860-68.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1868. 83
Societe de Protection des Apprentis- et des Enfants des Manufactures.
Bulletin. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 8vo. Paris. 1867.
Societe Imperiale Zoologique d' Acclimatation.
Bulletin. Tome III. No. 4 : V. No. 5. 8vo. Paris. 1866-68.
Academie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Rouen.
Precis Analytiques des Travaux de 1' Academie Imperiale des
Sciences, etc., pendant l'Annee 1864-65. 8vo. Rouen. 1865.
Societe des Sciences JVaturelles de Strasbourg.
Memoires. Tome VI. ler Livr. 4to. Strasbourg. 1866.
Accademia delle Scienze delV Instituto di Bologna.
Memoire. Ser. 2. Tomo IV., V., VI. 4to. Bologna. 1866,
1867.
Rendiconto delle Sessioni dell' Accademia Anno Accademico
1864-65: 1865-66:1866-67. 8vo. Bologna. 1866,1867.
Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali.
Relazione dei Lavori Scientific! trattati nell anno XXXX. dell
Accademia .... letta nell' Arlunaza Gen di Giugno 1866 dal
Carimelo Scinto Patti, Ingegnere, Arcbitetto, etc. (Extr. dagli
Atti dell' Accad. Vol. I. Ser. 3.) 4to. Catania. 1867.
Societa Reale di Napoli.
Atti dell' Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche.
Vol.11. 4to. Naples. 1865.
Rendiconto .... Anno III. Anno IV. Fasc. 1 - 12 : V.
Fasc. 1 - 12 : VI. Fasc. 1 - 5. 4to. Naples. 1864 - 67.
R. Istituto Tecnico di Palermo.
Giornale di Scienze Naturali ed Economiche. Vols. I., II., III.
Fasc. 1, 2, 3. 4to. Palermo. 1866, 1867.
Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino.
Memoire. Serie Seconda. Tomo XXI., XXII., XXIII. 4to.
Turin. 1864-66.
Atti dell R. Accademia. Vols. I., II. 8vo. Turin. 1866,1867.
Real Academia de Oiencias de Madrid.
Libros del Saber de Astronomia del Rey D'Alfonso X. de Castilla.
Tomo IV. Folio. Madrid. 1866.
Real Observatorio de Madrid.
Anuario. Ano VIII. 1868. 8vo. Madrid. 1867.
Observaciones Meteorologicas efectuadas en el Real Observatorio
de Madrid desde 1° di Diciembre de 1865 al 30 de Noviembre de
1866. 8vo. Madrid. 1867.
84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Resumen de las Observaciones Meteorologicas en la Peninsula
desde 1° Diciernbre de 1865 al 30 de Noviembre de 1866. 8vo.
Madrid. 1867.
Informe del Director de Real Observatorio Astronomico y Mete-
orologico de Madrid al Excnio. Sr. Comisario Regio del misrao
Establecimiento. 8vo paraph. Madrid. 1867.
Observatorio de Marina de San Fernando.
Almanaque Nautico para el ano 1868, 1869, calculado de Orden
de S. M. en el Observatorio de Marina de la Cindad de S. Fernando.
2 vols. 8vo. Cadiz. 1866, 1867.
British Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report of the Thirty-Fifth Meeting held at Birmingham, Septem-
ber, 1865: Thirty-Sixth held at Nottingham, August, 1866. 2 vols.
8vo. London. 1866, 1867.
Royal Dublin Society.
Journal. Vols. IV., V. Nos. 35 - 66. 8vo. Dublin. 1865,1866.
Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science. Vol. VI. 8vo. London
and Edinburgh. 1866.
Royal Irish Academy.
Transactions. Vol. XXIV. Antiquities. Parts V., VI., VII.
Sciences. Parts V., VII., VIII. Polite Literature. Part III.
4to. Dublin. 1866, 1867.
Proceedings. Vol. IX. Part IV. 8vo. Dublin. 1867.
Royal Geological Society of Ireland.
Journal. Vol.1. 1864-67. 8vo. Dublin. 1867.
Royal Society of Edinburgh.
Transactions. Vol. XXIV. Part II. For the Session 1865-66.
4to. Edinburgh.
" Proceedings. Vol. V. No. 68. Session 1865 - 66. 8vo.
Edinburgh.
Chemical Society of London.
Journal. Ser. 2. Vols. IV., V, VI. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 8vo. Lon-
don. 1866-68.
Geological Society of London.
Quarterly Journal. Vols. XXII., XXIII., XXVI. Part I. 8vo.
London. 1866-68.
List of the Geological Society. November 1, 1866, 1867. 8vo.
London.
Linnean Society of London.
Transactions. Vol. XXV. 4to. London. 1866.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 85
General Index. Vols. I.-XXV, 4to. London. 1867.
Journal. Botany. Vol. IX. Nos. 35 - 39. Zoology. Vol.
VIII. Nos. 31, 32. Vol. IX. Nos. 33-35. 8vo. London.
1865, 1866.
List of the Society. 1866. 8vo pamph.
Ray Society.
A Monograph on the Structure and Development of the Shoul-
der-Girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata. By W. Kitchen
Parker, F. R. S., F. Z. S. 4to. London. 1868.
Royal Astronomical Society.
Memoirs. Vols. XXXV, XXXVI. 4to. London. 1867.
Royal Geographical Society of London.
Journal. Vols. XIX. -XXII., XXV. -XXXVI. 8vo. Lon-
don. 1849-66.
General Index to First and Second Ten Vols. 8vo. 1844-53.
Proceedings. Vol. XI. Session 1866. Nos. 1-6. 8vo.
London. 1867.
Catalogue of the Library. May, 1865. 8vo. London. 1865.
Royal Horticultural Society of London.
Proceedings, N. S. Vol. I. Nos. 4 - 10. 8vo. London.
1866-68.
Journal, N. S. Vol. I." Parts III., IV : Vol. II. Part V 8vo.
London. 1866-68.
Royal Institution of Great Britain.
Proceedings. Vols. IV., V. Parts I., II. 8vo. London. 1867.
Royal Society of London.
Philosophical Transactions. Vols. CLV. - CLVII. 4to. Lon-
don. 1865-67.
Proceedings. Vols. XIV, XV, XVI. Nos. 94-100. 8vo.
London. 1865-68.
List of Fellows. 1865, 1866, 1867. 4to.
Researches on Solar Physics. By Warren De La Rue, Balfour
Stewart, and Benjamin Loewy. First Series, on the Nature of Sun-
Spots. 4to pamph. London. 1865.
Stonyhurst College Observatory. Results of Meteorological and
Magnetical Observations. 1865. Pamph. Clitheroe.
Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations
made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Years 1864
and 1865. 4to. London. 1866, 1867.
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1800 - 63) compiled and pub-
lished by the Royal Society of London. Vol. I. (A - Clu.) 4to.
London. 1867.
Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce.
Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union.
Vols. XIV., XV. 4to. London. 1866, 1867.
Statistical Society of London.
Journal. Vols. XXIX., XXX. Parts L- III. 8vo. London.
1866, 1867.
Zoological Society of London.
Transactions. Vols. V., VI. Parts I. - IV. 4to. London.
1866, 1867.
Proceedings for the Years 1865, 1866, 1867. Parts I., II. 8vo.
London. 1866, 1867.
Report of the Council of the Zoological Society .... read at
the Annual General Meeting, April 30, 1866. 8vo pamph. Lon-
don. 1866.
Lnstitution of Civil Engineers, London.
Transactions. Vols. I., II., III. 4to. London. 1838-42.
Proceedings. Vols. I. - XXVI. 8vo. London. 1848 - 67.
General Index. Vols. I. - XX. 8vo. London. 1865.
Catalogue of the Library, 2d edition, corrected to December 31,
1865, with an Appendix. 8vo. London. 1866.
Charter, By-Laws, and List of Members. 8vo. London. 1867.
British Government.
Verification and Extension of LaCaille's Arc of Meridian
at the Cape of Good Hope. By Sir Thomas Maclear, Astron.
Roy. at the Cape of Good Hope 2 vols. 4to. London.
1866.
Comparisons of the Standards of Length of England, France,
Belgium, Prussia, Russia, India, Australia, made at the Ordnance
Survey Office, Southampton, by Captain A. R. Clarke, R. E.,
F. R. S., etc., under the direction of Colonel Sir Henry James,
R. E., F. R. S., etc. Published by order of the Secretary of State
for War. 4to. London. 1866.
Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
Memoirs. Ser. 3. Vol. II. 8vo. London. 1865.
Proceedings. Vols. III., IV. 8vo. Manchester. 1864,1865.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 87
Government of India.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. IV. Part III. :
V. Part. I. 8vo. Calcutta. 1865.
Palaeontologia Indica. Ser. 3. Parts VI. - IX. Ser. 4.
Part I. 4to. Calcutta. 1865.
Geological Survey of India. Annual Report, 1864-65. 8vo
pamph. Calcutta. 1865.
Catalogue of the Organic Remains belonging to the Echinoder-
mata. 8vo pamph. Calcutta. 1865.
Government of Bengal.
Report on the Calcutta Cyclone of the 5th October, 1864, by
Lieutenant-Colonel J. E. Gastrell, and Henry F. Blanford,
A. R. S. M. . . . . Printed and published for the Government of
Bengal. 8vo. Calcutta. 1866,
Royal Society of Tasmania.
Monthly Notices of Papers and Proceedings. 1863, 1864, 1865.
3 pamph. 8vo. Hobart Town.
Report for the Years 1862, 1863, 1864, 1865. 4 pamph. 8vo.
Hobart Town and Tasmania.
Catalogue of Plants in the Royal Society's Gardens, Queen's
Park, Hobart Town, Tasmania. 8vo pamph. Tasmania. 1857.
Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Royal Society's
Gardens. 8vo pamph. Tasmania. 1865.
Results of Meteorological Observations for Twenty Years, for
Hobart Town ; made at the Royal Observatory, Ross Bank, from
January, 1841, to December, 1854; and at the Private Observatory,
from January, 1855, to December, 1860, inclusive. 4to pamph.
Tasmania. 1861.
Results of Twenty-Five Years' Meteorological Observations for
Hobart Town : together with a Two Years' Register of the Prin-
cipal Atmospheric Meteors and Aurora Australis. By Francis Ab-
bott, F. A. R. S., etc. To which is added a Meteorological Summary
for Adelaide, Melbourne, Sydney, Auckland, etc., etc., as compiled
from their respective Records. 4to pamph. Tasmania. 1866.
Results of Meteorological Observations made in Tasmania, from
1st January to 30th June, 1865. For the Papers and Proceedings
of the Royal Society 8vo pamph. Hobart Town.
Results .... from 1st July to 31st December, 1865. 8vo pamph.
Hobart Town.
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Abbot {Henry L., Brevet Brigadier- General, U. S. A., Major Corps
of Engineers).
Siege Artillery in the Campaigns against Richmond, with Notes
on the 15-inch Gun, including an Algebraical Analysis of the Trajec-
tory of a Shot in its Ricochets upon smooth Water Prof.
Papers of Corps of Engineers. No. 14. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Notes on the Practical Gauging of Rivers. Read before the Es-
sayons' Club of the Corps of Engineers, April 13, 1868. No. 2.
Printed papers. Pamph. Printed on the Battalion Press.
Abbot {Samuel L., M. B., etc.).
International Sanitary Conference Report to the Interna-
tional Sanitary Conference, of a Commission from that Body on the
Origin, Endemicity, Transmissibility, and Propagation of Asiatic
Cholera. Translated by Samuel L. Abbot, M. D., etc. 8vo.
Boston. 1867.
Adler {G.J., A. 31.) .
Wilhelm von Humboldt's Linguistical Studies. 8vo pamph.
New York. 1866.
The Poetry of the Arabs of Spain. 12mo pamph. New York.
1867.
Appleton {Prof. John H.).
Examination, by Chemical Analysis and otherwise, of Substances
emptied into the Public Waters of the State, from Gas and other
Manufactories, Sewerage, and other Sources, to ascertain if any In-
jury results therefrom to any of the Fisheries in said Public Waters
in the Vicinity of the City of Providence. 1860. 8vo pamph.
Providence. 1861.
Baer{K. E. von).
Berichte uber Anmeldung eines mit der Haut gefundenen Mam-
muths und die Zurbergung desselben Ausgerustelte Expedition.
8vo. St. Petersburg. 1866.
Bailey { W. W.). ■
Reports of Charles C. Gregory, Esq., C. E., City Surveyor,
and Loring W. Bailey, Esq., A. M., Professor of Chemistry, etc.
University of New Brunswick, on Water Supply to the City of
Frederickton. 12mo pamph. Frederickton, N. B. 1867.
Barnard {Rev. C. F.).
Good News : A Monthly Magazine of Social Science, Christian
Charity Yol. I, Nos. 1, 2. 12mo. Boston. 1866-67.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 89
Report of the Superintendent of the Chambers Street Chapel.
12mo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Bemis {George).
American Neutrality : Its Honorable Past, its Expedient Future.
A Protest against the proposed Repeal of the Neutrality Laws, and
a Plea for their Improvement and Consolidation. 8vo. Boston.
1866.
Bigelow {Jacob, M. D.).
Remarks on Classical and Utilitarian Studies, read before the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, December 20, 1866.
8vo pamph. Boston. 1867.
Modern Inquiries : Classical, Professional, and Miscellaneous.
8vo. Boston. 1867.
Boutivell {Hon. George S.).
Argument of George S. Boutwell, one of the Managers on the
part of the House of Representatives, before the Senate of the
United States, sitting for the Trial of Andrew Johnson, President of
the United States, impeached of High Crimes and Misdemeanors,
April 22 and 23, 1868. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1868.
Bowling {W.K.,M.D.).
Historical Address to the Graduating Class of 1868, in the Medi-
cal Department of the University of Nashville. 2d ed. 8vo
pamph. Nashville, Tenn.
Brandt {Johann Friedrich).
Zoogeographische und Palasontologische Beitrage (aus B. II. der
2e Ser. der " Verb, der Russ. Kais. Min. Gesell. zu St. Petersburg "
besonders abgedruckt). 8vo. St. Petersburg. 1867.
Mittheilungen iiber die Naturgeschichte des Mammuth oder
Mamont (Elephas primigenius). 8vo pamph. St. Petersburg.
1866.
Nochmaliger Nachweiss der Vertilgung der Nordischen oder Stel-
ler'schen Seekuh (Rhytina Borealis). 8vo pamph. Moscow. 1866.
Brigham ( William T., A. M.).
Notes on the Volcanoes of the Hawaiian Islands. With a His'-
tory of their various Eruptions. [From the Mem. of the Boston
Soc. of Nat. Hist. Vol. I. Part III.] 4to. Boston. 1868.
Buchenau {Dr. Franz).
Der Bluthenstand der Juncaceen. 8vo pamph. Bremen. 1865.
VOL. VIII. 12
90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Caligny (Anatole de).
Notice sur les Travaux Scientifiques de M. Anatole de Caligny.
4to pamph. Versailles. 1862.
Extract du Rapport sur le Concours pour le Prix de Meeanique.
[Acad. Roy. des Sc, Seance publique, 30 Dec, 1839]. 4to
pamph. Paris. 1839.
Rapport sur la Machine Hydraulique h flotteur oscillant de M.
Caligny. [Extr. des C. R. de lAcad. des Sc. Tome XIX. Seance
du 7 Oct., 1844.] 4to pamph. Paris.
Rapport sur un Memoire de M. Caligny, intitule, Description
d'une Machine Hydraulique. [Extr. des C. R. de l'Acad. des Sc,
13 Jan., 1840.] 4to pamph. Paris.
Experiences sur les Ajutages coniques divergents alternativement
plonges dans l'Air et dans l'Eau. [Extr. des. C. R 19 Oct.,
1844.] 4to pamph. Paris.
Experiences en grand sur un nouveau Systeme d'Ecluses de Navi-
gation, principes de Manoeuvres nouvelles. Par A. de Caligny. 4to
pamph. Paris. 1863.
Experiences sur une Machine Hydraulique a Tube Oscillant, sur
des Effets de Succion a contre-courant, etc. Applications au Tra-
vaux Publics et a la Physique Generale. Par A. De Caligny.
[Extr. du Jour, de Math. Pures et Appliq. 2e Ser. Tome VII.
1862.] 4to pamph. Paris.
Experiences en grand sur un nouveau Phenomene de Succion
des Veines liquides. Objections resolues par des Faits. Par A. de
Caligny. 4to pamph. Paris.
Notice Historique et Critique sur les Machines k Compression
d'Air du Mont-Cenis. Par le Marquis Anatole De Caligny. 4to
pamph. Turin. 1860.
Observations sur les Effets de la Chaleur dans les Siphons renver-
s6s a trois Branches qui fonctionnent au Mont-Cenis. Lettre de M.
de Caligny. [Extr. de C. R. hebd. des Seances de FAcad. des Sc.
.... No. 10. 11 Mars, 1861.] 4to pamph. Versailles,
Cotting (Benjamin E., M. D.).
Disease, — a Part of the Plan of Creation. The Annual Dis-
course before the Massachusetts Medical Society, May 31, 1865.
8vo. Boston. 1866.
An Introduction to the Study of Clinical Medicine : An Intro-
ductory Lecture to the Medical Class in the University at Rome,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 91
Italy. Translated from the Italian by the Author. 8vo pamph.
Boston. 1866.
Curtis {Rev. M. A., D. D., etc.).
Geological and Natural-History Survey of North Carolina. Part
III. Botany : Containing a Catalogue of the Indigenous and
Naturalized Plants of the State. 8vo. Raleigh. 1867.
Daniels {Edward).
A Treatise on the Nohl Smelting Furnace and Process for gen-
erating Heat economically. 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1867.
Darrein {Charles, M. A., F. R. S., etc.).
The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication. In
2 vols. With Illustrations. 8vo. London. 1868.
On the various Contrivances by which British and Foreign Or-
chids are fertilized by Insects, and on the good Effects of Intercross-
ing. With Illustrations. 12mo. London. 1862.
Davis {Rear-Admiral Charles H., Superintendent of the Naval Obser-
vatory) .
Report on Interoceanic Canals and Railroads between the At-
lantic and Pacific Oceans. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
On the Latitude and Longitude of the U. S. Naval Observatory,
Washington, and the Declinations of certain Circumpolar Stars. By
Simon Newcomb, Prof. U. S. N. [Appendix to the Introduction to
the Washington Astronomical Observations for 1864.] 4to pamph.
Washington.
Deane ( Charles).
A True Relation of Virginia. By Captain John Smith. With a>n
Introduction and Notes by Charles Deane. 4to. Boston. 1866.
De La Rue {Warren), Stewart {Balfour), and Loewy {Benjamin).
Researches on Solar Physics : 2d Series (in continuation of 1st
Series). Area-measurements of the Sun-Spots observed by Carring-
ton during the Years from 1854-60 inclusive, and Deductions
therefrom. 4to pamph. London. 1866.
Derby {George, M. D.).
An Inquiry into the Influence upon Health of Anthracite Coal,
when used as Fuel for warming Dwelling-Houses. With some
Remarks upon Special Evaporating Apparatus. 16mo pamph.
Boston. 1868.
Forbes {David, F. R. S., F. G. S, etc.).
On the Alleged Hydrothermal Origin of certain Granites and
92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Metamorphic Rocks. [Extr. from the Geolog. Mag., Vol. IV. No.
2, February, and No. 5, May, 1867.] 2 pamph. 8vo.
Francis (James B., Civil Engineer, etc.).
Lowell Hydraulic Experiments. Being a Selection from Experi-
ments on Hydraulic Motors, on the Flow of Water over Weirs, in
open Canals of uniform rectangular Section, and through submerged
Orifices and diverging Tubes, made at Lowell, Massachusetts.
Second Edition, revised and enlarged, with many new Experiments,
and illustrated with 23 Copper-Plate Engravings. 4to. New York.
1868.
Frauenfeld ( George Hitter von).
Zoologische Miscellen. IV., V., VI. 3 pamph. 8vo. Wien.
Gajjield (Thomas).
Action of Sunlight on Glass. [From Am. Jour, of Sc. and Arts.
September and November, 1867.] 8vo pamph. New Haven.
Garratt (Alfred C, M. D., etc.).
Medical Electricity, embracing Electro-Physiology and Electricity
as a Therapeutic, with special reference to Practical Medicine :
showing the most approved Apparatus, Methods, and Rules for the
Medical Uses of Electricity in the Treatment of Nervous Diseases.
3d ed., revised and illustrated. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1866.
Gibbs ( Wolcott, M. D., Rumford Prof, in Harvard University).
On Certain Points in the Theory of Atomicities. [From Am.
Jour, of Sc. and Arts. Vol. XLIV. November, 1867.] 8vo. New
Haven.
Contributions to Chemistry, from the Laboratory of the Law-
rence Scientific School. No. 3. 1. On a new General Method of
Volumetric Analysis. [From Am. Jour, of Sc. and Arts. Vol.
XLIV. September, 1867.] 8vo. New Haven.
Goppelsroder (Br Friedrich).
Ueber die Chemische Beschaffenheit von Basel's Grund-Bach-
Fluss-und Quell- Wasser, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Sani-
tarischen Frage (als erster Theil). Separat-Abdruck aus den Ver-
handlungen der Baslerischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Mit
Neun Tabelben. 8vo. Basel. 1867.
Beitrag zur Priifung der Kuhmilch. Mit besonderer Beriichsich-
tigung der Milchpolizei. 8vo pamph. Basel. 1866.
Gould (Benjamin Apthorp).
Reduction of the Observations of Fixed Stars, made by Joseph
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 95
Le Paute D'Agelet, at Paris, in 1773-1785, with a Catalogue of
the Corresponding Mean Places referred to the Equinox of 1800.
[From the Mem. of the Nat. Acad, of Science, Vol. I.] 4to. Wash-
ington. 1866.
Grebenau (Heinrich).
Beitrag zur Humphreys-Abbotschen Theorie der Bewegung
des Wassers in Fliissen und Canalen. Separat Abdruck aus der
Zeitschrift des Osterr. Ing. und Archit.-Vereins VII. Heft. Pamph.
1867.
Green {Samuel A., M. D.).
The New Complete System of Arithmetic, composed for the Use
of the Citizens of the United States. By Nicolas Pike, A. M.,
A. A. S. 12mo. "Worcester, Mass. 1798.
Haast (Dr. Julius, F. L. S., F. G.S.).
Lecture on the West Coast of Canterbury, delivered to the Mem-
bers of the Mechanics' Institute on the Evening of Monday, Sep-
tember 25, 1865. Pamph. Christchurch. 1865.
Report on the Geological Exploration of the West Coast. Pamph.
Christchurch. 1865.
Report on the Geological Formation of the Timaru District, in
Reference to obtaining a Supply of Water. Pamph. Christchurch.
1865.
Report on the Headwaters of the River Waitaki. Christchurch.
1865.
On the Lake Basins and Glaciers of New Zealand .... with an
Introduction by Sir R. J. Murchison, K. C. B., etc. [From the
Quarterly Jour, of the Geolog. Society for May, 1865.] 8vo pamph.
London.
Canterbury Times. Vol. I. No. 22. December 2, 1865. 4to.
Newspaper. Christchurch.
Hayes (John L.).
Transactions of the National Association of Wool Manufacturers.
1865, 1866. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Hunt (F. Sterry).
Reports on the Gold Region of the County of Hastings. By F.
Sterry Hunt and A. Michel. 12mo pamph. Montreal. 1867.
Hyatt (Afpheus).
Observations on Polyzoa, Sub-Order Phylactola^mata. With 9
plates. [From Proc. Essex Inst., V., 4 and 5.] 8vo pamph. Salem.
1866-68.
94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Jackson (Charles T.).
Colwells, Shaw, and Willard's Improvements in the Construction
of Pipes for conducting Water and Liquids for Domestic Use. 8vo
pamph. New York. 1866.
Jarvis (Edward, 31. D.).
Causes of Insanity. An Address delivered before the Norfolk
(Mass.) District Medical Society, May 14, 1851. 12mo pamph.
On the Supposed Increase of Insanity. By Edward Jarvis, M. D.,
of Dorchester (Mass.). [Reprinted from the Am. Jour, of Insanity.]
8vo pamph.
Memoir of the Life and Character of George Cheyne Shattuck,
M. D., late President of the American Statistical Association. Read
before the Association, April 12, 1854. By Edward Jarvis, M. D.
8vo pamph.
Influence of Distance from, and Nearness to, an Insane Hospital,
on its Use by the People. By Edward Jarvis, M. D. 8vo pamph.
Address delivered at the Laying of the Corner-stone of the In-
sane Hospital at Northampton, Mass. By Edward Jarvis, M. D.
8vo pamph. Northampton. 1856.
On the System of Taxation prevailing in the United States, and
especially in Massachusetts. By Edward Jarvis, M. D., Pres. of
Am. Statist. Assoc. [Read before Sec. (F.) of the Br. Assoc, for
the Adv. of Sc. at Oxford, 3d July, I860.] From Jour. Stat. Soc.
of London, September, 1860. 8vo pamph.
Connection of Occupation with Longevity. By Edward Jarvis,
Pres. of Stat. Assoc. 8vo pamph.
Annual Report of the School Committee of the Town of Dor-
chester for the Year ending March 2, 1868. 8vo pamph. Boston.
1868.
Thirteenth Annual Report of the Receipts and Expenditures of
the Town of Dorchester, with Reports of the Selectmen, etc., for
the Year ending January 31, 1868. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1868. "
Memorial (of the Trustees of the Worcester Lunatic Hospital)
to the Honorable the Senate and House of Representatives of
Massachusetts, in General Court assembled. House .... No. 1.
8vo pamph. 1865.
Memorial of the Boston Sanitary Association to the Legislature
of Massachusetts, asking for the Establishment of a Board of Health,
and of Vital Statistics. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 95
Sixth Census of the United States. Memorial (of a Committee
of the Am. Statist. Assoc.) to the Honorable the Senate and House
of Representatives in Congress assembled. 8vo pamph.
Thirty-Sixth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Perkins In-
stitution, and Massachusetts Asylum for the Blind. October, 1867.
8vo pamph. Boston. 1868.
Twentieth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Massachusetts
School for Idiotic and Feeble-Minded Youth. October, 1867. 8vb
pamph. Boston. 1868.
Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. LXXIV. No. 8.
8vo. Boston. 1866.
An Appeal to the Citizens of Pennsylvania for Means to provide
Additional Accommodation for the Insane. 24mo pamph. Phila-
delphia. 1854.
An Address delivered before the Berkshire Medical Institute,
•November 24, 1863. By Pliny Earle, A. M., M. D. 8vo pamph.
Utica, N. Y. 1867.
Jenchs {Hon. T. A.).
Civil Service of the United States. [Reprinted from the N. A.
Review for October, 1867.] 8vo pamph. Boston. 1867.
Jordan ( William Leighton, F. R. G. S.).
A Treatise on the Action of Vis Inertia? in the Ocean. With
Remarks on the Abstract Nature of the Forces of Vis Inertiae and
Gravitation, and a new Theory of the Tides. 8vo. London.
1868.
Kneeland (Samuel, M. D.).
On Economy of Fuel, and the Consumption of Smoke, as effected
by " Amory's Improved Patent Furnace," with an Investigation of
the Principles involved. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Kopp (E.).
International Exhibition, 1862 Reports by the Juries.
Class II. Section A. Chemical Products and Processes. Repor-
ter : A. W. Hofmann, Ph. D., LL. D., F. R. S., etc. 1 vol. 8vo.
Lea (Isaac, LL. D., etc.).
Observations on the Genus Unio, etc Vol. XI. 4to
pamph. Philadelphia.
Index to Vols. I. - XI. of Observations on the Genus Unio, etc.
4to pamph. Philadelphia. 1867.
96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Mann (Horace).
Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants. [From Proc. Am. Acad, of
Arts and Sciences. Vol. VII.] 8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1867.
Marcou (Jules).
Notice sur.les Gisements des Lentilles Trilobitiferes Taconiques
de la Pointe-Levis, au Canada. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol.
de France. 2e Ser. Tome XXI. p. 236.] 8vo pamph. Paris.
1864.
Le Niagara quinz Ans apres. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol.
. . . . 2e Ser. Tome XXII. p. 190.] 8vo pamph. Paris.
Sur le Dyas. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol Se>. 2.
Tome XXIII. p. 284 1866.] 8vo pamph. Paris.
Sur divers Armes, Outils et Traces de 1'Homme Americain.
[Extr. du Bull Tome XXIII. p. 374. 1866.] 8vo pamph.
Paris.
La Faune Primordiale dans le Pays de Galles et la Geologie
Californienne. [Extr. du Bull, de la Soc. Geol. de France. 2e
Ser. Tome XXIII. p. 552. 1866.] 8vo pamph. Paris.
Martius (Carl Fr. Ph. von, Mittgl. der k. Bay. Akad. der Wissen-
schaften, etc.).
Akademische Denkreden. 8vo. Leipzig. 1866.
Melloni ( Gav. Macedonia).
Elettroscopio, et Rapporto della Commissione Nominata dall' Acca-
demia delle Scienze per eseminare il nuovo Elettroscopio del Cav.
Melloni. 4to pamph. Naples. 1854.
Mutter (Dr. Friedrich).
Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara Linguisti-
scher Theil. 4to. Vienna. 1867.
Newberry (J. S., M. D.).
Description of Fossil Plants from the Chinese Coal-Bearing Rocks,
being Appendix No. 1 of Geological Researches in China, Mongo-
lia, and Japan, by Raphael Pumpelly. [Extr. from Smithson. Con-
trib. to Knowledge.] 4to pamph. Philadelphia..
Packard (A. S., Jr., M.D.).
A Guide to the Study of Insects, and a Treatise on those Inju-
rious and Beneficial to Crops. For the Use of Colleges, Farm-
Schools and Agriculturists 12mo pamph. Salem. 1868.
Paine (Martyn, A. M, M. D., LL. D, etc.).
The Institutes of Medicine. 8th edition. Revised. 8vo. New
York. 1867.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 97
Parker {Henry T.).
Chemical Handicraft : A Classified and Descriptive Catalogue of
Chemical Apparatus suitable for the Performance of Class Experi-
ments, for every Process of Chemical Research, etc. 8vo. Lon-
don. 18G6.
Perthes (Justus).
Die Ersten Aufnahmen der Englischen Armee in Abessinien.
Nov., 1867, bis Jan., 1868. Mit 2 Karten (aus Petermann's
Geogr. Mitth. 1868. Heft 2). 4to pamph. Gotha.
Chart of the World on Mercator's Projection. 4e Auflage.
1 Cht. in 8 Pts. Gotha. 1867.
Pickering (Edward C).
Essay on the Comparative Efficiency of Spectroscope Prisms of
Different Angles. [From Am. Jour, of Sc. and Arts. Vol. XLV.
May, 1868.] 8vo pamph. New Haven.
Eighth and Ninth Annual Reports of the Board of Regents of
the Smithsonian Institution, to January 1, 1854, and to January 1,
1855. 2 vols. 8vo. Washington. 1854, 1855.
Annual Report .... for the Year 1859. 8vo. "Washing-
ton. 1860.
Pimentel (D. Francisco)..
La Economia Politica aplicada a la Proprietad Territorial en
Mexico. 8vo. Mexico. 1866.
Putnam (O. G., M.J).).
Diary of the Weather, kept by Dr. James Jackson. July 24,
1803, to July 21, 1804: June 20, 1826, to December 31, 1865.
12 vols. Manuscript.
Quetelet (Ad.).
Sciences Mathematiques et Physiques chez les Beiges. Au Com-
mencement du XIXe Siecle. 8vo. Brussels. 1866.
Annuaire de FObservatoire Royal de Bruxelles. 1866. 33e An-
nee. 18mo. Brussels. 1865.
Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques pendant TAnnee 1863.
[Extr. du Tome XXXVI. des Mem. Acad. Roy. de Belgique.] 4to
pamph. Brussels.
Des Lois Mathematiques concernant les Etoiles Filantes. [Extr.
des Bull, de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser. Tome XXIII.
No. 2. 1867.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Etoiles Filantes. Publication des Annales Meteorologiques de
VOL. VLH. 13
98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
l'Obs. Roy. Sur l'Heliographie et la Stenographic Orages ob-
serves a Bruxelles et a Louvain, du 7 Fevr. jusqu'a la fin de Mai.
[Extr. des Bull.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Communications sur le 17me Volume des Ann. de l'Obs. Roy. de
Bruxelles. [Extr. des Bull.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Deux Lettres de Charles-Quint a Francois Rabelais. Note de
M. Ad. Quetelet. 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Quetelet (]\f Ernest).
Sur l'Etat de F Atmosphere a Bruxelles, pendant l'Annee 1865.
[Extr. des Bull, de l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique. 2e Ser. Tome XXI.
No. 2.] 8vo pamph. Brussels.
Quincy (Edmund).
Life of Josiah Quincy, of Massachusetts. By his Son, Edmund
Quincy. Fourth edition. 8vo. Boston. 1867.
Radcliffe Trustees.
Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the Rad-
cliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the Year 1863 Vol. XXIII.
8vo. Oxford. 1866. .
Kegel (E.).
Bemerkungen fiber die Gattungen Betula und Alnus nebst
Beschreibung einiger neuer Arten 8vo pamph. Moscow.
1866.
Enumeratio Plantarum in Regionibus Cis- et Transiliensibus a
CI. Semonovio Anno 1857 Collectarum Auctoribus, E. Regel
et F. ab Herder. 8vo. Moscow. 1 866,
Rice (Hon. Alexander H.).
Message of the President of the United States, communicating
.... Information in Relation to the States of the Union lately in
Rebellion. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1865.
Report of the Joint Committee on Reconstruction. 12mo pamph.
Washington.
Persons and Capital employed in Manufactures. Letter from the
Secretary of the Interior, in Answer to a Resolution of the House
.... Pamph. Washington. 1866.
Oration on the Life and Character of Henry Winter Davis, de-
livered in the Hall of the House of Representatives, February
22, 1866. By Hon. John A. J. Creswell. 8vo pamph. Wash-
ington.
Proceedings on the Death of Hon. Solomon Foot, including the
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : OCTOBER 13, 1868. 99
Addresses delivered in the Senate and House of Representatives, on
Thursday, April 12, 1866. 8vo pamph. Washington.
Laws of the United States relating to Internal Revenue, in Force
August 1, 1866, except where otherwise specially provided
Prepared under the Direction of the Commissioner of Internal Rev-
enue. 8vo. Washington. 1866.
Acts and Resolutions of the First Session of the Thirty-Ninth
Congress, begun on Monday, December 4, 1865, and ended on Sat-
urday, July 28, 1866. 8vo pamph. Washington.
Letter from the Secretary of the Treasury, transmitting Report
upon the Mineral Resources of the States and Territories west of
the Rocky Mountains. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Scheffier (Dr. Hermann).
Die Gesetze des Raumlichen Sehens. Ein Supplement der Phy-
siologischen Optik. Mit. 10 Lithog. Tafeln. 8vo. Braun-
schweig. 1866.
Schmidt (L. W.).
Scientific Catalogue. A Bibliographical Guide to the Literature
of Science. 8vo. New York. 1867.
Smith (Henry Ecroyd).
Notabilia of the Archaeology and Natural History of the Mersey
District during three Years, 1863, 1864, 1865. 8vo. Liverpool.
1867.
Spence (Peter).
Coal, Smoke, and Sewage. Scientifically and practically Con-
sidered. With Suggestions for the Sanitary Improvement of the
Drainage of Towns. 12mo pamph. Manchester. 1867.
Spofford (R. A.).
Report of the Librarian of Congress, for the Year ending Decem-
ber 1, 1866. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1867.
Spon (E. § F. K).
Catalogue of Scientific Books, comprising Agriculture, Annuities,
Architecture, Brewing, Chemistry, Civil and Mechanical Engineer-
ing, etc. 8vo. London. 1867.
Stevens (Hon. T.).
Speech of Hon. T. Stevens, of Pennsylvania, delivered in the
House of Representatives, March 19, 1867, on the Bill (H. R. No.
20), relative to Damages to Loyal Men, and for other Purposes.
8vo pamph. Washington. 1867.
100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Store?' (Prof. F. H.).
Chili. Notice Statistique sur le Chili. 8vo pamph. Montereau.
Perou. Notice sur le Guano de Perou. 12mo paraph. Havre.
18G7.
Studi sul Corpo Luteo del Vacca. Adolfo Lieben et E. Pic-
colo. [Estratto dal Giornale di Scienzi Naturali ed Economiche.
Vol. II.] 4to pamph. Palermo. 1867.
Sulla Costituzione dei Carburi d'Idrogeno Cn H2n. Adolfo
Lieben. [Estratto dal Giornale Vol. II.] 4to pamph.
Palermo.
Sintesi degli Alcoli per mezzo dell' Ettere Clorurato. Adolfo
Lieben. [Estratto dal Giornale. .... Vol. II.] 4to pamph.
Palermo.
On the alleged Hydrothermal Origin of certain Granites and
Metamorphic Rocks. By David Forbes, F. R. S., etc. [Extr. from
the Geological Magazine, Vol. IV. Nos. 2 and 5.] 2 pamphs. 8vo.
London. 1867.
Catalogue of Contributions transmitted from British Guiana to
the Paris Universal Exhibition of 1867. Printed for the Com-
mittee of Correspondence of the Royal Agricultural and Com-
mercial Society. 8vo. London. 1867.
Letter to His Grace the Duke of Buccleuch, President Elect of
the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1867 - 68,
on the Quadrature of the Circle. By James Smith, Esq. 8vo
pamph. Liverpool and London. 1867.
Sumner (Hon. Charles).
Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the
Progress of the Survey during the Years 1863, 1864, 1865. 4to.
3 vols. Washington. 1864, 1866, 1867.
Report of the Committee on the Conduct of the War. On the
Attack of Petersburg, on the 30th day of July, 1864. 8vo.
Washington. 1865.
The One-Man Power. Address delivered by Hon. Charles
Sumner, at the Music Hall, Boston, October 2, 1866. 12mo pamph.
Boston. 1866.
Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts .... on
the Cession of Russian America to the United States. 8vo pamph.
Washington. 1867.
Letter from the Secretary of War, in Answer to a Resolution of
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 13, 1868. 101
the House, of December 20, 1866, transmitting Report of the Chief
of Engineers, with General Warren's Report of the Surveys of the
Upper Mississippi River and its Tributaries. 8vo pamph. Wash-
ington. 1867.
Supplemental Report of the Joint Committee on the War, in two
vols. 8vo. Washington. 1866.
Northwestern America : showing the Territory ceded by Russia
to the United States. Compiled for the Department of State, at the
United States Coast Survey Office. B. Peirce, Superintendent.
1867. Map. Washington. 1867.
Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian In-
stitution .... for the Year 1866. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, for the Year 1866.
8vo. Washington. 1867.
Argument of Hon. Charles Sumner : Can the Chief Justice
presiding in the Senate rule or vote ? Unbroken Series of Au-
thorities against this Claim. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1868.
Reconstruction. Speech of Hon. Lot M. Morrill, of Maine, in
the Senate of the United States, February 5, 1868. 8vo pamph.
Washington. 1868.
Opinion of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts, in the Case
of the Impeachment of Andrew Johnson, President of the United
States. 12mo pamph. Washington. 1868.
Validity and Necessity of Fundamental Conditions on States.
Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts, in the Senate
of the United States, June 10, 1868. 8vo pamph. Washington.
Trembley {J. B., M. D.).
Annual Meteorological Synopsis for the Year 1866, in the City of
Toledo, Ohio. 8vo pamph. Toledo.
Warren (J. Mason, 31. D., etc.).
Surgical Observations, with Cases and Operations. 8vo. Bos-
ton. 1867.
Washburn (Emory, LL. D.).
Testimony of Experts. A Paper read before the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences. [From the American Law Review.]
8vo pamph. Boston. 1866.
Remarks : Policy and Management of the Boston and Worcester
Railroad. 8vo pamph.
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Washington (Hon. Peter G.).
Oration delivered before the Association of the Oldest Inhabitants
of the District of Columbia, in Washington, 4th of July, 1867. 12mo
pamph. Washington. 1867.
Wetherill (Charles M., PL D., M. D., etc.).
Experiments on Itacolumite (Articulite), with the Explanation of
its Flexibility, and its Relation to the Formation of the Diamond.
.... 8vo pamph. New Haven. 1867.
Whitney ( William Dwight, Prof, of Sanskrit, and Instructor in Modern
Languages, in Yale College).
Language, and the Study of Language : Twelve Lectures on the
Principles of Linguistical Science. 8vo. New York. 1867.
Wilder (Burt G., S. B., M. D.).
Researches and Experiments upon Silk from Spiders, and upon
their Reproduction. By Raymond Maria de Termeyer, a Spaniard.
Translated from the Italian. Revised by Burt G. Wilder, S. B.,
M. D. [Extr. from the Proc. of the Essex Institute. Vol. V.] 8vo
pamph. Salem. 1866.
Wilson (Hon. Henry).
Memorial Address on the Life and Character of Abraham Lin-
coln, delivered at the Request of both Houses of the Congress of
America before them, in the House of Representatives, at Wash-
ington, on the 12th of February, 1866. By George Bancroft. 8vo.
Washington. 1866.
Report of the Joint Committee on Reconstruction, at the First
Session, Thirty-Ninth Congress. 8vo. Washington. 1866.
Report of the Secretary of the Treasury, on the State of the
Finances, for the Year 1866. 8vo. Washington. 1866.
Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, for the Year 1865.
8vo. Washington. 1866.
Annual Report of the Commissioner of Patents, for the Year
1865. Vols. I., II., III. 8vo. Washington. 1867.
Winkler (T. C).
Musee Teyler. Catalogue Syst^matique de la Collection Palason-
tologique. 4e et 5e Livr. 2 pamphs. 8vo. Harlem. 1865,1866.
Wyman (Jeffries, M. D., etc.).
Observations on Crania. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1868.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : DECEMBER 8, 1868. 103
Six hundred and first Meeting.
November 11, 1868. — Statute Meeting.
The Vice-President in the chair.
The Vice-President called the attention of the Academy to
the recent decease of Mr. Octavius Pickering of the Resident
Fellows.
On the motion of the Librarian it was voted, That the
duplicate volumes of the Massachusetts Laws now in the
Library of the Academy be given to the Historical Society
of New York.
The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy.
Nathaniel E. Atwood, of Provincetown, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class II., Section 3.
Dr. Hermann Hagen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.
Horace Mann, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II. , Section 2.
Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.
Edmund Quincy, of Dedham, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 3.
Sir Charles Wheatstone, of London, to be a Foreign Hon-
orary Member in Class I., Section 3, in the place of the late
Sir David Brewster.
Herrmann Ludwig Ferdinand Helmholtz, of Heidelberg, to
be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class I., Section 3.
Six hundred and second Meeting.
December 8, 1868. — Monthly Meeting.
The Vice-President in the chair.
The Vice-President called the attention of the Academy to
the decease of Mr. Horace Mann, of Cambridge, since the last
meeting, at which he was elected a Resident Fellow.
104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
A letter was read from Professor A. Braun, of Berlin, of the
Committee on the Ehrenberg Testimonial, in answer to an
official communication from the President.
Professor Winlock reported the preparation, by the Rumford
Committee, of a list of Count Rumford's works.
Six hundred and third Meeting.
January 12, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
The Vice-President in the chair.
On the motion of Professor Winlock, a committee was ap-
pointed to memorialize Congress relative to appropriations to
aid in the observation of the solar eclipse of August, 1869.
The following gentlemen were appointed on this committee :
Professor J. Winlock, Dr. Thomas Hill, Mr. J. I. Bowditch,
Professor J. D. Runkle, and Mr. Thomas Sherwin.
On the motion of Commodore Rodgers, the committee were
requested to communicate to other learned bodies the wishes
of the Academy.
On the motion of Mr. Folsom, Professor Pickering was re-
quested to prepare for the Academy a communication on the
Spectroscope and its uses.
Six hundred and fourth Meeting.
January 27, 1869. — Statute Meeting.
Honorable C. F. Adams was chosen President pro tempore.
Professor Runkle was appointed to serve as Secretary pro
tempore.
In the absence of the chairman and other members of the
committee, Professor Runkle reported that the committee ap-
pointed at the preceding meeting to prepare a memorial to
Congress for aid in observing the total eclipse of the sun, on
the seventh of August next, had attended to the duty assigned
them.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MARCH 9, 1869. 105
Six hundred and fifth Meeting.
February 9, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
The Vice-President in the chair.
In the absence of the Recording Secretary, Dr. S. Kneeland
was appointed Secretary pro tempore.
The Vice-President announced that the committee appointed
to memorialize Congress for a grant of money for the obser-
vation of the eclipse of the sun, August 7, 1869, having at-
tended to that duty, had received an answer from Honorable
G. S. Boutwell that the steps necessary to secure the grant
would be taken.
Mr. Paul B. DuChaillu, present by invitation, gave a brief
. account of the geography and meteorology of Equatorial Africa.
Professor J. D. Whitney gave an account of his recent in-
vestigations in California into the subject of the occurrence of
human remains and works of art in rocks considered by him
as being of Pliocene age. He remarked : —
That while nothing had been discovered to invalidate the testimony
brought forward at the meeting of the National Academy, in August
last, at Northampton, in regard to the Calaveras County skull, im-
portant additional evidence of other discoveries of a similar character,
had been obtained. There are now three distinct cases of the occur-
rence of human remains or works of art in rocks of Pliocene age, known
to him, each vouched for by the testimony of respectable witnesses,
given under circumstances in which there was no possibility of col-
lusion or probability of deceit. As I have opportunity I am dili-
gently engaged in collecting facts on this important subject, and,
without unnecessary delay, the whole will be laid before the scien-
tific world in proper form, and properly illustrated with maps and
sections.
Six hundred and sixth Meeting.
March 9, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Mr. John A.
Lowell was chosen to take the chair.
VOL. VIII. 14
106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
The Recording Secretary read letters from Dr. Herrmann
Hagen, acknowledging his election into the Academy, and
from Dr. C. A. Martius, of Munich, announcing the death of
his father, Dr. Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius ; also letters
relative to exchanges, and a letter from a committee of the
Suffolk District Medical Society, asking the co-operation of the
Academy in discussing the subject of expert testimony. This
communication was referred to a committee of the Academy
appointed in March, 1866, to consider the same subject ; and
this committee were authorized to add to their number.
Professor E. C. Pickering made a communication on the
Spectroscope, with experimental illustrations of its various
constructions and its uses in chemistry and astronomy.
Six hundred and seventh Meeting.
April 13, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Mr. John
A. Lowell was chosen to take the chair.
Mr. Ritchie exhibited some of the effects of monochromatic
light by means of an apparatus producing a bright sodium
light.
Six hundred and eighth Meeting.
May 11, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Hon. C. F.
Adams was chosen to take the chair.
Professor Peirce made the following: communication : —
*£>
The phenomena which were ably presented by the distinguished
geologist, Mr. Lesley, to the National Academy of Sciences, and which
seem to demonstrate that the outer shell of the earth has sensibly
shrunk, in some directions at least, since its original formation, naturally
invite the attention of physicists to the possible causes of such a
result. The most obvious cause of the shrinking of the earth is its
cooling. But to shrink two per cent linearly, which is that deduced by
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 11, 1869. 107
Mr. Lesley from the observed geological phenomena, involves a prob-
able cooling of the whole earth of not less than two thousand degrees
centigrade, which would require that its original temperature should be
higher than would be consistent with the solidity of these shrunk
strata.
Another source of change of form, which would produce shrinkages
in different directions in different parts of the earth, is to be found in
the diminution of oblateness arising from the diminished velocity of
rotation upon the axis. Such diminution of the velocity of rotation
has several years ago been shown by Mr. Ferrel to be caused by the
action of the moon in producing the tides ; this is, therefore, a true
cause, and it is only necessary to examine how great its amount can be
under any circumstances. This is all which is proposed in the present
investigation, and the application to facts is reserved for geologists.
It is sufficient, for the present object, to regard the earth as homo-
geneous. Under this condition Laplace has shown that the time of the
earth's rotation could not be less than about one tenth of a day, which
corresponds to a ratio of the axis of the equator to that of the
pole, equal to 2.7197, and an equatorial circumference 94 per cent
greater than the present one. Such is then the amount of shrinking
which might have taken place, if any cause could be assigned capable
of producing so great a reduction of the earth's velocity. The whole
surface of the earth would have been about 130 per cent larger than
at present.
But the only cause at present known which would produce a sensi-
ble reduction of the earth's velocity is the lunar action upon the tides.
But in this mutual action between the moon and the earth, the common
rotation area of the earth and moon must remain unchanged. The
question then arises, How great a reduction of the rotation area of the
earth would have passed into that of the moon ? In this inquiry it
may be assumed that the moon revolves in a circular orbit in the plane
of the earth's equator. Now the moon's rotation area is 3.716 times the
earth's. But if, in the origin, it had revolved just in contact with this
earth, its rotation area would not have been less than 0.480 times the
earth's, so that it could not have absorbed a rotation area from the earth
greater than 3.236 times the earth's present rotation area, and therefore
the earth's rotation area could never have exceeded 4.236 times that
which it has at present. But, with the maximum velocity of rota-
tion given by Laplace, the earth's rotation area would have been
108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
37£ times greater than at present. It can never, therefore, have been
reduced to so great an extent by the moon's action on the tides. But
since, when the oblateness is small, the rotation area is nearly, propor-
tional to the velocity, and the excess of the square of the equatorial
above that of the polar axis is nearly proportional to the square of
the velocity, this excess may have been originally nearly 18 times as
great as at present, or about 15£ per cent of the square of the polar
axis. This would correspond to a figure of the earth in which the
equatorial radius would have been about 2^- per cent greater than
at present ; so that it is sufficient to account for the observed phe-
nomenon.
This peculiar form of shrinkage would produce the highest moun-
tains at the equator, and the tendency of the mountain ranges would
then be to assume the direction of the meridian. But nearer the poles
the mountains would be less elevated, and would rather tend towards
the direction of the parallels of latitude.
It is, next, expedient to consider the mechanical question of the loss
of living force in the case of the moon's action upon the waters of the
earth, and its effect upon their different motions. In this connection
there are problems worthy of the attention of Geometers ; such as the
relative motions of bodies rotating above the same vertical axis, towards
which they are drawn by weights, and acting upon each other through
the friction on the axis. For one of the bodies a rotating wheel may
be substituted. There is also the case of two planets revolving about
a primary, and acting upon each other through some form of friction.
In this way, it will be seen that the planet or satellite once formed
is constantly removed from the primary, and that planets tend to
approach each other. It is interesting to consider whether this may
not be one of the actual problems of nature.
Six hundred and ninth Meeting.
May 25, 1869. — Annual Meeting.
In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Hon. Robert
C. Winthrop was chosen to take the chair.
The Chairman called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Hon. William Mitchell and of Dr. William
Allen, both of them Resident Fellows.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 109
It was voted to adjourn this meeting at its close to the sec-
ond Tuesday in June.
It was voted to adjourn the stated meeting of August to
the second Tuesday of September.
Professor Runkle and Mr. Hill were appointed scrutineers
of the election of officers, and Professor Watson and Dr.
White scrutineers of the election of members.
It was voted to close the polls at five o'clock.
The Treasurer's report, duly audited, was received and
ordered to be entered on the records.
Dr. Pickering presented the report of the Library Commit-
tee, which- was accepted.
The report of the Rumford Committee, presented by Pro-
fessor Winlock, was accepted, and a recommendation to pre-
sent the Rumford Premium to George H. Corliss, for his im-
provements in the Steam-Engine, was adopted.
It was also voted, in accordance with the recommendations
of this Committee, " That the sum of one hundred and
twenty-eight dollars and fifty-six cents of the income of the
Rumford Fund be appropriated for the purchase of certain
books for the Library of the Academy.
" That the sum of three hundred dollars be appropriated for
the purchase of spectroscopic instruments to be used, under
the direction of the Committee, in observing the solar eclipse
of August next.
" That one thousand dollars of the income of the Rumford
Fund be appropriated for continuing the publication of the
new edition of Count Rumford's works which has been begun
by the Academy."
Mr. F. W. Putnam addressed the Academy on the approach-
ing meeting, at Salem, of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science.
Professor A. Agassiz, Dr. White, and Professor F. H. Storer.
were appointed a committee to consider what action the
Academy should take on the occasion of this meeting.
The following appropriations were voted for the ensuing
year : —
110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
For General Expenses, from the General Fund . . $ 2,200
" " from the Rumford Fund . 200
For Publication ....... 800
For the Library ....... 500
The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —
William T. Brigham, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.
Algernon Coolidge, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 1.
Alfred P. Rockwell, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 4.
Alpheus Hyatt, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.
Edward S. Morse, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.
The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers for the ensuing year : —
Asa Gray, President.
George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.
William B. Rogers, Corresponding Secretary.
Chauncey Wright, Recording Secretary.
Charles J. Sprague, Treasurer.
Frank H. Storer, Librarian.
Council.
Thomas Hill,
Josiah P. Cooke, }- of Class I.
John B. Henck,
Louis Agassiz,
Jeffries Wyman,
Charles Pickering,
Robert C. Winthrop,
George E. Ellis, }■ of Class III.
Andrew P. Peabody,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. Ill
Rumford Committee.
James B. Francis, Joseph Winlock,
Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs,
William B. Rogers, Josiah P. Cooke,
Frank H. Storer.
Committee of Finance.
Asa Gray, ) gx OJ^cio^ by statute.
Charles J. Sprague, j
Thomas T. Bouve, by election.
The other Standing Committees were appointed on the
nomination of the President, as follows : —
Committee of Publication.
' Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,
Francis J. Child.
Committee on the Library.
Francis Parkman, Charles Pickering,
John Bacon.
Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts.
Charles E. Ware, Theodore Lyman.
Professor Whitney presented for publication the following
letter from Baron Richthofen, giving an account of the geo-
logical investigations in China up to March 1, 1869 : —
I returned a few days ago from an exploration of the country ad-
joining the Yang-tse-kiang, between Shanghai and Han-kau, a distance of
six hundred geographical miles. I hired a fine boat, which was towed
up the river by steamer, and then dropped gradually downward, ex-
ploring right and left from the various stations which I made. The
trip, which occupied altogether forty-five days, afforded much of interest,
and I believe that I have established a good basis for further operations.
You may be surprised that I selected a region which is so easy of
112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
access, and which would hardly seem to be invested with that charm
of novelty which remoter portions of this vast Empire might afford.
But the excellent charts existing of the lower part of the Yang-tse ex-
hibit only its banks and shallows, while the country immediately adjacent
is, with the exception of a few places, even less known than the
borders of the upper portion of the river, above Han-kau.
In attempting to give you a brief resume of some of my results, I
must remark that I give them only as a preliminary notice, and am
quite prepared to see them corrected and enlarged by my own future
examinations.
This was the first opportunity I had for getting somewhat acquainted
with the sedimentary formations of any part of China. I soon became
aware that I must abandon the views taken by my predecessors in
Chinese geology, and had better commence from the a b c. Mr.
Pumpelly's distinction of one great grauite-metamorphic formation,
one great (Devonian) limestone formation, and one great subdivision
embracing the Chinese coal-measures, of which a Triassic age- was
made probable by Dr. Newberry, was based on observations made in
other parts of China. I found it quite insufficient for the country
which I visited, while the addition, by Kingsmill, of the Tung-ting
sandstones, which he considers to fill out the gap between the granite
and the " great limestone formation," was a slight step in advance,
but not one by any means representing the variety of formations.
The task of establishing their order of succession was not easy, and I
had to work hard to accomplish this end. But the amount of evidence
increased with the number of good sections, and I had the good fortune
to find fossils in several localities, one of which is of some importance,
as it yielded a large number and variety of shells in an excellent state
of preservation, establishing for the rocks in which they occur the age
of the mountain-limestone. These rocks can easily be recognized, and
appear to be widely distributed in China.
I give you the list of formations, with the local denomination, which
I used in my note-books, and on my geological maps, for convenience'
sake only? that I may refer to them in any letter I may send you here-
after. The lowest formation observed is, —
1st. Ta-ko sandstone, a series of coarse variegated sandstones, not
interrupted, so far as my observations extend, by conglomerates or
shales. Red, lilac, purple, green, are the prevailing colors. Some beds
are hard, but the greater part of the sandstone is remarkably soft, con-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 113
sidering that it belongs to a very ancient formation. Even where it is
inclined at high angles, it retains this soft texture, unless this has un-
dergone a change in. the immediate neighborhood of eruptive rocks.
x The Tadio Mountains, a picturesque range of nearly two thousand feet
in height, and situated about fifty miles east of Kiu-kiang, are almost
entirely built up of these sandstones. They are here slightly inclined,
and exposed in a thickness of at least two thousand five hundred feet.
At another place I estimated the visible portion of the formation at
four thousand feet ; but, as I never saw its lowest strata, nor the under-
lying rocks, those figures mark the minimum of the actual thickness.
2d. Liu-shan schists. — This is a series of shales of from twelve
hundred to three thousand feet in thickness, which are quite character-
istic, being the only rocks of this kind on the lower Yang-tse. The
formation appears, from the descriptions given of rocks occurring south
of that river, to be largely distributed in eastern China, and to form a
valuable horizon. The shales are, for the most part, clayey and sandy,
and not unfrequently converted into clay-slate. The color varies from
yellow and red in the former to dark green and gray in the latter
varieties. An abundance of undeterminable remains of plants may be
found. This formation and the former are distinguished from all those
of subsequent age, by being usually intersected by numerous veins
of white quartz. The Liu-shan is a short but very conspicuous moun-
tain range, near Kiu-kiang, rising abruptly to the altitude of probably
little less than three thousand five hundred feet. The shales form a
belt at its eastern foot.
3d. Matsu limestone. — On the Matsu-shan, a prominent hill in the
belt just mentioned, I observed, for the first time, the conformable
superposition of limestone on the Liu-shan schists. I confirmed after-
wards the observation in several other places. These are dark lime-
stones, distinguished in their lowest portion by a ribboned appearance
of all planes of fracture which intersect the stratification. It is caused
by the predominance of silica in alternate layers. The main body of
the limestone shows a certain brecciated structure and a dolomitic ap-
pearance. Chert is abundant, but I found no characteristic fossils.
The thickness of the formation is at least two thousand feet ; but as I
never saw distinctly its upper portion, this figure may be too low. The
deposition of these strata was followed by, —
4th. A period of great disturbances and outbreaks of granite. — The
three formations which I have mentioned compose long ranges of
VOL. VIII. 15
114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
hills, and I know of one instance only, namely, the Ta-ho range, where
they can be observed in an almost undisturbed position ; generally
they are inclined at steep angles, and contorted. Granite, in most
instances, enters into the structure of these ranges, though in a varying ■
way, now intersecting the strata in large intrusive masses and veins,
now accompanying them separately. It has, however, had a compara-
tively slight metamorphosing influence. The purer limestone is con-
verted into a coarse white marble ; the impure qualities are represented
by thick beds of a highly silicious, slightly dolomitic, and imperfectly
crystalline limestone of yellow color. The sandstone is partly con-
verted into quartzite, and the shale into clay-slate.
The granite also occurs by itself in mountain ranges. A bold range,
prominent by its rugged outlines, as well as by its altitude (about three
thousand five hundred feet), which rises abruptly out of the alluvial
plain of the Yang-tse near the large city of Ngan-king, and accom-
panies the river on its left bank for quite a distance, is completely
built up of granite; in a few places only, marble and quartzite indicate
detached portions of the strata which were intersected by the granite.
It is probable that this granitic outburst marks one of the main
features in the geology of eastern China, as there is little doubt that
to it belongs the granite which, together with porphyry, composes
almost exclusively the coast of China between Ningpo and Hong-
Kong, a distance of seven hundred geographical miles. I observed
it at Suchau, in the group of the Chusan Archipelago, and on the
island of Hong-Kong. The granite of these three localities resembles
that on the lower Yang-tse, not only in its petrographic character, but
also in its geological features, as it is accompanied in these different
places by detached and quite irregular portions of altered shales and
quartzites. These and marble are mentioned, too, from nearly every
place along the granitic coast of which I have any information. If
the supposition of this identity, or rather contemporaneity, of the
granitic outbursts of eastern China should prove correct, we may look
for it as a guide in the geology of eastern Asia in general ; although
I am inclined to believe, from former observations in Shantung, that
there was still an older granitic epoch, connected with the thorough
metamorphism of a more ancient series of formations than those here
mentioned.
5th. Tung-ting sandstone. — All the formations which are now
to be mentioned were not affected by the disturbances immediately
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 115
connected with the outbreak of the granite. Probably the lapse of
time between the deposition of 3 and 5 was of long duration, and it is
quite likely that the gap may comprise a series of sedimentary deposits
which are not visible at the surface in the regions visited by me. I did
not even see in any place the lowest portion of the Tung-ting sand-
stones. They form a rather uniform series of very hard, almost
quartzose sandstones, which are visible in a thickness of at least four
thousand feet, and form bold mountain ranges for themselves alone, the
Liu-shan among others. The name was first used by Kingsrnill, and
is derived from the island of Tung-ting-shan in Taihu Lake, sixty
miles west of Shanghai.
This is the only formation in regard to the position of which I do
not feel quite certain. The next formation is, however, conformably
underlain by what I consider to be the topmost layers of the Tung-ting
sandstone, namely, a series of hardened, nodular clay, hard sandstone,
and conglomerate of pebbles of quartz.
6th. Si-hio limestone. — This is a limestone formation of only six hun-
dred feet in thickness. The rock is full of chert nodules, and contains
numerous fossils, chiefly corals, encrinites, and brachiopods. Aulopora
repens is of frequent occurrence among them, and other forms, too,
indicate a Devonian age. The name is derived from a prominent hill,
generally known as Single-tree hill, east of Nan-king, where I first
found the fossils.
7th. Nan-king grits. — The last formation is conformably overlain
by a gritty and purely quartzose sandstone, alternating frequently
with a coarse conglomerate of perfectly rounded pebbles consisting
exclusively of quartz. The color is mostly red, but where the strata
are inclined at steep angles, light shades prevail, though the former
color is still visible in concentric rings of a dark red color, which give
a variegated appearance to every plane of fracture. Although this
formation is largely developed at and around Nan-king, and forms
bold hills capped with a coarse conglomerate, and rising to more than
a thousand feet, I was unable to determine its thickness. It probably
far exceeds two thousand feet. Certain dark shales which occur in
the way of interstratification contain fossil plants, but I found no
specimens that could be determined.
8th. Kitau limestone. — This is an important formation, overlaying
the last conformably. Its name is derived from a prominent bluff
situated midways between Han-kau and Kiu-kiaug, called Kitau, or
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Cock's Head, which is well known as a landmark to the navigator of
the Yang-tse. There are three subdivisions of this formation : —
a. The lower limestone. Hard, silicious varieties of light gray and
reddish colors, carrying frequently an abundance of chert, prevail.
The thickness of the layers varies from that of card-paper to many
feet. The chert nodules increase in some places so much in quantity
as to form complete layers by themselves, and lenticular masses of
chert are frequently embedded in a soft calcareous sandstone inter-
stratified in thin beds between the limestone. Traces of fossils may
often be found in them. The limestone itself is frequently filled with,
and in certain layers nearly made up of, the shells of a Fusulina
which is distinguished from Fusulina cylindrica only by its more
perfect cylindrical shape. I collected many beautiful specimens of it.
This lower limestone is about fourteen hundred feet thick.
b. A series of black sandy shales, black lydite, and soft sandstones.
The lowest strata are highly fossiliferous, chiefly at Tso-dsu-kang
near Ching-kiang, which is the before-mentioned distinguished local-
ity. Large specimens of Productus semireticidatus, with shell, interior
structure, and spines well preserved, would be sufficient for themselves
to indicate the age of the mountain-limestone. They are accompanied
by numerous other brachiopods, bivalves, corals, and Fenestellas, the
latter being quite a> prominent feature. I collected sufficiently to give
pleasant occupation to a geologist who would take the trouble to work
up the material. The place where they were found is quite a curi-
osity. There are a number of abandoned shafts, the waste dumps of
which afford an easy opportunity for collecting the fossils ; otherwise
they could hardly be discovered, as the ground is covered by vegeta-
tion. As no reason for mining is apparent, it would at first seem as
if a past generation had opened the shafts for the delight of future
stray geologists, until one hears that these were flint-mines ; indeed,
lenticular masses of chert are quite frequent in the soft strata. I may
mention, besides, that among the fossils here found are none of those
brachiopods which have been long since famous as an article of trade
in the Chinese drug-stores. I believe, for various reasons, that they
are derived from the Si-hio limestone before mentioned. The soft
sandstone which follows higher up in this series carries a bed of coal,
the lowest in position which I have found. All the mines once
opened on this bed are abandoned, evidently at or little below water-
evel. But the coal appears to be of inferior quality, and not more than
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 25, 1869. 117
one or two feet thick. There is a remarkable regularity in the
occurrence of this bed of coal, and of the entire formation, with its
lydite and other distinguishing features, over a. wide extent of country.
I found it in places four hundred miles distant from each other. The
thickness of this formation is about four hundred feet.
c. Upper limestone. It is separated from the coal only by a thin
stratum of black shale, and is similar in nature to the lower limestone.
I observed its thickness for sixteen hundred feet, but never saw its
upper portion.
The thickness of the entire formation is thus at least three thousand
four hundred feet, but I am prepared to see it proved to be several
thousand feet thicker by future observation. The Kitau limestone
composes entire mountain ranges by itself alone, chiefly between Kiu-
kiang and Han-kau. Kingsmill mentions, as overlaying the Tung-ting
sandstone of the Liu-shan to the west, a limestone formation of an
estimated thickness of six thousand feet ; it is probably altogether
Kitau limestone.
9th. Sanghu sandstone and conglomerate. — The deposition of the
Kitau limestone ended with a considerable disturbance, as the next
formation follows quite unconformably. It consists of quartzose sand-
stone and quartzose conglomerate, interstratified witli thick layers of
red clay, and carries a coal-bed at a place sixty miles below Han-kau.
Black shales, which overlie the coal, carry some remains of plants. I
was unable to establish the thickness of this formation.
10th. Commencement of the outbreaks of porphyry. — The porphyritic
eruptions have probably continued in China during a long period,
while sediments were contemporaneously deposited. Pumpelly was
the first to direct attention to these wide-spread events. But it is only
in the great granitic region of the eastern coast, between Ningpo and
Hong-Kong, that porphyry itself arrives at an extraordinary develop-
ment. The Chusan Islands are almost exclusively composed of
quartzose porphyry and its tufas, and from there southward it appears
to be only subordinate in quantity to the granite. I know it from my own
observations on the island of Hong-Kong, and by inference from the
observations of others, of the region between that island and Ningpo.
This is the most extensive development of porphyry known in any
part of the world.
11th. Deposits of porphyritic tufa, sandstones, and clays. — The
porphyries themselves are little developed on the lower Yang-tse. I
118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
noticed their first appearance in certain porphyritic tufas which overlie
somewhat unconformably the Sanghu sandstone. The latter appears,
indeed, from its purely silicions character, to have been antecedent to
any outbreak of porphyry, while the soft and impure nature of all
subsequent deposits goes to show that they were the tufaceous sedi-
ments of eruptions in remote regions. The visible thickness of this
formation below Han-kau is about three thousand five hundred feet.
It encloses a few beds of coal of subordinate value.
' Herewith ends, on the lower Yang-tse, the series of the ancient
formations. The only two horizons which I consider as fairly estab-
lished are Nos. 6 and 8, the Devonian and the Carboniferous. To the
latter belongs the lowest coal-bed, and it is for this reason that I do
not consider the question regarding the age of the Chinese coal-
measures in any way as settled. It must, on the other side, however,
be taken into consideration, that, from a comparison of the formations
of the lower Yang-tse with those observed by Pumpelly near Peking,
the coal-bearing formation appears to be but very imperfectly repre-
sented in the former country. To this circumstance may have to be
ascribed the scarcity of workable coal-beds in the region over which
my observations extend. It is by no means improbable that the
upper beds belong to a different formation not represented in that
region.
After a long interruption there were deposited on the lower Yang-tse
a series of apparently very recent sediments, the age of which, how-
ever, could in no instance be determined.
a. Tatung deposits, a series of hard, cemented sediments of clay,
sand, and detritus, which, by the angular shape of the fragments and
their petrographical nature, bears evidence of its derivation, at every
place, from the next adjoining hills. These strata, though always
inclined in a certain direction at angles of from ten to fifteen degrees,
do not occupy at any place a higher level than two hundred feet above
the river. I did not find any fossils in them.
b. Volcanic rocks. There is, north of Nan-king, a group of extinct
volcanoes, whose isolated cones rise immediately out of the alluvial
plain to an elevation of five hundred to seven hundred feet. Their
lavas are dolerite and basalt. The craters are well preserved.
c. Horizontal beds of gravel. They are probably buried deep under-
neath the alluvium of the Yang-tse, as the only place where they are
exhibited is at the volcanoes of Nan-kin". Each of those I visited
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 25, 1869. 119
is surrounded by a narrow ring of these beds, which are horizontally
stratified and form the slopes of the volcanoes up to an altitude of four
hundred feet. They probably owe this singularly isolated position to
a local elevation of the volcanic district, which may have taken place
loner after its vents were extinct.
d. Loess, which cannot be distinguished from the European Loess.
It comnoses terraces two hundred feet hia;h, and contains shells of
Helix. It is sometimes separated from the underlying rocks by a
layer of Laterite.
e. Alluvium of the great plain.
The different formations here enumerated compose, on the right and
left bank of the lower Yang-tse, a series of detached and apparently
disconnected mountain ranges. The complete sequence of sedimen-
tary formation can only be constructed out of the various part-sections
which those ranges severally afford. But no sooner are the geological
columns put down on a map than the unity of the whole system of
ranges is. conspicuous. They form together, so to say, one great geo-
logical range, which is directed from southwest to northeast, parallel
to the course of the Yang-tse from Kiu-kiang to Nan-king. There may
be distinguished an axial core, consisting of the three most ancient
formations and granite, while those of subsequent age ai'e distributed
on both flanks of it. On the northwestern flank a somewhat regular
sequence of them may be observed, commencing with those following im-
mediately on the granite, and ending with the post-porphyritic deposits.
It forms, between the Liu-shan and Han-kau, a belt of one hundred
and fifty miles in breadth, and is cut at right angles by the Yang-tse.
The hills between Chin^-kiano; and Nan-kin^ constitute a belt of
similar construction, though much more narrow, on the southeastern
flank. I use the term "axial core" in a purely geological sense, as
the formations composing it do by no means occupy the centre of
actual mountain ranges, nor do they excel by the altitude to which
they rise. Though the granitic mountains near Ngan-king are about
three thousand five hundred feet high, most of the hills composed of
those ancient formations would but slightly attract the attention of the
topographer. West of Poyang Lake, for instance, the upturned edges
of the oldest sediments constitute a low plateau, and rise only in a
few hills to about six hundred feet, while the more recent Tung-ting
grits compose, in the immediate vicinity, the high and abrupt range of
the Liu-shan.
120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
You may be surprised not to find in the above list of formations the
nummulitic limestone of Si-Tungting, which I mentioned in a former
letter, and which belongs properly to the system of the lower Yang-tse.
The reason is, that I will refrain from maintaining my former, perhaps
too positive assertion, before the fossils, which have so perfectly the
structure of nummulites, shall have been examined by an authority on
the subject. The structure of these shells, the occurrence, with them,
of certain gastropods which, though hardly determinable (on account
of their fragmentary condition), do not have the character of any that
are usually found in ancient formations, the state of preservation of the
fossils which permits even the color of some bivalves to be recognized, —
all this is in strange contradiction with the similarity of the limestone
of Si-Tungting to some of the most ancient limestone strata on the
Yang-tse. The occurrence of encrinites, too, in the former, — a fact
which I think I forgot to mention in my former letter, — is not in accord-
ance with the Eocene age of the limestone in question. I never found
on the lower Yang-tse any fossils resembling those of Si-Tungting.
I am endeavoring to collect data for the geological history of eastern
China in recent periods. There is, among others, one very interest-
ing feature in the valley of the lower Yang-tse, which bears on that
subject. You would, in ascending the river by steamer, observe that
it is, in the greater part of its course below Han-kau, accompanied by
terraces, which rise* abruptly out of the alluvial plain to an altitude of
from sixty to two hundred feet above it, now approaching the river
closely, now remaining at a distance of several miles from its banks,
sometimes skirting the foot of a mountain range,' then again forming
an extensive table-land. You might consider them, from analogy, to
correspond to the so-called diluvial terraces so common in the valleys
of great rivers. It is a striking fact, that, on examination, the terraces
of the Yang-tse prove to be quite different in nature, consisting as they
do mostly of the upturned edges of ancient formations, not of one of them,
but of all, excepting granite, porphyry, and the limestones. The strata
are inclined at various angles, and their ends abraded in nearly hori-
zontal planes. On Poyang Lake, the terraces consist of the two most
ancient formations ( 1 and 2) ; below Han-kau, for sixty miles, they are
composed of the soft sandstones and clays No. 11, while near Ngan-king
they are built up of Tatung sediments. At Nan-king, finally, the river
is accompanied for about fifty miles, on either side, by terraces consist-
ing of the Nan-king sandstones and conglomerates, which are here in-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 121
clined at an angle of forty-five degrees. This phenomenon appears to
mark at least one epoch when the sea was gradually encroaching on
the land, and, though probably not rising high above its present level,
contributing to effect a remarkable change in the configuration of the
country. I refrain for the present from any further remarks on recent
changes. Only this I may still mention, that I did not discover any
sisrns of former glacial action or drift.
It is much to be regretted that there is not more knowledge of geol-
ogy to be found among the numerous travellers in China ; if there were,
our knowledge of the geology of this vast Empire might be rapidly en-
larged. I am sorry to say, that, with the exception of Mr. Kingsmill,
I have not met one who has any knowledge of this science. I am left
quite to myself; and the more I travel, the more I become convinced
how little can be done by <jne man in so vast a country. Still, I hope
to be able to lay at least some sort of foundation, which may perhaps
guide even those who have not the necessary scientific education, and
stimulate further exploration. But more than this I shall hardly be
able to accomplish.
Six hundred and tenth Meeting.
June 8, 1869. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.
')
In the absence of the regular presiding officers, Mr. Thomas
Sherwin was chosen to take the chair.
The vote of the previous meeting, adjourning the August
meeting to the second Tuesday in September, was reconsidered.
Professor Joseph Lovering was chosen Corresponding Sec-
retary, and Professor Edward C. Pickering was chosen a mem-
ber of the Rumford Committee, to fill vacancies made by the
resignation of Professor William B. Rogers.
The Council made the following report : * —
During the year which preceded the annual meeting of May, 1869,
eight Resident Fellows, three Associate Fellows, and five Foreign
Honorary Members have been added to our lists, viz. : —
Captain Nathaniel E. Atwood, of Provincetown, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class II., Section 3.
* Unavoidably delayed, and not presented until the meeting of January 26, 1870.
VOL. VIII. 16
122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Professor W. J. Clark, President of the Massachusetts Agricultural
College, to be a Resident Fellow in Class L, Section 3.
Dr. Herrman Hagen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.
John L. Hayes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.
Horace Mann, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 2.
Dr. Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.
Mr. Edmund Quincy, of Dedham, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 3.
Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.
James B. Angell, President of the University of Vermont, to be an
Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 4.
Hon. Lewis H. Morgan, of New York, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class HI., Section 2.
Andrew D. White, President of Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York, to be an Associate Fellow in Class III., Section 2.
Professor T. C. Bluntschli, of Heidelberg, to be a Foreign Honor-
ary Member in Class III., Section 1, in the place of the late Professor
Mittermaier.
Professor Herrman Ludwig Ferdinand Helmholtz, of Heidelberg, to
be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class I., Section 3.
Professor Lassen, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in
Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor Bopp.
Professor Ritschl, of Bonn, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in
Class III., Section 2, in the place of the late Professor Boeckh.
Sir Charles Wheatstone, of London, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in the place of the late Sir David Brewster, in Class I., Sec-
tion 3.
During the same year, death has removed from our ranks five Res-
ident Fellows, one Associate Fellow, and one Foreign Honorary
Member.
Levi Lincoln, LL. D., was born in "Worcester, Massachusetts,
on the 25th of October, 1782, and died in that city on the 29th of
May, 1868. He was the eldest son of the Hon. Levi Lincoln, an
eminent lawyer, who was the Attorney-General of the United States
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 123
during the first term of Mr. Jefferson's Administration. Having been
graduated at Harvard College with the class of 1802, he pursued the
profession in which his father had been so distinguished, and, like him,
was soon called off from the bar to engage in political affairs. He
was a member of the Senate of Massachusetts in 1812 ; a representa-
tive in. the State Legislature in 1814 ; a member of the Convention to
revise the Constitution in 1820 ; Speaker of the Massachusetts House
of Representatives in 1822 ; Lieutenant-Governor of the State in
1823 ; and, soon after retiring from this office for a brief service on
the Bench of the Supreme Court, he was elected Governor of Massa-
chusetts in 1825. In this capacity he served the State with conspic-
uous fidelity and ability for nine successive years, and fairly won the
title of a model magistrate. In 1834 he was chosen a Representative in
the Congress of the United States, and continued in that office for seven
years. In 1841 he was appointed Collector of the Customs for the
port of Boston, and, on quitting that post in 1843, he was immediately
returned to the Senate of Massachusetts, and in the following year
was made President of that body. In 1848 he was chosen President
of the Electoral College of Massachusetts ; and as late as 1864, while
in his 82d year, he once more discharged the office of a Presidential
Elector. In the mean time he had enjoyed the distinction of being the
first Mayor of his native town, after it was incorporated as a city, and
had rendered valuable service- to the community in which he lived, as
President of the Worcester Agricultural Society. His long and hon-
ored life was thus devoted to the public interests Of the Commonwealth
and the country ; while his spotless integrity and private virtues com-
manded the respect and esteem of all who knew him. His memory is
among the treasures of Massachusetts, and will be cherished by all
who appreciate the value to a free State of a patriotic and upright
magistrate, and of a public-spirited and useful citizen.
The Rev. William Allen, D. D., was the son of the Rev.
Thomas and Elizabeth (Lee) Allen, and was born in Pittsfield, Massa-
chusetts, on the 2d of January, 1784, being the ninth of twelve chil-
dren. His father was the first minister of Pittsfield. Dr. Allen
claimed to be descended, through his mother, from Governor Bradford
of Plymouth Colony.
He was graduated at Harvard College in 1802, and pursued the
study of theology with the Rev. John Pierce of Brookline. In 1804
he was licensed by the Berkshire Association, and preached for some
124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
months in the western part of New York. Returning to Massachu-
setts, he succeeded the Rev. Dr. Channing as Regent in Harvard Col-
lege. While in that office, besides performing the duties which
pertain to it, he prepared the first edition of his " American Bio-
graphical and Historical Dictionary," which was published in 1809 by
William Hilliard, in Cambridge, containing notices of about seven
hundred Americans. It comprised six hundred and thirty-two pages
in octavo. It is claimed that this was the first book of general
biography published in this country. It certainly reflects great credit
on the industry and research of the compiler. Two years before the
publication of this work, Dr. Allen had prepared notices of a number
of American divines for the Rev. David Bogue's " History of the Dis-
senters," which was first published in London in 1809. The second
edition of Dr. Allen's Biographical Dictionary was published in 1832
by William Hyde of Boston, in a large octavo of eight hun-
dred pages. This volume is said to contain over eighteen hundred
names. The third edition, in a still enlarged form, was published in
1857 by John B. Jewett & Co. of Boston. This contained notices of
over seven thousand Americans. In 1810, when Dr. Allen's connec-
tion with the College was dissolved, he delivered the Phi Beta Kappa
oration. In October of that year he was ordained pastor of the church
in Pittsfield, as. his father's successor. The Legislature of New
Hampshire, in 1816, altered the charter of Dartmouth College, mak-
ing it a University, and Dr. Allen, in the following year, was chosen
its President. This action of the Legislature originated the famous
Dartmouth College case, which, on an appeal to the Supreme Court
at Washington, resulted, in 1819, in the maintenance of the rights of
the College against the State. In 1820, Dr. Allen was appointed Pres-
ident of Bowdoin College, in Maine, and he retained this office till his
resignation in 1839. Since this time he lived at Northampton, Massa-
chusetts, engaging in various literary labors. He made a large collec-
tion of words not found in any dictionary of the English language ;
nearly fifteen hundred being contributed to Worcester's Dictionary pub-
lished in 1846, more than four thousand to Webster's, 1854, and
about six thousand for the new edition of Webster's. * To what ex-
tent these large collections of words, thus contributed, were incor-
porated in the works above named, we are not informed, as no
* These memoranda are taken from the New American Cyclopaedia, included
in a notice of Dr. Allen, from which, indeed, this sketch is mainly compiled.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 125
acknowledgments appear in the Prefaces to indicate it. Among other
works of Dr. Allen maybe cited: Baccalaureate Addresses, 1823- 29 ;
Junius Unmasked, written to prove that Lord Sackville was the real
Junius; Account of Shipwrecks, Psalms and Hymns, 1835 ; Memoirs
of Eleazar Wheelock and of Dr. John Codman, 1853; An Historical
Discourse on the Fortieth Anniversary of the Second Church in Dor-
chester, 1848 ; Discourse on the Close of the Second Century of the
Settlement of Northampton, Massachusetts, 1854 ; Wunnissoo, or the
Vale of Hoosatunnuk, a poem, with notes, 1856 ; besides various mi-
nor productions. In 1812, Dr. Allen married Maria M. Wheelock,
daughter of President Wheelock. The degree of D. D. was con-
ferred upon him by Dartmouth College in 1821. He died at North-
ampton on the 16th July, 1868.
Octavius Pickering was born in Wilkesbarre, Pennsylvania, Sep-
tember 2, 1791, where his father resided six years, having removed
thither from Philadelphia, to which city he returned in 1792. In 1801
his father came back to Massachusetts, and settled near Salem. Octa-
vius was admitted to the Freshman Class in Harvard University in
1806, and was graduated in 1810. He studied law in the office of his
brother, John Pickering, was admitted to practice in 1816, and took an
office in Salem, where he continued to reside during a few years, until
his removal to Boston, in which city and in Cambridge he lived the
remainder of his life, excepting an absence of seven years in Europe,
mostly spent in England and France. He died in Boston, October
29, 1868.
He early began the practice of reporting. In 1820 he reported the
proceedings in revising the Constitution of Massachusetts, and in 1821,
with his friend, William H. Gardiner, reported the trial on the im-
peachment of Judge Prescott. Though he did not practise what is
technically called short-hand, yet he had adopted many abbreviations,
and was quick in hearing, and rapid and accurate in penmanship ; so
that at the time of his appointment, in 1822, as reporter to the Supreme
Court, he had superlative qualifications for that position, which he held
eighteen years, during which time, and subsequently, he was employed
in making and publishing his reports.
His brother, John Pickering, had pretty early begun to gather mate-
rials for the biography of their father, Timothy Pickering, who was
Quartermaster-General in the war of the Revolution, subsequently
Secretary of War and of State, a member of each house of Congress,
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
and always an active and earnest public man, — the history of whose
life was involved in the party divisions and contests of a stirring epoch,
and led his biographers — first, John, and afterwards, Octavius — into a
minute investigation of the characters, acts, and events of the whole
period in which he took so decided and distinguished a part. Accord-
ingly, the first step for Octavius, after the task of the biography had
passed into his hands on the decease of his brother John, was to get
together, under his hand, the appalling mass of materials in the form
of records, publications, printed documents, and attainable private cor-
respondence. This he did with great diligence, and not without con-
siderable expense. His copies of letters and documents, so collected,
consist of some fifty large volumes, which he carefully read through, at
least twice, consecutively, besides comparing the contents, and re-
arranging them in a comprehensive index, before he began to deter-
mine on the selections to be made for the first volume, and to fill in the
intermediate spaces with explanations, and the notice of collateral cir-
cumstances, in such a manner as to make a connected chain. The first
volume was completed and published in 1867. At his request the
continuation of the biography has been put into the hands of Mr.
Charles W. Uphani, of Salem.
As Reporter, Mr. Pickering necessarily kept up his acquaintance
with the law, and he never neglected the Greek and Latin classics.
During his residence in France, he had, of course, become more famil-
iar with the French, which language he read fluently, with a distinct
pronunciation. He read widely and diligently in history, was a con-
stant attendant at scientific lectures, and always present at the Lowell
course. He also took great pleasure in the study of Botany, though
he did not make pretensions to a comprehensively scientific knowl-
edge of it. If, in walking leisurely with a friend, he noticed on the
wayside a flower at all remarkable for beauty, rarity, or otherwise,
he was wont to point it out to his companion, and was in the habit of
bringing home specimens to be examined under the microscope. He
took an active part in founding the Society of Natural History of New
England, and regularly attended its meetings.
Mr. Pickering was social, cheerful, and acceptable in society, and his
time never hung heavily with him at home, where a great part of his
occupations lay.
In the course of his life he was a member of different associations of
a private rather than a public character, consisting of members of lit-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 8, 1869. 127
erary, soci.il, and political distinction, in which his characteristic mod-
esty did not prevent him from taking an active part. He had a re-
markably pleasant voice and distinct utterance, and could read aloud
an indefinite time without fatigue to his auditors or himself.
He was a man of most amiable disposition, pleasing manners, and
lively wit, without poignancy or sarcasm ; a devoted and enduring
friend, admired and confided in by all, and never knowing what it was
to have an enemy. He never unduly urged his pretensions, nor had
he need to, for during his life he was surrounded by those who knew
his worth.
George Rapall Notes, the son of Nathaniel and Mary (nee Rapall)
Noyes, was born in Newburyport, March G, 1798. While a pupil in
the public schools of his native town, he manifested a taste and aptness
for study which attracted the attention of his pastor, the late Rev. Dr.
Dana, who encouraged and aided him, both by advice and by the loan
of money. In 1814 he entered Harvard College, where he maintained
his place as a faithful and successful scholar, graduating in 1818. He
had defrayed a portion of his expenses by teaching country schools in
the winter, and immediately on leaving college he took charge of the
Framingham Academy, thus securing a sufficient income to clear him-
self from debt, and to start with some small savings on his proposed
course of more advanced study. In 1819 he entered the Cambridge
Divinity School, and in 1822 was licensed as a preacher. But he had
become too much engrossed in the literature of his profession to forsake
the university for the active duties of the ministry. He continued at
Cambridge for eight years longer, holding at first the duties of a proc-
tor, with some private pupils whose tuition-fees eked out his frugal
means of living, and for the last two years employed as a tutor in the
classical department. By this time it had become quite generally
known that he had been devoting himself with great assiduity and
singleness of purpose to the Hebrew language and scriptures. In
1827 he became pastor of the First Congregational Church in Brook-
field. Though the leisure which so small and retired a parish might
give him for study had no inferior place among his motives in accept-
ing the invitation, he yet was conscientiously faithful in his ministerial
charge, and established life-long relations of mutual respect, affection,
and gratitude with his parishioners. Shortly after his settlement he
published his translation of Job, which gave him at once a foremost
place among distinguished scholars in that department of learning. In
128 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
1834 the insufficiency of his support compelled him to resign his charge
at Brookfield. He then accepted a pastorate at Petersham, where he
had a peaceful, happy, and prosperous ministry of six years. In 1 840
he was invited to fill the chair of Hebrew and other Oriental Lan-
guages and Biblical Literature in Harvard University. He retained
this office till his death, and, though for many months he had suffered
from illness and physical infirmity, he remained in the full exercise of
his mental powers, and with unimpaired ability for his duties as a
teacher, till within a few days of his decease, which took place June 8,
1868.
He received the degree of Doctor of Divinity from Harvard Uni-
versity in 1889. He was chosen a member of the American Academy
in 1844. Elected to other learned bodies, he declined membership
from an unwillingness to be enrolled where he could not render active
service.
Dr. Noyes's principal publications in his lifetime were the version of
Job, already mentioned, which passed through four editions ; a trans-
lation of the Book of Psalms, and a translation of the Hebrew Proph-
ets, of both of which three editions were published ; and a translation
of the Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and Canticles, of which there were two
editions. Besides these, he published numerous tracts, occasional ser-
mons, and articles in periodicals. His latest work, nearly ready for the
press when he died, and issued in the following autumn, was a trans-
lation of the New Testament, in which he condensed the results of his
life-long study of the Sacred Records, and which he regarded equally as
the ripest fruit of his scholarship, and as his last and best offering upon
the altar of Christian faith.
These works are the most adequate memorial of their author's mind
and culture. They indicate untiring industry, profound study, keen
critical acumen, thorough grasp of the subject in hand, full command of
the materials and resources of critical inquiry, and that just apprehen-
sion of the intent and spirit of the books belonging to the sacred canon,
without which no amount of learning or skill could have made him a
good translator. We have no space for the minute examination of the
merits of his translations in themselves, or as compared with other
similar works. Suffice it to say that he who should pronounce either
of them superior to any other extant translation of the same books
might see ample ground for such an opinion, both in the tokens of
exhaustive research and in the marks of sound and sober judgment to
be found in them all.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 129
Dr. Noyes's moral character was well adapted to aid his success and
worthy fame as a critic. He was at once reverent and bold, — reverent
for all truth, as one with God, but wholly destitute of prescriptive
reverence for what bad been held as truth, until it had shown its cre-
dentials and established its claim. He thus pushed his inquiries to the
utmost limit ; but while he rejected many things which others held
sacred, no man ever had a firmer faith than he (a faith which seemed
to him as strongly grounded as if it had been susceptible of mathe-
matical demonstration) in the divine mission and authority of the
Founder of Christianity, and in the authenticity of the records through
which his life and character have been transmitted. Himself a free
and fearless inquirer, he claimed for others the same liberty, and re-
garded honest dissent, denial, and scepticism with uniform respect and
kindness.
As a writer he was simple, chaste, perspicuous, and at the same time
concise, with little ornament, but with instructive rather than careful
heed to the canons of pure taste and accurate diction. As a preacher,
he was plain, sensible, serious, and weighty, impressing his hearers
with his own sincerity, and most esteemed by those whose esteem is of
the most worth.
In private life no man could be more worthily loved. Happy in
those who shared his home, he made his home happy. Faithful, kind,
genial, hospitable, he had equally the unlimited confidence and the
warm affection of all who stood in near or intimate relation with him ;
and while his modesty and his retired life may have given him fewer
personal friends than his reputation would have brought him, those
who knew him well knew him only to love and honor him. The last
three or four years of his life were marked by unintermitted debility
and suffering; and for a long period he was seldom able to cross his
own threshold, his classes coming to him in his study. During this
whole season he manifested entire resignation, serene Christian trust, a
patience never disturbed, and an engagedness in his wonted pursuits
which had not begun to flag when he was laid upon his death-bed.
As a Christian scholar, he merits a foremost place among his contem-
poraries ; as a Christian man, he has his record, equally, we trust, in
grateful and reverent memories on earth and in the book of life
eternal.
Horace Mann was elected into the Academy on the eleventh of
November last ; and he died the same night. Devoted to Natural
VOL. VIII. 17
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
History almost from childhood, and trained to investigation in one de-
partment, in which he had made successful explorations in a distant
field, he was confidently expected to add new celebrity to the distin-
guished name he inherited, when a career of unusual scientific promise
was thus suddenly arrested.
He was the eldest son of the late Hon. Horace Mann (of whom it is
unnecessary here to speak), and was born in Boston on the 25th of
February, 1844 ; therefore had not completed the 25th year of his age.
His earlier studies were pui'sued mainly under the immediate direction
of his parents, with both of whom education was a specialty. Soon
after his father's death the family removed from Antioch College, just
as Horace was prepared to enter upon the regular course. He studied
at Concord for some time with private tutors, and then entered the
Scientific School at Cambridge, giving himself first to Zoology, espe-
cially Conchology, under Professor Agassiz, and afterwards to Botany
under Professor Gray. In 1864 he joined his friend William T.
Brigham in a visit to the Sandwich Islands by way of the Isthmus
and California ; and they explored this group in company, Mr. Mann
taking the Botany as his particular department, while Mr. Brigham
attended more to the Geology and Mineralogy. On his return to
Cambridge he took up the special study of Hawaiian plants, and re-
joined the Scientific School of Harvard University. Upon applying
for the degree of Bachelor of Science (which he obtained with honors
in 1867), he laid before his examiners, as his thesis, an elaborate and
critical " Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants," which was deemed worthy
of a place among the publications of this Academy. It fills almost
one hundred pages of the seventh volume of our Proceedings, and has
been recognized in the botanical world as a contribution of sterling
value. It had been preceded by two other papers in the Proceedings
of the Boston Society of Natural History upon certain new plants of
the Sandwich Islands, and it was to be followed by a complete Flora
of those Islands for the use of general botanists on the one hand, and
of the residents of the country on the other, such a work being a de-
sideratum for both. Mr. Mann had actually written out the greater
part of it, and three fasciculi were printed by the Essex Institute ; it is
hoped that the work may be completed from the notes and materials
left by him. The smaller papers and articles contributed by Mr. Mann
to the Boston Natural History Society and to scientific journals are at
least twelve in number. All his writings, in their simplicity, directness,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 131
order, and the total absence of pretence and show, may recall to those
who knew him well somewhat of the traits of the man, — his great
modesty, singleness and tenacity of purpose, and disinterested devotion
to science for its own sake. Looking back over the very few years
which were allotted to him, we wonder at the amount of work he was
able to accomplish, as represented in these publications. They are the
fruits, apparently not so much of youthful enthusiasm, which was
not lacking, as of conscientious, unremitting, and well-directed labor.
Moreover, they were brought forth under delicate health, and, at
length, under the ravages of an insidious disease, and amid other on-
erous if congenial duties. He was for several years, and until the end,
Curator of Botany to the Natural History Society ; for the last two
years Curator to the Herbarium of Harvard University, and assistant
to the Professor ; and last autumn, under an appointment as College
Tutor, he took the whole charge of the Botanical department, and the
superintendence of the Botanic Garden, in the absence of the Profes-
sor. But his powers soon failed under the rapid development of pul-
monary disease ; he was called away from his chosen work just when
he had given proof of rare capacity for performing it, and from this
Society almost at the moment when we had numbered him as our own.
William Mitchell was born at Nantucket, Mass., on the 20th of
December, 1791, and died at Poughkeepsie, N. Y., on the 19th of
April, 1869. His opportunities for education were no better than those
which the Island at that time afforded. The remembrance of his early
school-days was associated with the severe discipline common at that
period, so that the recollection of his school experiences gave him little
pleasure. He said, in a brief sketch of his life, written for his oldest
granddaughter, that no teacher inspired him with any love of learning.
Although his father was in comfortable circumstances, he followed
the custom of the lads of the town, and learned the cooper's trade at the
age of fifteen ; giving it up, however, almost immediately, and entering
a school, as Assistant, at eighteen, and as Principal soon after.
Mr. Mitchell married, on the 10th of December, 1812, Lydia Cole-
man, whom he had known from his boyhood. This union lasted forty-
eight years. Ten children were born to them, of whom nine survive.
In a memoir, written by himself, he says : " All that my children are,
physically and morally, is attributable, under Divine Providence, to
that talented and excellent woman. Never were the duties of wife and
mother more conscientiously performed."
132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
In the war of 1812, the property, mostly in ships, of Mr. Mitchell's
father was greatly impaired, and the most rigid economy was de-
manded of the son, in order to support his young family. He left his
school and engaged with his father in an oil-factory and cooperage. In
1822 he resumed school-keeping, which he always loved ; and when the
public schools wrere established in his native town, he was one of the
first two teachers appointed. Finding this occupation too laborious, he
relinquished it in a few years, and again started a private school. In
1830 he gave this up also, and became secretary in an insurance office.
In 1887 he took charge of the Pacific Bank as cashier, and, at nearly
the same time, of a savings-bank. Both these offices he held for about
twenty years. In 1861, being nearly seventy years of age, he retired
from all business, and removed to Lynn, where two of his daughters
resided. In 1865 he followed his distinguished daughter, Miss Maria
Mitchell, to Vassar College, near Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
Although Mr. Mitchell was little of a politician, he held many honor-
able positions in the State. He was a member of the Convention for
the Revision of the Constitution of Massachusetts, in 1820. Twenty-
four years afterwards he was a member of the State Senate, and later
still of the Council of Governor Briggs, to whom he was much attached.
He was elected a member of the Board of Overseers of Harvard Col-
lege for six years, and, at the expiration of that time, he was re-elected
by an almost unanimous vote of both Houses.
From his earliest years, Mr. Mitchell. was interested in the study of
Astronomy, having inherited the taste from his father. His mathe-
matical learning was not sufficient to carry him through its difficult
calculations, but Bowditch's Navigator and the Nautical Almanac were
thoroughly studied. He calculated carefully, and observed success-
fully the eclipse of February 12, 1831, which was annular at Nan-
tucket. With a small spy-glass he caught an early sight of Halley's
comet, at its last return in 1835. He was one of the first, if not the
very first, to see it in this country. Mr. Mitchell was familiar also
with meteorological phenomena, of which he kept a record for about
half a century. His eye was quick to detect any change in nature.
For some years he made observations for the United States Coast
Survey, in order to determine the latitude and longitude of Nantucket.
Mr. Mitchell said modestly of himself: " I have somehow had a
scientific reputation, although never entitled to it, and in middle life
held quite a position among astronomers of that day." To the scientific
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 8, 1869. 133
atmosphere in which he delighted, and which he shed around his own
home and neighborhood, the world is indebted for the gifted astro-
nomical observer and computer, Miss Maria Mitchell. In 1831, the
daughter, though only thirteen years old, counted time for her father
while he observed the annular eclipse of the sun. From that time
until his death, the two worked together in perfect sympathy. Al-
though Mr. Mitchell had no official connection with Vassar College,
where he passed the last years of his life with his daughter, he ren-
dered valuable aid in its organization by his wisdom, his gentleness,
and his long experience as Overseer of Harvard College and member
of its visiting committees. The years spent in the Observatory of Vas-
sar College were remarkably happy. Only a year before his death he
wrote thus : " With scarcely a circumstance to throw a shade over my
declining years, I have made acquaintances among teachers and pro-
fessors which a prince might envy." And again he wrote: "I have
had my days of sorrow and of trial, but I know of no man, living or
dead, whose life has been so exempt from the evils common to man-
kind."
Without much strength of constitution, Mr. Mitchell lived to the
advanced age of seventy-seven, and died at length of old age. He ap-
proached death, not only with calmness, but with cheerfulness. Although
an invalid for the last year of his life, and confined to his room for
several months, his mind lost none of its vigor, and his interest in
physical science continued without any abatement to the end. He
listened to the reading of a letter a few hours before he died, and
spoke only a few minutes before he ceased to breathe.
Mr. Mitchell's character was that of the Christian gentleman. By
his sweetness and gentleness he won the love of all around him. He
had many friends, and it was scarcely possible that he could have a
single enemy. He was a lover of peace, and shed the sunshine of
peace into whatever circle he entered. A Quaker by birth, and
always in harmony with that sect, he illustrated in perfection its many
excellent characteristics. He was more of a thinker than a reader or
writer, and, under more favorable circumstances, might have been
widely known as a discoverer of truth. His principal writings are :
A highly appreciative account of the early history and achievements of
the Observatory of Harvard College, published in the Christian Ex-
aminer for March, 1851 ; two communications upon the Tails of
Comets, printed in Volume XXXVIII. of the American Journal of
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Science, April, 1840, and Volume XL., April, 1841 ; a brief account
of the Aurora of May 29, 1840, contained in Volume XXXIX. of the
same journal for October, 1840; an account of the discovery of the
Comet of October 1, 1847, by his daughter, Miss Maria Mitchell, for
which she received the comet medal, offered by the King of Denmark,
also in the same journal, Volume V., N. S., for May, 1848. In Volume
IX. of the Second Series of the American Journal of Science, Mr. Mit-
chell has given a brief notice of the scientific tastes and attainments of
Walter Folger, of Nantucket. The theory which Mr. Mitchell sug-
gested, and skilfully defended, in regard to the tails of comets, asserted
that they "are formed by the sun's rays, slightly refracted by the
nucleus, in traversing the envelope of the comet, and uniting in an in-
finite number of points beyond it, throwing a stronger than ordinary
light on the ethereal medium, near to or more remote from the comet,
as the ray, from its relative position .and direction, is more or less re-
fracted." Later in life, he felt the difficulties of his own, as of all
other theories, on this perplexing subject.
Charles Frederick Philip von Martius, the distinguished
botanist and traveller in Brazil, was born at Erlangen on the 17th of
April, 1794, and died at Munich, December 13, 1868. He came of a
learned stock: one of his ancestors, Galeottus Martius, born at Ra-
venna in 1428, was librarian of the celebrated library of Matthias
Corvinus, King of Hungary ; a great-uncle was the author of a Flora
of Moscow (the first edition of which, all but two copies, was consumed
in the conflagration of that city) ; and his father (who lived to a very
advanced age) was one of the three founders of the oldest botanical
Society extant, the Botanische Gesellschaft of Ratisbon. His botanical
teacher at the University of Erlangen was Schreber, who had studied
under Linnreus. His earliest work — his thesis for the doctorate — was
his Enumeratio Horti Botanici Erlangensis, in 1814. When, after the
death of Schreber, his collections were purchased for the Bavarian
Academy, the veteran Schrank was sent to Erlangen to convey them to
Munich. He there found in young Martius a student of such promise
that he attracted him to the Bavarian capital and employed him as his
assistant in the Botanic Garden. Here, while acting practically as
superintendent of the establishment, Martius was noticed by King
Maximilian, and soon after was selected by him to be one of the two
naturalists (Dr. Spix being the other) which that enlightened monarch
had insisted upon adding, at his own expense, to the scientific staff
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 8, 1869. 135
which the Austrian government attached to the squadron which was
to convey to Rio the Austrian princess, about to become Empress of
Brazil. They embarked at Trieste in the spring of 1817 ; and during
the ensuing three years these two naturalists, with very moderate
means and appliances, made those extended explorations and precious
collections which — along with those of Humboldt — form the princi-
pal foundation of our knowledge of the natural history of Brazil, espe-
cially of the Amazon, which they ascended to within the frontiers of
Peru.
The health of Dr. Spix gave way under the fatigues and exposures
of these explorations ; and he died a few years after his return to'
Europe, shortly after the commencement of the publication of the ex-
tended series of works destined to record the results of the expedition.
The whole burden now fell upon Dr. Martius, with such assistance as
he could command from his pupils or others. For the ichthyological
collection he called upon a young zoologist, then a student at Munich,
now our own colleague, who thus made his first essay in the study of the
natural productions of that vast stream which he was destined person-
ally to explore, many years afterwards, under better than regal aus-
pices. The second and third volumes of the Reise in Brasilien, which
will compare favorably with Humboldt's "Personal Narrative," and
the great Atlas, were entirely by Martius. For the Nova Genera et
Species Plantarum Brasiliensiiim, he had the assistance of Zuccarini
only in the first volume. This work forms an epoch in botanical illus-
tration, not only for the completeness and excellence of the analyses,
but also as the earliest application to this purpose of the newly in-
vented art of engraving upon lithographic stone.
His greatest work — one specially adapted to the author's genius
and multifarious learning, and without doubt the most sumptuous
and elaborate of all botanical monographs — is the ffistoria Palmarum,
in three elephant-folio volumes, and containing two hundred and forty-
five plates. Begun in view of the Brazilian species merely, it was
soon expanded to embrace the whole noble family of Palms through-
out the world ; and its completion in 1850, crowning eighteen years of
labor, inseparably and for all time connects the name of Martius with
these princes of the vegetable kingdom, as Linnaaus aptly terms them.
While this last work was still in progress, and after some essays in
a humbler form, Von Martius planned, and in the year 1840 com-
menced the publication of, the folio Flora Brasiliensis, — the grandest
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
•
particular flora ever undertaken. It began under the auspices of the
sovereigns of Austria and Bavaria, and was afterwards liberally fos-
tered by the Brazilian government. The forty-seven parts, — some of
them, in fact, volumes, — already published, comprise almost one hun-
dred natural orders, and more than eight thousand species, of which
fully one thousand four hundred are illustrated by figures. With the
essential aid recently guaranteed by the Emperor of Brazil, and un-
der the editorial charge of his most able assistant and colleague, Dr.
Eichler, this great work may be expected to reach an early completion,
and to form a noble monument to the memory of Von Martius, al-
though he himself elaborated only two or three of the families. He
took laborious oversight of the whole, and wrote the various subsidiary
articles, Excursus, fyc, especially those upon the medicinal and eco-
nomical uses of Brazilian plants, and upon the aspects and character-
istics of vegetation in different parts of the empire. These disserta-
tions are written in choice Latin, and with a vigor and spirit which, it
has been said, inspire regret for the olden time, when this was the uni-
versal language of botany. His fondness for linguistic studies, also, led
him to investigate the languages of the tribes among which he trav-
elled, and to collect vocabularies. He gave new attention to this sub-
ject in his later years, and in 1867 brought out his important, and, as
it proved, his last work, the Beitrdge zur Ethnographie und Sprachen-
kunde Amerikas, zumal Brasiliens, in two octavo volumes.
He wi'ote a separate treatise upon the medical properties of the
plants of Brazil. He was a copious contributor to the Gelehrte Anzei-
gen, of Munich, during the whole period of its existence. In addition
to his onerous duties as Professor of Botany in the University, and Di-
rector of the Botanic Garden, he was for many years, and down to his
death, the active Secretary of the Mathematico-physical section of the
Royal Bavarian Academy ; and in that capacity he delivered a series of
eulogies upon distinguished deceased members, which, recently re-
printed in two octavo volumes, form a collection which may well com-
pare with the similar and celebrated orations of Cuvier. These dis-
courses, ranging, as they do, over wide fields in science and philoso-
phy, exuberant in learning, discursive and yet profound, and often
aglow with feeling, may give to those who knew him not some idea of
the man himself, — of his wealth of knowledge and nobleness of
spirit, his affectionate disposition, vivacity, geniality, and the fervid
poetical imagination, which was rather tempered than restrained by the
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 8, 1869. 137
discipline of science and the experience of life. All appropriate hon-
ors and distinctions testified to his worth and the value of his scientific
services. These culminated upon the fiftieth and jubilee anniversary
of his doctorate, on the 30th of March, 1864, when his numerous
friends and admirers of all parts of the world united to do him honor.
Among the many offerings of that day was a large gold medal which
his friends had caused to be struck, with the inscription, " Palmarum
pafri dant lustra decern tibi pahnam. In pahnis resurgcs." But
the infirmities of age were coming on. Yet another lustrum was al-
most filled with not unequal scientific labors, when, after shoi't suffer-
ing, came the final rest; and, as the year 1868 drew near its close,
the bier of Martius was decked with palms, — souvenirs of his greatest
scientific achievement, and with which his name is imperishably asso-
ciated.
Henry Hart Milman * Dean of St. Paul's, was born in 1791, and
died in October, 1868, at the age of 77. It would be difficult to name
among Englishmen of the present century a more pleasing instance of
devotion to letters than that of this eminent man. His early life was
marked by academic distinctions. He gained an honorable reputation
as a poet; and through his long career his scholarship revealed itself
in various occasional contributions to the literature of the time. But
he is best known by a series of historical writings, which covered from
first to last some thirty years of his life.
His " History of the Jews," published in 1830 in the Family
Library, seemed too bold to the public of that day, and it brought
some censure upon his head. This he bore with silent patience, and
outlived it. When after the lapse of a generation he reissued the
book, with additions but without compromise, it was received in a dif-
ferent spirit. Next he appeared as the author of a " History of Chris-
tianity to the Extinction of Paganism in the Roman Empire." His
third and most extensive work, the " History of Latin Christianity,"
was a continuation of this. It comes down to the point at which Gib-
bon's "Decline and Fall" terminates, but is written with a different
purpose and in another vein. Dean Milman's previous diligent editor-
ship of Gibbon had doubtless helped to train him to his undertaking.
Gibbon had not professed to write a history of the middle ages ; and
Hallam had not exhausted the subject. Indeed, a modern layman
* Omitted in the enumeration of deceased members on page 122.
VOL. VIII. 18
138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
could hardly bring to the history of the mediaeval Church all the sym-
pathy of a clerical scholar. But Milraan's work, though the point of
view is ecclesiastical, is not a mere priestly survey. The mediaeval
Church was an ever-present social force ; and its chief men were in a
multitude of cases the chief men of their time. The great poet of the
middle ages worked in realms from which the Church drew its sanc-
tions and its terrors, and in a certain sense is almost a Church figure.
Thus the history of Latin Christianity is in large measure the history of
Western Christendom. Dean Milman was awake to the greatness of
his theme ; and has made a very valuable addition to general history.
The calm, mild, and genial spirit of the man appears in all his writings.
But though without gall, he was not without nerve. He could take
with courage, and hold with steadiness, the difficult middle ground be-
tween obstinate assertion and obstinate denial. He stood clear of the
dogmatism of the right and the dogmatism of the left. His tone has
been characterized as that of " elegant neutrality." Certainly his turn
was not partisan or polemic ; yet he had not only a cultivated mind,
but heart and will. A certain want of passion and fire, it is true, may
now and then obstruct or slacken the flow of his narrative ; and his
historical style sometimes fails in the rhythm that might be expected
from a poet's hand.
His latest book was a labor of love. The famous Cathedral of
which for many years he had the leading care was an object of his
warm affection. He cherished its history, sought to increase its bene-
fits, and strove to perfect its structure. The best and most character-
istic token of his faithful regard is the interesting volume in which he
has written its " Annals." The ripe knowledge and amiable temper of
the old man give a sunset glow to the record. By those who knew
him he will long be kindly remembered, not only for his attainments,
but also for his qualities.
Six hundred and eleventh Meeting.
September 25,1869. — Monthly Meeting.
The Vice-President in the chair.
Professor H. R. Storer read a paper on the origin of double
monsters in the human species.
OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 10, 1869. 139
Six hundred and twelfth Meeting.
October 12, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.
On the motion of Professor B. Peirce it was voted, That the
mathematical section of the Academy be authorized to meet
as a committee and receive mathematical communications ;
and a meeting of this committee was appointed for Tuesday,
October 19, at four o'clock, p. m.
Professor Peirce made a communication on his investiga-
tions in Linear Algebra.
Six hundred and thirteenth Meeting.
November 10, 1869. — Statute Meeting.
'3
The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.
Dr. Jarvis made a communication on the coming decennial
census of the United States.
The following committee was appointed to consider and
report upon this subject ; viz. Dr. Jarvis, Professor Peabody,
and Professor Washburn.
The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —
Thomas W. Parsons, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.
James M. Barnard, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.
Henry L. Whiting, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 2.
Professor Nathaniel Southgate Shaler, of Cambridge, to be
a Resident Fellow in Class II., Section 1.
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Six hundred and fourteenth Meeting.
December 14, 1869. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
Letters were read from James M. Barnard and N. S. Shaler,
in acknowledgment of their election into the Academy. Also
letters relative to the exchanges of the Academy.
Dr. M. Wyman, from the Rumford Committee, reported
that the Rumford Medal, voted at the Annual Meeting to Mr.
George H. Corliss, was ready for presentation. It was ordered
that the presentation be made at the next meeting.
Dr. Jarvis, from the committee appointed at the preceding
meeting relative to the ensuing census, made a detailed report,
closing with a proposal to present the following memorial to
Congress, which was adopted : —
To the Honorable the Senate and House of Representatives in Congress
assembled : —
The American Academy of Arts and Sciences respectfully repre-
sents, in view of the great importance of a full and accurate enu-
meration of the people and of the light which it may throw upon the
law of population, that the plan proposed by the Committee of the
House of Representatives, to whom this matter was referred, is well
adapted to their purpose, and they respectfully request that the plan of
the Committee (including the prior schedules with the several inquiries
in regard to population and the independent corps of enumeration) be
adopted for the next enumeration of the people.
Adopted at a meeting of the Academy upon report of a Special
Committee, December 14, 1869.
Six hundred and fifteenth Meeting.
January 11, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
Professor J. Wyman made a communication on the power
of the movement of the vibratory cilia on the tongue of a frog,
and illustrated it by experiments with some simple machinery
he had devised.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 11, 1870. 141
Dr. George E. Ellis made a communication on the genius
and character of Count Rumford, and on the history of his
endowment in the charge of the Academy.
The President then presented the Rumford Medal to Mr.
Corliss with the following address : —
Gentlemen of tilk Academy, — At the last anniversary meeting,
after a careful investigation by your appropriate committee, you
awarded the Rumford Medal to Mr. George H. Corliss, for improve-
ments of the steam-engine. The gold medal and a silver duplicate
have been struck, and are now before us. The inventor whose genius
you have thus recognized has responded to our call, and is now present.
If it be your pleasure, these medals will now be consigned to his hands.
Mr. Corliss, — The trust which our countryman, Count Rumford,
charged this Academy to administer, empowered it to award these
medals " to the author of any important discovery or useful improve-
ment on light or on heat, which shall have been made and published
by printing, or in any way made known to the public, in any part of
the continent of America or of any of the American islands ; prefer-
ence being always given to such discoveries as shall, in the opinion of
the Academy, tend most to promote the good of mankind."
As this is only the fifth occasion since the foundation of the trust
upon which this premium has been given, it may well be inferred that
the Academy has in no case bestowed it inconsiderately.
It has required the discovery or invention to be real, original, and
important. It is not restricted to considerations of direct practical
benefit, but it may, as it did in the first instance, in the case of the
oxyhydrogen blow-pipe, honor a discovery of much scientific interest,
the uses of which are limited. It would not hesitate to crown any
successful, however recondite or theoretical, investigation within the
assigned domain, being confident that no considerable increase of our
knowledge of the laws and forces of nature is likely to remain unfruit-
ful. But the Academy rejoices when, as now, it can signalize an
invention which unequivocally tends to promote that which the founder
had most at heart, and commended to our particular regard, — the
material good of mankind.
Without entering into details, it will be possible to state the ground
upon which the present award has been made. It is for the effectual
abolition of the throttle valve of the steam-engine, and the transfer-
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
rence of the regulation by the governor to a system of induction valves
of your own invention ; with the advantage of a large saving in fuel,
and — what is often more important in manufacturing industry — the
maintenance of perfectly uniform motion under varying work.
Previous to your improvements, the regulation of the power and
velocity of the steam-engine was effected by an instrument placed in
the steam-pipe, well named the throttle valve; being used to choke off
the steam in its passage from the boiler, to reduce more or less its
pressure before it was allowed to act within the engine. Avoiding this
wasteful process, your engine embodies within itself a principle by
which it appropriates the full, direct, and expansive force of the
steam, and measures out for itself at each stroke, with the utmost pre-
cision, the exact quantity necessary to maintain the power required.
In the most approved engines previously used for manufacturing pur-
poses, the valves employed were comparatively difficult to operate,
too far from the piston, and in other respects unfit for working in con-
nection with the governor. Their abandonment, and the substitution
of others suitable for the purpose that you had in view, demanded an
entire change in the structure of the engine.
In the reconstruction your mastery of the resources of mechanism
is conspicuously shown. You introduced four valves to the cylinder, —
two for the induction and two for the eduction of the steam ; and by
your device of a wrist-plate you give to each valve a rapid motion in
opening and closing, and a slow motion after the closing has been
effected, thus securing a perfection in valve-movements never before
attained. The special object of these changes, and the gist of your
invention, was to place the induction valves under the control of the
governor, by which they are operated in opening through a mechanism
from which they are released earlier or later in the stroke of the
piston, according as more or less power is demanded of the engine, —
the governor, with extreme sensibility, determining the point where the
supply of steam should be cut off. Thus, at every stroke of the
piston, just so much steam is accurately meted out to the cylinder as is
needed to maintain uniform velocity, and left to expand there, and by
its expansion develop the maximum of propelling force.
Allow me to read to the Academy a brief account of the Corliss
engine, by one of the most eminent of British engineers, Mr. J. Scott
Russell, which must needs be free from personal or national pre-
possession. It is from one of the official reports on the Paris Universal
Exhibition of 1867.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 11, 1870. 143
" A third remarkable engine is American, both in invention and exe-
cution, and forms perhaps the most remarkable feature of the Ameri-
can department. It exhibits thoughtful design, ingenious contrivance,
refined skill, and admirable execution. It is singularly unlike an
English engine. It has four ports on four different parts of the cylinder,
two on one side and two on the opposite, each worked by a separate
mechanism. These ports are worked by valves, not sliding, like our
own, on flat surfaces, but sliding valves on cylindrical surfaces. Close
up to the cylinder these valves cut off the steam with scarce a particle
of waste room, and so economize to the utmost the high-pressure steam
which they admit, and which they use as expansively and as sparingly
as possible. The mechanism by which these -valves are moved is to
our eye outlandish and extraordinary ; but it is, in truth, refined, ele-
gant, most effectual and judicious ; it spares steam to the utmost, but de-
velops what it uses to most effect. Then it proportions in an admir-
able way the doses of steam it serves out to the continually varying
quantity of work the engine has to do. The mechanism of its mechan-
ical governor is wonderfully delicate and direct ; the governor is sensi-
tive to the most delicate changes of speed, and feels the slightest de-
mand upon the engine for more or less work and steady speed. A
mechanism as beautiful as the human hand releases or retains its grasp
of the feeding valve, and gives a greater or less dose of steam in nice
proportion to each varying want. The American engine of Corliss
everywhere tells of wise forethought, judicious proportion, sound execu-
tion, and exquisite contrivance."
It appears that within the twenty years since this machinery was per-
fected, more than one thousand engines of the kind have been built in the
United States, and several hundreds in other countries, giving an aggre-
gate of not less than 250,000 horse-power; that, as to economy of fuel,
evidence has been afforded to the Rumford Committee, showing a saving
over older forms of engine of about one third. As to its other crowning
excellence, — uniformity of velocity, — the purchasers of one of the en-
gines, now in its eighteenth year of service, certify that, with the power
varying from 60 to 3 GO horse-power within a minute, the speed of the
engine is not perceptibly affected.
It is worth noting, that when these medals were voted to you, Mr.
Corliss, just a century had passed since James Watt first patented his
improvements of the steam-engine. The vast results of these improve-
ments — the difference between the engine when "Watt found it and
144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
when he left it — make one of the most important chapters in the his-
tory of applied science. It is a great thing to say, but I may not with-
hold the statement, that, in the opinion of those who have officially
investigated the matter, no one invention since Watt's time has so en-
hanced the efficiency of the steam-engine as this for which the Rumford
Medal is now presented to you. If Watt, or his partner, Bolton, could
boast that they held the supply of that which almost everybody longed
to have, power, you may justly felicitate yourself, and permit us to felici-
tate you, upon your ability to supply a greater amount of steam power
for the expenditure, and an exacter nicety in its governance, than any
of your predecessors.
In acknowledgment of this benefit, the American Academy, admin-
istering Count Rumford's trust, now, by the hands of its presiding offi-
cer, presents to you these honorable testimonials of its high apprecia-
tion of what you have done. And the Fellows here assembled join with
me, I am sure, in most sincere and hearty wishes that you may long en-
joy this and similar distinctions, as well as more material rewards of
your genius and skill, — hoping also that these may still be fruitful in
yet other inventions, redounding to your honor and advantage and to
the promotion of the good of mankind.
Mr. Corliss accepted the medals, and replied as follows : —
Mr. President, — Competitive honors are the reward of effort,
stimulated by rivalry and ambition. This honor comes from gentle-
men who scan the whole field of science and art, and in deliberate
council make their awards in discharge of a sacred trust. To this con-
sideration I add the historical associations connected with the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences, and the scientific fame of its members ;
and I receive this testimonial with grateful acknowledgment of a dis-
tinguished honor.
Six hundred and sixteenth Meeting.
January 26, 1870. — Statute Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President announced to the Academy the decease, dur-
ing the past season, of two members ; viz. of Thomas Graham,
a Foreign Honorary Member ; and of Thomas Sherwin, of the
Resident Fellows.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 145
Professor Lovering made a communication on the theory of
halos, and described the remarkable halo observed by him on
the afternoon of January 6th, inst.
The President presented the following paper : —
A Revision of the Eriog-onecs, by John Torrey and Asa Gray.
This group was first put in order and characterized as a tribe of
Polygonucece by Mr. Bentham, in his monograph read to the Linnean
Society almost thirty-five years ago, and was re-elaborated by him
about eighteen years ago for the fourteenth volume of De Candolle's
Prodromus, which, however, was not published until the year 1856.
In the first monograph there were 40 species described under three
genera. In the Prodromus, where the group ranks as a sub-order, 105
species are described under seven genera. Including Lastarricea, which
Mr. Bentham did not recognize from its having no involucre, there
are 106 species and eight genera, — all the genera except the last, and
all the species but ten, being natives of North America.
Being thus wholly American, mainly North American, and especially
characteristic of our drier Western regions, we are naturally interested
in these plants. To one of us they have long been a favorite study, as
the current botanical works, from the Account of the Collection made
by Dr. Edwin James in 1826, down to the fourteenth volume of the
Prodromus and the Botany of the Mexican Boundary, sufficiently show.
The other, the present writer, in the autumn of 1868 critically col-
lated his own collection (recently and specially enriched by most of
Nuttall's species, generously presented by Mr. Durand) with the her-
baria of Hooker and Bentham, now of the great collection at Kew,
and with Mr. Nuttall's proper herbarium, now belonging to the British
Museum ; and on his return he has, with his partner's specimens,
notes, and sketches to aid him, re-examined the whole, and embodied
the results in the present memoir.
The genera here recognized are seven ; one of Bentham's (Mucronea)
being suppressed, and Lastarricea admitted. If the species are only
slightly increased, viz. from 105 to 115 (counting the omitted Chilian
Chorizant/tes), this is mainly due to the suppression of several of the
older species, especially in Eriogonum, which here amount to no more
than in the Prodromus, although 19 have actually been added.
Clavis Generum.
1. Involucrum immutatum, fere semper calyciforme, raro nullum.
(Folia integerrima.) .... Tribus I. EUERIOGONE^l.
VOL. VIII. 19
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Vix genuinum, 3-4-phyllum, nempe flores in capitulum digest! brac-
teis dilatatis fulcrati, quarum 3-4 extima? vacua? involucrum
referentes 1. Nemacaulis.
Genuinum, gamophyllum (perigonium saepissime corollinum),
Multi-pauciflorum, pedicellis exsertis cum flore articulatis basi
tenuiter bracteolatis.
Dentibus lobisve muticis : achenium triquetrum. . 2. Eriogonum.
Lobis (4) aristatis, tubo nudo : acbenium lenticulare. 3. Oxytheca.
Uni - triflorum, juxta basim 3 - 6-calcaratum. . . 4. Centrostegia.
Uniflorum, inappendiculatum, flore subincluso pedicello srepius
brevi nunc subnullo articulato 5. Chorizanthe.
Plane nullum : perigonium subcoriaceum involucrum Chorizanthes
simulans, stamina ad faucem gerens. ... 6. Lastarri^a.
2. Involucrum monophyllum bracteasfornie, nempe e bractea tenui florem
solitariumam plectente, fructifero reticulata dorso bigibberoso-
saccato. Folia nunc lobata vel dentata.
Tribus II. PTEROSTEGIE^, & 7. Pterostegia.
1. NEMACAULIS, Nutt.
Flores Eriogoni, sed breviter pedicellati, in capitulum digesti, singuli
bractea suffulti. Bractea? herbaceaa, extus glaberrima?, intus lana longa
implexa alba vestitse, exteriores 3-4 vacua? rotundata?, involucrum
referentes, sequentes paullo longiores et gradatim decrescentes stipitata?.
Stamina 3. — Herba annua, foliis radicalibus vel subradicalibus spathu-
latis utrinque mollissime albo-lanatis, scapis filiformibus parce divari-
cato-dichotomis, capitulis parvis alaribus et secus ramos dissitis arete
sessilibus.
1. N. Nuttallii, Benth. in DC. Prodr. 14, p. 23. N. denudata
S? W. foliosa, Nutt. PI. Gamb. (Jour. Acad. Philad. n. ser. 1) p. 168.
Sandy beach near San Diego, California, Nuttall, Cooper. Perigonium
whitish-yellow, glabrous. This rare plant has much the habit of an
Eriogonum of the Virgata Annua group, but the bracts are only to be
compared with those of E. angulosum.
2. ERIOGONUM, Michx.
Involucrum multiflorum rariusve pauciflorum, rarissime uniflorum,
campanulatum, turbinatum, vel cylindraceum, plerumque 5 - 8-denta-
tum seu lobatum, muticum. Flores cum pedicellis suis per anthesin ex
involucro pi. m. exsertis articulati : bracteolre saepius tenerrimi vel an-
gustissima?. Perigonium 6-partitum seu profunde 6-fidum. Stamina 9.
Achenium triquetrum, in paucis trialatum. — Herba? vel suffrutices
American Borealis pra3cipue Occidentalis, paucas ad terras adjacentes
Mexicanas.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870.
147
o
o
o
w
I— i
>
<!
H
►J
<5
I I §
3 3 ^>
« g
S3 ~; -s
• e in e
fe5
o
03
u a
03 T3
"1 .2
03
O
t-i
o
03
"3
GO
03
H-»
. a
w 03
a; ^a
5 2
OJ ol
03 03
i" i
> .2
c3 in
* ..
03 »^
o
to
a
o
3 03
s
3
[3
'C
a e
O P*
03 3
3 d
"3 T3
oj 03
Ph Pi
<
~ s
£ 3
5- S
3 aj
03 g
§ 03
'3 "S
< J
B
o
a
g
'3
o
to JS
a «J
p«
03
3 I
o
03 „0
"3h "5b
o o
^ s
B .3
fa -2
cn
£
03
M
03
8
»-
o
a
"3
>
a
C3
a
03
S3
O
3
-a
fa
<J -d
o
3
O
I.
P.
§ 5 <n
«3 «3 Qj
Us
» "B T
to
< S
H 3
Hi ^
a as'
o
S
c3
o3
o
03
(hi
03
B
0
M
"C
oj
P.
03
3
a
—
03
Ph
- a
•3 "Eh
CD "^
3 §
03 03
is* "^
.s ^
a
a
a
a
03
p,
93
o
03
>
O
a
03
a
a
•-3
03
Oh
03
o
o
a
a
p
of
_C3
a
oj
O
>
3
3
o
_e
03
8
a a
«3 .a
0^ -3
o
•—
a
o
03
£
03
B
93
gg
M
03
3 a
O 3
O .-
03 O
■73 p
03 ri
plh a
03 3
.2 ol
-H- 03
f^ 5"
£B a
03 O
03
-a B s
•-( CO QD
^3 o c3 "? —:
3 I
s a
c- S
S3
C3 X
8-1
03 3
ex
B
O
03
HU
B-
a
j-
03
03
a .2 3
a a .22
a
93
03 .2 ^
.3 3
II
03 m
U 03
3 "E
03 eS
B^
u 3
Ph s
3 2 5
3 g
O
>
a
03
a.
3 2
Nr
s
3
S
s
3
I
o
u
o
3
1
a
a
a
03
u
3
a
Oh
a rt
6J5 -: oj
a -3 >
c a «
03
U
03
E
03
a- -a
03 S
i a
s
^? wj /^
e2 3 S
^^^ .rj *r"
f-1 3
03 03
3 ^3
' 3
03
a
3
13
■A
03
a
03
B
03
a
>
03
—
ol
a
^3
._;
03
5
03
'3
O
5
o
03
3
a
'>
3
03
a
"1
"o3
03
o
B
3
03
Ph
1
03
H-a
'a oj
•a >»
"2 •=
,2 a-
- a
S "S
a a
a
.= 03
f=) .2
*r; c3 'T5 h
a
«5
^3^9
o
'a
s h a .2 ^ .2 | «
'~' H pi— i I— i o ^r^ hJ
O S< g
a
^a-s|
a
03
03
03
3
O
s
03
E
03
u _b a -a
3 u
>
03
13 —
CO g
03" a a oo
•3 .u u e
3 3
E3 03 03
S fa Ph
Ph W
03
03
3
P
03
a
a
a a
03
3
03 O
a «
CO
I a
a c3
OQ
^ W l-H
03 --0. CO
c
o
_M
'C
03
Ph
5 c
e iJ
e i
03 03
o
>
a
3
a
03
03
a
£ £
a a-
B 03
I a
03 CJ3
2 a
03
X o
a
o
'C
03
Ph
a --;
- Ph
X!
CD p
OJ 03
a y>
a =5
- T3
03 s)
03 w
03 ^
5 'a
a o
el «
— oa
•3 «
^* 3
a a
a
03
HH
fa
148
PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
s
3
8
3
s s
• 2 2
■< -2 F "3
CT>
CO
-£ CM
«- § CM
<
sd
A
3
C
cj
CI
c
fc
CO
3
?l
J 6
co
-a
a 55
o
5
£
0
o
a
en
3
•c
c3
c
3
J3
3
0)
o
3
3
O
ft
e3
3 Cj -?
O
irj
3
o
•43 «i
.3 O
3 cj
C 3
cj
3
-3 -
CJ o
S-C —
«-- —
3 a.
.3 3
'ft co
3
o
O
fi
P
W
3 M
§0 ^
'E •«*
CD
Ph *
03
CM CM
o
1-3
o
CM
3 3
3 w
2. •#
? CM
o
3 9
T3 3
o 3
ft o
.— "+N
3
C
rt x r-
* CO "^
■3 « .3
co a ^
Ih 03
CD +?
3
° §
^2
"3
o
S3
s]
3 .
| I
"3 E
■° SP
3 5
3 fL|
« ^2 3 >
3
>■
O
a
CD
CD
ft
o
> ,5
co 3 c3
3 l_l 1?,
3 3
<-> rS 3
3
ft
—
03
oj
CJO
3 J2
03
O
o
CO to CM £j
ft
03
CO
o o 3
ft T3 O
E H3 *
o g ••
O to
ft c
3 «
9 .«
M
3 g 3-.
>
3
O
w 3
O
>
3 "*3
3
Sh
cd a
3
ft •
3
• u
a
E g
3
o a
t-
r— <
m 3
CJ
• 2
, — . o
3
>
IS u_
'o
. en
3 .
— I
3
" c
3
o
"3 of
a 3
CD "3
to g
— e
3 3
•3 *»
i s e
►3 53 3
W ^r" •=»
O i ?
w ~ •
B ^ CM
a
to
£ ' S
E S
CD
>■
ft £
o .£
03
CD
*-> CJ
'5- 3
« £
3
>
O
^=
O
CD
■3 f*
S £
.3 3
O -S •- O
CD c3
3 '
ft
3
ft
I £
m 3 2
« .a .3
•~ a? £
U c3
3 >
ft
3
CD
<o
3
CD
3
3
-3
CD
ft
3
CD
93
. 3
3 m
s I
CD
CO
3 3
J2 O
ft >
3 .S
ft-S .2
8 9, 3
CO ft r-S
£
o
u
o
ft
3
o
CD
CD i
ft
£
-3 £
•-3 O
ft 3
to to
1 2
3 3
CD "
3 § ^
CD 'B 3
Q, CD CD
ft CJ
« fe^
c ;S 'a
^ 3 -2
a 3 £
I r^
.3 ^ .5
ft 3 r-
co to f
£ O O
:= 3 o
5* ft rr.
"3 ^
1 §
» s
S p
"3
3
o
3
t2
a
'co
_3
"3
£
3
I12
3 E
3 3
3 to
co o
O —
.3 3.
ft CO
co fD
8 S
CD
.2 03
^ "3
3 o
E o
3 cj
CO CJ
O 3
3 03
'> 3
t; 3
I £
o
3
3
3
3
C
3
o
W
CJ
JO
3
3 . ^
£ . £
*co 3 ?
.to CJ 3
CD &
to S
o ft
3
tf)
o
o
3
bC
3
3
r= 3
° I
fcC ,3
a ■-
ft 3
O T3
•3 3
3 3.
3
-a
o
CD
• o
. a
3 .M
3
Ih
O
CJ
CD &J0
o
o
C3
=
p £
5 3
-r; 3 3 ._—
a
3
S a
co CJ
to g
'&; 6<3
CJ CD
fc- co
3
O
'C
CO
3
O
CJ
ft
3
>-
3
J3
— p a
to ^ to
S 3 3
S J£c2
a 3 ..
a co
•si
o .5
fcc £ .3
"E ° u
CD CX CD
ft *E -3
u CD C3
o g
.2 -a
& w c*
cj cj jr
3 £
3 oc
co ~~ .^:
_3
"3
Q. 3
3 3
.2 3
§1
o
•ft
3
O
to
CD
ft
• > 2
3 "fi
. O CD
.£? *
s w
. ft 5
3 3
^4 CD
•2 £
' 2 CD°
•A «"
CD ..
£
3
to .^
3 -a E
i3 3 c3
13
3
3 "E
• •-• co +J
S. - c*
OS
ft
CD "J ^— i
> i c2
3 ^h ..
3
3 3 c3 &
O ,
g
o
CD
a
3
co
ft
3 ,
CJ
CD
6
3
3 P
a S.
3
J3
co
CD
U
o
x cl) aj
E £ £ ~
.2 .a .= %
I I
?-. u
jS 3
3 §
to 3
3 T3
h 3
O -3
3 3
— ' ^3
=
3
5
be
N CJ
ft co
^ 3
ii .3
CO co
= SM
OZ gS ?Z
> > >
o o o
C CO
£ .e*
CO
2 3
ft 3
3 J3
CD
CO
3
3
•4-*
'ft
3
o
a
CJ
a
3
ft
o
3
CD
V *
O ^
3 ft
fa S
ft g
03 3
Ph co p h5
Eh
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870.
149
■<
<
CJ
p.
3
to
o
Oh
E
00
O
T3
3
C
O
a.
B
o
CO
00
CJ-
C
E
B~
cj
_B
p
ft
8
g* §• i
• a y
*~ 2
cn . g
oo ft,
CN
O B
O 03
II
| 2 |
zn " r-
1 2 I
c b o
,2 = >
F« _C »fH
Pc B
2 .3
CO
u
o
CO
B
►>
o
o
6
-4-*
B
d
CJ
CO
C cj
C3 «S
ft B
.5 =
3 2
.S E
^T cj
r2 .2
a d
CO g}
■5 >
* rt
ft s
■a °
I o
-a cJ
~- B
O
CJ
CJ
J= B
:d -°
(= ?
p o
"E d
sj O
ft -a
_oc co s- -s
-1 0 o •• o
3 ^ ca a .~.
£ ^ 2 a '=
a * 2 12 ?r
'S 3
'—' CJ
~ CO
« 'fi
03 <->
c a
-3 is
-a _
3
a
o
cc
BK
p
S.s
C- —
o E
5 '^
- E
B o
. CJ
£ c
3 _o
o
E
d
CO
o
O
— CO ^#
£ 2
^ c3
3 CJ
=- a 3 8
.3 o
2 B "i
E ® 03
'5 *
- o
Q B
~ 3
B
t*-1 CJ • •
.. B P —
-r "d
.S B
!- E
03
-*-> CO
a 3
CJ
B«
CO
I
TL cd "= O 03 ^= « ~
iJO
!-
o
_ s
E o
3 M
03
U
"3 =
_E co
s g
O J
C
o
fi
*■* CO
,q -M
5
Ph I
-S 2 -S r- *3
cj ^
2 ?
? E
O §
3
ej
a
= .
CJ
ti)
5
3
"5
(M CO
CO CO
--
►J
D
CJ
S S
5 3
? -a
C to
<
CO
O
B
O
O
cs a
si
o 3
E !»
o
g I
cj "3
CJ
5
d
o
CO
0
fr
d
o
5
o
B
c
E
S
CJ
b §
O in
cj •.-
1^
3
tB
E
03
£, O w
-3
CJ
03
b ~ '6
3 « I
(J « ■"
B
CJ
—
o
cS
,2 :-
'E 3
B £
S 'S.
„ 03
O ~
3
B
S.^
£ B
03 B
V &
O CJ
B
co
4 1
.a cj
CJ B
2 3
£ ::?
r.
CJ
CJ
co
.2
75.
B .B
CJ CJ
0 s
— 4-1
co "3
1 CO
•3 *v CO
c*-<
E cj
O M
4^* E
O O
7 -= -^
J3 CJ
I
03 B
3
CJ
— CJ
'a a
CJ
■ B
E
CJ
S
P.
8
_p
S
W
B
93
^»
ej
£
B
CJ
CJ
■oi <
3 03 "
- —
B
;_ H- „
o —
p, sr a S
s
^3
S
.=
a
3
e1
-1
5
.c-
5".
•~
'-
.•0
c
O
G
U
s
r-
cri
gj
or
cc
CO
en
d
•
•
•
3
d
CJ
I*
— »
n
3
3
CJ
.
0
a
d
B
u
B
P.
o
CE
E -3
o
o
o
5 O c
S <* Ph
P "» o
CC M ^
PSj-3.j5.aag
p.
B
p
B
u
8-36
B O 2
| - cS
P. CJ 3
_ > CJ
8 -a
S g
a §
it O
-2 CJ
i: E
M g
CJ
'd rt
CJ —
B.
B J
c? 03
> S 3
o
>
§ § I
0J .— .—
CO
8
CJ
^:
3
7j
B c? r
B g H
- " B
■B -3 E*
2- ^ B
B 03 cj
UO B
CJ
3
CJ
CO
12 £
fi b
' >
o
c J
^5 =2
CJ .-.
.2 §
B B
B g
CD
.— DO
o
j= a.
03
l< CJ
44
2 *
b 2
3 CJ
E g*
U E
c2 ■"
"S. p
03 0
CJ
M B
E J
^ o
T3 cj
3 I
w 2
ft B
co 3
■a -=
cj S
>- ft
ft CO
rQ B
° s
co 03
o a>
2 a
o, —
S B
S 3
cj ,0
P
d
"3d
B
E o -; .
B ■*
5 S
O O
B B
'5 =9
e
B
>
B
T3
>
o
B 3
3
CJ
=
CJ '
ft
-3
B
21 E
d c2
CJ M-
co co
3 E
.2 "
7c
3-
8
:a jo
r* 3
CJ CO
3 rj
d
CJ
S
to
CJ
E B
3 3
E .O
^ CO CO
2 cs
ft
B
CJ
2
B
O
E
B
CJ
co 6
3 co
J2 o
■& 33
g "P
.5 .5 r5
Ph ^ -2
o
>
a
o
CJ
CJ
CJ
g e E 2
CJ cj •— t3
C-C .^ C3
u .—
3 co CJ
co C ^
3
3
B ft
co ;-, r"
3 _3 rj *S
■P. B ">3 H
E -V 3
B _r:
x -?„ J3
o
5
o o
CJ
ft
B
B
—
P
3
.—<
O
>
a
1
S r3 '3
= s tr
d 3 g
d
CO —
B 3
— P
B cj
„ ft
3 B
13 CJ
r3 cj
3 B
= -£
a
02
150
PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
a 5
•y =>»
S a.
-o -=:
u
S
3
Q
s s <
3 3 H
S k <
I 1
g
3
to
£ : 2
s .
5
s
_=
3
*o
e
2
e»
5»
s
#t^
,S
a
oS
.
1— t
o
Ifl
lO
s
3
■s
H
e
co
•§
oi
To
co o3
R
c
CJ
a
s~
a
.2
0
8
tS
a
'S
o
'5
R
eS
03
a<
to
o
a
3
U
•s
3
cj
o
a
o
03
o
"3
a
a
3
.a
5
o
B
3
>
3
s -s
3
3
fcc
a
03
«j
> en
c3 £
> J3
3 "ft
a. ~
03
■n
03
cj
3
cr1
s
O
•
>
3
03
%4
DS
5
CD
3
o
—
CO
~^-
s
—
OS
-
—
'■—
O
03
03
—
0
/.
3
. .
3
'S5
3
—
a
3
"C
. O
£
3
cj
+-<
S
03
CB
*—
03
"5
cj
a
3
o3
• CO
3
£
/
03
cj
03
c3 u
.13 3
s 1
eft 3
3
3
Sb
c3 .
03 -«-»
I S
S- O
*3 c3
X >
CJ O
03 c3
a o
39
CJ
O
IS ^
cj
o3 3
> r
o ..
en w
3 3
i 3
CJ £
o3 •£
,o cj
3
CD
£
03 O
CO rO
0 2
CD W
1 1
cj .-
-^ 03
3 ~-'
3 -g
» -2
3 ^3
8 co
CO oj
S 3
<-< *j
o3 o3
« J
a o
■— ' CJ
03 ^
"5 .2
03 rt
• - o3
'3 3
O o>
.sp a
o
rj CJ
P, P<
035
1)
o 2
o
3
£
S-t
,0
R
o
a £
03 ^
X oj
OS oj
CJ c
03
E ;S
^> 3
CJ 03
CJ
53 c2
3
cj S
§ g
a^
i|
3
3
>2
ej"
'I
K
OJ
"c3
CJ
£
-
to
a
3
_C3
"o
co"^
3
.a
*c
-^
CO
oj
T3
co o
*3 cj
03 A
? 2
O 03
■§ "3
w CJ
s 5
03 s-
h^ o
o3 ..
?».-
a .3 co
> 8
.u c3
03 S
*—< co
co 03
O J=
£ CJ
03 3
3
CJ
o
CJ
o
>
3
3
CJ
3
I
CO
en 0>
3 «
3 .2
3 ^3
03
3
CT1
03
3
3 K
cj co
•« o3
3 *-'
a a.
3 a-
O 03
8 a
0J CD
CJ O
03 03
CO
-4-»
oj
d .8
3°^
03 .t0
CJ 'C
« CO
5 °
O cj
" 3
a a
3
I s
cj a
a, 03
.-- co
_, 3
03 0
\-~ CJ
,0 CO
c—
CO
p 'B
3 O
CJ •-
M 4
2 03
tc
a
oi
0
-•-^
■/-
CO
CO
'O
d
CQ
0
03
a,
CJ
g
3
r/.
c*
CJ ~"
co O
co a
O oj
.3 o
> 3
O
a.
03
CJ
2 a
05^
a- "
^3 -5 3 T ~
V S r/J O en
C « h 2 O
■ ^ CJ ,3 U
03 ^3 S
g a c-.
03 .2 a-
OJ
CJ
•/,
CD
co o
2 >
a .2
03 ™*
u ..
en o3
cj 03
cj 7;
co g
03 m
** S
03 03
c 1
03 O
0 a
_ O
2 03
O ^3
^a .0
3
CJ
d 8
■t-3 CO
a I
CJ
o
03 o3
" 3
3 a
.3 CD
-lO)
c?»
IS '
03
CJ
3
cr1
a
3
CO
O
>
en
3
a
a,
^ a
eS
6D
a
o
3
CD
CO
03
O
o5
3
O
CD
o
CD
a
3
'3
o
5 "S
-S . CD
a. es a*
- — C3 * *
2 c
Ph 2
o
£
3
03
tD oj
a •_=
o
Oj
To
33
CJ CJ
«5 a
p- a a ^
. OJ CM
.5 o 1
3 g H
a ^3 cj
'S 53 a
a ^ h
o
03 -rt
fcc 3
1 "3;
CJD .2
o
a.
03
CJ
55 cj ._
CD co en
co 3 cj
.. CD o
S Si
3 o3 03
CJ u CJ
03 ^ <5
— CJ
o3 3
cOcg
3
^-1
3
-*^»
en
i
O
CH
""o
3
3
03
S3
H
P,
O
3
w .5
3 oS
03 *i
JS co
3 I
cj is u
582
- "3
o
CJ
3
^3
® a ^
t^ ^^ 3
-3 « 03
03
a. co
a M
^3 ^
03
3
3 CO
o
a
03
-a
CJ
1
a
CJ
CO
3
to
a
03
o3
—
CJ
"ol
-a
CD
—
-3
3
CO
CJ OJ
o
>■
a
CD
3
s
►S
a
§
C
•§
s
Q
3
*■»
^^j
'I
t>
5a-
•f*
a
■*
o
.
m
ft.
eo
o
ui
m
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 151
= "05 ^ -~ 3 3 M S
fcj Qs
B g
06 Q -o ^ to eo
«o *"- in . w • <°
m m
Ph 0
s
3
s
3
to
C
a
3
-S
8
3
-3
"&
K
"a
-S
&>
10
0
<J3
S S 8 ^ S -§ rS3~S
I? '& § il ^ c £ H
•I S 8. 3 S J ■§ ,2 • .. * a S
o
tc a o
•C • 9 >-
j
o s . 2 * . | ■§ & "3 § ° I
.2 g - S -S S a gj Ph ■ J !?'*.'
E o
. "^ Si n .Ha .0 <a « „ ..b ^ c a m is-
2 .§ ja* «a S "3 6 -S .2
a .B . a1 <= a »? *a as -Cm
:?Q.»ra-t3-P<ca,=i- .a a *- a • 8 • .a «
I 1 I -c ~ 1 -S J § 8 8 a jjj ? § J » S -o
g » . - S ts a .2 £ * & . -g ^ .60 a w -g "S .§ * 'J5 2
o « > = -°3S,- otJ0 S S J 81 r « d S"M o :aei
^?^- • * o a J S .5 rf S . o ^ g S „ f-§ o ft § M j g 0
^5 -t. — >- J5t: s«'3S,B.cTni:t)oos -a a S fen S
[:|n ■ 1 1 § &£ I -8 a . I.§ -g jj fias s s g g o « g,.g
t 2 a o *E cs S *8 S '-P § •= 8 & « '?« « fl 5b fl . « ? a o a
a a — £ ••Cup,aj;iSS ■ 8 B S 8 .5 ■? 2 ■ ; ' b > a
» - a § <* .2 . s « So s .| -a s s § « -a j a g .a « g, s -a
II II I '.111 "5 3 ? .s-a^J B|is §Jlf 1 §
s1i.a -gllls,-^! • I! Il § o-§f o ri °'H
li^j li'sirii : rill 2^151 ii-2!
= !>?1*itJD.-ai<-r^35T;a-Soa75a;-5c3<Na:os'r-
ao4oaHo5-aoJ*f»:r;p<«-a^,ao3'viS«oft_?o3wTH
o
§a'c3--0^(--§Sgo~^t2e?i^SPa.SgaS"52^S
oa.23.gc!, o£S£X-^6°o£5'2'a;>6>a,rt>g-Hcj
g§ ^ .a ■£ 3 I > =5 .2 §■ £ a 3 .= i* § 6
«b I h tu I o t,o -g g 8 J g 1 5 £ £ ,5.
> > gan-^-rt^
a c om^u-^o
" * ° J P^ Ph 5 i<
o
152
PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
S
.3
"a
c
3
•O
a
3
cj
3
•P
03
a,
o
E
cd
K CO
cj
60
cj
3
c £
S <P
£ »
to 3
g 4a
03
I '3d
6 is *
o
3
,0
03
3
3
O
.££
cj
OS
3
03
6
Xt
CJ
3
a-
.5
a)
3
8 Sd
3
•g be cj
»h rn in
g § 3
0> l*j
&
CO
s
s
•o
c
c
3
8
S
CO
a
a,
s
t-^
00
o
o>
CD
CO
73
6
HJ
03
73
3
3
CJ
t»
E
3
CO
c-
3
3
S3 O
cj
e3
i-
3
73
c
03
Ph
03
8 S
£
ft 03
CO co
cj
o
Ph
a
a)
i bfi
as
o
i i
,q «
p a
03
cj
73
3
C3
Oh
-Q
3
B
cj
£
cj
3
73
03
i
3
F
u
03
Oh
i.23
"§ I
'•G o
co _3-
? °
3° »
•2'E
3
o ^
s CJ
£ °-
o 5
fee a
•c £
cj o
•• o
co CJ
CO
73 O
S3 co
© -23
03
H»
O
CO
3
3'S
111
fcfi O
s
03
C"1
3
3
be
eg
CD
cu
.— r-1 ■*-»
■s S «
» 3 «
■-H 3 a
S £ So
S ej oj
.o .e co
co 3 »
S" ^ £
£03
.2 -o
3
77
d
03
CO
3
—
IS
rt
CO
a
3
CJ
CJ
-t-H
y.
CO
CJ
CJ
3 ^
Ph 3
is 1
cu
CJ
8
CV>
1h
3
0
X,
3
._r
P-
3
».-.
Tc
0
5
T3
0
Ph
03 CT>
* 33 I
13 p, co
0 "S
w a
CO CJ
§ H
(3
CJ
H
<j a
cj
Ph
• 3
.23 '**
"w o3
co q-
b0 "oj
.23 I
03 03
& a
S §
5 a
OJ
Ph
.2fi=0l
3
CJ
.23 a
- £
5 3
LP 03
CJ
1" >
3 3 .3 .3
03
Ph fcD fcO
cj cj
Ph Ph
to —
■0 0 .
". s
CO
CD
>-.
.2
H-»
c3
K * S
s
s
3 3 O
3
3
^ J ^
•*—.
^
.3
t^^
CD
HO
0
.0
m
C J oi
CO
■^>
•" r^ t^
r-
t~*
B
03
3
CJ
a
03
Ph
03
a
T3
3
o3
,3
cj
3
Ph
03
CJ .
03
-O
u
O
cj
'>
03
CO
a
,3
cH
CJ
a
CJ
Ph
OS Oh
s s
a
-2 'fco
•§
a
CJ 1
CJ
CO
CJ
x>
3
Ph
O
3
O
on
3
E
.i
3
"o<
. CJ
_3
"3
>
■ a
. S
co a
*3 cj
CJ
JJ CO
CJ
03
bl
a
o
3
Ph
03
o
6JD »
§.23
1 1
Ph a
co °
S CJ
'cj M
cj .S
11
CO CJ
"H CLi
lH ^
-s -
bO §
£ S
03 03
• hh —
hh»
CJ m
CJ 3=
o3
CO
O
H-»
a
CJ
a
o
H-»
6
p
3
a
a
3
'-H
CJ
3
3=i O
cj •«
3
CT1 co
S ' fl
. Ph
CJ
oj cj
5 °
,2 be
O • rP
03
a
CJ P
Si HH>
Oh
03
03
02 1c
13 2 5
O _0 03
hh '^ "3
03 rH "H
;s S °
«2 Ph ^
-• e ts
e p »
.5 -p j=
5 o «
co >. 03
'I -2 »
p: a o
03 co
HH 3
P2
3 P
3\3
c^ g
3 >*
8 cj
03
O
x>
o
CJ
3
a
3
Ph
o
a
3
'Ph
3
• — 1
3
03
CJ
03
O.
CJ
>■
03
HH>
__o3
"3
CJ
'a
03
Ph
«T« 03
03 HH.
P 03
« 3 3P S
« CO "^
cj L
^ s -«
o3 u 03
O
op
O
Ph
ft
3
cj a
.1 g
XI cj
3
3 p:
0J -JH
co 3
-§ c2 ; -i
p 6
3 ■• u
'H » C,
o c o
CO 3 ca
— 03
a
c
CJ
Oh
CJ
. a
" si:
co cp
3
3
CJ
a
03
3
CJ
a
3
(a
o
ftflfl
8
cj
•a >
el 3
.-H OJ
03 co
O 03
Eh h-»
i o
Oh
Oh
o
CJ
'a
3
03
o
t3
03
T3
CJ
Oh
O
_3
"3
>
3
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 153
< £ :~ £ -i S S 8 S
H a g> s « a a ^j a
ft" c O r£ a C b i*
A « . 2 ■* s. ■
t^ «s~ CO (- 6 00
w
« ~ '.§i s rf • s S |
« ' m 9 a *
oo
o 3 . ®
a> 3
p y
g 3 • # * S.
° S ° 5
Ph rt P; 5 P M
-9 . ^ . a • *a
CJD
IS
10 - « 5
a> <- *; et fS^JiS
8 . 5 • ** • o o £ ■ .
§•1 I "° ■ -1 s 5 s
.a -u is ■ - a 3 <" p.
2 "p . «n . 2 .oso-^^.o;
ft £ 03 -P . D. -E S ^ 3
c3 « o '3 oj 2 o -S E £ .5
£ p '-J3 . ■- x. -1 -° § 3 e "G
° ' © a 3 3 s. -a * -Si s* s "?
» • -a g !■•§.§ s .s * .2 ° g.
E . | I "* • « g g -3 J g g ^
~ I « •- a • -i t | | -s
'5 2;.- o - . '3 'S3 •- ? 25 ^ .
,gj « § 8 g '■§ g. 1 -s «s g
| J -i ■ g • I s II g | • g ..$
fX ^>-v gj x ^ r5 i— " ^
£ "5
01
e S 3 p a a r^i
. © . ;3 .5 3 T cj . cj J-
fi .a . =3 s" g '. ^ 5 o3
lli.l 1 "s ii-a"- 1 3 i
« P « s «> " .£ fltTXiprr! ■ . " P
<« r- —
«s I «? na
00
t! ° C .5 r3 ^ s ^ ; "« 3 its o3Pa
O ~ "p tS ^ I ^3
S »^s a poo
> -" P P -g 03 -S .5 3 3
03 | 3 ^S^ S EOO
■5 "5 -« « P 3
S" O P S ° P "=_S°
3 .§> i 3 § ! » -2 3 .5
H 3 P <-" +3 3 53 p— ■—
cJ g 3 ^03^ « EnOO
§§J§lsg §>
« 5 as u c > 3
B ps, (ii a _g oq o •<
"3 !p
VOL. VIII. 20
154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
§ 1. Alata, Benth. Achenium trialatum. Embryo rectus seu rec-
tiusculus, axilis. Flos basi haud productus, nempe perigoniura
6-partiturn basi lata ipsa cum pedicello articulatum. — Perennes
seu biennes, caulibus scapiformibus 1 - 3-pedalibus, involucris
ssepissime longius pedunculatis laxe cymoso-paniculatis, foliis radi-
calibus spatbulatis seu lanceolati-% pube laxa.
* Flores pi. m. pubescentes, nempe perigonio extus adpresse pilosulo,
filamentis basi et ovario superne parceque birsutis. Panicula
floribunda. Achenium supra medium trialatum.
1. E. hieracifolium, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Planta Wrightiana, cine-
reo-pubescens ; foliis radicalibus subtus subtomentosis supra costaque
subtus laxe sericeo-villosis ; floribus flavis. — Guadalupe Mountains, E.
of El Paso, Texas, Wright.
Var. /3. hemipterum. E. hemipterum, Torr. in herbariis. E. hiera-
cifolium, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 175, pro parte. Humilius ; caule
tenuiore magis foliato ; pube tantum villosa parca; floribus ut videtur
roseis. — Hillsides of the Rio Grande, Parry. The foliage of this is
so different in pubescence from the type of the species (being just as
in the next) that with other specimens it may prove to be a distinct
species ; but the flowers are the same except (apparently) in color.
* * Flores glaberrimi. Achenium a fere basi ad apicem alatum.
2. E. alatum, Torr. (Sitgreaves, Rep. t. 8), Benth. 1. c. Elatum,
floribundum ; pube laxa hirsuto-villosa nunc parca vel aitate decidua ;
panicula decomposita; involucre 5-dentato; floribus parvis flavescen-
tibus ; alis fructus latiusculis tenuibus. — From the Platte to W. Texas
and New Mexico, by various collectors. — Var. glabriusculum, Torr.
Bot. Whippl. (on the upper Canadian, Bigelow), the most glabrate
form, has only a few scattered hairs on the leaves, and the involucres
are wholly glabrous.
3. E. atrorubens, Engelm. PI. Wish p. 24. Foliis radicalibus vil-
loso-pubescentibus basi in petiolum longe alatum attenuatis; scapo
aphyllo ? glabrato inferne pi. m. fistuloso-inflato in cymam laxam dicho-
tomo-divisis ; involucris paucis longe pedunculatis brevi-campanulatis
5-7-dentatis ; perigonio rubente ; alis fructus angustis incrassatis. —
Cosihuiriachi, Mexico (Chihuahua), Wislizenus.
§ 2. Eriantha, Benth. excl. sp. Achenium exalatum, ut in omnibus
subsequentibus. Embryo rectus, axilis, radicula cotyledonibus latis
breviore. Flos extus villosus vel sericeus, basi subito quasi in
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 155
stipitera cum pedicello articulatum longe produdtus. Perennia,
caulibus foliatis famosis, foliis aut alternis aut verticillatis subtus
(nunc fulvo- srepius cano-) tomentosis, involucris solitariis plerum-
que sessilibus.
* Folia angusta (lanceolata seu oblongo-linearia), inferiora in petio-
lum attenuata, omnia cum rami's inferioribus paniculae apertae nudse
alterna. Involucra subdissita, inferiora pi. m. pedunculata. Peri-
gonia herbacea, segmentis eonsimilibus.
4. E. LONGiFOLiusi, Nutt. E. Texanum, Scheele in LinnaBa. — Ar-
kansas. Texas, and rare in Florida. Stems 2-4 feet higb from a
thickened root.
* * Folia caulina 3 - 5-natim verticillata, ovalia seu oblonga : cyma
dicbotoma, foliata, involucris in dichotomiis vel secus ramos sessili-
bus multifloris. Perigonia subpetaloidea, alba, segmentis 3 interi-
oribus sa^pius demum longioribus.
5. E. tomentosuji, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 246, t, 24. Caulibus 2-3-
pedalibus foliosis ; foliis caulinis sessilibus obovatis seu ovalibus subtus
toraento sospissime fulvo vel rufo ; perigonii segmentis late ovatis extus
tomentosis margine lato albo, tubo pedicelliformi elongate — Pine bar-
rens from South Carolina to Florida ; the original species, and, with
the rare exception of the foregoing, the only one met with east of the
Mississippi.
6. E. tjndulatum, Benth. in DC. 1. c. p. 7. Mexico, Nee, Galeotti.
Known only from imperfect specimens. Apparently dwarf and fruti-
culose, with much smaller flowers than in the foregoing ; the leaves
undulate-crisped.
7. E. Jamesii, Benth. 1. c. E. sericeum, Torr., non Pursh. Caulibus
5 - 12-pollicaribus e caudicibus lignescentibus caespitosis parce foliatis;
foliis caulinis spathulatis oblongisve subsessilibus, tomento albido ; in-
volucri extus laxe villoso-sericei segmentis obovatis vel spathulatis.
— From the Platte to W. Texas and New Mexico.
§ 3. Umbellata, Benth., excl. sp. pluribus. Flos (ut in § 2) in-
ferne in basim angustam sa3pi>sime quasi in stij)item cum pedicello
articulatum productus ! Involucra multiflora, nunc solitaria (raro
pauca in capitulum), nunc in umbellam simplicem vel compositam
pedunculum ramosve floriferos terminantes, collecta. Ovarium
inferne glabrum, superne plerumque parce hirsutum. Embryo
curvulus vel fere rectus ; radicula breviuscula seu longiuscula,
156 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
cotyledonibus pi. m. excentricis longiore vel sequilonga. — Herbre
perennes, nunc'suffrutescentes, srepissime humiles, foliis plerum-
que subtus prtesertira albo-lanatis, raro glabratre vel glabra ; flori-
bus fere semper flavis vel luteolis nuuc purpureo tinctis.
* Perigonium extus villosum seu pubescens.
h— Involucra repando-5 - 7-dentata, campamrlata. Umbella srcpius
pluriradiata, foliis involucrantibus subtensa. Embryo rectus, pa-
rum «*xcentrieus.
8. E. flavum, Nutt. in Fraser, Cat. Pube sericeo-lanata canescens
vel incanum ; pedunculis scapiformibus (3 - 6-pollicaribus) e caudice
crasso multicipiti ; foliis spatbulatis seu lanceolato-oblongis supra tar-
dius glabratis, radicalibus in caudice confertis, involucrantibus 2 — 8
radios totidem subrequantibus ; perigoniis aureis extus sericeo-villosis
basi infundibuliformi substipitatim producta; ovario apice hirsuto. E.
sericeum, Pursh. — Variat : 1. Foliis crassioribus lana subtus densiore.
E. crassifolium, Bentb. Eriog. ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 176; tbe in-
volucre represented too deeply tootbed. 2. Foliis subovatis crassis su-
pra glabratis subtus lana ferruginea. Crater Pass, Newberry. 3. Na-
num ; umbella in capitulum ex involucris 3-4 sessilibus nunc ad
involucrum solitarium reducta. E. aureum, Nutt. in herb. 4. Vege-
tius, subpedale, umbella bis 3 - 4-radiata, radiis valde inrequalibus. —
"W. Kansas to Saskatchawan, Rocky Mountains, &c. Flowers three lines
long. The embryo is straight, but with the cotyledons moderately ex-
centric ; these are nearly as broad as the albumen (as in all Umbellata),
and shorter than the radicle, which is not perceptibly inflexed at the
junction.
-l— -i— Involucra lobata, srepius in pedunculo solitaria, nuda, nunc 2 — 3
in umbellam imperfectam 2 - 3-radiatam vel capitulum collecta.
Embryo ubi observatus incurvo-excentricus.
++ Microphyllum : involucrum turbinatum, sublobatum, lobis den-
tibusve latis vix patentibus.
9. E. thymoides, Benth. in DC. Suffruticosum, ca^spitoso-ramosis-
simum (spithama3um), cinereo-tomentosum ; ramis floridis inferne folio-
sissimis ; pedunculo infra medium verticillo foliorum instructo ; fo-
liis (lin. 2-3 longis) lineari- seu oblongo-spathulatis margine revolutis ;
perigonio basi cyathiformi attenuata pilis creberrimis reflexis villosissi-
mo. — N. branch of the Columbia, Wilkes's Ex. Expedition. Simcoe
Hills in the same region, Dr. Lyall. A most distinct species: the
flowers apparently pale yellow with some tinge of purple.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 157
++++ Folia majora : involucrum profunde 6 - 8-fklum, lobis angus-
tis patentibus demum reflexis. ■
10. E. cespitosum, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Pliilad. 7, p. 50, t. 8.
Pulvinato-crespitosum, foliis in ram is humif'usis caudieium plerumque
rosulatis spathulatis undique cano-touientosis marginibus pi. m. revolutis
(lin. 3-6 longis) ; scapo aphyllo 1 - 3-pollicari ; involucro solitario ;
perigoniis luteis nunc purpurea tinctis extus sericeo-villosiuseulis basi
breviter stipitato-contractis, segmentis ovalibus, interioribus basi cum
filamentis pilis longis pi. m. villosis ; ovario versus apicem parce hirsu-
tulo. E. andinum, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 160, forma minore, ovario in
pi. subraasculis prorsus glabro. — Rocky Mountains, Nuttall, Fremont,
&c. Mountains of Nevada, at 4,000 to 6,500 feet, Bloomer, Stretch,
Torrey, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. Flower two, or in age
three lines long, including the stipitiform base.
11. E. Douglasii, Benth. in DC. Dense cano-lanatum ; caudicibus
suffrutescentibus crespitoso-ramosissimis depressis folia rosulata spa-
thulata basi in petiolum attenuata proferentibus ; pedunculo simplicissi-
mo scapiformi medio verticillo unico foliorum instructo involucro soli-
tario ebracteato majusculo vel 2-3-capitatis terminato ; perigoniis
basi cyathiformi breviter angustata extus villosulis, segmentis lato-obova-
tis ; filamentis infra medium phimosis. E. ovaMJblium, Benth. Eriog.,
non Nutt. — Blue Mountains of Oregon, Douglas or Gairdner. Not
since found : the specimens fructiferous, or nearly so ; the color of
the fresh flowers unknown. The scarious-persistent perigonia are four
lines long, and numerous, forming a globose head two thirds of an
inch in diameter. Embryo inflexed, the cotyledons accumbent on the
radicle.
12. E. SPHiEROCEPHALUM, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Canescenti-
tomentosum ; caulibus e basi suffruticosa adsurgentibus vel erectis ramo-
sis foliosis ; foliis spathulatis angusto-oblongisve basi angustatis verti-
cillatis verticillato-fasciculatis paucisve alternis, pagina superiore nunc
glabrescente ; pedunculis brevibus nunc subumbellatis vel dichotomis ;
perigonis flavis, basi stipitiformi pedicello subrequilongo, segmentis ob-
longo-obovatis vel interioribus spathulatis ; filamentis basi villosis. —
Variat: 1. Subpedale, foliosum ; foliis plerumque angustis margine
nunc revolutis, lana laxiuscula ; perigoniis extus subvillosis. Oregon
and Montana, Douglas, &c. 2. Humilius ; perigoniis tenuiter pubes-
centibus. Simcoe Valley, Washington Territory, Dr. Lyall. 3. De-
pressum, angustifolium. E. geniculatam, Nutt. PL Gamb. W. slope
158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
of Rocky Mountains, Nuttall. 4. Latifolium, nanum, umbella saepiu3
triradiata, radiis bi*evibus. E. ellipticnm /3. megacephalum, Nutt. 1. c.
Rocky Mountains, Nuttall. 5. Brevifolium, tomento tenui appressisi-
mo incanum ; caulibus simplicioribus multo minus foliatis ; perigoniis
extus tenuiter pubescentibus. California, Rev. Mr. Fitch, in herb.
Torr. Nevada, Stretch, S. Watson.
* * Perigonium extus glaberrimurn, basi stipitiformi conspicua.
•k- Tota planta glaberrima praeter filamenta basi villosa : ovarium
etiam glaberrimurn. Flores majores in involucro 7 - 8-fido per-
multi.
13. E. Torreyanum, Gray, Mss. Spithamneum ad subpedalem;
foliis obovato-spathulatis crassiusculis fere aveniis plerisque in caudice
confertis ; caulibus floridis pedunculisve subvalidis inferne nudis vel
medio unifoliatis apice umbellam subsimplicem 3 - 4-radiatam vei'ticillo
foliorum subtensam gerentibus ; floribus aureis pro genere magnis (lin.
4-4^ longis), basi stipitiformi brevi ; embryonis rectiusculi cotyledoni-
bus orbiculatis radicular subrequilongis. — California, on a high mountain
of the Sierra Nevada near Donner's Pass, Torrey, no. 443. Rays of
the umbel from one to nearly two inches in length, subtended by a whorl
of leaves like the lower leaves but smaller, and sometimes accom-
panied by one or two solitary and naked short-pedicelled flowers ! The
lateral rays bear an involucriform whorl of smaller bracts towards their
summit, from which sometimes proceeds a short secondary ray. The
very numerous flowers form a globular head which in fruit is nearly
an. inch in diameter: the perigonium scarious-persistent, its segments
spatulate-obovate, equal, at the base with a strong costa running down
to the stipitiform portion, which is only half a line long.
h— -i— Herbre lanata?, tomentosa? vel araneosas, saltern juniores et
pagina infera foliorum, nunc demum glabratre : filamenta inferne
villosa : ovarium versus apicem prasertim ad angulos pi. m. hirsu-
tulum. Flores mediocres, in involucro (sajpius profunde 5-9-fido
lobis patentibus mox reflexis) numerosi, basi stipitiformi in pleris
elongata. (Species limitatione difficiles.)
++ Caules floridi adsurgentes plus minus foliati et ramosi.
14. E. polyanthum, Benth. in DC. p. 12. Ultrapedale, laxe ramo-
sum ; foliis plerisque verticillatis vel inferioribus verticillato-fascicu-
latis ovatis oblongisve nunc sublanceolatis acutis subtus prresertim
albolanatis; pedunculis aut solitariis vagis aut 2-5 umbellatis; basi
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 159
stipitiformi floris aurei segmentis diraidio breviore ; embryone recto,
cotyledonibus oblongo-ovalibus radicula parum brevioribus. — Cali-
fornia, from various collections, on the Sacramento, &c.
Var. bahijEFORME. Ramosissimum, subpedale ; foliis parvulis
(semi-polliearibus) sajpius utrinque dense incanis ; floribus minoribus
in involucro minus numerosis. — Dry slopes of San Carlos, New Idria,
Brewer. Owens Valley, Dr. Horn. This seems to pass on one hand into
E. umbellatum, on the other into E. heracleoides.
++ ++ Caules floridi sen pedunculi scapiformes, e caudicibus caespi-
tosis laxioribus humifusis vel decumbentibus orti, simplici, aphylli
seu verticillo unico rarius duo foliorum instruct!, umbella perfecta
simplici vel composita rariusve ad involucrum solitarium reducta
terminati. Sp. priores majores.
15. E. compositum, Dougl. in Beuth. Eriog. t. 17, f. 10. Saepius
validum ; foliis omnibus e caudice crasso oblongo-ovutis cordatisque
longe petiolatis subtus dense cano-tomentosis ; scapo nudo fistuloso
(sub-sesquipedali) umbellam compositam pleniradiatam verticillo brac-
tearum linearium vel latiorum stipatam gerente ; involucro sub-5-fido ;
perigonii ut videtur albidi segmentis stipite 2 - 3-plo longioribus, ex-
terioribus post anthesin crispulis. — Wa-hington Territory to the north-
ern part of California (Bolander). Bentham has not described and
we have not seen the embryo, but from the figure it seems to resemble
that of E. heracleoides. The var. leianthum, Benth., is a state with
glabrous or glabrate involucres, and passes into the ordinary form.
16. E. heracleoides, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 49. Gra-
cilius ; ramis sterilibus decumbentibus subcrespitosis apice fascieulato-
foliatis, floridis pedunculisve nunc nudis sa?pissime medio verticillo folio-
rum instructis umbellam simplicem vel compositam plerumque involu-
crato-bracteatam gerentibus ; foliis spathulato-oblongis vel oblanceolatis
subtus vel utrinque albo-lanatis ; involucro 6-8-fido; perigonii palli-
de lutei segmentis stipite gracillimo vix longioribus; embryonis cotyle-
douibus orbiculatis radicular incurvae aequilongis. — Rocky Mountains
through the interior of Oregon, Nevada, &c. The typical form is from
1 \ to 2 feet high, with leaves becoming glabrate above, and a full, many-
rayed compound umbel. E. gyrophyllum, Nutt. PI. Garnb. p. 163, is a
dwarf form. Var. minus, Benth. in DC, is similar or rather smaller,
sometimes with leaves only subtending the umbel, and passing into
Var. angustifolium, (E. angustifolium, Nutt. PL Gamb. 1. c.
E. umbellatum, Benth. Eriog. p. 410, t. 18, non Torr.) : foliis sublineari-
160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
bus ; umbella in macrioribus simplici, in vegetioribus (TV. Kootenay,
&c. Lyall) iterum iterumque divisa. — Flowers smaller than in E. um-
bellatum and pale, with a proportionally longer stipitiform base.
17. E. umbellatum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. 2, p. 241, & in Sitgreaves,
Rep. t. 12 (mala quoad fl. et embryo). Spithamaeum ad pedalem ; ra-
mis sterilibus decumberitibus vel repentibus saape stoloniformibus laxe
crespitosis apice fasciculato-foliosis ; foliis obovato-spathulatis ovalibus-
que in petiolum angustatis subtus albo-lanatis ; pedunculis scapiformibus
prater bracteas foliave umbellam siraplicem raro subcompositam invo-
lucrantia aphyllis ; involucro profunde 6 - 8-fido ; perigonii flavi nunc
albi segmentis stipite gracili 2 - 3-plo longioribus ; embryonis cotyle-
donibus fere orbiculatis radicula vix incurva parum brevioribus. —
Plains of Nebraska to Oregon, Nevada, and the borders of California.
E. stellatum, Benth. Eriog. (probably included a small form of the
preceding), Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. t. 177, a northwestern form, repre-
sented with the scapes all unifoliate ; but this leaf is extremely excep-
tional, and the whorl of leaves at the middle mentioned by Bentham in
DC. Prodr. we have not met with. Var. majus, Benth. in DC, is
merely a large state. E. ellipticum, Nutt. PI. Gamb., is the same,
with the umbel compound, which is uncommon. And there are three
or four other unpublished Nuttallian names for the species. Green and
glabrate or almost glabrous forms have been collected by Prof. Brewer,
S. Watson, and others. The most reduced and diminutive form is
Var. monocephalum (E. Tolmieanum, Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p.
134) : pusillum, casspitoso-depressum ; foliis supra vel utrinque glabra-
tis, lamina £ - £-pollicari ; scapo \ - 3-pollicari gracili apice involu-
cra 2-4 capitata saspius 1 - 3-bracteata vel unicum plerumque nu-
dum majus gcrente ; floribus pi. m. minoribus. — Oregon on the Walla-
Walla among Wormwood, Tolmie. Humboldt and Clover Mountains,
Nevada, alt. 9-10,500 feet, S. Watson. Sonora Pass, California,
10,000 feet, Brewer. Uintah Mountains, Utah, 9-10,000 feet, S.
Watson. Some forms have green and almost wholly glabrous leaves.
-H- h — h- Herbse lana tenui densa incanas ; scapi, e caudicibus ramisve
sterilibus crespitosis ut in praecedentibus orti, prorsus aphylli, gra-
cillimi, umbellam simplicem parvi-involucranti-bracteatam gerentes,
involucro centrali semper sessili ! Flores minores et pauciores
in involucro 5 - 7-dentato, basi breviter stipitiformi, subdioici,
umbella mascula contracta capitata. Filarnenta basi et ovarium
apice saapius pubescentia.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 161
18. E. marifoliuh, n. sp. Modo E. umbellati ramis sterilibus de-
pressis gracilibus substoloniformibus laxe casspitosis ; foliis parvis ovatis
utrinque albo-toraentosis vel supra mox glabratis basi rotundatis aut
abrupte in petiolum laminam (3-5 lin. longain) srepius excedentem an-
gustatis ; umbella 3 - 6-radiata nunc capituliformi in scapo nudo; in-
volucris parvis; floribus luteis (interdum roseo tinctis) ; semine lanceo-
lato ; embryone recto axili, cotyledonibus obovato-oblongis radicula
longioribus! — California, Lobb. no. 192 in herb. Hook. Mount Shasta,
7-9,000 feet, Brewer: involucres apparently with only male flowers,
more or less capitate on a scape only an inch or two long. High
mountain near Donner's Pass, Sierra Nevada, Torrey : apparently male
flowers in contracted umbels on scapes from two to five inches high ;
and fruiting plants with scapes eight or ten inches high, bearing an
umbel of five or six long rays besides the sessile central involucre.
The involucres are only a„line or a line and a half long; the perigonia
of about the same length, or those with mature fruit accrescent, espe-
cially the inner ones, and as much as two and a half lines long.
19. E. incanum, n. sp. Densius caaspitosum ; caudicibus crassioribus;
foliis creberrimis oblongis spathulatisve utrincpie cano-tomentosis in pe-
tiolum lamina (semipollicari) haud longiorem angustatis ; scapo nudo ;
umbella prajter involucrum centrale sessile 5 - 7-radiata nunc capitu-
liformi rariusve ad involucrum solitarium reducta; floribus flavis;
semine ovato acuminato ; embryone rectiusculo, cotyledonibus ovali-
rotundis parura excentricis radicular aequilongis. — California, in the
Sierra Nevada, Brewer (on the Tuolumne River, alt. 8-11,000 feet),
Torrey, Bolander. Much more densely casspitose than the foregoing;
the scapes from two to six inches high and less slender ; the flowers simi-
lar but bright yellow, about a line long, but the accrescent fructiferous
perigonium in Bolander's fine specimens from two and a half to three
lines long. Involucre with five to seven short and broad erect teeth.
§ 4. Psetjdo-Umbellata. Flos basi abrupte constricta brevissima
cum pedicello articulatus. Involucra umbellata, rarissime soli-
taria, multiflora: umbella bracteis foliaceis involucrantibus sub-
tensa, scapum nudum (interdum unifoliatum) terminans. Perigo-
nium 6-partitum, albidum seu luteolum, nee flavum ; segmentis
obovatis fere conformibus. Ovarium totum vel basi glabrum.
Embryo uti notus praecedentium. — Herbce perennes, casspitosae,
humiles, floribus ut videtur luteolis seu albidis extus aut laxe
pilosis aut glabris.
VOL. VIII. 21
162 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
* Ovarium supra medium laxe villosum.
20. E. pyrol^folium, Hook, in Murray, Bot. Exped. Oregon, &
Kew Jour. Bot. 5, p. 395, t. 10. Glabratum ; foliis in caudice longe
fusiformi conf'ertis obovatis seu lato-spathulatis petiolatis coriaceis ;
bracteis binis umbellam parvam e radiis 3-5 brevissimis stipantibus ;
involucro campanulato villoso ; perigoniis albidis ? extus basim versus
parce villosis ; filamentis basi tantum hirsutulis. — Mount Shasta, Cali-
fornia, Mr. Jeffrey (herb. Hook.). Scapes a span high, bearing traces
of loose villous hairs, which are more decided on the petioles. These
lead us to infer, the flowers being essentially alike, that the following
is a downy form of the same species.
Var. coryph^eum: nanum, scapo petiolisque villoso-lanatis ; foliis
ovatis (semipollicaribus) longe petiolatis albido-tomentosis, pagina su-
periori demum glabrata, involucris in umbella 1-3. — Summit of the
Cascade Mountains, about lat. 49° on the east side, at the height of
7,500 feet, Lyall. Flowers fully two lines long, apparently white or
flesh-colored.
* * Ovarium glaberrimum.
21. E. androsaceum, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Pumilum ; foliis in cau-
dicibus dense casspitosis confertis oblanceolatis spathulatisve in petio-
lum attenuatis supra glabratis subtus albo-lanatis ; scapo 2 - 3-pollicari
rarius unifoliato ; umbella 4-7-radiata simplici nunc subcapitata
bracteis verticillatis linearibus stipata ; involucris oblongo-campanulatis
5-dentatis ; perigonio extus basi pubescente ; filamentis fere glabris ;
embryonis radicula in cotyledonibus brevioribus orbiculatis valde ex-
centricis accumbenti-inflexa. E. ccespitosum, Benth. Eriog. ; Hook.
Fl. Bor.-Am., non Nutt. — Alpine region of the northern Rocky Moun-
tains, Drummond, Bourgeau. Perigonium two, or in fruit nearly three,
lines long, the inner segments then more lengthened than the outer.
22. E. Lobbii, n. sp. Humile, primum tomento arachnoideo permolli
(proeter flores) incanum ; foliis in caudice crasso confertis subrotundis
in petiolum saapius longiorem subito contractis crassiusculis, pagina su-
periori nunc denudata ; scapo spithamreo inferne rarius unifoliato ; um-
bella subcomposita densa bracteis verticillatis fbliaceis obovatis seu
lanceolatis stipata; involucris campanulatis 5-7-fidis; perigonio
glaberrimo ; filamentis inferne villosis ; embryonis radicula in cotyle-
donibus obovato-rotundis excentricis parum brevioribus subinflexa. —
California, Lobb in herb. Hook. no. 190. High mountain near Don-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 163
ner's Pass in the Sierra Nevada, Torrey. Porphyritic hills near Vir-
ginia City, Nevada, Mr. Stretch in herb. Torr. Leaves 1 to nearly
2 inches in diameter; scape commonly stout. Involucre about half an
inch, and the flowers at length three lines long. — Upon Silver Mountain
in the Sierra Nevada, at the height of 11,000 feet, Prof. Brewer col-
lected a smaller form, viz. : —
Var. minus : foliis tenuioribus involucrisque dimidio minoribus ; um-
bella parvula condensata.
§ 5. Lachnogtna. Flos basi ipsa lata cum pedicello articulatus :
perigonium extus lanatum, 6-partitum, segmentis oblongis aequali-
bus. Ovarium lana longa implexa tomentissimum ! Filamenta
basi tantum pilosa. Involucra pauca in capitulum aut in capitu-
lis paucis subcymosis congesta, nunc solitaria, brevia, 3 - 5-den-
tata. Embryo (in E. lachnogyno) sect, prascedentis. — Herbee
perennes cajspitosas, incanre, foliis in caudice multicipiti confertissi-
mis angustis, scapo nudo vel fere nullo, floribus parvis flavis.
23. E. acaule, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Pulvinato-casspitosuin, albo-tomen-
tosum ; foliis oblongis vel sublinearibus margine revolutis sessilibus ;
capitulo ex involucris 1-5 fere sessilibus intra folia suprema sessili
nunc fructifero breviter exserte pedunculato ; perigoniis extus tomen-
tulosis. — Summit of the Rocky Mountains, between Colorado and
Utah, Nuttall. Dry sandy ridge near head of Holmes's Creek, Utah?
at G,000 feet, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. Leaves barely two
or three lines long, spreading from the sheathing bases which are im-
bricated on the branches of the caudex. Flower hardly two lines long.
24. E. lachxogtnum, Torr. in DC. & Bot. Whipp. p. 76, t. 19.
Caudicibus brevissimis in radice fusiformi confertissimis ; foliis lan-
ceolatis seu lanceolato-oblongis acutis petiolatis margine pi. m. revolutis
supra sericeis subtus cano-tomentosis ; scapo elongato nudo oligo-
cephalo ; perigoniis extus sericeo-lanatis intus flavis. — Mountains of
the southern part of Colorado and the adjacent parts of New Mexico,
Fendler, Gordon, Bigelow, Newberry. Leaves an inch long besides the
slender petiole. Scape slender, a span to near a foot high, more or less
cymosely branched at the summit, or in depauperate specimens simple,
the branches bearing a loose capitulum of a few involucres, or a solitary
involucre sessile in the fork. Flowers a line and a half long, some of
them subtended by an ovate or lanceolate firm bract as well as a pair of
filiform bractlets, as described and figured by Dr. Torrey. In the letter-
164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
press it is stated that the bract is not represented in the figure, but it
is. Bentham describes the embryo as straight, on the authority of a
sketch by Dr. Torrey ; who, however, from later specimens collected
by Dr. Bigelow, has upon his plate well represented the embryo (as
strongly excentric), but makes no reference to it in the letter-press. —
This and the preceding species are brought together from their resem-
blance in structure and in the very woolly ovary, rather than in habit.
§ 6. Heterosepala. (Gen. Eucycla, Nutt.) Flos basi ipsa haud
producta cum pedicello articulatus : perigonium glaberrimum, 6-
partitum, omnino petaloideum, post anthesin tenuiter scarioso-
marcescens ; segmentis tunc biseriatis maxime disparibus, exteri-
oribus rotundatis magis demum auctis basi cordulatis, auriculis
usque ad vel ultra articulum extensis ; interioribus angustis spa-
thulatis emarginatis mox paullo longioribus conniventi-erectis invo-
lutisque, singulis basi unguiformi stamina 3 gerentibus. Involu-
cra (5 — 8-dentata) capitata vel umbellato-eymosa in scapo pror-
sus aphyllo simplici. Ovarium glabrum. Embryo incurvus,
radicula adscendente cotyledonibus orbicularis accumbentibus
longe superante. — Herbre perennes, caespitoso-acaulescentes, cano-
lanatae, foliis ovalibus vel subrotundis petiolatis in ramis brevissimis
caudicis multicipitis confertis, bracteis minimis seu evanidis.
25. E. proliferum, n. sp. Scapo (spithamreo ad pedalem) umbel-
lam prolifero-compositam gerentibus, radiis primariis 2 — 6, sequentibus
binis nunc solitariis, cum involucro alari semper sessili ; perigonii rosei
segmentis exterioribus orbiculari-obovatis ovalibusque post anthesin
vix aut leviter cordulatis. — Idaho Mountains (Prof. 0. Marcy, Prof.
Swallow) to N. Fork of the Columbia, Wilkes's Expedition (the
plant had been doubtfully referred to E. oblong if olium), Weenass
Valley and Walla- Walla, Lyall. Foliage nearly as in the next ; but the
inflorescence cymose-umbellate, usually lax; a central sessile involucre
in the primary umbel and in the successive forks, not rarely secund
by the suppression of one of the pair of secondary and tertiary rays.
Involucres and perigonia after flowering hardly exceeding a line and
a half in length. Filaments, as in the next, villous-pubescent below.
26. E. ovalifolium, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 50, t. 8.
Scapo (3 -9-pollicari) capitulo simplici (rarissime prolifero dicephalo)
ex involucris paucis (3-8) arete sessilibus terminato ; perigonio aut
flavo aut roseo-purpureo, fructifero albido, segmentis exterioribus latis-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 165
sime ovalibus basi srcpius sinu profundiori cordata. Eucycla ovalifolia
& E. purpurea, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 166. — Rocky Mountains of Colorado
through Utah to Nevada and the borders of California. Varies with
yellow flowers (E. ovalifolium, Nutt.) not rarely tinged with purple, to
rose or rose-purple (E. purpureum, Benth. in DC, &c.) ; and slender
forms with smaller flowers are var. tennius, Benth. 1. c. (E. elongatum,
Nutt. herb., changed to tenellum, and by Gambell to E. Nuttallii, PI.
Gamb. 1. e.*) A specimen from Clamet River, of Wilkes's Expedition,
has two heads. The flowers and the plant vary considerably in size.
§ 7. Capitata. Flos basi lata vel brevissime angustata (baud pro-
ducta) ipsa cum pedicello articulatus : segmenta perigonii (gla-
bra raro lanulosi) consimilia subasqualia. Involucra (pauca vel
plura) in capitulum globosum ssepius nudum sessilia: capitula soli-
taria vel pauca subumbellata scapum aphyllum vel pedunculum
scapiformem superantia. Ovarium glabrum. Embryo ubi notus
fere sect, prascedentis. Herbaa perennes, pi. m. albo-lanataa.
* Caespitoso-acaulescentes, pumilas, monocephalae ; floribus in invo-
lucris paucis 5 — 7-dentatis vix numerosis. Bracteolae parum
barbellatas.
27. E. Kingii, n. sp. Laxe albo-lanatum ; foliis in caudice multi-
cipiti confertis spathulatis obovatis nunc rotundatis (petiolo aut longo
aut brevi) ; scapo tenui ; involucris in capitulo 6-9 turbinato-campanu-
latis profundius 6 - 7-dentatis tenui-membranaceis ; perigonio glaber-
rimo luteo vel roseo-purpureo, segmentis obovato-subcuneatis omnibus
emarginatis ; filamentis fere glabris. — Summit of E. Humboldt Moun-
tains, Star Peak, and Clover Mountain, Nevada, alt. 9-11,000 feeb
Sereno Watson in Clarence King's Expedition, July - August, 1868.
Leaves exclusive of the petiole about half an inch long. Flowers a
line and a half in length. Embryo with a slender radicle, its base
ascending and accumbent on the orbicular cotyledons.
Var. laxifolium. Elatius ; caudice ramis gracilioribus ; foliis
parcioribus sublanceolatis ; floribus in sicco aureis. — Parley's Park
* Nuttall describes E. Nuttallii as having the " segments of the perianth oblong
and not very unequal" ; but in those of his own specimens which have any flowers,
as in his " E. polyceps," Mss., which he evidently put with it, the perigonium is just
that of E. purpureum. So that he should not have left it in Eriogonum when he
formed of the above his genus Eucycla. It might be supposed that Nuttall had our
next species (E. Kingii) in view, but there is no trace of it in his own herbarium,
nor among the specimens he contributed to the herbaria of Hooker, Durand, &c.
166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Peak, alt. 9000 feet, "Wasatch Mountains, Utah, S. Watson. Leaves
acute, sometimes an inch long, tapering into a slender petiole. Scape
nearly a span high.
28. E. multiceps, Nees, Verz. PI. Max. v. Wied (extr. Trav. Neu-
Wied), p. 20, ex char. Lana appressa candidissima indutum, caudicis
ramis breviter adsurgentibus foliosis ; foliis oblongo-spathulatis oblan-
ceolatisve in petiolum longe attenuatis ; scapo 3 - 5-pollicari ; capitulo
bracteato ; involucris 5-10 tubulosis 5-dentatis ; perigonio albo vel
fusco-flavido extus sublanuloso, segmentis obovato-cuneatis retusis ;
filamentis glabriusculis. E. gnaphalodes, Benth. in Kew Jour. Bot. 5,
p. 263 (1853). — Colorado, cliffs of the Upper Platte, Neu-Wied,
Geyer, Gordon, Hayden, H. Engelmann, E. W. Emerson. Bracts
under the head more conspicuous and involucrate than in other species
of the group, one or two of them equalling or surpassing the involucres.
Flowers small. E. multiceps, Nees, much anterior to Bentham's name,
has been wholly overlooked, which, from the place of publication, is not
surprising.
29. E. pauciflorum, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 735. Glabrescens, Armerice
facie ; caudicis ramis brevissimis crebris ; foliis linearibus subspathula-
tisve margine revolutis in petiolum longe attenuatis supra mox glabratis ;
scapo subspithamoeo ; involucris in capitulo 5-10 turbinato-campanu-
latis 5-dentatis ; perigonio albo glabro, segmentis ovalibus ; filamentis
inferne pubescentibus. — Nebraska to the Rocky Mountains in Colo-
rado, Bradbury, H. Engelmann, Parry.
* * Majores, subacaules, caulibus basi nunc breviter adsurgente
tantum foliatis ; pedunculo valido scapiformi nudo capitulo aut
solitario aut paucis umbellatis sat magnis superato; involucris
brevi-campanulatis truncatis (dentulis 5-8 membranula prorsus
connexis) permultifloris. Bi'acteola? villoso-plumosissima? ex in-
volucro mox exserUe. Perigonium semper album, glaberrimum,
segmentis latis. {Desmocephalorum Benth. species.)
30. E. latifoliuji, Smith in Rees Cycl. Soepius 1-2-pedale; foliis
ovalibus basi lata rotundatis cordatisve subtus albo-lanatis supra cum
scapo lana araneosa plus minus decidua; involucris in capitulo nunc
pollicem lato 5-12 lanatis 5-dentulis ; perigonii segmentis lato-
obovatis. E. arachnoideum, Esch. — Coast of California, from Santa
Cruz northward to Humboldt Co. Leaves one to two inches long, on
petioles (as in other species) of variable length.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 167
31. E. oblongifolium, Benth. Eriog. & in DC. I. c. Gracilius,
spithamseum ad pedalem ; f'oliis oblongis ovalibusque basi saepius acutis ;
involucris glabratis G-8-dentulis ; perigonii segmentis oblongo-obovatis.
— California, along tbe coast, with the same range as the preceding, of
which it is likely to prove a smaller or depauperate and narrower-leaved
variety ; the matted tomentum sometimes deciduous even from the
lower face of the leaves. Var. /3. ? minus, Benth. in DC, with only
five and more prominent teeth to the involucre, is probably different ;
but the solitary specimen is incomplete and insufficient.
§ 8. Capitellata. (Desmocephalorum sp. Benth.) Flos basi baud
producta ipsa cum pedicello articulatus : perigonium 6-partitum
glabrum vel villosulum, segmentis obovato-oblongis fere aequalibus.
Involucra (truncata subdentata) pluriflora, pauca in capitula
pi. m. paniculato-cymosa in scapo nudo congesta, nunc tantum
gemina, alaria nec-non solitaria. Bracteolre plumosaa. Ovarium
glabrum. Embryo incurvus, cotyledonibus latis bre vibus. — Herba?
perennes, foliis omnibus radicalibus latis margine sa?pius undulatis,
scapis 1 - 3-pedalibus nudis junciformibus nunc fistulosis cum in-
volucris mox glabratis vel glabris, floribus (an semper ?) albis.
32. E. nudum, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Foliis subtus cano-(quando-
que fulvo-j tomentosis ovatis rarius obovatis basi saspius subcordatis,
petiolo plerumque longo gracili ; panicuke dichotomy raniis elongatis ;
involucris cylindraceo-campanulatis ore truncato (dentibus 6-8 mem-
branula prorsus connexis), alaribus sessilibus ; perigonio extus soepius
glabro intus basi nunc parce piloso. E. arachnoideum, Hook. & Arn.
Bot. Beech., non Esch. — Oregon and California, chiefly towards the
coast. Magnopere variat:
Var. /3. (E. offline, Benth. in DC.) Sublanatum, nempe scapo in-
volucrisque lana araneosa tarde decidua obductis. — Umqua, Pickering
and Brackenridge in Wilkes's Expedition ; Jeffries in herb. Kew ; ap-
parently a form with foliaceous bracts at the lower nodes of the scape,
and the flowers seem to be yellow !
Var. y. (pubijiorum, Benth. 1. c.) Involucris interdum fere om-
nibus in paniculas ramis solitariis, perigonio extus pilosiore. — Califor-
nia, Fremont, Rich, Heermann, Horn, &c. But there are traces of
this pubescence in many, if not most, specimens of E. nudum.
Var. 8. (E. auriculatum, Benth. Eriog.) Petiolis basi interdum di-
latatis seu auriculato-dentatis ; scapo nunc inflato ; involucris saepius
168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
angustioribus solitariis. — Commoner southward in California, especial-
ly forms with the scape inflated, of which Prof. Brewer collected seve-
ral, some of them with all the involucres solitary and almost as in the
section Virgata.
33. E. elatum, Dougl. 1. c. Foliis mollissime villoso-pubescentibus
vel subtus fere velutinis ovato-oblongis sublanceolatisve basi (raro sub-
cordatavel subhastata) in petiolum angustatis; scapo cum panicula rigido;
involucris magis turbinatis repando-5-dentatis, alaribus nonnunquam
solitariis longius pedicellatis, caeteris nunc potius glomerato-congestis
quam capitatis ; perigonio basi extus pilosulo. — Washington Territory
to California and Nevada, on plains. The pubescence of the flower is
variable in degree, but not wanting as described by Bentham. South-
ward the scape is sometimes inflated.
§ 9. Fasciculata, Benth. olim. Flos, etc. prrecedentium. Ovarium
glabrum. Involucra (truncata subdentata, dentibus membranula
primum connexis) perpluriflora, in capitula vel cymulas capituli-
formes congesta, capitulis pi. m. bracteatis pedunculos dichotomos
vel cymoso-umbellatos terminantibus, alaribus (aut ramo altero
abortiente lateralibus sessilibus. Bracteolos plumosaa. — Suffru-
tices foliosi, foliis parvulis alternis et in axillis fasciculatis subtus
incanis margine sa?pius revolutis ; floribus albis nunc roseo tinctis,
* Extus sericeo-villosis baud numerosissimis. Folia minus conferta.
Embryo subrectus, radicula gracili in cotyledonibus ovalibus par-
vulis leviter inflexa.
34. E. cinereum, Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 45, & in DC. 1. c. Fruti-
cosum, laxe ramosum, pube tenui canescens ; foliis secus ramos subfas-
ciculatis ovatis margine undulatis minus aut vix revolutis subtus incanis
breviter petiolatis ; pedunculis elongatis junciformibus fere nudis su-
perne dichotomis ; capitulis paucis laxiusculis. — California, San Pedro,
Hinds or Barclay ; Santa Monica, on sands of the sea-shore, " a shrub
three to five feet high, forming dense patches," Brewer. Leaves vary-
ing from orbicular to obovate, ovate, and almost oblong, from half an
inch to an inch in length, mostly with a distinct short petiole. Coty-
ledons oval, somewhat excentric, barely twice the breadth and little
more than half the length of the slightly inflexed radicle.
* * In involucris numerosissimis, demum secus axin elongandum
baud raro quasi racemosis, extus glabris vel pilosulis. Suffrutices,
ramis creberrime ac fasciculatim foliosis. Folia parva margine
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 169
revoluta. Radicula in cotyledonibus orbiculatis dimidio brevioribus
accumbenti-incurva.
35. E. parvifolium, Smitb in Pees Cycl. Primum arenoso-lana-
tum ; foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis undulatis basi abrupta vel obtusa
pi. m. petiolatis subtus tomentosis ; ramis floridis seu pedunculis 2-3-
cbotomis ; perigoniis glabris. — California, near tbe coast ; by all col-
lectors, from Hrenke and Menzies downwards. Var. crassifolium,
Benth. PI. Hartw. no. 1940, is a very condensed form, from the sea-
coast at Monterey.
36. E. fasciculatum, Benth. Eriog. Aut glabrum aut tomen-
tulosum ; foliis oblongo-linearibus seu lineari-spathulatis stepius maxime
revolutis, majoribus pi. m. in petiolum brevem sensim attenuatis ;
pedunculo nudo gracili sajpissime umbellatim diviso 3 - 6-radiato. —
California from Monterey southward.
Var. a. (E. rosmarinifolium, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 164. E. fas-
ciculatum, Benth. Eriog. p. 410.) Preeter folia subtus maxime revo-
luta tenuiter albo-tomentosa fere glaberrimum ; involucri 5-rcarinati
dentibus 5 triangularibus paullo exsertis ; perigoniis glabris.
Var. /3. (E. rosmarinifolium /3. foliolosum, Nutt. 1. c. E. fasci-
culatum, Benth. in DC. Prodr. p. p.) Plus minus pilosulo-pubescens ;
involucro magis truncato (dentibus ultra sinus tenui-membranaceos
haud productis) perigoniisque extus leviter pubescentibus.
Var. y. polifolium. (E. polifolium, Benth. in DC. 1. c.) Pube
tenui undique cinereum vel canescens ; foliis minus revolutis, pagina
superiore nunc glabrescente ; pedunculo vulgo longiore ; involucro
etc. var. /3. — From Monterey to San Diego and the Gila. The
forms a and y are seemingly very different, but they run together com-
pletely. The teeth, or firm portions at the orifice of the involucre, do
not project beyond the scarious-membranaceous sinuses except in the
first, and in this sometimes very slightly.
§ 10. Cortmbosa, Benth. Flos basi haud producta ipsa cum
pedicello articulatus ; perigonium 6-partitum, extus glabrum, seg-
mentis interioribus stepissime pi. m. minoribus. Ovarium glabrum
vel glabellum. Involucra pluriflora, 5 - 6-dentata, cymosa, nempe
pedunculo nudoapice umbellatim diviso, radiis repitite 2-3-chotome
vel umbellatim in cymam corymbiformem subdivisis, ultimis seu
pedicellis brevibus aut (pnesertim alaribus) nullis. Embryo in-
curvus, cotyledonibus orbiculatis radiculae multo longiori pi. m. ac-
VOL. VIII. 22
170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
cumbentibus. Caules inferne saspius foliosi. Folia plerumque an-
gusta et alterna, etiam radicalia hand cordata, subtus vel utrinque
pi. m. albo-lanata.
* Fruticuli, nunc caulibus abbreviatis parum suffruticosis. Peri-
gonia intus glabra, segmentis subsimilibus. Ovarium superne ad
angulos ssepe scabridum.
•»- Rami lignosi erecti vel adsurgentes, foliosi, pedunculo cymifero
aut brevi aut longiusculo terminati. Flores albi vel rosei (raro in
eadem speciei lutei) ; perigonio basi post anthesin srepius eras-
siusculo, segmentis obovatis saltern interioribus emarginatis vel
retusis.
37. E. eric^efolium, n. sp. Depressum, tortuoso-ramosissimum ;
foliis in ramulis creberrimis subulato-linearibus (lin. 2 longis) supra
glabris subtus albo-lanatis sed ob margines maxime revolutos quasi
teretibus subtus leviter canaliculars ; cyma in pedunculo vix ultra folia
suprema exserta parva ex involucris 3-7 confertis tomentulosis penta-
gons breviter 5-dentatis ; floribus albis sesquilineam longis. — Arizona,
near Fort Whipple, Drs. Coues and Palmer, Sept. 1865. The branches
or stems we possess are barely a span long, rigid, and wholly fruticu-
lose. Involucre a line and a half long. Segments of the perigonium
all nearly alike, dilated-obovate.
38. E. corymbosum, Benth. in DC. Sesqui-bipedale, floccoso-
lanatum ; ramis validis alte foliosis ; foliis oblongis subundulatis (8-18
lin. longis) ; cyma late corymbosa floribunda ; floribus ut videtur albis
sesquilineam longis. — Utah and W.. New Mexico, Fremont, Beck-
with, Newberry (San Juan River, in Macomb's Expedition), Whipple.
The var. divaricatum, Torr. & Gray, Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129, & 4,
p. 131, is not unlike Fremont's, but in better specimens, and much
whitened by the more persistent floccose wool. Cyme broader and
fuller than in the broadest-leaved forms of the next species, which
approach this ; but the flowers mostly twice as large, and the stem and
branches stouter.
39. E. microthecum (or microtheca), Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 162.
Humilius, vix ultrapedale, a basi ramosissimum, tomeuto floccoso nunc
tenuiore ; foliis angusto-oblongis linearibusque ; cyma aut confertiflora
aut effusa ; floribus albis nunc roseis raro luteis haud ultra lineam
longis. — Mountains or high plains, Nebraska to New Mexico, the
interior of Northern California, and Oregon. This includes a variety
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 171
of forms, several of them described as species ; but only the larger
forms with broad leaves, and some with much larger involucres (var.?
Fendlerianum, Benth.) and approaching the preceding species, stand in
the way of the present inevitable union. The
Var. a. (E. nricrotheca, Nutt., Benth. in DC.) is a low form with
linear or linear-oblong nearly plane leaves and open corymbose cymes
on a rather long peduncle ; involucres a line to a line and a half long.
E. laxiflorum, Nutt. (the var. 0. ? laxiflorum, Benth.) is the same, with
involucres a trifle larger and fewer in the cyme. Forma alpina, pyg-
mcea. A very depauperate, short-stemmed, and comparatively long-
peduncled alpine form was gathered by Prof. Brewer in Sonora Pass,
Sierra Nevada, alt. 9,000 feet, in loose sand ; and somewhat similar
ones, only two inches high, on the Humboldt Mountains, Nevada, alt.
10,000 feet, by S. Watson. Geyer's 253, with white flowers, and a
broader-leaved form with yellow flowers, collected by S. Watson on
the Wasatch Mountains in Utah (both with short and low leafy
branches and long peduncles), connect this with the
Var. 0. Fendlerianuji, Benth. Majus, latifoliura ; involucris
lin. 2 longis in cyma arapla laxa. — New Mexico, Fendler, no. 767.
Remarkable for the size of the parts, the leaves being an inch or an
inch and a half long, including a distinct petiole of four to sis lines, flat,
and four or five lines wide. Specimens from Nevada (Brewer, Torrey,
Bloomer, dec), some with narrower, others with almost oval leaves,
hardly an inch long, connect this with
Var. y. coxfertifloruji. (E. confertiflorum, Benth.) Fruticu-
losum, foliosum ; foliis anguste oblongis ; cymis confertifloris saspius
contractis. — Utah to interior of Oregon, and northern part of Cali-
fornia. Flowers either white, deep rose-color, or sometimes apparently
yellow. Bentham's var. Stansburyi has the dense floribund cyme
of this, but the longer naked peduncle and narrow revolute leaves of
some of the succeeding forms.
Var. S. leptophyllum. (E. Simpsoni, Benth. in DC. excl. /3.
E. effusum, var. leptophyllum, Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. p. 168, excl.
tab. 10. E. effusum, var. foliosum in Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129.) Folio-
sum ; foliis anguste linearibus margine valde revolutis glabratis ; cyma
brevi saspius conferta floribunda. — Utah and New Mexico, Gunnison,
Woodhouse, Simpson, Whipple, Newberry. Bentham's E. Simpsoni,
var. Jloccoso-lanata, is only E. annuum. Torre}' 's plate of E. effusum,
var. leptophyllum (Sitgreaves, t. 10), with long naked peduncle, short
172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
caudex-like stem, and strongly toothed involucre (this said in the let-
ter-press to be nearly toothless, and the stems leafy), really belongs to
his E. Fremonti, i. e. to E. brevicaule.
Var. e. effusum (E. effusion, Nutt. 1. c.) Magis lanatum ; foliis
oblongo-linearibus nunc angustioribus margine demum pi. m. revo-
lutis ; cyma floribunda decomposita. paniculato-effusa, radiis ssepius
longioribus ; floribus albis. — Nebraska to Montana and N. New Mexico.
Some specimens (such as 192, Dr. Parry, from Huefano Mountains,
and Bentham's /3. rosmarinoides, which is not from California, proba-
bly from the Platte) connect this perfectly with the preceding form,
and with the proper E. microthecum.
Var. £. leptocbadon. (E. leptocladon, Torr. & Gray in Pacif.
R. R. 2, p. 129.) Gracilius ; foliis linearibus ; cymis laxe paniculatis,
involucris nunc (ramulo altero abortiente) unilateralibus. — On Green
River, Utah, Gunnison.
The name E. microthecum, rather than effusum, is adopted for the
species, because the latter is imperfectly characterized from a speci-
men not yet in flower, and the name is far from applicable to all the
forms.
-»— -t— Rami foliati lignescentes brevissimi vel casspitoso-depressi, pe-
dunculum nudum elongatum scapiformem herbaceum proferentes.
Flores prascedentium, sed perigonii segmenta inter se fere asqualia.
Pedunculi et involucra 5-dentata glabri vel mox glabrati.
40. E. brevicaule, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Caaspitoso-fruticulosum ; fo-
liis linearibus oblongo-linearibus vel anguste spathulato-oblanceolatis
in petiolum gracilem attenuatis undique niveo-lanatis vel supra gla-
brescentibus ; scapis rigidis 3-10-pollicaribus; cyma repitite umbella-
tim vel trichotome divisa, ad nodos calyculiformi-bracteatis ; peri-
gonii nunc Havi segmentis obovato-oblongis. E. brevicaule, campanida-
tum fy micranthum, Nutt. 1. c. E. Fremonti, Torr. in Frem. Rep.
unpublished. E. effusum var., Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. t. 10 (non
descr. p. 168). E. effusum var.? nudicaule, Torr. Bot. Whipp. Pacif.
R. R. 4, p. 132. — Rocky Mountains, from the Platte to N. New
Mexico, Utah, and adjacent parts of Oregon. Nuttall's three species
(one of them omitted by Bentham) are not permanently distinguish-
able, even as varieties, and some forms of the preceding species are
occasionally too close. The leaves vary from 1 to 2| inches long, ex-
clusive of the petiole, and from one to five lines in breadth, their margins
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 173
at length mostly revolute. Cyme ample, sometimes rather fastigiate,
sometimes very open ; the bracts at each node short and connate into a
ealyculus, which is white-woolly inside. Involucres either glabrous
or the wool early deciduous, varying from oblong to cyathiform-cam-
panulate, and from a line and a quarter to nearly two lines in length ;
the flowers of about the same length.
41. E. loxchophtllum, n. sp. Caespitosum ? elatius ; caulibus basi
vix lignescente breviter foliatis ; foliis lanceolatis seu lato-linearibus in
petiolum gracilem attenuatis subtus albo-lanatis ; pedunculo elongato in
cymam repitite trichotomam paniculoeforinem soluto ; bracteis inferi-
oribus filiformibus, summis subulatis ; perigonii albi segmentis obovatis
retusis. — On the Rio Blanco, interior of New Mexico ? Newberry in
Macomb's Expedition : herb. Torr. Leaves not much crowded on the
base of the single stem seen, about three inches long, and tapering into
a petiole of an inch or more in •length, obtuse, rather thin, flat ; the
somewhat scape-like peduncle with the loose cyme a foot in length, the
primary divisions four inches long. Involucres fewer-flowered than in
the preceding, the flowers of about the same size.
* * Annua, transmontana, caulibus laxe ramosis inferne tantum
foliosis. Perigonia rosea, intus glaberrima, segmentis consimilibus
fere aequalibus. Bracteolas vix barbellatae.
42. E. truncatuji, n. sp. Laxe floccoso-lanatum, pedale ; foliis
plerisque ad nodos inferiores subfasciculatis spathulatis oblongisve in
petiolem gracilem attenuatis ; pedunculis elongatis nudis ; cyma laxa
2-3-chotoma ex involucris pauciusculis multifloris oblongo-campanulatis
ore truncato, alaribus sessilibus ; bracteis minimis ; perigonii segmentis
obovatis. — California, on the summit of the eastern peak of Monte
Diablo, Brewer. Leaves an inch and a half long, including the petiole.
Involucre two lines long, thin and scarious between the broad greenish
ribs, which are connected to the very top. Perigonium a line long.
* * * Annua, cismontana, caulibus elatis strictis sursum longe
foliatis. Perigonia alba, fundo lana longa tenuissima arachnoidea
instructo, segmentis disparibus, exterioribus multo majoribus.
Bracteolaa tenuiter plumosae. Cymae decomposita? floribundae.
43. E. axxdum, Nutt., Benth. in DC. Albo-lanatum ; foliis oblon-
gis basi attenuatis plerisque petiolatis ; involucris niveo-lanatis intus
glabris breviter 5-dentatis ; perigonii segmentis exterioribus late
obovatis, interioribus oblongis. E. Lindheimerianum, Scheele in
174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Linnsea. E. Simpsoni /3. floccoso-lanata, Benth. 1. c. — Plains of
Nebraska, Arkansas, and Texas to the Rocky Mountains and New
Mexico. — Forma parviflora, involucris brevioribus lana floccosiore,
caule cyrais nonnullis axillaribus proferente. E. cymosum, Benth.
1. c. — "Western Texas, Wright. N. Chihuahua, Thurber.
44. E. multiflorum, Benth. Eriog. Lana floccosa albidum ; foliis
oblongis lanceolatisque undulatis, caulinis sessilibus basi obtusa vel
auriculata ; involucris perplurimis 5-lobatis extus saepe denudatis intus
ai'achnoideo-lanatis ; perigonii segmentis eximie biseriatis, exterioribus
orbiculato-ovalibus demum sinu profundo cordatis, interioribus fere
linearibus. — Plains of Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas.
§ 11. Virgata, Benth. Flos basi haud producta ipsa cum pedi-
cello articulatus ; perigonium 6-partitum fere semper glabrum.
Ovarium glabrum vel ad angulos hispidulum. Involucra (sajpius
parva vel angusta) sessilia, secus ramos paniculae plerumque vir-
gatos unilateraliter disposita. Embryo incurvus, cotyledonibus
brevibus radicular gracili pi. m. incumbentibus.
* Perennia, in paucis basi suffruticosum, incano nunc floccoso-
lanatum. Flores albi, nunc roseo tincti, glaberrimi, in involucro
plures.
-t- Perigonium basi lata quasi truncatum, ob segmenta 3 exteriora
accrescentia lato-ovalia marginibus a basi ipsa discretis atque
subauriculato-rotundatis. Panicula saepe dichotoma. Bracteaj
plerumque subfoliosi.
45. E. niveum, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Tomento denso (in
caulibus floccoso) candido-lanatum, ultrapedale, basi suffruticosum ; cau-
libus floridis infei'ne foliatis vel subnudis ; foliis ovatis oblongisve longius
petiolatis ; involucri dense lanati dentibus 3-4 subulatis cum bracteis
pi. m. recurvo-patentibus, ceteris minutis vel nullis ; perigonii segmentis
exterioribus mox accresceutibus orbiculato-ovalibus (basi fere cordu-
latis) interiora obovato-spathulata inferne angustata includentibus. —
Interior of Oregon and Washington Territory, Douglas, Geyer, Spal-
ding, Cooper, Lyall.
Var. decumbens (E. decumbens, Benth. 1. c.) : forma ramosiore,
ramis nunc decumbentibus magis foliatis, floribus paullo majoribus. —
Interior of Oregon, Douglas. No other specimens are so well marked
as those of Douglas, but Spalding's plant approaches them. Bracts in
the species mostly equalling or exceeding the involucre, the three more
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 175
or less spreading or recurved teeth of which (sometimes as long as
the tube itself, but variable) are peculiar.
46. E. dichotomum, Dougl. 1. c. Prrecedenti subsimilis ; ramis e
caudice ca?spitoso-multicipiti brevibus crebre foliatis ; foliis oblongis in
petiolum attenuatis ; pedunculis strictis scapiformibus rarius foliatis
(subpedalibus) ; bracteis appressis involucro breviuscule obtuseque
subasqualiter 3-5-dentato brevioribus; perigonii segmentis exterioribus
obovato-ovalibus. — Forma humilis, E. alburn, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Forma
paniculis magis virgatis, E. strictum, var. laehnostegia, Benth. in DC.
Interior of Oregon, and Utah, Douglas, Nuttall, Fremont.
-•— -i— Perigonium basi acutum, segmentis conformibus.
++ Scaposa, stricta.
47. E. strictum, Benth. Eriog. excl. /3. Basi cagspitoso-ramosis-
simum ; foliis confertis spathulatis seu obovato-oblongis in petiolum
longe angnstatis subtus albo-lanatis ; scapis gracillimis (pedalibus) glabris
vel mox glabratisdi-trichotome ramosis; bracteis parvis subulatis adpres-
sis; involucris (lineam longis) glabratis campanulatis equaliter 5-denta-
tis ; perigonii segmentis ovalibus oblongisve ; ovario glaberrimo. — Blue
Mountains of Oregon, Douglas only. We find no specimen from
Fremont, except of the var. laehnostegia, which clearly belongs to the
foregoing species. This has similar dichotomous inflorescence, but
much more slender, and involucres and flowers only half as large.
48. E. RACEMOSUJr, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Floccoso-lanatum ; foliis e
caudice subterraneo longe petiolatis ovatis oblongisve nunc subcordatis
subtus albo-lanatis ; scapo valido (1 - 2-pedali) nudo rariusve ad nodos
inferiores folioso-bracteatis ; involucris tubuloso-campanulatis obtuse 5-
dentatis floribundis secus ramos subsimplices paucos rigidos stricte
spicatis appressis ; perigonii majusculi (lin. 2 longi) rosei seu albi
segmentis obovatis ; ovario glaberrimo vel superne scabrido. E.
orthocladon, Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. p. 167, t. 8, & DC. 1. c. E.
obtusum, Benth. in DC. 1. c, forma foliis subrotundis. — N. New
Mexico and Utah, Fendler, Fremont, Gambell, Remy, Simpson,
Woodhouse, Bigelow, Newberry, Watson. Leaves 1 - 2 J inches long,
the petioles mostly still longer. Scape rigid, usually only once or twice
forked, sometimes more paniculate ; the branches erect and strict, when
few elongated ; the numerous involucres approximate and, with their
numerous flowers, forming a virgate spike rather than a raceme. Coty-
ledons orbicular, very excentric, rather shorter than the incurved radicle.
176 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
++ ++ Caulescentia, cliff u so-panic u lata.
49. E. Wrightii, Torr. in DC. 1. c. E basi suffruticosa raraosum,
1 - 2-pedale ; ramis inferne foliosis ; foliis oblongo-ovatis vel sub-
lanceolatis basi angustatis utrinque vel subtus albo-lanatis (6-12 lin.
longis), minoribus ssepe in axillis fasciculatis ; panicula dicbotome
ramosa ; involuci-is parvi-bracteatis secus ramos rigidulos laxius spicatis
5 - 6-dentatis (lin. 1 - 1 \ longis) ; perigonii (lin. 1-1^- longi) segmentis
lato-obovatis vel exterioribus suborbiculatis ; ovario superne praesertim
ad angulos birtello-scabro. E. Wrightii (Torr.), trachygonum (Torr.)
6 helianthemifolium, Bentb. in DC. 1. c. — S. W. Texas to Arizona,
Nevada, and California, Wright, Parry, Thurber, Newberry, Palmer,
Torrey, Brewer, &c. But Scheer's plant from Chihuahua appears to
be E. potycladon, Benth. A polymorphous species. The E. trachy-
gonum has larger and more numerous flowers ; var. Jloccosum, Benth.
shorter involucres ; and a depauperate form from Nevada (Anderson,
Bloomer, Torrey, Brewer) very short leafy branches and more scape-
like peduncles.
* Annua, vel in spec, prima forte perennantia. Flores parvi, albi
vel rosei, basi acuti vel acutiusculi. Bractere parvae, adpressae.
-t- Involucra tubulosa, lin. 3^-2 longa, in depauperatis E. viminei
vix minora, adpressa.
■►+ Pluriflora, canescenti - lanata, secus ramos plerumque subsim-
plices dissita. Perigonium glabrum (lin. 1 - 1 \ longum), segmentis
obovatis fere sequalibus. Plantse juniores omnino albo-lanataa,
tomento caulium, etc. demum floccoso rarius deciduo.
50. E. elongatum, Benth. Bot. Sulph. & in DC. 1. c. Caulibus
ramisve virgatis e basi indurascente (vix perenni ?) sesqui-tripedalibus
nudis basim versus foliis oblongo-lanceolatis petiolatis parce nunc par-
cissime instructis ; involucris 3 - 3£ lin. longis sat multifloris secus
ramos simplices strictos spicatis remotis, ore repando-truncato ; brac-
teolis sursum parce villoso-barbatis ; perigonio albo vel subroseo ;
ovario glabro. — California, plains and hills, from Monterey to San
Diego, &c. Dr. Torrey, in Bot. Mex. Bound, and Ives Exped.,
refers this to E. virgatum, to which indeed it is related, and the root
probably is not really perennial. Besides the greater size and stout-
ness, and the more numerous flowers in the involucre, the achenium is
more tapering, the embryo of twice the size, a line or more in length,
and the radicle springs from near the uppermost part of the oval-
orbicular cotyledons.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 177
51. E. virgatum, Bentli. in DC. Caule gracili 1^-2 pedali aut
basi tantum aut superne parcius foliis ovatis oblongisve instructis,
ramis paucis plerumque simplicibus longe virgatis nunc paniculato-
raraosis ; involucris dissitis 2-2^ lin. longis, ore 5-dentato ; brac-
teolis vix barbellatis ; perigonio albo ; ovario et achenio abrupte ros-
trato superne saltern ad angulos birtello-scabris. — California, on tbe
plains, usually more northern than the preceding, Fremont, Bridges,
Wallace, Brewer, Bolander, &c. Embryo half a line long, with short
orbicular accumbent cotyledons. A luxuriant form collected by Bo-
lander, two or three feet high, with the numerous virgate branches here
and there leaf-bearing, passes into
Var. roseum (E. roseum, Durand & Hilgard, in Jour. Acad.
Philad. 3, p. 45 (1854) & Pacif. R. R. 5, p. 14, t. 15) : caule ramoso
ad paniculam usque laxam foliato ; involucris in ramulis brevibus
paucis ; perigonio roseo. — Pose Creek, California, Dr. Heermann :
earlier published than E. virgatum. To this belongs E. verticillatum,
Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c, the earliest name, but most imperfectly charac-
terized from a specimen not yet in flower.
++ ++ Involucra pauciflora vel subpluriflora, anguste tubulosa (haud
ultra lineas 2 longa), secus ramulos tenues paniculre diffusa? amplaa
dissita, perigoniis (glabris aut pilosis) etiam fructiferis longiora.
Bracteola? vix barbellatos. Plantar demissas (spithamea? ad peda-
lem), superne tenuiter tomentosae vel glabrae.
52. E. dasyanthemum, n. sp. Lana tenui flocculosa cinereum
vel superne glabratum, inferne foliatum ; foliis subtus incano-lanatis
rotundatis in petiolum abrupte angustatis ; involucris pauci-plurifloris
breviter 5-dentatis ; perigonio extus saltern basi tenuiter villoso,
segmentis obovatis fere requalibus. (E. vimineum, var. eriocladon
Benth. in DC. ? Spec, in herb. Benth. & herb. Torr. haud reperta.)
— California : near Clear Lake, Bolander, Torrey ; also Borax Lake,
Torrey, a more glabrate form, both as to the panicle and involucre,
and the exterior of the flower, the pubescence of which in other speci-
mens is very conspicuous. Branches of the diffuse panicle less slender
and compound, and the flowers rather larger, than in E. vimineum ;
the involucre commonly hoary, and fully two lines long, sometimes
15 - 20-flowered.
53. E. viMiNEDsr, Dougl. in Benth. Eriog. Foliis radicalibus rotun-
datis subtus incani- supra araneoso-lanatis ; involucris sparsis pauci-
VOL. VIII. 23
178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
floris brevissirae 5-dentatis cum ramis tenuissimis panicula; effuso-
decompositre glabris ; perigonio glaberrimo, segmentis exterioribus late
obovatis, interioribus angustioribus. — Washington Territory to Cali-
fornia and Nevada ; apparently very common. Involucre slender,
about a line and a half or sometimes two lines long.
++ ++ ++ Involucra pauci- vel subpluriflora, oblongo-campanulata,
subturbinata, 5-dentata, circa lineam longa, secus ramulos tenues
panicuke plerumque ramosissimze dissita vel sparsa. Perigonium
glabrum, post anthesin involucro brevius, segmentis interioribus
angustioribus. Folia subtus albo- supra srepiusque cum ramis et
involucris floccoso-lanata, nunc omnia radicalia, nunc plus minus
caulina.
54. E. gracile, Benth. Bot. Sulph. & in DC. 1. c. Ssepius
ramosissimum, panicuke ramis patentibus ; foliis ovatis, oblongisve ;
bracteolis in involucro brevibus tenuiter subglanduloso-barbellatis ;
perigonii (albi vel rosei) segmentis exterioribus obovatis, interiori-
busve oblongis. — California and Nevada, apparently common and
widely variable ; some of the glabrate forms approaching E. vimineum,
which has similar only minutely barbellate bractlets at the base of the
pedicels. Bentham's original plant has leaves on the lower nodes.
Var. /3. effusum : humile ; panicula decomposita patentissima
involucrisque sa3pius glabratis ; foliis omnibus radicalibus. — Chiefly
southward, and in Nevada ; the involucres and flowers sometimes
rather large for the species, sometimes very small.
Var. y. leucocladon (E. leucocladon, Benth. PI. Hartw. p. 333,
& in DC. 1. c.) : albo-lanatum ; caule nudo subsimplici ; ramis pani-
cula? paucioribus strictiusculis ; floribus albis.
Var, 8. acetoselloides {E. acetoselloides, Tovw in DC. 1. c.) : albo-
lanatum ; caule longe usque ad paniculam subsimplicem foliato ; floribus
rubentibus. — California, Fitch, Shelton, only in herb. Torr. ; and Remy
collected a form connecting with the preceding.
55. E. polycladon, Benth. in DC. Lana persistente dealbatum ;
caule 2 - 3-pedali usque ad paniculam amplam strictiusculam foliato ;
foliis oblongis obovatisque ; bracteolis in involucro pilis tenuissimis
longissimis parciusculis villosis ; perigonii albi segmentis exterioribus
flabellato-cuneatis, interioribus obovato-spathulatis, utrisque basi at-
tenuates. — S. W. Texas, Wright, to Chihuahua, Potts (E. helian-
themifolium, Benth. in DC. Prodr., quoad pi. " herb. Scheer,") and Ari-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 179
zona, Thurber, Palmer, & Coues. A stouter and larger-flowered form
near San Antonio, New Mexico, Dr. Bigelow, in Whipple's Expedi-
tion. This species is to be distinguished from forms of the preceding
with leafy stem and erect branches of the panicle by the long and
delicate villosity of the bracteoles, and by the perigonium. The pan-
icle is ample, but the branches erect or strict.
++++++++ Involucra saspius brevi-campanulata, parva, perigoniis
post anthesin auctis breviora, secus ramulos paniculaa nudae ple-
rumque intricatos sparsa, dentibus 4-5 latis rotundatis. Brac-
teolae in involucro paleolatre. Folia omnia subradicalia.
56. E. Heermanni, Durand & Hilgard in Pacif. R. R. p. 14,
(Bot.) t. 17. Glaberrimum, vel forte glabratum, dichotomo-ramosissi-
mum ; involucris secus ramulos breves divaricatos paucis brevi-cam-
panulatis lineam longis latisque plurifloris bracteas ovato-subulatas
2 - 3-plo superantibus ; bracteolis glanduloso-ciliatis, exterioribus line-
aribus, intimis filiformibus ; perigoniis glabris, fructiferis lin. 2 longis,
segmentis exterioribus rotundatis interioribus oblongo-spathulatis multo
majoribus ; achenii rostro hirtello-scabro. E. genicidatum, Durand &
Hilgard in Jour. Acad. Philad. 3, p. 45, non Nutt. — California, Pose
Creek, Dr. Heermann. Sterile plains of Humboldt Co., Nevada, Tor-
rey. Old flowering branches only ; the base of the plant, leaves, and
root not collected. But the species cannot be mistaken.
57. E. Plumatella, Durand & Hilgard, 1. c. t. 16. Floccoso-
lanatum, humile ; foliis radicalibus orbiculatis longe petiolatis subtus
albo-lanatis ; paniculae decompositae ramis rigidulis floribundis nunc
rectis nunc tortuosis demum implectentibus; involucro minimo campan-
ulato paucifloro bracteas baud excedente ; bracteolis filiformibus vix
barbellatis ; perigoniis albis et roseo-purpureis glabris lineam longis,
segmentis conformibus (interioribus paullulum angustioribus vix longi-
oribus) quasi panduriformibus ; achenio sursum hirtello-scabrido. —
Pose Creek, California, Heermann ; apparently a stouter form than
common. Nevada, chiefly in the desert, Anderson, Bloomer, Stretch,
Torrey, Watson. A span high, or rarely taller, from an annual root; the
panicles commonly forming implexed matted masses, their branchlets
usually slender and rather brittle. Segments of the perigonium
obovate-cuneiform and broadly refuse, when dry appearing panduriform
by the incurving of their margins about the middle. Embryo much
incurved, the cotyledons wholly accumbent.
18U PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Var. ? Palmeri: panicula patentissima ; involucris cylindraceia
fere lineam longis bracteas sgepius super'antibus, floribus (albis) dimidio
minoribus; bracteolis paucibarbatis. — Arizona, Dr. Palmer, 1869.
This appears to be intermediate in character between E. Plumatella
and.E. gracile, and is perhaps of a distinct species. The flowers are
like the former, except in size, or the segments a trifle narrower and
perhaps the inner ones more decidedly longer.
58. E. intricatum, Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 46, t. 22. Foliis radicalibus
suborbiculatis longe petiolatis viscoso-pubescentibus; panicula divaricato-
ramosissima involucrisque minimis brevi-campanulatis paucifloris gla-
berrimis ; bracteolis obovato- vel cuneato-oblongis ciliolatis ; perigonii
extus parce hirtelli segmentis obovatis conformibus ; ovario glabro. —
San Bartolome, Lower California, Hinds. Bentham describes the
perigonium as glabrous ; but the scattered hairs on the outside of the
perigonium are represented in the plate.
§ 12. Pedunctjlata, Benth. Flos basi ipsa (lata rariusve acuta)
cum pedicello articulatus. Ovarium glabrum. Involucra pauci-
pluriflora, 5-dentata, omnia pedicellata, terminalia et alaria, soli-
taria : pedicelli sagpius elongati, in ramis 2 - 3-chotomis pedun-
culi aphylli parvi-bracteoli scapiformis laxe paniculati. Embryo
praicedentium. Herba? plerumque annual, foliis latis radicalibus vel
in caule brevi sgepissime rotundatis, inflorescentia cum involucris
nunquam pubescente, floribus plerumque albis seu albidis.
* Panicula divaricato-ramosissima glandulis claviformibus obsita :
involucra pauciflora. Annua, scaposa, humilia. Ob pedicellos
perbreves sp. sequentis Virgatis approximanda.
59. E. brachypodum, n. sp. Foliis rotundatis laxe albo-lanatis ;
panicula divaricatissima fere humifusa rigida ; pedicellis involucro glan-
duloso 8-12-floro baud longioribus ; bracteolis sublinearibus hirsuto-
ciliatis ; perigonii glabri segmentis exterioribus cordato-ovatis obtusis-
simis, interioribus dimidio minoribus ovatis longe obtuseque acuminatis.
— Western borders of California, in alkaline sands around Kingston
Spring, llemy, in herb. Mus. Paris. Branches of the panicle stouter
and more rigid than in the next ; the involucre and also the accres-
cent perigonium a line long.
60. E. glandulosum, Nutt. ex Benth. in DC. Foliis rotundatis
viridibus parce pilosis ; panicula tenui effusa ; pedicellis capillaribus
involucro eglanduloso perpaucirioro multoties longioribus ; perigonii
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 181
segraentis oblongo-ovatis acutiusculis suba?qualibus extus parce hirsutis.
Oxytheca glandulosa, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 170. — " Rocky Mountains
of Upper California," according to Nuttall ; an impossible habitat.
Dr. Gambell probably collected it in New Mexico. Involucre and
flowers half a line, the divaricate pedicels two or three lines long. .
* * Panicula cum pedunculo et involucris (iis pedicellisque raro mi-
nutissime glandulosis) laevissima.
-i— Effuso-ramosissima floribunda ; pedicellis rigidis nunc subrace-
moso-secundis mox deflexis. Involucra pluriflora, circa lineam
longa. Perigonium glaberrimum. Achenium rostro plus minus
scabro. Annua ; sp. prima etiam Virgatis approximanda.
61. E. deflexum, Toit. in Ives Colorado Exped. Bot. p. 24. Sub-
validum ; foliis omnibus radicalibus orbiculatis subcordatis floccoso-
lanatis (majoribus sesquipollicaribus) longe petiolatis ; paniculre nunc
ultrapedalis ramis rigidis junceis srepius divaricatis ; pedicellis brevis-
simis saltern involucro brevi-campanulato vel hemisphrerico breviori-
bus ; bracteolis (extimis lato-linearibus, intimis filiformi-spathulatis)
barbato ciliatis ; perigonii albi basi obtusissimi segmentis exterioribus
orbiculatis basi cordatis, interioribus minimis obovatis retusis multoties
minoribus. — S. E. California, on the Colorado, &c, Schott, New-
berry, Cooper. In sand, in a canon of the Wasatch Mountains, Utah,
S. Watson, in Clarence King's Expedition. Tucson, S. Arizona, Dr.
Palmer: a form with the smaller involucres shorter than the pedicel.
Involucre a line long and about as broad, rather many-flowered, the
five teeth broad and rounded. Exterior segments of the perigonium
becoming a line in length and breadth, the inner segments hardly longer
than the ovary.
62. E. nutans, n. sp. Tenellum ; folds omnibus radicalibus rotun-
dis floccoso-lanatis longe vel breve petiolatis ; panicula efFusa ; pedi-
cellis nutantibus cum involucro late campanulato 2-3-plo breviori
minutissime viscoso-glandulosis ; bracteolis filiformibus creberrime
glandulosis; perigonii late rosei basi obtusissimi segmentis exterioribus
late ovalibus emarginatis (fere obcordatis), interioribus oblongis retusis
paullo brevioribus plus dimidio minoribus demum conduplicatis. — Ne-
vada : canon at the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada, Lieut. Beck-
with ; passed over in Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129, as E. cernuum. Canon
in W. Humboldt Mountains and Unionville Valley, S. Watson in C.
King's Expedition. The specimens at most are barely a span high ;
182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
the leaves half an inch in diameter, and the panicle rather simple.
Involucre a line long and about as broad, rather few-flowered. Pedicels
two or three lines long : perigonium as long, or at length longer.
63. E. Watsonii, n. sp. Gracile ; foliis pra3cedentis srepius sub-
cordatis ; panicula decomposita patentissima laxe floribunda ; pedicel-
lis eglandulosis patenti-deflexis involucro angusto- vel clavato-campan-
ulato vix plurifloro 2-3-plo nunc paullo longioribus; bracteolis setaceis
parce glanduloso-barbellulatis ; perigonii albi vix rosei basi obtusi
segmentis conformibus ovalibus parum retusis, interioribus paullulum
minor ibus. — Nevada, in the Humboldt Mountains, Torrey. Star
Canon, W. Humboldt Mountains, alt. 5,000 feet, S. "Watson, in C.
King's Expedition. The exceedingly effuse panicle spreads in the
largest specimens over a foot in breadth. Pedicels much less deflexed
than in the next, the longest fully three lines long, and nearly thrice the
length of the involucre, but many of the later ones not longer than it,
that is, a line or a line and a quarter in length, either smooth or very
minutely and obscurely glandular. Perigonium a line long, or slightly
more when accrescent, narrower than in E. nutans, and not so very
broad at the base, but 6-parted, and not narrowed at base in the manner
of the next.
64. E. cernuum, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 162. Gracile; foliis radi-
calibus (nunc in caule brevi) orbiculatis vel obovatis sublonge pe-
tiolatis floccoso-lanatis ; panicula effuso-decomposita saepius maxime
floribunda ; pedicellis mox deflexis lasvibus involucro campanulato
2 - 4-plo longioribus ; bracteolis setaceis brevibus subundis ; perigonii
albi vel subrosei 6-fidi basi turbinata acuta segmentis exterioribus
quadratis emarginatis retusis interiores oblonga dimidio angustiora
vix superantibus. — Plains of the Platte to New Mexico and Utah.
A span to a foot high ; the panicle in the larger plants very widely
spreading and floriferous. Involucre at most a line long. Flowers
barelv a line long when accrescent, often considerably less, smaller
than any others of this sub-section, and well distinguished from all
others of this section by the top-shaped base or tube, which is fully
half the length of the segments and tapers to the narrow insertion.
Var. tenue : panicula graciliore minus florifera ; pedicellis capil-
laribus elongatis (3- 12 lin. longis), involucro minori vel tenuiori. —
Nevada and Utah; foot-hills of the Humboldt and Wasatch Mountains,
S. Watson, in Clarence King's Expedition. With just the flowers,
&c. of E. cernuum, — this differs remarkably in the filiform looser
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 183
and scarcely rigid divisions of the panicle; the ultimate ones or pedicels
less refracted, sometimes a full inch in length, commonly half an inch,
and therefore many times longer than the fewer-flowered involucre.
-i— +~ Effusa, sa?pius ramosissima, pedicellis nunquam deflexis. In-
volucra haud linea longora, interdum minuta, pauci-subpluriHora.
Perigonium basi fere semper obtusissimum. Annua ; folia radi-
calia vel subradicalia, rotundata, nunc basi cordata petiolata.
++ Subtus albo-lanata, supra plerumque floccosa. Perigonia involucro
grossius 5 - 6-dentato haud longiora. Bractea2 sajpissime intus
lanatre.
a. Pedicelli breves (lin. 1-5 longi) cum panicula tota rigiduli.
Perigonii glaberrimi segmenta maxime disparia.
65. E. rotundifolium, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Humile ; foliis supra
mox denudatis ; panicula e collo ramosissima (spithamoea) rigidula
floribunda; involucris late campanulatis subplurifloris ; bracteolis parce
phimosis ; perigonio albo glaberrimo parum ultra medium 6-Jido, seg-
ments exterioribus flabelliformi-dilatatis retusis, interioribus anguste
oblongis. — Western borders of Texas and adjacent parts of New
Mexico, "Wright, Bigelow, Thurber, Parry. Involucre seldom a line
long, almost of the same breadth. Flowers three fourths of a line
long, with a broadly campanulate base, and the outer segments much
dilated upwards, so as to be usually much broader than long ; the
inner ones small and narrow.
b. Pedicelli tenues saepissime capillares, alares semi-sesquipollicares.
Perigonia basi tenuiter pilosula vel glabra. Herbce tenellce,
cyma 2-3-chotoma tenera cum scapo spithama?a, in depauperatis
subsimplici; foliis lamina semipollicari seu minori.
66. E. Thurberi, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 176. Foliis rotun-
datis ssepius rugosis ; scapo 1 - 2-pollicari primum lanuloso ; bracteis
3 - 4-natis conspicuis calyculiformibus ; involucro late turbinato-
campanulato 10-18-floro; bracteolis vix ullis; perigonio albo (fruc-
tifero lineam longo) 5-partito basi brevi extus minutissime parceque
hirsutulo, segmentis valde disparibus panduriformibus, exterioribus
lobo terminali maximo rotundato (demum latiore quam longo) in
centro tenuiter arachnifero, auriculis basim versus parvis, interioribus
subhastato-lanceolatis parvulis superne vix dilatatis. — California, in
sandy ravines near San Pasqual, Thurber. Los Angeles, Wallace.
184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
S. Arizona, near Camp Grant, Palmer. — The minute pubescence at
the base of the perigonium, and the tuft of most delicate cobwebby hairs
on the centre of the disk of the exterior segments, have been over-
looked. Pedicels and involucre often obscurely viscid-glandular ; the
latter a line long.
67. E. Thomasii, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 4, p. 364. Foliis rotun-
datis ovatisque ; bracteis ad nodos paniculas effusas minimis ; involucro
paucifloro ; bracteolis paleaceis margine parce longe villosis ; perigonio
albo vel flavido (vix semilineam longo) basi tenuiter hispidulo, seg-
mentis disparibus subpanduratis sequilongis apice parum dilatatis
obtusissimis, exterioribus basi latiore demum subcordatis, interioribus
dimidio angustioribus sublineari-oblongis. — Fort Yuma, S. E. Cali-
fornia, Gen. Thomas ; very slender specimens, not a span high, with
almost capillary scape and panicle, also larger but less developed
specimens: Fort Mohave (Fremont, locality not given), Cooper; larger
specimens : Camp Grant, Arizona, Palmer ; very slender form. Invo-
lucre little over half a line in length.
68. E. pusillum, n. sp. Foliis rotundis obovatisque in petiolum
sa^pius angustatis ; bracteis parvulis quaternis ad nodos basique
panicuke subsimplici ; involucro fere hemisphasrico 10 - 15-floro minu-
tim glanduloso ; bracteolis obovatis spathulatisque inferne laxe ara-
neoso-lanatis ; perigonio aureo (nunc purpureo tincto lineam longo
(extus tenuiter glanduloso-puberulo profunde 5-partito, segmentis fere
conformibus, exterioribus ovali-obovatis quam interiores oblonga paullo
majoribus. — Foot-hills of Trinity Mountains, borders of the Truckee
Desert, Nevada, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. From two inches
to a span high ; the involucre barely a line long. To this probably
belongs a specimen from " Bearside Mountain " in the same region,
coll. Newberry ; but the involucres are smaller and few-flowered ; the
flowers, however, "yellow."
69. E. reniforme, Torr. in DC. 1. c. Foliis reniformi- vel cor-
dato-orbiculatis dense mollissime albo-lanatis ; bracteis parvulis lanatis ;
involucris late campanulatis haud glandulosis 8-12-floris; bracteolis
prrecedentis ; perigonio ut videtur albo vel subroseo (semilineam
longo) glabro, segmentis ovatis, interioribus paullo minoribus. — S. E.
California, probably on the Mohave, Fremont. Fort Mohave, Cooper.
Arizona, Palmer. All scanty and incomplete specimens. Involucre
about a line long, sometimes seemingly much smaller and fewer-
flowered.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 185
++ ++ Folia pubescentia nunc glabrata, nunquam lanata vel to-
mentosa ; petioli elongati. Perigonia flavula, extus crebre hirta,
involucro minimo 4 - 5-fido paucifloro fere duplo longiora, seg-
mentis conforrnibus subrequalibus. Bracteoe baud lanatae. Pani-
cula e scapo rigidulo soepe fistuloso effuso-ramosissima, elatior,
pedieellis divaricatis capillaribus tenuissimis (semi-ultrapollicari-
bus) glaberrimis involucris multoties longioribus.
70. E. TRiCHOPODUii, Torr. in Emory, Rep. of Reconn. p. 151,
1848 (perperam E. trichopes), Bentb. in DC. 1. c. Foliis tenuiter
pubescentibus vel supra glabris ovalibus rotundisve nunc subcordatis ;
panicula3 ramis elongatis cum scapo brevi vel brevissimo rigidulis ;
pedieellis tenuissimis ; involucro semilinea sagpius breviore ; perigonii
segmentis ovato-lanceolatis. — S. W. Texas through New Mexico and
Arizona to S. E. California. In the stronger specimens the scape is
more or less fistulous, but not inflated, and, with the very branching
panicle, from one to two feet high.
71. E. inflatum, Torr. in Frem. 2d Rep. & in DC. 1. c. Foliis
hirsuto- seu velutino-pubescentibus nunc glabratis orbicularis vel ro-
tundo-cordatis ; scapo elongato superne fusiformi-inflato ; panicu-
lae ramis rigidulis inferne longe nudis, primariis raro inflatis ; pedi-
eellis capillaribus ; involucro semilinea nunc subbreviori nunc longi-
ori ; perigonii segmentis ovatis (demum lineam longis). — In dry or
desert districts of California, Arizona, and Nevada. E. cordatum,
Torr. in DC. 1. c. (of which the specimens are lost) is doubtless a
glabrate and depauperate state of this species, or possibly of the fore-
going. The two are disposed to run together.
.n. ++ ++ Folia utrinque glabra (an glabrata?) ut tota planta. Peri-
gonia involucro vix lineam longo paucifloro longissime pedicel-
lato haud longiora.
o
72. E. Gordoni, Benth. in DC. 1. c. Foliis subcoriaceis rotundis
glabris ; pedunculis e radice pluribus brevibus in paniculam repetite
dichotomam laxam divisis, ramis gracilibus ; pedieellis subcapillaribus
ultrapollicaribus erectis ; involucro turbinato-campanulato 5-dentato ;
perigonii glaberrimi (albi vel subrosei ?) segmentis exterioribus ovatis
interiora oblonga paullo superantibus ; bracteolis minute glandulosis.
— " In the Rocky Mountains on the Platte, Gordon," in herb. Hook. :
found only by Gordon, and in specimens nearly past flowering. About
vol. viii. 24
186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
a foot high, with sparse involucres. Fresh specimens of this little-
known species are most desirable. The root plainly is not peren-
nial.
+. +_ +_ Minus ramosa nunc oligocephala, pcdicellis elongatis erec-
tis. Involucra H-21 lin. longa, pluri-multiflora. Perigonium
glabrum, basi brevi turbinata. Bracteae minima?. Bracteola? in
involucro villosre. Perennia seu biennia, foliis baud cordatis,
73. E. tenellum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2, p. 241. Caudice
suffruticoso multicipiti csespitosum ; foliis confertissimis ovatis nunc
rotundis longius petiolatis utrinque albo-tomentosis ; scapo seu pedun-
culo ramis panicuke 2 - 3-dichotoma3 sparsis pedicellisque elongatis
gracillimis lasvibus ; involucro turbinato-campanulato (1^-2 lin. longo)
vix plurifloro ; perigonio petaloideo albo 6-partito, segmentis disparibus
retusis vel emarginatis, exterioribus late obovatis seu orbiculatis quam
interiora lineari-oblonga paullo breviora post anthesin conniventia
multo majoribus. — Colorado, at the base of the Pocky Mountains to
N. New Mexico and W. Texas. The original E. tenellum, which de-
serves the name, is the smallest and most slender, wholly acaulescent
form, coll. in Colorado and New Mexico by James, Emory, Fendler,
Bigelow, and Parry ; the scape with the rather simple panicle hardly
a foot high, the blade of the leaves less than half an inch long, the
flower a line or in fruit a line and a half in length. Var. leptocladon,
Benth. (W. Texas, Wright), is simply larger and more robust, the
ampler and more compound panicle attaining a foot and a half or two
feet in height.
Var. caulescens (var. y. ramosissimum & E. phztyphyUum (Torr.),
Benth. in DC.) : ramis e caudice lignescente adsurgentibus (4 - 10
poll, longis) foliosis; foliis srepe majoribus lamina nunc ultra semipol-
licari ; panicula ampliore floribunda ; involucro et perigoniis fructiferis
lin. l£-2 longis. — W. Texas, Riddell, Wright, Lindheimer, and
Parry; specimens collected by the latter passing into the ordinary
E. tenellum by the scapelike peduncle and small panicle.
74. E. ciliatum, Torr. in DC. 1. c. Radice bienni seu annua ;
foliis radicalibus rosulatis obovato-spathulatis in petiolum marginatum
attenuatis prater margines costamque barbato-ciliatos glabris ; scapo
pedunculisque paucis elongatis ; involucro late campanulato multifloro
(lin. 2 longo) ; perigonio atro-rubente crassiusculo 6-fido basi turbinato,
segmentis ovatis acutis, interioribus post anthesin paullo angustioribus
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 187
longioribusque. — Northern Mexico ; in the vicinity of Buena Vista,
Edwards ; Monterey, Gregg.
§ 13. Pseudo-stipulata (Substipirfata), Benth. Flos basi obtusis-
siraa cum pedicello articulatus, extus minute glandulosus. Ova-
rium glabrum. Achenium acute triquetrum. Involucra soepius-
que pedicelli Pedunculatorum. Caules ramosi foliati, sed folia
rite evoluta semper secundaria, nempe in axillis caulinorum ad
bracteas oppositas seu 3 - 4-nas stipukeformes redactorum gemina
vel fasciculata. Embryo praBcedentium. Herbse.
* Involucra sublonge pedicellata, multiflora, 5-dentata, dentibus bre-
vibus latis. Flores in pedicellis brevibus baud ultra bracteolas
exserti.
75. E. axgulosum, Benth. Eriog. p. 406, t. 18, f. 1. Annuum,
floecoso-lanosum, demum glabrescens ; caulibus erectis in paniculam
effusam repetito 2 - 3-chotomam divisis ; ramis acute 4 - 6-angulatis ;
pedicellis filiformibus patentissimis ; foliis radicalibus spathulatis vel
rotundatis, caulinis propriis bracteosformibus parvis stipulas brunneo-
scariosas mentientibus, axillaribus geminis vel fasciculatis oblongo-
linearibus lanceolatisque ; involucris brevi-campanulatis seu hemisphae-
ricis minute glandulosis nunc fere laavibus ; fructiferis demum explana-
tis bracteas internas (potius quam bracteolas) inferne lanigeras late
spathulatas vix adaaquantibus ; perigonio roseo vel albo profunde 5-
partito, segmentis exterioribus ovatis concavis, interioribus demum
longioribus lanceolato-oblongis. — California and Nevada, apparently
common. A span to a foot high, at length diffuse. Pedicels from
six to twelve lines long. Flowers barely one line long, on slender
internal pedicels which do not exceed the firm dilated bracts that
subtend them ; the proper bractlets minute and capilary, and villose-
plumose or often wanting.
76. E. Greggii, n. gp. Subpedale, e radice perenni erectum, pu-
berulum, subglandulosum ; foliis radicalibus et fasciculorum spathulatis
in petiolum marginatum attenuatis subciliatis glabellis (petiolis nunc
parce hirsutis), caulinis 3 - 4-nis lanceolatis brevibus herbaceis in och-
ream basi connatis ; pedicellis subracemosis erectis, inferioribus ultra-
pollicaribus ; . involucro turbinato-campanulato ; bracteolis tenuibus
hirsutis ; perigonio purpurascente profunde 6-fido, segmentis conformi-
bus ovato-oblongis. — N. Leon, Mexico, on a high plain near San Juan
de la Vaqueria, Gregg. Has been taken for a variety of E. ciliatum,
188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
(and is mentioned in DC. Prodr. in a note under that species) ;
but it is very different. Flowering sterns rather simple and rigid,
bearing fascicles of leaves in most of the axils. Involucre two lines
long ; the larger of the contained bracts and bractlets lanceolate
and scarious ; the others filiform. Pedicels of the flower apparently
compressed, little exceeding a line in length, and about the length of
the perigonium.
* * Involucra alaria pleraque sessilia, minima, fere 5-partita, pau-
ciflora.
77. E. divaricatum, Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 5, p. 265 ; Benth.
in DC. 1. c. Annuum, demissum, a basi divaricato-ramosissimum,
minute pubescens ; foliis radicalibus ovatis spathulatisque longius pe-
tiolatis, caulinis secundariis intra primaria parva stipulaaformia subu-
lato-linearia geminis conformibus superne gradatim minoribus ; peri-
gonii albidi segmentis oblongis subasqualibus. — Utah, on saline clayey
soils, within the high calcareous hills of the Upper Colorado, Geyer.
Less than a span high. Lamina of the leaf from six to three, or the
ultimate ones only one or two lines long. Flowers little over half a
line in length. All the developed leaves on the stem and branches
appear to spring from within the stipule-like true cauline ones.
§ 14. Foliosa, Benth. Flos basi brevissima acutata vel obtusa
perigonii 5-partiti cum pedicello exserto articulatus. Ovarium
glabrum. Involucra 4-8-fida vel partita, nunc in pedicellis
paniculata vel subraceraosa modo Pedunculatorum, nunc in dicho-
tomiis sessilia. Caules fbliosi : folia caulina rite evoluta, opposita
seu verticillata (ima tantum alterna) et in axillis fasciculata.
Embryo prcecedentium. Herba3 annuse.
* Salsuginosa : involucri phylla fere discreta inaequalia. Perigo-
nium fructiferum achenio acutissime triquetro arete conforme.
78. E. salsuginosum, Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 5, p. 264. Glabrum,
diffuso-ramosissimum, usque ad apicem foliosum ; foliis subcarnosis,
imis spathulatis oblongisve, superioribus linearibus ; involucris alaribus
sessilibus paucisve ramulos seu pedunculos filiformes terminantibus
paucifloris e bracteis linearibus basi subcoalitis vel discretis ; floribus
subsessilibus ; perigonio subherbaceo extus minute hirtello, segmentis
oblongis subtequalibus apice tantum scariosis. — Utah, in the Rocky
Mountains near the sources of the Colorado, on saline clayey soils,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 189
Nuttall, Geyer. An inch to a span high. Perigonium in fruit barely
a line long.
* * Rumiciflora: involucra plus minus pedunculata, multiflora,
profunde 5 - 8-fida, lobis linearibus foliaceis. Perigonii peta-
loidei segmentis disparibus, exterioribus basi cordatis. Folia
inferiora lata.
79. E. Abertianum, Torr. in Emory, Reconn. ; Benth. in DC.
1. c. Yillosum seu laxe molliterque pubescens, paniculato-ramosum ;
ramis fere ad apicem saspius foliatis erectis; foliis inferioribus ovatis
vel subcordatis longius petiolatis ssepius undulatis, ramealibus lanceo-
latis linearibusve subsessilibus ; pedunculis alaribus inferioribus ple-
rumque gracilibus, superioribus involucro sequilongis vel brevioribus ;
perigonii glabri rosei segmentis exterioribus orbiculatis sinu profundo
clauso cordatis quam interiora lineari-oblonga subpandurata apice
retusa multo latioribus. — W. Texas (Wright) to Chihuahua, Arizona,
&c. : apparently common. A span to a foot high, very variable in
size, foliage, &c. The enlarged exterior segments of the perigonium
become nearly two lines long, the lobes at the deeply cordate base cov-
ering the small and narrow tube of the perigonium.
* * * Spergulina: involucra effuso-paniculata in pedicellis lasvibus
capillaribus, parva, pauciflora, 5 - 8-fida. Perigonia petaloidea,
segmentis haud cordatis. Caules gracillimi, internodiis elongatis :
folia caulina angusto-linearia, marginibus nunc revolutis.
80. E. pharnaceoides, Torr. in Sitgreaves Rep. p. 167, t. 11, &
in DC. 1. c. Pubescens ; foliis subtus cano-tomentosis supra glabres-
centibus ; involucris 5 - 8-fidis 8-12-floris; bracteolis filiformibus
villosis ; perigonio glabro albo vel roseo, segmentis exterioribus latis-
sime ovatis concavis, fructiferis basi bigibbosis quam interiora oblongo-
linearia retusa brevioribus ; antheris nigricantibus. — New Mexico and
Arizona, Wright, Bigelow, Sitgreaves, Thurber, Coues and Palmer.
Commonly about a foot high ; with leaves about an inch long and a
line or less in width. Pedicels one or two inches, and involucre one
or two lines long. Perigonium when accrescent a little over a line
in length.
81. E. spergulinum, Gray in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 7, p. 389.
Tenuius ; foliis cum basi caulis parce hirsutis glandulosisque utrin-
que viridibus ; panicula magis eflfusa, pedicellis tenuissimis ; involu-
190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
cris minimis 4-fidis sesquifloris glabris ; bracteolis nullis ; perigonio
albo basi pilosulo, segmentis asqualibus cuneato-oblongis, exterioribus
obtusis vel retusis, interioribus apice truncato pi. m. eroso-tridentatis.
— California, in the Mariposa Grove, &c, Bridges, Brewer, Bolan-
der. Nevada, Anderson, Bloomer. Pedicels seldom more than an
inch long, truly capillary. Involucre only half a line, but the flower
a line or with age a line and a half long : usually only one is de-
veloped, but there is always a rudiment of a second flower. Ache-
nium lenticular.
3. OXYTHECA, Nutt. p. p., Benth. in DC. 1. c.
Involucrura pauciflorum, cyathiforrae, 4-fidum, lobis aristatenui su-
perlatis. Flores, bracte'ola?, etc. Eriogoni. Achenium lenticulare.
Radicula longa cotyledonibus orbiculatis accumbens. — Annua?, Cali-
fornia?, unica e Cordilleras Chili et Mendozre, divarieato-ramosissima>,
laxiflorre, ramis teneribus glandulis parvis pedicellatis hinc inde con-
spei-sis. — Genus Eriogono proximum, nunc speciebus novis confir-
matum.
* Tnvolucra omnia pedicellata ; pedicellis alaribus saltern inferioribus
gracillimis nudis. Folia bracteasque tantum mucronatse.
1. 0. dendroidea, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 169; Benth. 1. c. Effuse
cymoso-ramosissima ; foliis radicalibus lanceolatis seu lineari-lanceolatis
hirsutulis, caulinis bracteisve gradatim diminutis basi nunc subconnatis;
aristis involucri soepe inoequalibus. — Forma tenuior floribunda est
Brisegnoa Chilensis, Remy in Gay Fl. Chil. 5, p. 292, tab. 58, et
Tetraraphis apiculata, nunc Oxytheca apiculata, Miers. Forma vege-
tior magis foliata, floribus sparsis, O.foliosa, Nutt. 1. c. — This larger
foliose form was collected in Nevada near Empire City by Dr. Torrey,
and recently, in Clarence King's Expedition, by S. Watson, who also
gathered in abundance in the Douglas Range, Nevada, a very slender
and exceedingly floriferous form, quite like the South American.
All Nuttall's specimens we have seen are intermediate between the
two. The involucres vary from half a line to nearly a line in length,
not counting the awn, upon the length of which no dependence can
be placed.
* * Involucra subsessilia vel bracteis plus minus connatis suffulta.
OF ARTS ANB SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 191
2. O. Watsoni, n. sp. Effuse ramosissima; foliis radicalibus spa-
thulatis pubescentibus ; bracteis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis basi tan-
turn soepius hinc connatis, superioribus decrescentibus lobisque involucri
aristis suis rigidis dimidio brevioribus. — Monitor Valley, Nevada,
Sereno Watson in C. King's Expedition, July, 18G8. A span to ten
inches high. Radical leaves an inch or more long, much broader and
blunter than those of the foregoing species. Lower bracts about two
lines long, rigid, mostly decurved, their bases commonly connate on
one side. Pedicels not more than half a line long, about the length of
the body of the involucre they support, or when apparently lengthened
then bibracteolate near their apex : the awns of these upper bracts
and of the about three-flowered involucre a line and a half or two
lines in length. Fruit not seen.
3. 0. perfoliata, n. sp. Chorizanthis perfoliatce admodum similis,
demissa, divaricato-ramosissima ; foliis glaucescentibus (srepe rubentibus
in sicco chartaceis), radicalibus spathulatis, caulinis bracteisve sursum
vix decrescentibus (internodio dimidio brevioribus), in centro perfoli-
atis disciformibus subtrigono-orbiculatis venulosis triaristulatis ; invo-
lucris in dichotomiis sessilibus solitariis, lobis subulato-lanceolatis aristis
suis aequilongis. — Nevada, Fremont, second Expedition. Unionville,
Humboldt, and Truckee valleys, on the borders of the desert, May to
July, 1868, S. Watson in C. King's Expedition. A most remarkable
species, uniformly leafy to the tips of the branches, or only the latest
eauline or rameal leaves or bracts much reduced in size : these are all
centrally perfoliate disks, from half an inch to nearly an inch in diam-
eter, manifestly composed of a whorl of three wholly connate leaves,
the slender short awns answering to their tips ; at the first fork, how-
ever, there is commonly an involucre-like whorl of three or four small
leaves, connate only at the base. Involucre a line and a half long ex-
clusive of the rigid awn, which is a prolongation of a much more con-
spicuous costa than in the other species. Flowers from four to six,
conspicuously pedicellate. Perigonium pubescent, its segments ovate
and acute. Achenium turgidly ovate-lenticular, pointed : cotyledons
thickish.
4. CENTROSTEGIA, Gray in DC. 1. c.
Involucrum 1— 3-florum, tubulosum, 5 - 6-de'ntatum, basim juxta
3 — 6-calcaratum, calcaribus divaricatis dentibusque cuspidatis seu
aristatis. Flores, fructus, etc. Chorizanthis ; foliato et inflorescentia
192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
laxa sect. Mucronece. — Annua?, Californica?, demissas, fere glabrae, foliis
radicalibus spathulatis, ramealibus bracteisve saepius trifidis, lobis aris-
tulatis, involucris subsessilibus. Genus inter Chorizanthem (Mucro-
neam) et Oxythecam.
1. C. Thurberi, Gray, 1. c. Glabra; involucro 1 - 2-floro char-
taceo venuloso apice tantum 5-dentato, costis baud prominulis, cal-
caribus 3 grossis conicis dentibusque ovatis breviter cuspidatis ; peri-
goniisegmeutis lineari-spathulatis basin versus hirsuto-ciliatis. (Embryo
incurvo-excentricus, radicula longa.) San Felipe, Thurber, who alone
has met with it.
2. C. leptoceras, Gray in herb. Kew. Glabella ; ramis divaricatis;
involucro hirsutulo 2 - 3-floro 6-fido, dentibus lanceolato-subulatis aris-
tatis (arista unico longiore), calcaribus 6 aristiformibus apice uncinatis
tubo dimidio brevioribus ; perigonii segmentis ovalibus dorso parce
pilosis. — Plains of San Gabriel, Lobb in herb. Kew.
5. CHORIZANTHE, R. Br.
Involucrum uniflorum, gamophyllum, basi inappendiculatum, tubo
saepius angulato vel costato, dentibus lobisve 2-6 fere semper cuspide
vel arista terminatis ssepius inaequalibus. Flos inclusus vel parum
exsertus, in involucro subsessilis seu breviter pedicellatus. Perigoniura
tenue vel corollinum, 6-lobum vel 6-partitum. Stamina 9, raro 3 vel
6. Achenium trigonum. Embryo Eriogoni, nunc rectus cotyledonibus
angustioribus, nunc incurvo-excentricus vel cotyledonibus latis radicular
pi. m. accumbentibus. — Plantar humiles, involucris sessilibus cymoso-
congestis vel sparsis, foliis oppositis verticillatisque seu inferioribus
saapius alternis. — Ghorizanthe & Mucronea, Benth. Eriog. & in DC.
1. c. Acanthogomim, Torr.
§ 1. Euchorizanthe. Involucrum tubulosum, 6-dentatum, 6-
costatum, angulatum, saspius coriaceum, costis validis in cuspidem
vel aristam sajpius pi. m. uncinatam excurrentibus. Stamina
juxta basim perigonii 6-lobi inserta. Folia nunquam cordata,
integra, saltern caulina angusta basi attenuata.
* Annua?, Californica;, Scariosce, nerape iuvolucris in glomerulas
capituliformes congestis, limbo pi. m. albo-scarioso (necnon praa-
cocibus vegetioribus in dichotomiis pi'imariis solitariis ex toto
herbaceis).
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 26, 1870. 193
-i— Involucri limbus omnino prater costas petaloideo-scariosus, rotato-
expansus, breviter 6-lobus. Caulis erectus : capitula densa.
1. C. membranacea, Bentb. Eriog. 1. c. p. 419, t. 7, f. 1. Arane-
oso-lanata ; foliis bracteisque conformibus linearibus mucrone debili ;
capitulis solitariis paucisve secus ramos subsimplices dissitis, fructiferis
iis Scabiosarum similibus ; involucro prater basim et costas validas in
aristularn excurrentes prorsus scarioso, limbo maxime dilatato. — Not
rare in California ; a most marked species.
2. C. stellttlata, Bentb. PI. Hartw. no. 1937. Hirto-pubescens,
fastigiato-ramosa ; foliis eaulinis fere linearibus ; bracteis acerosis
pungenti-aristulatis pilis rigidioribus birsutis ; capitulis subcymosis ;
involucri tubo angusto insigniter ?equaliter 6-costato (lin. 2 longo),
limbo abrupto prater costas validas in aristularn excurrentes toto albo-
scarioso quadruplo longiore ; perigonii segmentis obcordato-bilobis ;
antheris oblongo-linearibus. — Known as yet only in Hartweg's collec-
tion from the valley of the Sacramento.
3. C. Douglasii, Benth. Eriog. 1. c. Humilis, villoso-pubescens ;
foliis eaulinis spathulatis seu spathulato-lanceolatis ; bracteis acerosis
pungentibus ; capitulis saepius umbellatis globosis ; involucri circa lin.
2 longi tubo intequaliter angulato limbo brevi abrupto (albo vel roseo)
cum aristis subulatis inrequalibus 2 - 3-plo longiore ; perigonii seg-
mentis apice truncatis subcrenulatis ; antheris lineari-oblongis. — The
genuine C. Douglasii has apparently been collected only by Douglas,
and lately by Prof. Brewer, — by the latter on very dry hills in
Santa Margarita Valley, sparingly and in depauperate specimens.
The expanded scarious limb of the involucre, when not torn down, is
angulate-lobed in the manner of the preceding, i. e. the stout costa?
which project as awns are connected high up by the scarious mem-
brane. Bentham's var. Hartioegi must be united to C. pungens.
h— -t— Involucri limbus 5-partitus, nempe dentibus ad faucem usque
discretis aut margine aut fere toto albo-scariosis. Caules laxi, a
basi ramosi, saepius difFusi ; pube plus minus villosa : capitula
plerumque irregulariter paniculata : bracteas pungenti-aristatae,
supremse aristiformes. — Adsunt fere semper involucra pauca
pracociora solitaria dentibus accrescentibus herbaceis immar-
ginatis.
4. C. diffusa, Benth. PI. Hartw. no. 1938. Pilosula, tenella; foliis
plerisque radicalibus spathulatis seu oblongo-ovatis (cum petiolo 4-12
VOL. VIII. 25
194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
lin. longis) ; glomerulis parvis laxiusculis ; involucro haud ultra lineam
longo, dentibus ovatis prater costam toto scariosis cum aristis (1-2
multo majoribus tubura adrequantibus) insequalibus ; antheris ovalibus.
— Monterey, on dry and sandy plains, Hartweg ; near tbe sea-
beach, Parry (in herb. Torr.), the specimens of the latter less
pubescent and more floribund.
5. C. pungens, Benth. Eriog. 1. c. t. 19. Molliter hirsuto-villosa ;
caulibus plerumque diifusis ramosis inferne foliatis ; foliis spathulatis
vel sublanceolatis ; glomerulis irregularibus ; involucro (lin. 1 J- 2^
longo) dentibus basi herbaceis nunc latissime nunc angustius scarioso-
marginatis ovatis nunc ovato-subulatis ina^qualibus, majoribus bracteis-
que longius pungenti-aristatis ; antheris oblongis. — Apparently the
commonest species along and near the coast of California, and most
variable in size ; the larger forms coarse, with the thickish stems or
branches a foot or two long ; the depauperate forms slender, sometimes
no more than two or three inches high. The scarious margins of the
teeth of the involucre are commonly very broad and thin, but occa-
sionally narrow and inconspicuous in the dry state. C Douglasii,
var. Hartwegi, Benth. in DC. (C. nudicaulis, Benth. PI. Hartw. no.
1935, non Nutt.) is one of the stout and more upright forms of this
species, with broad and rounded scarious teeth, distinct, however, quite
to the base. O. angustifolia, \Nutt., Benth. in DC, is one of the
depauperate forms of G. pungens.
* * Annuse, Californicaa cum unica Chilensi, immarginatce, dentibus
involucri ex toto herbaceis vel coriaceis saspe corniformibus, sinu-
bus tantum scariosis.
+- Cymoso-confertifloroe, involucris in cymulis glomerulisve confertis
cum alaribus solitariis in dichotomiis. Stamina (spec, ultima ex-
cepta) 9.
++ Perigonii segmenta infra apicem pectinato-fimbriata. Erectae,
scaposa?, pedunculo nudo in cymam repetito- 2-3-chotomam diviso,
foliis omnibus radicalibus spathulatis ovalibusque, bracteis aceroso-
subulatis, flore in involucro sessili.
6. C. laciniata, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 7, Bot. p. 19. Nana, sub-
villosa ; cyma floribunda ; involucri dentibus subulato-aristatis fere
sequalibus tubo 2 - 4-plo brevioribus ; perigonio involucro duplo longi-
ore, segmentis triangulari-lanceolatis longe crebreque fimbriatis apice
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 195
caudatis. — San Felipe, California, Dr. Antisell, in Parke's Expedi-
tion. The beautifully fringed and conspicuously tail-pointed seg-
ments of the perigonium are commonly exserted two lines beyond the
orifice of the involucre.
7. C. fimbriata, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 1G8 ; Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 5,
Bot. t. 8. Humilis, subvillosa vel glabella ; involucri dentibus validis
subulatis aristatis tubo paullo vel dimidio brevioi'ibus ; perigonio
minus exserto, segmentis infra apicem oblongum obtusum irregulariter
lacero-fimbriatis. — Abundant on dry hills near San Diego, Nuttall,
Parry, Thurber, &c, and east to the Mohave River, Thomas, Cooper,
&c. This was collected by Botta many years ago, from whose speci-
mens, preserved at the Jardin des Plantes, a drawing was long ago
made by Decaisne and engraved for Mirbel, who was to have pub-
lished Botta's collection.
•n- -n- Perigonii segmenta integerriina vel apice tantum crenulata.
Caules subundi.
8. C. staticoides, Benth. Eriog. 1. c. Erecta (bipollicaris ad
pedalem) ; foliis plerisque radicalibus spathulatis oblongis rotundisve
hirsutulis subtus plerumque tomentosis ; cyma effuse corymbosa ; invo-
lucri dentibus subulatis breviter aristatis seu aristulatis, inrequalibus,
majorihus tubo angusto 2 - 3-plo brevioribus. — G. nudicaule & C. dis-
color, Nutt. 1. c. From San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara County,
Brewer, Torrey, to San Diego, Nuttall, &c, and Fort Tejon, Xantus
(published as C. procumbens).
9. C. proctoibens, Nutt. 1. c, Benth. in DC. Demissa, sub-
hirsuta ; foliis spathulatis ; ramis (poll. 2-4 longis) diffusis vel de-
cumbentibus ; cymulis irregularibus paniculatis ; involucri dentibus
corniformibus subulato-aristatis, 2-4 majoribus tubo parum brevi-
oribus. C. uncinata, Nutt. 1. c. — San Diego, &c, Nuttall, Thurber,
Blake. A depressed plant, very fragile with age, and the awns more
constantly uncinate than in related species. Tube of the involucre
barely a line long.
10. C. uniaristata, n. sp. Diffusa, pube molli subcinerea ; foliis
spathulatis subtus piloso-pubescentibus ; cymulis laxiusculis ; bracteis
aristatis ; involucri dentibus corniformibus, unico arista recta valida
tubo brevi-oblongo paullo vel subduplo longiore, ceteris cuspide
brevi superatis ; staminibus 3. — New Idria, California, in very dry
places, Brewer. Achenium slender. Embryo straight or very
196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
slightly incurved : cotyledons linear-oblong, nearly twice the length
of the radicle.
■h- J— Paniculato-laxiflora?. Stamina 3 — 6.
11. C. brevicornu, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 177. Cinereo-
puberula, subspithamrea ; foliis plerisque radicalibus nunc linearibus
nunc obovato-spathulatis ; bracteis parvulis uncinato-mucronatis ; invo-
lucris angustis prismaticis secus ramos subsimplices panicute plerisque
dissitis, dentibus subasqualibus subulato-aristulatis recurvis tubo (lin.
2 — 3 longo vix semilineam lato) 3 - 5-plo breviore ; perigonii lobis
integerrimis ; starninibus 3. — S. E. California to the Gila and Ne-
vada, Fremont, Parry, Newberry, Watson, the latter from Truckee
Valley, near the desert, and different from other specimens in the
spatulate-obovate instead of almost linear leaves. No well-developed
or exserted flowers seen.
12. C. COmmissuralis, Remy, Fl. Chil., the only annual species
not North American, is most related to G. brevicornu, is similar in
habit and inflorescence, and in the narrow involucre, but is more
downy. The flowers examined have six stamens, and are not quite
sessile in the involucre. Embryo straight; cotyledons narrow.
* * * Perennes suffrutescentes, Chilenses, involucris corymboso-
glomeratis, dentibus herbaceis quandoque muticis.
13. C. virgata, Benth., 14. C. pedunctjlaris, Benth., 15. C.
Macr^ei, Benth., 16. C. ramosissima, Benth., 17. C. paniculata,
Benth., 18. C. vaginata, Benth., 19. C. frankenioides, Remy,
20. C. glabresceks, Benth.; vide DC. Prodr. 14, p. 24. Of these
Chilian perennial species we have nothing to remark. Most of them
have a pretty long cylindraceous tube to the perigonium, on which the
stamens are borne either below the middle or near the base.
§ 2. Mucronea. Involucrum 2 - 4-quetrum, 2 - 4-lobatum, char-
taceo-coriaceum, lobis herbaceis arista recta superatis. Stamina
9, basi perigonii 6-partiti inserta. Annua?, Californica?, nunquam
tomentosaa, divergenti-ramosissima?, involucris in dichotomiis et
secus ramulos graciles paniculatos sparsis, foliis in sicco perga-
maceis, caulinis bracteisque conformibus sursum sensim minori-
bus amplexicaulibus pi. m. stellato-trilobis, lobis cuspidatis vel
aristatis. Flos in involucro breviuscule seu longiuscule pedicel-
latus.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 197
21. C. perfoliata, Gray in Proceed. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hirsutula, subglandulosa seu glabella ; foliis caulinis perfoliatis ; invo-
lucro tetraquetro quadridentato, dentibus breviter inoequaliter subulato-
aristatis ; perigonii segmentis versus apicem laciniatis. (Embryo rec-
tus.) — Fort Tejon, California, Xantus. On very dry rocky bills,
near San Luis Obispo and Mt. Oso, Brewer. " Wbole plant turning
bright scarlet."
22. C. Californica, Gray, I. c. Hirsutior ; foliis caulinis am-
plexicaulibus, superioribus alte trilobis ; involucro compresso ssepis-
sime bilobo subasqualiter biaristato, rarius 3 - 4-quetro aristis additis
brevioribus; perigonii segmentis integerrimis. Mucronea Californica,
Bentb. Eriog. p. 416, t. 20. — Found, so far as we know, only by
Douglas, Nuttall, and Parry, and only in the vicinity of San Diego.
In Parry's specimens the angles and teeth of the involucre are com-
monly three or four.
§ 3. Acanthogonum. Involucrum 3 - 5-dentatum seu lobatum,
coriaceum, tubo transverse venuloso vel corrugato, lobis inas-
qualibus immarginatis. Stamina 6-9, fauci perigonii 6-lobi in-
serta : fllamenta brevia : anthers breves. Annua?, Californica?,
nana?, foliis ovatis spathulatisve integris petiolatis muticis, involu-
cris pi. m. glomeratis. Flos in involucro pedicellatus, tenuiter
bracteolatus.
The genus Acanthogonum, Torr., seemed to rest securely upon its
three-lobed and angled involucre, the faucial insertion of the stamens,
and the remarkable spiny bracts. But a second species was after-
wards added with a tei*ete involucre ; and now we must associate
with these two others which in different ways connect with Chorizanthe,
leaving only the character of the insertion of the stamens, — which,
moreover, in A. corrugatum, is not quite so high as in the others, while
in some Chilian species of Chorizanthe they are borne rather far up
on the tube.
* Involucrum late triquetrum, tricostatum, dentibus lobisve 5: brac-
teae innocuae.
23. C. polygonoides, n. sp. Diffuso-rauiosissima, depressa, laxe
hirsuto-pubescens ; foliis bracteisque spathulatis petiolatis muticis,
summisve minimis tantum mucronatis ; involucris laxius paniculato-
glomeratis demum induratis obpyramidato-triquetris tricostatis, lobis 3
triangulato-subulatis in aristam spinescentem apice subhamatam desi-
198 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
nentibus cum 2 intermediis parvis vel minimis; staminibus 6, filamentis
brevissimis. — " Reservoir Hill," Placerville, California, Mr. Rattan.
An insignificant weedy plant, three or four inches high, the branches
when old fragile at the joints, as in many other species, in habit resem-
bling O. procumbens. Fruiting involucre with its broadly obpyramidal
tube a line and a half long, glabrate ; the longer and widely divergent
lobes with the pungent stout awn about the same length, or even longer;
the two intermediate and much smaller pungent-pointed teeth not arising
from any obvious costal. Tube of the perigonium cylindraceous ; the
stamens some of them opposite and some alternate with the lobes.
Achenium and seed ovate-pyramidal. Embryo as in the following.
* * Involucrum trigonum, 6-costatum, trifidum : bracteae spini-
formes.
24. C. rigid A. P)rgmpea,primum lanata; caule Q--2-pollicari) parum
ramoso demum crassiore lignescente ; foliis ovatis seu obovatis subtus
albo-tomentosis longe petiolatis ; involucris in axillis sessilibus solita-
riis vel confertis bracteis elongatis aristreformibus seu lanceolatis
spinescenti-cuspidatis demum induratis suffultis, lobis 3 inaaqualibus
ovato- seu triangulari-lanceolatis cuspide spinescente recta terminates
tubo brevi-campanulato (majore duplo) longioribus ; perigonii tubo
cylindraceo basi obtuso ; staminibus 9. Acanthogonum rigidnm, Torr.
Pacif. R. R. 4 (Bot. Whipp.), p. 132, & 5, p. 365, & Bot. Mex.
Bound, p. 177 (excl. ref. "tab. 8"). — On the desert of S. E. Califor-
nia and the neighboring parts of Arizona and New Mexico, Bigelow,
A. B. Gray, Thomas, Newberry, Cooper, Parry ; also Nevada as far
north as Truckee Valley, Watson. The older plants horrid with the
tufted bracteal spines, of which the larger are about an inch in
length. Stamens perhaps always 9. The older involucres thin and
scarious between the reticulations. Cotyledons orbicular, accumbent
on the base of the slender curved radicle.
* * * Involucrum tubo tereti angusto, costis obsoletis, dentibus 3
vel 5 cum bracteis parvulis breviter cuspidatis. Herbse exiles,
caule 1 - 3-pollicari demum subcymoso-ramoso.
2o. C. corrugata. Albido-lanata ; foliis ovatis seu ovali-rotun-
dis longe petiolatis ; involucris demum subcymosis, lobis 3 ovato-lan-
ceolatis cum bracteolis herbaceis cuspide recurva apiculatis tubo subcla-
vato eximie corrugato (fructifero fere tuberculato) sublongioribus; tubo
perigonii basi attenuato ; staminibus 6 — 9. Acanthogonum corruga*
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 26, 1870. 199
tinn, Torr. Pacif. E. R. 5, p. 364. — In the same district as the preced-
ing, near Fort Yuma, Gen. Thomas. Tube of the involucre nearly
two lines long, cylindrical with an attenuated base.
26. C. Watsoni, n. sp. Canescenti-pubescens ; foliis angusto-
spatbulatis lanceolatisve ; involucris subsparsis paniculatis, dentibus 5
valde ina?qualibus cum bracteis parvulis aceroso-subulatis cuspide
recurva superatis, unico (rarius duobus) majori seu foliaceo-ampliato
tubo cylindrico pedicelliformi la?vi nunc subrequilongo, caeteris subulatis
parvis ; tubo perigonii cylindrico ; stamiuibus 9 ; embryone recto, coty-
ledonibus linearibus radicula longioribus. — Nevada, on the borders of
the desert, Humboldt, Reese-River, and Grass valleys, Torrey, Stretch,
C. Watson in Clarence King's Expedition. Leaves small. Involucre
one and a half or at length two lines long, most of the five teeth about
half a line long, but the enlarged foliiform one oval, oblong, or lanceo-
late : sometimes two or three of them are more or less accrescent.
Flower on a slender pedicel. Seed linear-subulate. Cotyledons re-
markably long and slender.
6. LASTARRLEA, Remy.
Involucrum nullum. Flores cymoso-glomerati : perigonium coriaceo-
herbaceum, 6-dentatum, involucrum Chorizanthis admodum simulans,
dentibus subulatis cuspide recurva uncinata terminatis. Stamina 3, fauci
perigonii inserta, lobis interioribus opposita, brevia, utrinque dente
membranaceo seu filamento sterili comitata. Ovarium sessile. Ache-
nium triquetrum. Embryo subarcuatus, cotyledonibus angustis, ra-
dicula longioribus. — Herbula annua multicaulis, foliis linearibus,
floralibus bracteisve oblongis seu lanceolatis verticillatis cuspide
recurva uncinata armatis tenacibus.
1. L. Chilensis, Remy in Gay, Fl. Chil. 5, p. 289, t. 58, f. 1 ;
DC. Prodr. 14, p. 186. Chili, Bertero, Gillies. — California, J. Blake:
station unknown ; but probably introduced at some time from Chili,
perhaps in the fleece of sheep and cattle, as the hooked cusps or short
and stout awns of the bracts and calyx are tenacious, and the joints
very fragile.
7. PTEROSTEGIA, Fischer & Meyer.
Involucrum monophyllum ! tenue, primum florem sessilem fulcrans
eodemque brevius, rotundatum, pi. m. bilobum, fructiferum valde am-
pliatum, scariosum, achenium laxe amplectens, vesiculosum, reticula-
200 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
turn, dorso bigibberoso-saccatum. Perigoniuin 6- (raro 5-)partitum,
segmentis oblongo-lanceolatis requalibus. Stamina segmentis perigonii
numero requalia, basi eorum inserta, quandoque pauciora. Acbeuium
triquetrum. Embryo in albumine carnoso vel farinoso copioso excen-
tricus, cotyledonibus orbiculatis radicular accumbentibus. — Herbas an-
nua^ Californicae, caulibus tenuibus dicbotomo-ramosissimis diffusis, foliis
oppositis, inferioribus s*pe bilobis lobis nunc iterum 2-3-lobatis, superi-
oribus quandoque pi. m. crenulato-denticulatis; involucris primum mini-
mis terminalibus alaribusque subsessilibus ; floribus flavidulis parvis.
The involucre has been, as we suppose, wrongly described as di-
phyllous. It is rightly said by Hooker (in Bot. Beechey) to be " two-
lobed." These lobes may answer each to one of a pair of leaves, like
the cauline, but united on one side, in a manner sometimes observed in
the bracts of Oxytlteca ; but we are confident that the whole rather
answers to a single bracteolar leaf, which is two-lobed after the fashion
of the lower cauline leaves ; and so is homologous (not with the invo-
lucre of Eriogonum but) with a bractlet in Nemacaulis* Bentham's
view (in Bot. Sulph. & DC. Prodr. 14, p. 27), first, that there are a
pair of these involucral leaves, and second, that each is composed of
three leaves, the contiguous margins of which expand into the dorsal
wings or crests, is most of all untenable. These crests are gibberosities,
one for each lobe, sometimes shallow or inconspicuous, sometimes very
deep and large, and crest-like or wing-like.
1. P. drymarioides, Fischer & Meyer, Ind. Sem. Petrop. 2, p. 23,
& Sert. Petrop. fasc. 3, tab. fol. ; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, t. 90.
Tenella, pilosulo-pubescens ; foliis inferioribus longe petiolatis flabelli-
formibus obcordato-bilobis seu emarginatis nunc bis bilobis, superioribus
ramealibusque rotundatis obovatis spathulatisque haud raro crenulato-
denticulatis ; involucro fructifero (lin. l~13rlongo) profundius bilobo
margine dentato vel laciniato. P. microphylla, diphylla, & var. biloba,
Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. — Common in California along the coast : very
variable.
2. P. macroptera, Benth. Sulph. p. 44. Major, rigidior ; ramis
junioribus cano-pubescentibus ; foliis (ramealibus) spathulatis integer-
rimis subcarnosis vix petiolatis ; involucro fructifero (semipollicari)
margine sinuato. — Bay of Magdalena, Lower California, Hinds.
* Payer, who in his Organogenie, tab. 64, has well shown its development, we
find, takes a similar view.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 8, 1S70. 201
Six Hundred and seventeenth Meeting.
February 8, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Overbeck, at Rome, of the Foreign Honorary
Members.
Dr. E. H. Clark made a communication on the results of
an analysis of one thousand cases of disease in general practice,
as to the curative action of drugs.
Dr. Bowditch made a communication, illustrated by a chart,
on the apparent connection of cloudy days and mortality from
consumption, for the period from 1811 to 1857, and in this
vicinity.
Two papers by Mr. G. W. Hill were presented at the meet-
ing of December 11, 1869.
The following problem seems to possess some interest, and I have
not, in my reading, met with any discussion of it : —
To determine the elements of the orbit of a planet or satellite,
which moves in a circle in the plane of the ecliptic, from three obser-
vations of its direction from the earth, made at equal intervals of time ;
the positions of the earth and the central body at these times being
known, but the sum of the masses of the central body and the planet
or satellite being unknown.
Or, geometrically stated, —
In a plane, given a point as centre and three straight lines, required
to describe a circle, so that the arcs intercepted between the first and
second, and the second and third, lines may be equal.
Let generally R denote the distance of the central body from the
earth ;
" " L its longitude as seen from the earth ;
" " r the radius of the orbit of the planet ;
" " A its longitude as seen from the earth ;
" " x its longitude as seen from the central body.
Moreover, employ the subscripts (_-,) , (0) , (x) , to denote the special
values of the above quantities, which have place respectively at the
three times of observation in their order.
VOL. VIII. 2fi
202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
If a perpendicular be let fall from the central body on the straight
line which joins the earth and the body whose orbit is to be deter-
mined, its length is obviously
Ji sin (X — L) ;
another expression for the length of the same line is
rsin (x— *X).
Hence for the three times of observation, the three equations
r sin (x_i — X_0 = #_i sin (X_1—L_1),
r sin (xo — *o) = ^o sin (X0 — L0),
r sin (xi — X:) = i?x sin (Xx — Lx).
But since the orbit is circular, x increases uniformly with the time,
and consequently xo — X-i = Xi — Xo = V suppose.
Thus the above equations may be written
r sin (xo — n — X_j) = I2_1 sin (X_x — Z_j) = a_v
r sin (Xo — X0 ) = ^o sin (X0 — L0 ) = a0,
r sin (x0 + rj — Xx) = Rx sin (Xx — Lx ) = ax,
which serve to determine the three unknown quantities r, xo> and 77 ;
and it will be noticed that their right-hand members are known quan-
tities.
If the sum of the masses of the central body and the body whose
orbit is sought is denoted by /z, and the common interval of time be-
tween the observations by t,
thus, if ft were known, two observations would suffice to determine the
orbit ; but if fi is not known, 77 must be regarded as an independent
unknown quantity. Hence the necessity for the restriction put at the
end of the statement of the problem. Also by this restriction the
problem is made to depend on the solution of an algebraical equation
instead of a transcendental one.
The equations can be simplified by taking two unknown quantities,
<•> and a, instead of xo ar>d q, such that
Xx + X_!
= Xo —
2
Xi-X_i
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 203
and putting
3 — g X°-
Then the equations become
r sin (a — <r) = a_v
r sin (« -|- S) = a0,
r sin (J -{- <r) = ax.
Or,
«i 4- a-i
r sin g> cos o- = -=— ! -.
2
r sin (co -|- 5) = «0,
ai — a _ i
r cos or sin o- = -.
If r sin » and r cos <a are eliminated from these equations, and we
make
«i + a-i
2 a0
Ql — <* — l
- cos 8 = a = c cos £,
sin S = b = c sin /3,
2a0
where c may be taken as positive and the quadrant of /3 becomes deter-
minate, or /3 may be assumed between the limits ± 90°, there will be
obtained, for the determination of <r, the equation
sin 2 a- = 2 c sin (a- -\- /3).
The computation of c and /3 may be facilitated by introducing the
auxiliary quantities k and (, such that
k sin f = -p —
V2a0
£ cos £ = -rj— ,
V2a0
then
c cos /3 = & cos (4o° — f) cos S.
c sin /3 = £ sin (45° — £) sin 8.
It is evident that the determination of o- depends on the solution of
an equation of the fourth degree ; but its value can be very readily
obtained from the above equation by the tentative process ; and then
r and o> by means of the equations
aok cos (45° — Q
r sin &>
r cos a
cos a-
a0 k sin (45° — £)
sin a-
and finally xo and rj by means of the relations given above.
204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
There is a very simple geometrical construction of the roots of the
equation in a. Making cos o- = x> and sm v = V' tne values of x and
y are the co-ordinates of the intersections of the curves whose equa-
tions are
x2 + f=h
(x~a)(j-b) = ab
Consequently, if we construct the equilateral hyperbola whose equa-
tion is
xy=±l,
and from a point on it, whose co-ordinates are
.1 a
yl = -
V ±ab'
• iab'
as centre, we describe a circle, whose radius is , and then draw
V/±ab
radii to the points of intersection of the curves, the angles made by these
radii with the x axis °f co-ordinates are the values of or. Since the
centre of the circle is on the hyperbola, there are at least two intersec-
tions, and thus the equation in o- has at least two real roots. The geo-
metrical construction readily affords the condition which a and b must
satisfy in order that there may be four real roots. The condition is,
that the length of the straight line drawn from the point a, b, on the hy-
perbola whose equation is
xy=ab
normal to the opposite branch, shall be less than unity. The equation
to the normal which passes through the point %", y" on this curve, is
x"(x-x")-y"(y-f) = o.
The condition that it passes through the point a, b, gives
X (X - a) - y" (y" - b) = 0,
X V" = a b.
If we multiply the first of these by x"% we get
X"*(X" — a) -ab(ab — b *") = 0,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 205
or, rejecting the useless factor \ — a,
X"3 + a b2 = 0,
whence
x" = - vTb2,
and by interchanging a and b,
y" = - f^.
And thus the length of the normal
y/ tf - a)2 + (/ - b)2 = [(a + ^Tb2)2 + (b + ^b)2]1
= [a3 -j- baj2.
Consequently,
if a3 _j_ b? <^ 1, there will be four real roots ;
" af -4_ bf = 1, there will be four, and two will be equal ;
« a3 _|_ bs ^> 1, there will be only two real roots.
We will now show how to arrive at a direct solution of the problem
by the employment of trigonometric formulas. If tan <r is taken for
the unknown quantity, the equation, on which the solution of the prob-
lem depends, is
[c cos /3 tan <r -\- c sin /3]2 (1 -f" tan2 o-) = tan2 o-,
or if we put tan a- = x>
(x + tan^(x2+l)=^,
or, expanded,
x< + 2 tan /3. x3 + ^=^ x2 + 2 tan /3.x + tan2/3 = 0.
A quantity p may be assumed, such that this biquadratic shall be
resolved into the two quadratics
„ . _ sin a cos (/3 -4- w) , a , A
y -+- 2 — „ y -4- tan |8 tan u = 0,
x ~ cos 0 cos 2 /i A ' M r
„ _ cos u sin (/3 — u) . _ - . A
y2 4- 2 — — y -4- tan /3 cot u = 0.
x ~ cos /3 cos 2 /* * ' M ^
That this is possible will be evident on multiplying the left-hand
members of these equations together, for after some reductions easy to
make, all the coefficients, with the exception of that of y2, will be found
'206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
to be identical with those of the biquadratic ; and consequently 11 is
determined by the equation
tan 0 [tan M + cot,.] + 2 *" ^ M sin (0 - ,.) cos (0 + M) = C-l
L r ' rj ' cos3 /3 cos2 2 /i c2 cos2 /3'
or
c2 sin 2 0 c2 sin 2 /. [sin 2 /x — sin 2 0] 2
sin 2 /x 1 — sin2 2 ti '
or
^3
sin3 2 it -f (c2 — 1) sin 2 /i — c2 sin 2 0 = 0.
That this cubic will always give at least one real value for p, is evi-
dent on making in the left-hand member sin 2 ti successively equal to
— 1, 0, and -j- 1 ; the results obtained are
— c2 (1 -f- sin 2 j8), always negative ;
— c2 sin 2 0, negative or positive, according to the sign of sin 2 0 ;
-(- c2 (1 — sin 2 0), always positive.
Moreover, it is plain that there is one real value of /., which makes
sin 2 n and sin 2 0 have like signs ; this value we shall adopt.
Making, according as e2 is greater or less than unity,
c2 = sec2, y, or c2 = cos2 y ',
the above cubic is solved by these formulae (see Chauveuet's Trigo-
nometry, p. 96), it being necessary to make three different cases.
tan <f> =
Case I.
2 sin2 y tan y
VH sin 2 0 '
tan yf/ = tan ~,
2
sin 2 a = -7= tan y cot 2 \Jr.
^3 ' r
Case n.
2 sin 7' tan2 y
sin <£ = — 7=^ '-,
V 27 sin 2/3
tan y = tan —,
. -, 2 .
sin z u = — — sin v cosec 2 sir.
^3 r
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 18T0. 207
Case III.
sin 3 0= V^si"^,
2 sin y' tan2 y'
2
sin 2j* = — sin y' sin (0 ± 60°).
V o
When $ is impossible in Case II., the formulas of Case III. must
be used; and the upper or lower member of the double sign in the
second equation must be taken according as sin 2 /3 is positive or nega-
tive ; in order that sin 2 /x may have the same sign with sin 2 fi. All
the auxiliary angles (f>, \^, and fi may be taken between the limits
± 90°. Since sin 2 fi sin 2 /x is always positive, tan fi tan fi and tan
fi cot fi are so likewise, since they are respectively equivalent to
sin 2 fi sin 2 /u sin 2 /3 sin 2 /a
j 2~o 2 and - — . . „ .
4 cos' fi cos11 /x 4 cos- fi sin- /x
Let us take two auxiliary angles 6 and ff, determined by the equa-
tions
. _ tan? fi tan* /x cos fi cos 2 /x
Sin - 8 -. t-t — : r ,
sin 2 ff = -
or by the equations
sin 2 6 = q:
sin /x cos (fi -4- fi)
tan* fi cot* ii cos /3 cos 2 /x
cos /x sin (fi — li)
cos 2 fj. /sin 2 /3
1 + /0 Vsi
cos 03 + /x) y sin 2 /x'
. . /1, cos 2 u /sin 2 fi
Sm 2 ' = T sin 03 - M) V smT^'
where the upper or lower of the signs must be taken according as
cos fi . . . cos fi . . ,
- in the first and in the second are positive or negative ;
sin n cos /x °
and 2 5 and 2 ff may also be taken within the limits ± 90°. The four
values of x or tan a are then
tan a = tan* /3 tan' ^ tan #,
tan a = tan* /3 tan* /x cot 0,
tan o- = tan* fi cot* /x tan ff,
tan o- = tan* fi cot* /i cot ff.
If the value of sin 2 0 or of sin 2 ^ does not fall within the limits
208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
± 1, it indicates that the two corresponding values of tan o- are imagi-
nary. The ambiguity in the determination of o- from its tangent is to
be removed by taking it in that quadrant which permits the equation
sin 2 a = 2 c sin (o- -\- /3)
to be satisfied.
Although all these roots will satisfy the equations with which we
began this discussion, yet they do not all necessarily belong to the
problem. The reason of this is, that the three equations are not a
complete statement of all the conditions of the problem. If we denote
by A the distance of the body, whose orbit we are determining, from
the earth, we shall have
A_j = r cos (Xo — v — A_i) + -R-i cos (X_x — L_{),
A0 = r cos (xo — Xo) + ^o cos (X0 — L0),
Ax =r cos (Xo + 7 — *i) + -#i cos (xi — A)-
The conditions of the problem demand that A_x, A0 and Ax shall be
essentially positive. Hence, if any system of values of r, xo and rj ren-
ders any of these quantities negative, it must be rejected. These re-
jected solutions really belong to the problem when one or more of the
quantities X_x, X0 and X2 are increased by 180°. In fact, on referring
to the equations with which we started, we see they are not altered
when any one of the quantities X is increased by 180°. The geometri-
cal statement of the problem is more comprehensive than the applica-
tion of it to the discovery of the elements of circular orbits. Instead
of the above criteria for the rejection of solutions not applicable, the
following, which is simpler, may be used, viz. that x always must lie
in the angle between L -\- 180° and X which is less than 180°.
This example is added for the sake of illustration : —
Suppose in the case of Venus revolving about the sun we have these
data,
Wash. Mean Time. A L log R
1869 Jan. 1.0 250° 22' 59".l 281° 24' 54".9 9.9926528
" June 15.0 94 37 54. 9 84 33 34. 1 0.0069342
" Nov. 27.0 292 3 21. 2 245 32 49. 3 9.9939666
There will be found
log a_! = 9.7048977n, log a0 = 9.2497072, log ay — 9.8545925,
log* =0.5426896, £ =324° 41' 4."52, 8 = 176°35' 15."25,
loga =9.7678074n, log b =9.3111404.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 209
Constructing the equilateral hyperbola whose equation is xy = — 1,
and the circle whose radius is 2.89, and the co-ordinates of its centre
x ■=. -j- 1.G9, y' = — 0.59, we find the two roots of the equation in <r,
a- = 7^°, o- = 24H°. In fact, the value of a? -f- W = 1.0475 shows
that the equation has, in this case, but two real roots. Pursuing the
calculation,
log c = 9.7928205, /3 = 160° 44' 24".60, y' = 51° 38' 20".85.
Case II. is to be used here.
</> = — 50° 40' 40".00, ty = — 37° 56' 3".23, /* = — 34° 30' 27".50
6 = 14° 49' 46".36, ff is impossible, which confirms the preceding
statement about the number of real roots ; and the values of o- are
o- = 7° 23' 36".9o and <r = 241° 37' 18".04.
If we employ the tentative process with the equation
sin 2 <r = 2 c sin (a- -f- ]3),
we shall get o- = 7° 23' 36".97 and <r = 241° 37' 17".95 ; as these
values are more accurate, we shall use them. The two solutions are
a = 1° 16' 6".99, » — 197° 31' 54".15,
log r = 0. 6767422, log r = 9.8624217,
Xo = 272° 29' 17".14, Xo = 108° 45' 4".30,
t) = 28 13 48 .02, t) = 262 27 29 .00.
On applying the above-mentioned criteria, the first solution is seen
to be inadmissible, it makes An and Ax negative. If both X0 and A: are
increased by 180°, the solution will apply. The given example has
then but one solution. Below we give a comparison between the val-
ues of the elements of Venus's orbit as found in this example, and those
of the " Tables " ; the differences are of course to be attributed to the
neglect of the eccentricity and inclination of the orbit, and in a smaller
degree to aberration and perturba ions.
From the Example. From the Tables.
Mean Distance from the sun 0.7284868 0.7233323
Mean Longitude Jan. 1.0 1869 206° 17' 35".30 204° 57' 28".89
Mean Motion in Julian Year 2091552".2 2106641".438
vol. vnr. 27
210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
New Method for facilitating the Conversion of Longitudes and Lati-
tudes of Heavenly Bodies, near the Ecliptic, into Right Ascensions
and Declinations, and vice versa.
In the computation of a Lunar Ephemeris, the conversion of the lon-
gitudes and latitudes into right ascensions and declinations forms no
inconsiderable part of the work to be done. Prof. Hansen, at the end
of his " Tables de la Lune," has given some tables, with the view of
diminishing the amount of labor required in this conversion.
But their employment seems to me to possess little, if any, advantage
over the use of the ordinary formula? of spherical trigonometry. I pro-
pose the following method, which perhaps in a slight degree is more
ready than that of Prof. Hansen.
Designating the right ascension, declination, longitude, latitude, and
the obliquity of the ecliptic respectively by a, 8, I, b and e, we have the
following equations
sin S = cos e sin b -f- sin e cos b sin I
. , . sin e . n ,. . sin e . n ,.
= cos e sin b -\ — sin (/ -\- b) -\- — — sin (/ — o),
6 + & + S
cos ■
a + 6h 2 / _[_ 90°
tan ___ - - e _ tan -31
cos i—J
The first equation is well known, the second is easily derived from
the known formula, expressed in the usual notation,
A B sin (s — c)
tan — tan — = ^ -,
2 2 sin s
when we remember that, in considering the triangle, formed by the
heavenly body and the poles of the equator and ecliptic, A, B, s and
c are replaced by 90° + a, 90° — I, 90° -f e ~ ^ + 8) and e.
Suppose we were to tabulate the functions cos e sin A and ~— — sin A
for a certain value of e (as 23° 27' 20" which is nearly its value at
present), and in small side tables put the variations of these functions
for increments of 1", 2" 9" in e ; we should have the value of sin 8
by entering the first table with the argument A = b, and the second
successively with the arguments A = I -j- b and A = I — b, and
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : FEBRUARY 8, 1870. 211
adding the results thus obtained, after having corrected them for the
deviation of the value of e from that adopted in the tables. After
which the value of 8 could be obtained from a table of natural sines.
For the case of the moon, the first function would need tabulation only
between the limits A = 0° and A = 5° 17' ; it might be tabulated for
every 10". The second would have to be tabulated from 0° to 90°;
it might be given for every minute of arc. The number^ in these ta-
bles might be rendered always positive by adding a constant to them ;
as, for instance, 0.1 to the first function, and 0.2 to the second; and
thus the addition of the three terms of sin 8 be made easier.
We should then have to subtract 0.5 from the sum, in order to get
sin 8 ; or we might prepare a special table, which, with the argument
0.5 -f- sin 8, should give 8. But by the addition of these constants, the
extent of the tables would be doubled, as it would be necessary to tab-
ulate the numbers which correspond to negative values of the argu-
ments.
The factor by which tan — ^ must be multiplied to obtain tan
a -4- fih
— ^ — is always positive, and, e being regarded as constant, is a func-
id
tion of b -f- 8, and, for negative values of b -f- 8, its value is the recip-
rocal of that which corresponds to positive values of b -4- 8. Moreover,
when b -j- 8 is a tolerably small angle, it does not differ much from
unity, and varies very uniformly. In the case of the moon b -{- 8
rarely exceeds the limits ± 34°, and the common logarithm of this
quantity lies .between 9.9447979 and 0.0552021 ; and its rate of change
per minute of arc in b -\- 8 varies only from 262 to 289 units of the
seventh decimal place. We may, with the better advantage, tabulate
the function
. e — A e -f- A
log cos — log cos ,
for every minute of arc of the argument A from 0° to 34°, with the
I _t_ 90°
precept that it is to be subtracted from log tan ■— ^- — when b -|- 8 is
a positive angle, but added when b -4- 8 is negative. It will be neces-
sary to append to the table the variation of the function for a change
in e. The functions log tan (45° -j- — ) arid log tan (45° -f- — ) can be
found from the logarithmic tables, but some labor would be spared had
we tables which gave log tan (45° -\- — ) with the argument A both
212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
in arc and time; which tables would be useful in many other cases, since
this function is frequently met with in trigonometric formulas.
The modifications necessary in applying this method to the inverse
problem of determining the longitude and latitude from the right as-
cension and declination are obvious. The variations due to the change
of the obliquity might perhaps be neglected in using the tables, espe-
cially in the* case of the declination, and computed at the end by means
of the very simple formula?
da ^
-3— = — tan 8 cos a,
a e
d8
-r- = sin a.
de
Take this example for illustration : —
On January 14.0, 1871, G. M. T. we have in the case of the moon,
I = 206° 40' 35."9 * = 23° 27' 19."81
b = + 5 3 16.0 From Tab. I., Arg. b, + 0.0808224
— 1.7 X (Af =-019) 0
/ 4- b = 211 43 51.9 From Tab. II., Arg. 1 + b, — 0.1046706
— 11.7 X Ai +2
I — b = 201 37 19.9 From Tab. II., Arg. I — b, — 0.0733354
— 8.2 X Ae +2
b— — 5 34 37.16 sin 8 — 0.0971832
b + 8 = — 0 31 21.16 log tan 148° 20' 17."95 9.7900662
a — 13h 46m 19M2 From Tab. III., to be added, 0.0008223
4- 0.09 XAf 0
n
log tan 9h 53m 98.56 9.7908885n
The objection to this method is, that so many arguments I -\-b,l — b,
b -\- 8, 45° 4 > and a from 45° -|- -5 are to be formed ; but this is
confessedly less fatiguing than the taking of tabular quantities from a
table.
It may be allowed to notice here a series, which determines a in
terms of I, viz. : —
2 t_ e 4__ b 4- 8
2
a = I 4- ~ tan z tan - ~T " cos I
— - tan2 - tan2 "T" sin 2 I
— 7 tan3 - tan3 — £ — cos 3 I
3 2 2
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES I FEBRUARY 8, 1870.
213
4- - tan4 - tan4 — !— - sin 4 /
4 2
+ &C
As tan — tan ~*~ , in the case of the moon, is always between the
limits ± — , the above series is, for this body, quite convergent.
OX
f — A
cos
I add the values of the function log
cos
+ A
, computed for every
degree from 0° to 35° of the argument A and for e = 23° 27' 20".
A
log
e + A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
.0000000
.0015736
.0031474
.0047218
.0062969
.0078730
.0094503
.0110292
.0126098
.0141924
.0157773
.0173647
.0189549
.0205482
.0221447
.0237449
.0253489
.0269570
.0285694
.0301866
.0318087
.0334360
.0350688
.0367074
.0383521
.0400032
.0416610
.0433258
.0449979
.0466776
.0483653
.0500612
.0517658
.0534793
.0552021
0.0569346
15736
15738
15744
15751
15761
15773
15789
15806
15826
15849
15874
15902
15933
15965
16002
16040
16081
16124
16172
16221
16273
16328
16386
16447
16511
16578
16648
16721
16797
16877
16959
17046
17135
17228
- 17325
As
Change of this
function for an inc.
in e of 1" in units
of the seventh
decimal.
+ 0.00
2
0.19
6
0.38
7
0.57
10
0.77
12
0.96
16
1.15
17
1.34
20
1.54
23
1.73
25
1.92
28
2 12
31
2.31
32
2 50
37
2.70
38
2.89
41
3.09
43
328
48
3.48
49
368
52
3.88
55
4 08
58
4.28
61
4.48
64
4.68
67
4.88
70
5.08
73
5.29
76
5.49
80
5.70
82
5.90
87
6.11
89
6.32
93
6.53
97
6.74
+ 6.95
214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN .ACADEMY
Six hundred and eighteenth Meeting.
March 8, 1870. — Adjourned Statute Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Dr. Theodore Strong, of New Brunswick,
N. J., of the Associate Fellows.
The President communicated a report from the Council,
nominating candidates for Associate and Foreign Honorary
membership, and also read nominations of candidates for Resi-
dent Fellowship.
A committee was appointed to confer with other learned
societies to secure a building for their accommodation with
the Academy. The Vice-President, and Messrs. Nathaniel
Thayer, William Gray, J. I. Bowditch, and C. W. Eliot, were
appointed on this committee.
Six hundred and nineteenth Meeting.
April 12, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President called the attention of the Academy to the
recent decease of Rev. Dr. Frothingham, of the Resident
Fellows.
Mr. C. F. Adams communicated two papers by W. B. Bur-
den, of England, which were referred to Mr. Francis and Mr.
Batchelder as a committee to examine them.
Six hundred and twentieth Meeting.
May 10, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to ex-
changes.
Dr. Clark made a communication on the medical and
physiological action of the chloral hydrate. •
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 10, 1870. 215
Professor Lovering made the following communication : —
" Optical Meteorology has been developed mathematically with great-
er success than any other department of this complex science. The
principal features of a fully developed halo are : 1. The inner circle,
concentric with the luminary, and having a radius of about 22°. 2. The
outer circle, also concentric with the luminary, and having a radius of
about 46°. Both of these circles, called the smaller and larger halos,
are tinged with the colors of the spectrum, the blue being the outermost
color. 3. The parhelion circle which passes through the luminary and
is parallel to the horizon. This circle is white. 4. Upon this circle, and
at a distance of 22° or more from the luminary, are two mock suns,
the edges towards the sun being reddish and the opposite edges bluish.
5. A sort of tail stretching from these mock suns horizontally, and op-
posite to the line which connects them with the sun, to the distance of
43° 28', or more, from the sun. 6. The tangent curve to the inner halo.
7. The tangent curve to the outer hald.
All these features of the halo are satisfactorily explained by refrac-
tion and reflection, produced by hexagonal prisms of ice, floating or
sinking in the higher region of the atmosphere. These particles may
be so situated as to present three independent cases. 1. They may be
indiscriminately in all possible positions. 2. The axes of the prisms
may be parallel and vertical, the sides of the prisms facing all azimuths.
3. The axes of the prisms may be horizontal, but in all possible azimuths.
The Jirst case would exist when the particles of ice were newly formed,
and had not accumulated so much velocity that the resistance of the air
would bring the surface of least resistance to the front. If the three
dimensions of the crystal were nearly the same, there would be no sur-
face of least resistance, and the air would exercise no directing influ-
ence. The second case would arise, as the consequence of increasing
velocity and resistance, if the minimum section of the prism was parallel
to the base. The third ca.se would arise, under similar circumstances, if
the minimum section was perpendicular to the base. All three cases
might coexist at the same moment, because some of the prisms were
long and others short, and because some of the prisms had had less
time than others to fall, and accumulate velocity and resistance, since
their first formation.
Of the various angles formed by the sides and ends of these prisms,
some would exceed the limit of transmission, others would be zero and
produce no refraction. There would remain, of the available angles,
216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
those of 60° made by alternate faces, and those of 90° made by the
faces and ends of the prisms. The inner halo is caused by refraction
through an angle of 60°, the refracting edges being parallel to the tan-
gents to different parts of the halo. The outer halo is caused by refrac-
tion through an angle of 90°, the refracting edges of different prisms
being parallel to different tangents. Both halos require that the prisms
should be scattered at random, so that a sufficient number would be found
in the required positions. The white parhelion circle is produced by
reflection from the sides of the prisms when their ax;es are vertical.
These same prisms, acting through the angle of 60°, would produce the
mock suns whenever they stood in the position of minimum deviation ;
while others, not in the position of minimum deviation, would produce
the colored appendages to the mock suns. These same prisms, acting
through the angle of 90°, would cause the tangent curve to the larger
halo of 46°. If the luminary were above the horizon, reflection from
the upper end of these prisms would produce an uncolored image of the
luminary underneath the real luminary ; but this image would not be
visible unless the observer were elevated to a great height above the
surface of the earth. If the luminary were a little below the horizon,
reflection from the lower end of these prisms would produce a similar
image above the luminary, and above the horizon, which would be visi-
ble ; and hence the luminary might appear to have risen again after set-
ting. When the axes of the prisms are horizontal, refraction by the
angle of 60° would cause the tangent curve to the inner halo of 22°.
If large numbers of prisms were floating contemporaneously in all three
positions, all these phenomena might coexist ; otherwise, only a portion
of these various features would be displayed. It is evident, therefore,
that both halos might be wanting, and yet one or both of the curves
which are tangent to them might appear. If the tangent curve to the
larger halo of 46° is seen, generally the mock suns and the parhelion
circle are also seen, even in the absence of the halo itself. In other
words, all which vertical prisms are capable of producing would gen-
erally, though not necessarily, be seen at the same time.
These general features are somewhat changed by the altitude of the
sun, or other luminary, above the horizon. When the sun is in the hori-
zon, the parhelia are at the same distance from it as the inner halo, and
rest upon it. As the sun rises they go outside of the halo, and become
impossible when the altitude of the sun exceeds 60° 45'. The lengths
of the tails affixed to the mock suns increase as the sun rises, until the
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 10, 1870. 217
f
limiting angle of transmission is reached. There is an interior as well
as a superior tangent arc to the halo of 22°. Their figures are complex,
and they join in a single curve, circumscribing the halo itself, when the
altitude of the sun exceeds 29° 15'. The inferior arc is rarely visible,
unless the sun is more than 22° high. The halo of 46° is less bright
than that of 22°, because it is larger and broader; and more light is
reflected by the prisms under the larger incidences. The tangent curve
to this halo is a circular arc having the zenith for its centre. It cannot
be formed if the sun's altitude exceed 32° 12'. The semi-amplitude
increases from 57° 48' to 90°. But when it is 90°, its height is also 90°
and its radius is reduced to zero. The maximum brightness is in the
middle of the whole arc. This arc actually touches the halo of 46° only
when the altitude of the sun is 22° 8'. It sensibly touches between the
altitudes of 15° and 28°. If the sun were in the horizon, the tangent
arc would be 12° 4' above the summit of the halo. If the sun were 30°
high, the tangent arc would be 3° 39' above the halo. The altitude of
22° 8' is most favorable, because, in this case, the middle of the arc is
formed by rays which have suffered a minimum deviation. A tan-
gent arc to the lowermost point of this halo is not impossible, but rare.
In this event, the light must enter a vertical face and emerge at the base.
The limits of altitude are complementary to those which the superior
tangent requires ; that is, the sun's altitude must be between 57° 48'
and 90°, the arc actually touching the halo at the special altitude of 67°
52'. If the axes of the prisms are shifted from a vertical to a horizon-
tal position, the inferior and superior tangent arcs are changed to what
are called infra-lateral and supra-lateral.
I have taken renewed interest in this theory of halos, which has been
admirably developed by Bravais,* on account of the halo seen at Cam-
bridge, January 6, 1870. This halo was seen about two o'clock, when the
altitude of the sun was not far from 25°. The principal feature of the
phenomenon, on that occasion, was the tangent curve to the halo of 46°,
though the halo itself was not visible. At Waltham, the mock suns were
seen, but not the tangent curve. The tangent curve seemed to be a com-
plete circle, and the colors were very vivid, the red being the outermost
color, or nearest to the sun. I have stated that, theoretically, the maxi-
mum amplitude of this curve is 180°, and, if the sun had an altitude of
25°, the amplitude would be only about 138°. The history of halos fur-
* Journ. de l'^cole Poly technique. Cahier 31. Tome xviii.
VOL. VIII. 28
21» PKOCEEDINQS OF TIJE AMERICAN ACADEMY
nislies but few examples of this extraordinary occurrence, — a complete
circumzenithal circle. On the 24th of January, 1838. Lambert* saw at
Wetzler a circle, nearly complete, centred about the zenith, with vivid
prismatic colors. On the 11th of July, 1749, Anderonf witnessed at
Norwich, about five o'clock, p. M., when the sun was nearly 25° high, a
white circle around the zenith. Bravais resorts to two expedients for
explaining the enlargement of the circumzenithal arc into a complete
circle, in a few rare cases. In the first place, the light may strike the
vertical side of the prism too obliquely to be transmitted, so that, after
being once or twice reflected upon other vertical sides, it may emerge
from sides opposite to the usual ones. In the second place, each point
of the arc, originally produced, causes a parhelion circle, all of which are
superimposed upon the arc itself, as far as it extends. This last opera-
tion, however, would produce light without any discoloration. In the
halo seen at Cambridge, the centre of the circle was decidedly south of
the zenith. This fact requires us to suppose that the parallel axes of
the prisms were not exactly vertical. A current in the atmosphere
mi^ht change the direction of the descending particles of ice, but could
the lateral motion, with the air, and not in it, develop any new resist-
ance which would direct their axes away from the zenith ?
I will now exhibit an experiment with an equilateral triangular prism
of glass, and also a hollow one filled with water. The axis is vertical,
about which it is made to revolve rapidly by clock-work. With a single
prism and sunlight, or any bright and circular artificial light, all those
features of the halo may be artificially produced which have been re-
ferred to the action of many prisms of ice, with vertical axes : the
single prism, in its motion, assuming, in rapid succession, all the possible
positions of these many prisms in the atmosphere. The halos them-
selves can be produced artificially, either by a conical prism, or by arti-
ficial crystals formed .upon a plate of glass, as shown by Brewster I and
others. §
The sun and moon are sometimes encircled by what are called coro-
na?. A corona may be distinguished from a halo in many ways. 1. It
is much smaller even than the smallest of the two halos. 2. It is not
rigidly bound to almost invariable dimensions, as the halo is. 3. When
* Pogg. Ann. Physik und Chemie, xlvi. p. 660.
t Phil. Trans, xlvi. p. 203.
} A Treatise on Optics. Amer. edit. 1835, pp. 232, 233.
<> Amer. Journ. xvi. 398.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 10, 1870. 219
it is bright enough for the colors to be distinguished, the red is outside
and the blue inside. 4. This arrangement of the colors, as well as the
dimension of the circle, indicate that a corona is not produced by refrac-
tion or reflection in crystals of ice, but by interference. The following
experiments which I shall now exhibit to the members of the Academy,
will illustrate this subject. When light is sent through the intervals be-
tween straight and parallel lines, which have been nicely ruled upon
glass, a series of colored fringes, parallel to the lines, results from the
interference between rays which pass through different openings. If
the glass were ruled with concentric circular lines, close together, these
colored bands would become circular, and surround the source of light.
By a rapid rotation of the ruled lines in theirown plane, subjective rings
result from the parallel fringes. In order to produce the required rota-
tion without a material axis, which would intercept the rays of light from
the eye of the observer, a platform is turned rapidly by clock-work. The
border of this platform is covered with cloth. The circular frame in
which the graduated glass is set rests upon this cloth, with its plane at
right angles to the platform, and is rotated by friction. Friction-rollers
at the sides and top hold it in its place, in the absence of any material
axis of rotation. If concentric black circles are accurately drawn upon
paper, and then photographed upon glass, on a greatly reduced scale,
the photographed plate might be substituted for that on which circular
lines had been scratched. Again, if a plate of glass is covered with
india-ink, and then concentric circles are scratched upon the black sur-
face, leaving the intermediate black rings, the same optical experiment
can be performed. All three of these methods have been tried, but the
finest and neatest circles were obtained by the last method ; and the ex-
perimental result is very beautiful, especially if the ruled glass is placed
immediately in front of the object-glass of an opera-glass.
Although artificial coronae of great beauty can be produced in these
ways, it is obvious that the coronae of nature must have a much simpler
origin. And theory shows, that if lycopodium powder, the particles of
which are small and spherical, and of uniform size, is sprinkled upon
glass, a luminous spot, seen through the glass, will be surrounded with
several coronae, which, if less bright than those produced by the con-
centric rulings, on that very account have a greater resemblance to those
known in Meteorology. It appears that, in this indiscriminate sprink-
ling, myriads of minute openings are left everywhere on the plate,
enough being found in the required places for producing the colored
220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
rings. Of these the light takes advantage for producing a symmetrical
effect, just as in the formation of the rainbow it selects those individual
drops of moisture which serve its purpose, while the remainder of the
drops are inoperative. A piece of very delicately ground glass accom-
plishes the same result. In the atmosphere, the place of the lycopodium
powder is filled by the particles of moisture existing in the vesicular state ;
and the smaller these particles the larger will be the diameters of the
corona? which they produce. In this way these particles are proved to
vary between the .001 and the .002 of one inch in diameter.*
Corona? indicate the presence of the cumulus cloud ; but halos imply
the cirrus cloud, floating at great heights, and within the region of per-
petual congelation. For halos are seen even in the summer and in the
tropics. By revealing the incipient gathering of the cirrus cloud, they
may foretell the approach of a storm.
Six hundred and twenty-first Meeting.
May 24, 1870. — Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary communicated letters relative
to exchanges, and read a report from the Council proposing
nominations for Foreign Honorary and Associate Member-
ship.
The Treasurer presented his report for the past year, and
read a synopsis of it. The report was received, to be entered
on the records.
Professor Lovering reported from the Committee of Publica-
tion its expenditures for the past two years. The report was
accepted.
Professor F. H. Storer reported for the Committee on the
Library on the condition of the Library.
Professor Winlock reported, from the Rumford Committee,
the completion of Vol. I. of Count Rumford's works, and rec-
ommendations of this committee for appropriations from the
Rumford Fund. This report was accepted, and in accordance
with its recommendations the following votes were passed : —
* Kaemtz's Complete Course of Meteorology, p. 111.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 221
Voted, That fifteen hundred dollars be appropriated from
the Rumford Fund to continue the publication of Count Rum-
ford's works.
Voted, That five hundred dollars in gold be appropriated
from the Rumford Fund to be expended by Dr. B. A. Gould
in the purchase of photometric and spectroscopic apparatus for
an observatory at Cordova in the Argentine Republic.
The Recording Secretary returned the papers of Mr. W. B.
Burden, for the Committee to which they were referred, with
the recommendation that they be referred to the astronomical
section of the Academy.
It was voted to adjourn this meeting, at its close, to the
second Tuesday in June.
The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —
Charles C. Perkins, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.
Nathaniel Holmes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 1.
Raphael Pumpelly, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 1.
George Derby, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.
Simon Newcomb, of Washington, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class I., Section 1.
Truman H. Safford, of Chicago, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class I., Section 1.
Henry J. Clark, of Lexington, Ky., to be an Associate Fel-
low in Class II., Section 3.
Alexander Braun, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Mem-
ber in Class II., Section 2, in the place of the late Von
Martius.
Charles Merivale, of Oxford, to be a Foreign Honorary
Member in Class III., Section 3, in the place of the late Dean
Milman.
The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers for the ensuing year : —
222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Asa Gray, President.
George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.
Joseph Lovering, Corresponding Secretary.
Edward C. Pickering, Recording" Secretary.
Charles J. Sprague, Treasurer.
Frank H. Storer, Librarian.
Council.
Thomas Hill,
Josiah P. Cooke, y of Class I.
John B. Henck,
Louis Agassiz,
Jeffries Wyman, y of Class II.
Charles Pickering,
Robert C. Winthrop,
George E. Ellis, y of Class I [I.
Andrew P. Peabody,
Rumford Committee.
James B. Francis, Joseph Winlock,
Morrill Wyman, Wolcott Gibbs,
Edward C. Pickering, Josiah P. Cooke,
Frank H. Storer.
Committee of Finance.
ex officio, by statute.
Asa Gray,
Charles J. Sprague,
Thomas T. Bouve, by election.
The other Standing Committees were appointed, on the
nomination of the President, as follows : —
Committee of Publication.
Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,
Francis J. Child.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 223
Committee on the Library.
Francis Parkman, Charles Pickering,
John Bacon.
Committee to audit the Treasurer's Accounts.
Charles E. Ware, Theodore Lyman.
Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited a photograph of the
sun taken with a lens of forty feet focus, and four inches
aperture. As it is difficult to place a tube of this length in
an inclined position, it is laid horizontally, and an image of the
sun is reflected into it by a plane mirror of unsilvered glass.
When this mirror was blackened on one side, it became heated
to such an extent as to shorten the focus of the lens nearly
three feet. The image obtained is about four inches in diame-
ter, and is free from the distortion produced by an eye-piece.
The exposure is instantaneous, and is effected by passing a
diaphragm with a slit in it between the lens and mirror. A
better effect is thus obtained than by the usual method of
placing it near the plate-holder. The lens, which was made by
Messrs. Clark and Sons, is not achromatic, as its slight curva-
ture rendered this unnecessary. It was corrected for spheri-
cal aberration by means of an artificial star, produced by a
soda flame, and a collimator, of an aperture somewhat greater
than that of the lens.
The Corresponding Secretary presented the following an-
nual report of the Council : —
Since the last report of the Council, the following gentlemen have
been elected members of the Academy : —
William T. Brigham, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.
Algernon Coolidge, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 1.
Alfred P. Rockwell, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
.Section 4.
Alpheus Hyatt, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II., Sec-
tion 3.
224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Edward S. Morse, of Salem, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.
Thomas W. Parsons, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 4.
James M. Barnard, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.
Henry L. Whiting, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class I.,
Section 2.
Nathaniel S. Shaler, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.
During the same period, the Academy has lost five members by
death, viz.: —
Two Resident Fellows, one Associate Fellow, and two Foreign
Honorary Members.
Thomas Sherwin was born in Westmoreland, New Hampshire,
March 26, 1799. His parents in a few years removed to New
Ipswich in the same State, and soon afterwards to the adjoining town
of Temple. At the age of eight, soon after the death of his mother,
Thomas went to live with a relative, Dr. Crombie, of Temple, and re-
mained with him six years. In 1813 he spent a short time in Ipswich
Academy ; but his father having met with misfortunes, he was com-
pelled to leave school, and, in September of the same year, he was ap-
prenticed at Groton, Massachusetts, to learn the trade of a clothier, —
a trade which at that time appears to have consisted mainly in taking
cloth as it came from the domestic looms, and fulling, dyeing, and
dressing it for the market. Here he remained eight years, working
diligently at his trade, and winning the esteem and confidence of his
employers. He was able to attend the district school two months in
the year ; but his natural love of learning often led him to devote one
or two hours to study after working at the mill until ten o'clock at
night.
His desire to obtain a college education had now become so strong
that he left his trade, and, after teaching a district school in Harvard
for a short time, began his preparation for college at the academy in
Groton in April, 1820. He completed it at the New Ipswich Acad-
emy, and entered Harvard College in 1821. Here, notwithstanding his
imperfect preparation, he soon placed himself among the foremost
scholars, particularly in mathematics, and graduated with honor in
OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 225
1825. For a year he had charge of the academy at Lexington, and
was then appointed tutor in mathematics in the College. In 1827 he
commenced civil engineering with Loammi Baldwin, and, in the same
year, under James Hayward, was employed on the preliminary survey
of the Boston and Providence Railroad. Relinquishing this business
on account of a severe illness, he in 1828 opened a private school for
boys, in Boston, and the next year was elected sub-master of the Eng-
lish High School. In 1837 he was elected master of the school, and
continued to hold the position to the time of his death.
As master of the English High School, Mr. Sherwin gained his
highest distinction. The best work of his life was here. He inspired
his pupils with his own love of thoroughness, and taught them, not
more by precept than by example, to think for themselves, and to, aim
at a noble manhood. Under his charge the school ranked among the
best in the country. Indeed, Mr. Fraser, in his report to the British
Parliament on the schools of this country, says : " The English High
School struck me as the model school of the United States."
In all educational matters Mr. Sherwin took an active interest. He
aided in the establishment of the American Institute of Instruction
and of the Massachusetts State Teachers' Association, and became
President of each of these bodies. He was also one of the founders
of the Massachusetts Teacher, and for several years had charge of its
mathematical department. He shared in the organization of the Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology, and, as a member of its govern-
ment, was one of its most active and earnest promoters.
Mr. Sherwin wrote various addresses and lectures on educational
subjects, and contributed several papers to the Mathematical Monthly.
In connection with Mr. S. P. Miles, he published a collection of Math-
ematical Tables. He was the author, also, of two works on Algebra, —
an " Elementary Treatise on Algebra," and a " Common School Al-
gebra," — both of which have long held a high place in our schools.
Mr. Sherwin was elected a Fellow of this Academy in 1836. In
1868 he was elected a member of the New England Historic-Genea-
logical Society.
Mr. Sherwin died, very suddenly, July 23, 1869. On that day,
not feeling quite well, he consulted a p'hysician, walked home in a
cheerful mood, and, after some conversation with his family and a
walk in his garden, went to his room, took a book, and in a moment
departed. In all the relations of life Mr. Sherwin sustained a hi°-h
vol. viii. 29
226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
reputation. In boyhood diligent and faithful, in youth persevering in
his efforts to secure a liberal education, as a teacher attaining rare
success by conscientious devotion to the best interests of his pupils,
patriotic when his country was in danger, zealous in promoting the
cause of sound education, and full of kindly affection towards all, he
has left a memory that will be long and lovingly cherished.
Nathaniel Langdon Frothinghau was born in Boston, July
23, 1793. He was graduated at Harvard University in 1811. He
pursued the study of theology at Cambridge, under the direction of
Dr. Ware, Senior, and from 1812 to 1815 inclusive officiated in the
College as instructor in Rhetoric and Oratory. In 1815 he was
ordained pastor of the First Church in Boston. In 1818 he married
Ann Gorham, daughter of Peter C. Brooks. In 1836 he received the
degree of S. T. D. from Harvard University. In 1850 he resigned his
parochial charge, retaining the undivided respect and affection of his
people, and continuing, until disabled by bodily infirmity, to take an
active and efficient interest in the prosperity of the parish, and in the
labors and services of his successor in its ministry. His life, during
his retirement, was devoted mainly to literary pursuits, hardly impeded
by the gradual failure of sight, which terminated in total blindness.
Other eyes replaced his own for several years, and his mind retained
its clearness, vigor, and fruitfulness for many months after his vision
was closed upon the outward world. For the last two or three years,
however, disease and infirmity have incapacitated him both for labor
and for enjoyment, and life was becoming a weariness and a burden,
when it was mercifully closed on the 4th of April, 1870.
Dr. Frothingham's distinction lay in the purity, keenness, delicacy,
and high culture of the assthetic nature. In other respects the peer of
able and accomplished men, in this he could have had, if here and
there an equal, no superior. Taste was in him genius, wisdom, and
power. It imparted a new and rare beauty, even to trite thoughts; it
crystallized his scholarship in the most graceful forms ; it gave law to
his most indifferent words and acts.
He was a scholar by inclination and by lifelong habit. He was well
versed equally in classical and in modern literature. He became famil-
iar with the German language at a very early period, and was well
read in German theology, while intimately conversant with the poetry
and imaginative literature to which that language is the key. By no
means narrowly utilitarian, he loved all knowledge for its own sake,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 227
without reference to its availableness for immediate service ; and he
thus became possessed of much of that rare and recondite erudition
which enriches and fertilizes the mind, though it may contribute but
little to one's professional ability or fame.
As a preacher, Dr. Frothingham held a high and somewhat unique
position. His sermons were most appreciated by minds of the largest
culture, and yet in thought and in diction they were not above the
comprehension of any person of moderate intelligence. Here his ex-
quisite taste gave at once law, scope, and limit. Quaint, but never
irreverent; elegant in style, yet without lapsing into euphuism ; never
forgetting the solemnity of time, place, and purpose, yet instinctively
shunning the mere commonplaces of devout thought; solicitous always
to instruct and impress his hearers, and ready to avail himself, for this
end, of as wide a diversity of topics, illustrations, and allusions, as was
consistent with the sacredness of the occasion, — he wrote few sermons
that were not listened to with vivid interest, and held in enduring re-
membrance. Yet his sermons by no means indicated his full capacity
of grappling with the highest and the greatest subjects. He seemed
unwilling to write anything that was not whole and complete in itself;
and there are many topics on which it is impossible to write a perfectly
rounded and finished treatise that can be read in half an hour. He
essayed no subject which could not be thus compressed naturally and
gracefully. His range therefore, as a preacher, was broad, rather than
high or deep ; but within that range few ministers have been so uni-
formly apt, rich, and edifying. He was peculiarly felicitous, not only
in his treatment of special occasions for pulpit utterance, but in creating
such occasions ; so that whatever had worthily claimed the attention or
interest of his hearers during the week was not unlikely on Sunday to
be presented in its religious aspects and lessons.
As a poet, Dr. Frothingham won indeed a high reputation, but a
fame far below his merit. As he wrote no long poem, and published
no collection of his poetry till very late in life, the public, and even his
friends, awoke but slowly and tardily to the recognition of his genius
in this department. But as from time to time a hymn or a metrical
composition, in conception a gem of pure radiance in a setting of
wonderful beauty, appeared under his signature, in the programme of
a religious or civic festival, or in the pages of a monthly or quarterly,
it was felt more and more that he was indeed a poet by divine ri^ht
and gift ; and there are some of his lyrics that can hardly fail to per-
228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
petuate his name, when all other memorials of him shall have passed
away. Here, too, we mark not onlj " the vision and the faculty-
divine," but equally the unerring taste, incapable of an incongruous
image, a mixed metaphor, an unapt epithet, a halting rhythm, or a
forced rhyme. He professed to translate a great many German
poems ; but he made them all his own. He is, indeed, in these versions,
true to the original ; but he transposes rather than translates it, seeking
not so much for synonymous words and phrases, as for equivalent
force and beauty of expression.
In character Dr. Frothingham was worthy of his sacred profession,
of the affection with which he was regarded by all who knew him
well, and of the general reverence which followed him to his retire-
ment and to his grave. In manners and conversation his strongly
marked individuality was so held in check, alike by good taste and by
benevolence, as to be piquant indeed, but never otherwise than genial
and attractive. He had many warm friends, perhaps few intimates.
Generous, hospitable, kind, tenderly thoughtful for the feelings and the
rights of others, he did untold good in those quiet, unostentatious
ways in which genuine philanthropy can work without shout or song.
He was conservative both from taste and from principle ; but his con-
servatism had in it no bitterness or exclusiveness, — he only preferred
doing good in his accustomed ways, while he conceded cordially the
freedom of choice he claimed. As a pastor, he was tenderly beloved 5
and in all professional, social, and domestic relations he has left only
the most precious and blessed memories.
Dr. Frothingham's only published volumes were " Sermons in the
Order of a Twelvemonth " and two volumes of Poems. Of occasional
sermons and other pamphlets he printed many. He contributed
largely to our best periodical literature, and to every important publi-
cation of that kind issued in Boston, for considerably more than half
a century ; and his papers thus published, and because of their form
forgotten, would fill nearly half as many volumes as they covered
years.
Theodore Strong was born at South Hadley, Massachusetts, in
July, 1790, and died at New Brunswick, New Jersey, February 1, 1869.
His father was a clergyman, and there had been an unbroken line of min-
isters in the family of his mother for eleven generations. He took his
bachelor's degree at Yale in 1812, and was immediately appointed tutor
in Mathematics at Hamilton College, Clinton, New York. He was soon
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 229
after appointed Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, and
held that chair until 1827, when he was called to the similar chair made
illustrious by the genius of Dr. Robert Adrain, at Rutgers College,
New Brunswick, New Jersey, where he continued in active duty until
1862. He married, in 1819, Lucy Dix, of Boston, who survives him,
with three of their seven children ; one son of great promise, who was
in the army, fell during the late civil war.
As a teacher Dr. Strong was remarkable for his faith in spontaneous
effort, and his utter want of faith in any sort of coercion ; he would
arouse the enthusiasm of his pupils to study subjects, not compel them
to study books. With this faith in the value of spontaneous effort, his
desire was more earnest to affect the character of the students than
merely to give them specific knowledge ; and with his firm convictions
of the truth of the Christian religion, he sought ever earnestly to
awaken religious life in his scholars, as the most effectual means of
arousing intellectual life.
All his convictions, whether in religion, philosophy, or politics, were
very strong, held with extreme tenacity, and, if attacked, defended with
courteous but earnest warmth. It was said that he never failed, in the
College Faculties with which he was connected, to bring the majority
to his views. His conclusions were never hasty ; he was a patient
thinker and careful reader, and took especial pleasure in the writings of
the deeper English theologians. His firmness of conviction gave pleas-
ure even to those who differed from him ; no man could resist the
attraction of his frank, honorable self-poise ; and it was good also to
look upon a man of such robust health, maintained by habits of great
activity and cheerful self-control.
His mathematical powers lay rather in the direction of geometry
than in analysis, yet his analytical power was also great. He was too
far advanced in years, at the time when the modern rapid developments
began, to be much affected by them, but has himself taken important
steps.
The following is an imperfect list of Dr. Strong's mathematical
writings : —
1. Twenty-two communications in Gill's Mathematical Miscellany.
2. Seven communications in the Cambridge Miscellany.
3. Twenty-two papers in the American Journal of Science, viz. : —
On Trigonometric and Diophantine Problems, Vols. I. and
XXXI.
230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Problems with Geometrical Construction, Vol. II.
On the Binomial Theorem, Vol. XII.
On Central Forces, Vols. XVI., XVII., XIX, XXL, XXII.
Capillary Attraction, Vol. XVIII.
On the Motion of a System of Bodies, Vols. XXIV, XXV.,
XXVI.
Parallelogram of Forces, Vols. XXVI., XXIX.
Composition and Resolution of Forces, Vol. XXVIII.
Variation of Constants in Elliptic Motion, Vol. XXX.
Virtual Velocities, Vols. XLII., XLIII.
Differential Equations, Vol. XLII.
Differential Calculus, and Taylor's Theorem, Vol. XLV.
Exponential and Logarithmic Theorems, Vol. XLVIII.
4. A Paper in Runkle's Mathematical Monthly for April, 1860, on
the Extraction of Roots, and one in June, 1861, on the Equilibrium of the
Lever.
5. A Treatise on Elementary and Higher Algebra, New York,
1859.
6. A Treatise (in MSS.) on the Differential and Integral Calculus.
It would be difficult to find in the history of science a character more
simple, more noble, or more symmetrical in all its parts than that of
Thomas Graham, and he will always be remembered as one of the
most eminent of those great students of nature, who have rendered our
Saxon race illustrious. He was born of Scotch parents in Glasgow in
the year 1805, and in that city, where he received his education, all
his early life was passed. In 1837 he went to London as Professor
of Chemistry in the newly established London University now called
University College, and he occupied this chair until the year 1855,
when he succeeded Sir John Herschel as Master of the Royal Mint, a
post which he held to the close of his life. His death, on the 16th of
September last, at the age of sixty, was caused by no active disease,
but was simply the wearing out of a constitution enfeebled in youth by
privations voluntarily and courageously encountered that he might de-
vote his life to scientific study. As with all earnest students, that life
was uneventful, if judged by ordinary standards; and the records of his
discoveries form the only materials for his biography. Although one
of the most successful investigators of Physical Science, the late Master
of the Mint had not that felicity of language or that copiousness of
illustration, which added so much to the popular reputation of his dis-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ! MAY 24, 1870. 231
tinguished contemporary, Faraday ; but his influence on the progress of
science was not less marked or less important. Both of these eminent
men were for a long period of years best known to the English public
as teachers of Chemistry, but their investigations were chiefly limited
to physical problems ; yet, although both cultivated the border ground
between Chemistry and Physics, they followed wholly different lines
of research. While Faraday was so successfully developing the princi-
ples of electrical action, Graham with equal success was investigating
the laws of molecular motion. Each followed with wonderful constancy,
as well as skill, a single line of study from first to last, and to this con-
centration of power their great discoveries are largely due.
One of the earliest and most important of Graham's investigations,
and the one which gave the direction to his subsequent course of study,
was that on the diffusion of gases. It had already been recognized
that impenetrability in its ordinary sense is not, as was formerly sup-
posed, a universal quality of matter. Dalton had not only recognized
that aeriform bodies exhibit a positive tendency to mix, or to penetrate
through each other, even in opposition to the force of gravity, but had
made this quality of gases the subject of experimental investigation.
He inferred, as the result of his inquiry, " that different gases afford
no resistance to each other; but that one gas spreads or expands into
the space occupied by another gas, as it would rush into a vacuum ;
at least, that the resistance which the particles of one gas offer to those
of another is of a very imperfect kind, to be compared to the resistance
which stones in the channel of a stream oppose to the flow of running
water." But although this theory of Dalton was essentially correct
and involved the whole truth, yet it was supported by no sufficient evi-
dence, and he failed to perceive the simple law which underlies this
whole class of phenomena.
Graham, " on entering on this inquiry, found that gases diffuse into
the atmosphere with different degrees of ease and rapidity." This was
first observed by allowing each gas to diffuse from a bottle into the air
through a narrow tube in opposition to the solicitation of gravity.
Afterwards an observation of Doebereiner on the escape of hydrogen
gas by a fissure or crack in a glass receiver caused him to vary the
conditions of his experiments, and led to the invention of the well-
known " Diffusion Tube." In this simple apparatus a thin septum of
plaster of Paris is used to separate the diffusing gases, which, while it
arrests in a great measure all direct currents between the two media,
232 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
does not interfere with the molecular motion. Much later, Graham
found in prepared graphite a material far better adapted to this pur-
pose than the plaster, and he used septa of this mineral to confirm his
early results, in answer to certain ill-considered criticisms in Bunsen's
work on Gasometry. These septa he was in the habit of calling I113
" atomic filters." By means of the diffusion tube Graham was able to
measure accurately the relative times of diffusion of different gases, and
he found that equal volumes of any two gases interpenetrate each other
in times which are inversely proportional to the square roots of their re-
spective densities, and this fundamental law was the greatest discovery
of our late Foreign Associate. It is now universally recognized as
one of the few great cardinal principles which form the basis of Physi-
cal Science.
It can be shown, on the principles of pneumatics, that gases should
rush into a vacuum with velocities corresponding to the numbers which
have been found to express their diffusion times ; and, in a series of ex-
periments on what he calls the " Effusion" of gases, Graham confirmed
by trial this deduction of theory. In these experiments a meas-
ured volume of the gas was allowed to find its way into the vacuous jar
through a minute aperture in a thin metallic plate, and he carefully
distinguished between this class of phenomena and the flowing of gases
through capillary tubes into a vacuum, in which case, however short
the tube, the effects of friction materially modify the result. This last
class of phenomena Graham likewise investigated, and designated by
the term " Transpiration."
While, however, it thus appears that the results of Graham's inves-
tigation were in strict accordance with Dalton's theory, it must also be
- evident that Graliam was the first to observe the exact numerical re-
lation which obtains in this class of phenomena, and that all-impor-
tant circumstance entitles him to be regarded as the discoverer of the
law of Diffusion. The law, however, as first enunciated, was purely
empirical, and Graham himself says that something more must be as-
sumed than that gases are vacua to each other, in order to explain all
the phenomena observed ; and according to his original view this rep-
resentation of the process was only a convenient mode of expressing
the final result. Such has proved to be the case.
Like other great men, Graham built better than he knew. In the
progress of Physical Science during the last twenty-five years, two
principles have become more and more conspicuous, until at last they
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 233
have completely revolutionized the philosophy of Chemistry. In the
first place it has appeared that a host of chemical as well as of physi-
cal facts are co-ordinated by the assumption that all substances in the
state of gas have the same molecular volume, or, in other words, con-
tain the same number of molecules in a given space ; und in the second
place, it has become evident that the phenomena of heat are simply
the manifestations of molecular motion. According to this view, the
temperature of a body is the vis viva of its molecules ; and since all
molecules at a given temperature have the same vis viva, it follows
that the molecules must move with velocities which are inversely pro-
portional to the square roots of the molecular weights. Moreover,
since the molecular volumes are equal, and the molecular weights
therefore proportional to the densities of the aeriform bodies in which
the molecules are the active units, it also follows that the velocities of
the molecules in any two gases ai'e inversely proportional to the square
roots of their respective densities. Thus the simple numerical rela-
tions first observed in the phenomena of diffusion are the direct result
of molecular motion, and it is now seen that Graham's empirical law
is included under the fundamental laws of motion. Thus Graham's
investigation has become the basis of the new science of molecular
mechanics, and his measurements of the jates of diffusion prove to
be the measures of molecular velocities.
From the study of diffusion Graham passed by a natural transi-
tion to the investigation of a class of phenomena which, although
closely allied to the first, as to the effects produced, differ wholly
in their essential nature. Here also he followed in the footsteps of
Dalton. This distinguished chemist had noticed that a bubble of air
separated by a film of water from an atmosphere of carbonic an-
hydride gradually expanded until it burst. In like manner a moist
bladder, half filled with air and tied, if suspended in an atmosphere
of the same material, becomes in time greatly distended by the in-
sinuation of this gas through its substance. This effect cannot be the
result of simple diffusion, for it is to be remembered that the thin-
nest film of water, or of any liquid, is absolutely impermeable to a gas
as such, and, moreover, only the carbonic anhydride passes through
the film, very little or none of the air escaping outward. The re-
sult depends, first, upon the solution of the carbonic anhydride by the
water on one surface of the film ; secondly, on the evaporation into the
air, from the other surface, of the gas thus absorbed. Similar ex-
VOL. VIII. 30
234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
periments were made by Drs. Mitchell and Faust, and others, in which
gases passed through a film of india-rubber, entering into a partial
combination with the material on one surface, and escaping from it on
the other.
Graham not only considerably extended our knowledge of this class
of phenomena, but also gave us a satisfactory explanation of the mode
in which these remarkable results are produced. He recognized in
these cases the action of a feeble chemical force, insufficient to pro-
duce a definite compound, but still capable of determining a more or
less perfect union, as in the case of simple solution. He also dis-
tinguished the influence of mass in causing the formation or decomposi-
tion of such weak chemical compounds. The conditions of the phenom-
ena under consideration are simply these : —
First. A material for the septum capable of forming a feeble chem-
ical union with the gas to be transferred.
Secondly. An excess of the gas on one side of the film and a
deficiency on the other.
Thirdly. Such a temperature that the unstable compound may
orm at the surface, where the aeriform constituent is present in large
mass, while it decomposes at the opposite surface, where the quantity
is less abundant.
One of the most remai-kable results of Graham's study of this pecu-
liar mode of transfer of aeriform matter through the very substance of
solid bodies was an ingenious method of separating the oxygen from
the atmosphere. The apparatus consisted simply of a bag of india-
rubber kept distended by an interior framework, while it was exhausted
by a Sprengel pump. Under these circumstances the selective affinity
of the caoutchouc determines such a difference in the rate of transfer
of the two constituents of the atmosphere that the amount of oxygen
in the transpired air rises to forty per cent, and by repeating the
process nearly pure oxygen may be obtained. It was at first hoped
that this method might find a valuable application in the arts, but in
this Graham was disappointed ; for the same result has since been
effected by purely chemical methods, which are both cheaper and more
rapid.
These experiments on india-rubber naturally led to the study of
similar effects produced with metallic septa, which, although to some
extent previously observed in passing gases through heated metallic
tubes, had been only imperfectly understood. Thus, when a stream ot
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 235
hydrogen or carbonic oxide is passed through a red-hot iron tube, a no
inconsiderable portion of the gas escapes through the walls. The same
is true to a still greater degree when hydrogen is passed through a red-
hot tube of platinum, and Graham showed that through the walls of a
tube of palladium hydrogen gas passes, under the same conditions, al-
most as rapidly as water through a sieve. Moreover, our distinguished
Associate proved that this rapid transfer of gas through these dense
metallic septa was due, as in the case of the india-rubber, to an actual
chemical combination of its material with the metal, formed at the sur-
face, where the gas is in excess, and as rapidly decomposed on the op-
posite face of the septum. He not only recognized as belonging to this
class of phenomena the very great absorption of hydrogen by platinum
plate and sponge in the familiar experiment of the Doebereiner lamp,
but also showed that this gas is a definite constituent of meteoric iron, —
a fact of great interest from its bearing on the meteoric theory.
We are thus led to Graham's last important discovery, which was the
justification of the theory we have been considering, and the crown-
ing of this long line of investigation. As may be anticipated from what
has been said, the most marked example of that order of chemical com-
pounds, to which the metallic transpiration of aeriform matter we have
been considering is due, is the compound of palladium with hydrogen.
Graham showed that when a plate of this metal is made the negative
pole in the electrolysis of water, it absorbs nearly one thousand times
its volume of hydrogen gas, — a quantity approximative^ equivalent to
one atom of hydrogen to each atom of palladium. He further showed
that the metal thus becomes so profoundly altered as to indicate that the
product of this union is a definite compound. Not only is the volume
of the metal increased, but its tenacity and conducting power for elec-
tricity are diminished, and it acquires a slight susceptibility to magnet-
ism, which the pure metal does not possess. The chemical qualities
of this product are also remarkable. It precipitates mercury from a
solution of its chloride, and in general acts as a strong reducing agent.
Exposed to the action of chlorine, bromine, or iodine, the hydrogen leaves
the palladium and enters into direct union with these elements. More-
over, although the compound is readily decomposed by heat, the gas can-
not be expelled from the metal by simple mechanical means.
These facts recall the similar relations frequently observed between
the qualities of an alloy and those of the constituent metals, and suggest
the inference made by Graham, that palladium charged with hydrogen
236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
is a compound of the same class, — a conclusion which harmonizes with
the theory long held by many chemists, that hydrogen gas is the vapor
of a very volatile metal. This element, however, when combined with
palladium, is in a peculiarly active state, which sustains somewhat the
same relation to the familiar gas that ozone bears to ordinary oxygen.
Hence Graham distinguished this condition of hydrogen by the term
" Hydrogenium." Shortly before his death a medal was struck at the
Royal Mint from the hydrogen palladium alloy in honor of its discov-
ery ; but although this discovery attracted public attention chiefly on
account of the singular chemical relations of hydrogen, which it brought
so prominently to notice, it will be remembered in the history of science
rather as the beautiful termination of a life-long investigation, of which
the medal was the appropriate seal.
Simultaneously with the experiments on gases, whose results we have
endeavored to present in the preceding pages, Graham carried forward
a parallel line of investigation of an allied class of phenomena, which
may be regarded as the manifestations of molecular motion in liquid
bodies. The phenomena of diffusion reappear in liquids, and Graham
carefully observed the times in which equal weights of various salts
dissolved in water diffused from an open-mouth bottle into a large vol-
ume of pure water, in which the bottle was immersed. He was not,
however, able to correlate the results of these experiments by such a
simple law as that which obtains with gases. It appeared, nevertheless,
that the rate of diffusion differs very greatly for the different soluble
salts, having some relation to the chemical composition of the salt which
he was unable to discover. But he found it possible to divide the
salts into groups ot equi-diffusive substances, and he showed that the
rates of diffusion of the several groups bear to one another simple nu-
merical ratios.
More important results were obtained from the study of a class of
phenomena corresponding to the transpiration of gases through india-
rubber or metallic septa. These phenomena, as manifested in the trans-
fer of liquids and of salts in solution through bladder, or a similar mem-
brane, had previously been frequently studied under the names of exos-
mose and endosmose, but to Graham we owe the first satisfactory
explanation. As in the case of gases, he referred these effects to the
influence of chemical force, combination taking place on one sm-face of
the membrane, and the compound breaking up on the other, the differ-
ence depending, as in the previous instance, on the influence of mass.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 24, 1870. 237
He also swept away the arbitrary distinctions made by previous experi-
menters, showed that this wbole class of phenomena are essentially
similar, and called this manifestation of power simply " osmose."
While studying osmotic action, Graham was led to one of his
most important generalizations, — the recognition of the crystalline
and amorphous states as fundamental distinctions in chemistry.
Bodies in the first state he called crystalloids ; those in the last
state, colloids (resembling glue). That there is a difference in struct-
ure between crystalloids, like sugar or felspar, and colloids, like
barley candy or glass, has of course always been evident to the most
superficial observer ; but Graham was the first to recognize in these
external differences two fundamentally distinct conditions of matter not
peculiar to certain substances, but underlying all chemical differences,
and appearing to a greater or less degree in every substance. He
showed that the power of diffusion through liquids depends very much
on these fundamental differences of condition, — sugar, one of the least
diffusible of the crystalloids, diffusing fourteen times more rapidly than
caromel, the corresponding colloid. He also showed that, in accord-
ance with the general chemical rule, while colloids readily combine
with crystalloids, bodies in the same condition manifest little or no
tendency to chemical union. Hence in osmose, where the membranes
employed are invariably colloidal, the osmotic action is confined almost
entirely to crystalloids, since they alone are capable of entering into
that combination with the material of the septum on which the whole
action depends.
On the above principles Graham based a simple method of sepa-
rating crystalloids from colloids, which he calls " dialysis," and which
was a most valuable addition to the means of chemical analysis. A
shallow tray, prepared by stretching parchment paper (an insoluble
colloid) over a gutta-percha hoop, is the only apparatus required.
The solution to be " dialyzed " is poured into this tray, which is then
floated on pure water, whose volume should be eight or ten times
greater than that of the solution. Under these conditions the crystal-
loids will diffuse through the porous septum into the water, leaving the
colloids on the tray, and in the course of a few days a more or less
complete separation of the two classes of bodies will have taken place.
In this way arsenious acid and similar crystalloids may be separated
from the colloidal materials with which, in the case of poisoning, they
are usually found mixed in the animal juices or tissues.
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
But besides having these practical applications, the method of dialysis
in the hands of Graham yielded the most startling results, developing an
almost entirely new class of bodies as the colloidal forms of our most
familiar substances, and justifying the conclusion that the colloidal as
well as the crystalline condition is an almost universal attribute of
matter. Thus, he was able to obtain solutions in water of the colloidal
states of aluminic, feoric, chromic, stannic, metastannic, titanic, molybdic,
tungstic, and silicic hydrates, all of which gelatinize under definite
conditions like a solution of glue. The wonderful nature of these facts
can be thoroughly appreciated only by those familiar with the subject,
but all may understand the surprise with which the chemist saw such
hard, insoluble bodies as flint dissolved abundantly in water and con-
verted into soft jellies. These facts are, without doubt, the most im-
portant contributions of Dr. Graham to pure chemistry.
In this sketch of the scientific career of our late Associate, we have
followed the logical, rather than the chronological, order of events,
hoping thus to render the relations of the different parts of his work
more intelligible. It must be remembered, however, that the two lines
of investigation we have distinguished were in fact interwoven, and
that the beautiful harmony which his completed life presents was the
result, not of a preconceived plan, but of a constant devotion to truth,
and a childlike faith, which unhesitatingly pressed forward whenever
nature pointed out the way.
Although the investigations of the phenomena connected with the
molecular motion in gases and liquids were by far the most important
of Dr. Graham's labors, he also contributed to chemistry many re-
searches which cannot be included under this head. Of these, which
we may regard as his detached efforts, the most important was his
investigation of the hydrates and other salts of phosphorus. It is true
that the interpretation he gave of the results has been materially modi-
fied by the modern chemical philosophy, yet the facts which he estab-
lished form an important part of the basis on which that philosophy
rests. Indeed, it seems as if he almost anticipated the later doctrines of
types and polybasic acids, and in none of his work did he show more
discriminating observation or acute reasoning. A subsequent investi-
gation on the condition of water in several crystalline salts and in the
hydrates of sulphuric acid is equally remarkable. Lastly, Graham also
made interesting observations on the combination of alcohol with salts,
on the process of etherification, on the slow oxidation of phosphorus,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 24, 1870. 239
and on the spontaneous inflammability of phosphuretted hydrogen. It
would not, however, be appropriate in this place to do more than
enumerate the subjects of these less important studies ; and we have
therefore only aimed in this sketch to give a general view of the
character of the field which this eminent student of nature chiefly
cultivated, and to show how abundant was the harvest of truth which
we owe to his faithful toil.
Graham was not a voluminous writer. His scientific papers were all
very brief, but comprehensive, and his " Elements of Chemistry " was
his only large work. This was an admirable exposition of chemical
physics, as well as of pure chemistry, and gave a more philosophical ac-
count of the theory of the galvanic battery than had previously appeared.
Our late Associate was fortunate in receiving during life a generous
recognition of the value of his labors. His membership was sought by
almost all the chief scientific societies of the world, and he enjoyed to a
high degree the confidence and esteem of his associates. Indeed, he
was singularly elevated above the petty jealousies and belittling quarrels,
which so often mar the beauty of a student's life, while the great love-
liness and kindliness of his nature closely endeared him to his friends.
He was never married, keeping house with a sister at No. 4 Gordon
Square, where he dispensed a liberal hospitality, which has been en-
joyed by many of .our scientific countrymen who have visited London
during the last twenty years.
In concluding, we must not forget to mention that most genial trait
of Graham's character, his sympathy with young men, which gave him
great influence as a teacher in the College with which he was long
associated. There are many now prominent in the scientific world
who have found in his encouragement the strongest incentive to
perseverance, and in his approval and friendship the best reward of
success.
Frederic Overbeck was born at Lubeck on the 2d of July, 1789,
and commenced his studies in art at a very early age. In 1806 he
entered the Academy of Fine Arts at Vienna. His natural tendencies,
fostered by the counsels of Eberhard Wachter, soon led him to the
exclusive study of the Pre-Raphaelite painters. This brought him
into such open opposition to the professors, whose principles were
those of the classical school of Mengs and David, that he was dis-
missed from the Academy, and in the year 1810 went to Rome,
where he found himself in a thoroughly congenial atmosphere. Six
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
years lafer, when Niebuhr arrived there as Prussian ambassador, he
found Overbeck and other young artists, who were then laying the
foundations of the new school of painting in Germany, divided into
two parties, professing utterly opposed principles. These were the
Nazarenes, so called from their mode of life and their austerity of
demeanor, whose leaders, Overbeck, Wilhelm, Schadow, and Veit, late
converts to Romanism, looked upon art as the servant of religion,
and lived like monks in the old convent of San Isidoro, preparing then-
simple meals in the kitchen of the convent ; and the Pagans, as they
might have been denominated, who were devout adoi'ers of the antique.
This latter party numbered Thorwaldsen, Koch, and Schlick in its
ranks. Cornelius stood midway between the two parties, but his dis-
like of the proselytism which was practised by the Nazarenes rather
impelled him in the opposite direction ; and, although a Catholic,
he openly said that when they made their first convert he would
become a Protestant.
Niebuhr tells us that the Catholicism of Cornelius was at bottom
nothing more than the creed of the old Protestants, " thanks to the
training which he had received from a pious, though by no means big-
oted mother " ; but Overbeck, he adds, " is, on the contrary, an enthusi-
ast, and quite illiberal ; he is a very amiable man and endowed with a
magnificent imagination, but incapable by nature of standing alone,
and by no means so clear-headed as he is practical."
In the society of such men as Niebuhr, Bunsen, and Brandis these
artists met on the most friendly terms, though certain topics (teste
Niebuhr) were necessarily excluded from conversation on account of
the Catholicism of Overbeck and Schadow.
A few years after Overbeck had settled at Rome, the Prussian
Consul-General, Salomm Bartholdy (Mendelssohn's uncle), proposed
to him, together with Veit, Schadow, and Cornelius, to decorate with
frescos a room in the Palazzo Zuccheri, where he resided, offering
himself to meet all material expenses. Thus these young and ardent
spirits were enabled to carry out their long-cherished project of reviv-
ing an almost forgotten art in the very city where its greatest master-
pieces had been executed, nearly three centuries before, by the hands
of Raphael and Michael Angelo.
The history of Joseph was selected for treatment, and Overbeck
painted the episode of Joseph sold by his brethren to the Ishmaelites.
In this, his first important work, the young artist displayed his life-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAT 24, 1870. 241
long merits and defects. We need go no farther to understand him ;
for, unlike men of original genius, Overheck had but one style, or, to
speak more correctly, but one manner, which too often degenerated
into mannerism. He was in no sense progressive ; his art wanted
individual life ; it was a plant carefully trained after the outward
pattern of a phase of art which still keeps its high place because it
was the spontaneous growth and vital expression of the age which
produced it, — a ghost clad in Pre-Raphaelite garments, cold, cor-
rect, full of evidences of careful study, but never inspired, never
living. Now and then, as in this very fresco, or in his great pic-
ture of The Influence of Religion upon the Arts in the Staedel In-
stitute at Frankfort, we are charmed by a naive grace and simplicity ;
but this is because we are thinking of Perugino, rather than of
Overbeck.
After completing their work at the Palazzo Zuccheri, Overbeck,
Schadow, and Cornelius painted frescos, representing scenes selected
from the poems of the four great Italian poets, in the casino of the
villa of Prince Massimo, near St. John Lateran. Overbeck took his
subject from Tasso ; but he was not the man required for such a work,
and could not rise to the same level as when his pencil was employed
upon Biblical scenes. In dealing with these he was in his element,
and the long series of charcoal drawings which he commenced, while
living at the Palazzo Cenci, for an illustrated German Bible, are, as
it seems to us, by far his best works. For color he had no feeling.
His oil pictures are positively disagreeable from their leaden tones,
false scale of crude tints, and inharmonious juxtaposition of colors ;
but his simple outline drawings, only slightly shaded, are masterly.
His most important paintings, besides those already mentioned, are
the Miracle of St. Francis and the Roses, in the Church of Sta. Maria
degli Angeli at Assisi ; Christ in the Garden, at Hamburg ; and the
Entrance of Christ into Jerusalem, in the Church of the Virgin at
Lubeck. After residing fifty-nine years at Rome, Overbeck died there
of rapid consumption on the 12th of November, 1869.
No one who has ever seen him can forget his striking appearance.
Like his art, he was an .anachronism. Clad in a long purple robe
bordered with gray fur, and wearing a cap of the same material and
trimmings upon his head, grave and sober in his walk and conversa-
tion, he looked as if he had stepped out of one of Holbein's pictures.
Could he have been set down in the Rotterdam of the sixteenth cen-
VQL. VIII. 31
242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
tury, he might have met Erasmus without startling him as he startled
the stranger of our day who saw him for the first time in the streets of
Rome or in his studio on the Esquiline.
He was so gentle and kindly that all felt drawn towards him, while
at the same time his reverend aspect inspired those who approached
him with veneration. The purity of his life was reflected in his per-
son, as in his art, and the atmosphere which surrounded him was so
far removed from the tumultuous rush of modern existence, that when
you left him, and plunged again into the world as it is, you carried
away a thousand longings for that world of which he seemed a part.
Overbeck was a priest of Art, to whom it was a holy thing, and never
a means of gaining money or men's applause.
The thanks of the Academy were voted to the retiring
Secretary, Mr. Wright, for his long and faithful service.
Six hundred and twenty second Meeting.
June 1-1, 1870. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
Letters in acknowledgment of their election as Fellows were
received from C. C. Perkins, Esq., Professor N. Holmes, and
Dr. George Derby.
Dr. J. B. S. Jackson was appointed to the Auditing Commit-
tee in place of Dr. Ware, absent in Europe.
Professor Lovering proposed that Chapter I., Section II., of
the Statutes of the Academy, be amended by the substitution
of the word " five" for " three," and also for the word " two,"
so that the article shall read " and an annual assessment of five
dollars, with such additional sum, not exceeding five dollars,
as the Academy shall, by a standing vote, from time to time
determine." Referred to a committee consisting of Messrs.
Lovering, Clark, and Quincy.
The President called attention to the fact, that, in the new
Dictionary of Latin and Byzantine Greek by Professor Sopho-
cles, no mention is made of the " Glossary," published by
the Academy as the seventh volume of its Memoirs, of which
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 243
the later work is a development. He had reason to believe
that the omission would be supplied.
The Vice-President and Professors Parsons and Holmes
were appointed a committee to consider whether the cost of
printing Professor Lovering's memoir upon the Aurora Bo-
realis could rightly be defrayed from the Rumford Fund, and
also what disposition should be made of any proceeds which
might accrue from the republication by the Academy of Count
Ptumford's works.
It was voted to appropriate one hundred and fifty dollars to
be expended by the Library Committee, and three hundred
and fifty dollars to be expended by the Committee on Publica-
tions.
Mr. Porter C. Bliss made a communication on the Ethnol-
ogy of the Indian tribes of the southern part of South Amer-
ica.
The President read by title the following papers : —
1. Reconstruction of the Order Diapensiacecc. By Asa Gray,
The name of this group was first used by Link, for a tribe of Com
volrulacece, — which was wide of the mark. But the order was founded
by Lindley in 1836 (Introd. Nat. Syst. ed. 2). The two genera and
species of which it was constituted, however, have on the one hand
been appended to Ericaceae, as by Endlicher and Dr. Hooker, or on the
other referred to Polemoniacece, as by Don, Fries, and Alph. DeCan-
dolle. Decaisne, indeed, keeps up the order (Decaisne and LeMaout,
Triiite Gen. Bot.) ; but as he intercalates it between the Pyrolece and
Vaccinece, admitting those and kindred groups as orders, his view coin-
cides with that of Endlicher and Hooker. In the second and subse-
quent editions of the Man. Bot. N. United States, I had followed the
other course. But, after an attentive study of the Polemoniacece of the
Northern hemisphere, I can no longer recognize the relationship. The
plants in question have neither the gamophyllous calyx, nor the convo-
lute aestivation of the corolla, nor the usually three-cleft style, nor the
hypogynous disk, nor the pretty large embryo with flattened or folia-
ceous cotyledons of Polemoniacece; nor do the latter anywhere show
an approach to the stamens of Diapensia. That these points of differ-
ence from Polemoniacece are all, with one exception, points of agree-
244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
ment with Ericacece, must be conceded, as also the similarity of habit.
But the complete absence of an hypogynous disk, and the insertion of
the stamens upon (instead of with) the corolla, are characters which
ought to weigh heavily, in the absence of all the peculiar marks of
Ericacece, — such, for instance, as the indusiate stigma, tetrahedral pol-
len, &c. Dr. Hooker, after due mention and consideration of these
points (in Kew Jour. Bot. 9, p. 372), yet finds, in his remarkable
genus Diplarche, strong evidence of a transition between Diapensia
and Loiseleuria, his genus having one set of stamens adnate high up on
a corolla which much resembles in shape that of Diapensia Lapponica.
But Diplarche exhibits the disk, the stigma, and the pollen characteris-
tic of Ericacece, and has neither the filament nor the anther of Dia-
pensia and Pyxidanthera.
There is a genus, however, which accords with these in the whole gen-
eral structure of the flower, and even in that of the filament and anther.
This is Shortia, Torr. & Gray, published, upon most imperfect charac-
ters, at the close of an article of mine in the American Journal of Science
and Arts, vol. 42, in the year 1841, two years earlier, apparently, than
the fully characterized Schizocodon of .Siebold and Zuccarini. The his-
tory of this genus, and of the identification of the almost .unknown
Alleghanian plant with that of Japan, is given in the following note,*
* "At the end of the separate herbarium of Michaux, in the museum of the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, is preserved a specimen, ticketed, 'Hautes montagnes de
Carolinie, an Pyrola spec. ? an genus novum 1 ' The scapes bear the dehiscent
capsule, tipped with a style, and surrounded by the sepals ; the corolla and stamens
are absent. A sketch of the specimen, a leaf, and the summit of one of the scapes
were obligingly presented to me by Professor Decaisne. With more zeal than
judgment, I drew up the characters from this unique and incomplete specimen, and
in this Journal for January, 1841, in a note to an account of a botanical excursion
to the mountains of North Carolina, I published the plant under the name of
Shortia galacifolia, Torr. & Gray. Contrary to my hopes and expectations, the
plant has not yet turned up in its native haunts. The late Dr. Short, who has
since gone to his rest, deserved better commemoration at our hands than this emp-
ty name of a most obscure plant. Indeed, our botanists, applying the old law
maxim, De non apparentibus et de non existenlibus eadem est ratio, are not unreason-
ably doubting if there ever was any such plant. Some lucky botanist will proba-
bly rediscover it in the region around the Black Mountains. What I have now to
announce is, that the genus is found, and probably the very species, in a widely
distant region indeed, but just where, after all we have been learning, it was not
unnatural to expect it.
" In the vear 1843, if I mistake not (I cannot at this moment ascertain the exact
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 245
which was published in the Journal above mentioned, in the year
1867.
Finally Galax of Linnaeus, — a genus of undetermined affinity, —
as I now perceive, has its floral peculiarities and its relationship ex-
plained upon comparison with Shortia or Schizocodon. Its corolla (still
somewhat gamopetalous, as Baillon remarks in Adansonia, 1, p. 196)
is deeply parted ; and the stamens with the interposed squamula?, or
sterile series of stamens, are connate into a tube, which not a little
resembles the corolla of Diapensia, the fertile stamens occupying the
sinuses of its petaloid divisions instead of those of the corolla. The
style also is short, and there is no persistent columella in the axis of
the capsule. Galax has been referred to Pyrolacece ; but the points of
resemblance are few, and the differences many and great, in corolla,
androecium, style, seeds, &c.
If, then, these two outlying genera are truly related to Diapensia, as
I suppose them to be, the group which they compose will hardly be
referred to Ericaceae. As a distinct small order, Galax included, the
name Diapensiacece should be preferred to Galacinece. For Don's
order Galacinece, though the earlier in date, was a thoroughly hetero-
geneous assemblage.
The diagnoses of the genera here brought together are as follows : —
date, none being given in the separate issue), the late Professor Zuccarini published
a plant from the mountains of Japan under the name of Schizocodon soldanelloides ;
and Dr. Maximowiez last year added two other species, S. ilicijblius, which he
thinks too closely resembles the original species, and S. imiflorus. Of the latter, as
well as of S. soldanelloides, Dr. Maximowiez has obligingly supplied me with speci-
mens. S. unijlorus appears to differ (and perhaps too little) from the original spe-
cies chiefly in the single-flowered scape, broader bracts, broader and more numer-
ously-nerved sepals, and more slender style. Of this as of Shortia galacifolia, the
corolla and stamens are unknown. Until these parts are found, and prove to be
different, 1 may venture to assume that the two are identical !
" Dr. Maximowiez, the latest and best botanical explorer of Japan and the adja-
cent regions northward, and whose excellent specimens have been liberally supplied
to some of the principal herbaria of this country (where they are most interesting),
is sedulously engaged upon a Flora Japonica. It should be left for him to decide
which generic name should be adopted, the earlier and incomplete or the later and
complete one.
" As to the affinities of the genus, I had thought mostly of Galax, itself of un-
detected relationship. The fringed Soldanel!a-like corolla and the similar foliage
are unaccompanied by any other structural resemblances. Zuccarini simply refers
the genus to Polemoniacece ; and I will add that its nearest known relative is Dia-
pensia."
246 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Ord. Diapensiace^e, Lindl. (auctus.) Herba? perennes, nunc suf-
fruticuloso-perennantes, alternifoliae, pentamera?, gamopetala? ; calyce
5-sepalo persistente corollaque hypogynis a?stivatione quincuncialibus ;
staminibus corolla? adnatis laciniis ejusdem alternis, filamentis sa?pius
dilatatis, antherae loculis horizontaliter vel oblique bivalvibus ; polline
simplici ; disco plane nullo ; ovario (ima basi lata cum calycis fundo
levissime concreta) 3-(raro 4-) loculari ; stylo unico; stigmate subtrilobo
nudo ; ovulis indefinite numerosis in placentis axilibus anatropis vel
amphitropis ; capsula loculicida ; semiiiurn testa reticulata nucleo con-
formi vel relaxata ; embryone parvo tereti in albuinine carnoso, cotyle-
donibus brevissimis.
Tribus I. Diapensie^e. — Filamenta petaloideo-dilatata, corolla?
campanulatn? usque ad sinus adnata ; sterilia nulla: anthera? bilocu-
lares. Placenta? crassa? columella? pei"sistenti adnata?. — Planta? suffru-
ticuloso-ca?spitantes, depressa?, sempervirentes, foliosissima? ; foliis parvis
sessilibus enervibus integerrimis ; floribus terminalibus solitariis.
1. Pyxidanthera, Michx. Calyx pluribracteatus. Antbera? loculi
rima transversa bivalves, valvula inferiore cuspide appendiculata. Ovula
in loculis plurima, ampbitropa. Semina subglobosa, testa nucleo con-
formi. — Laxe repenti-cavpitans, flore inter folia rosulata- sessili. —
P. barbulata, Micbx. Fl. 1, t. 17; Gray, Bot. Text Book, ed. 3,
cum ic. xyl. ; Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 606, cum ic. xyl. ; Bot. Mag. t.
4592.
2. Diapensia, L. Calyx 2-3-bracteatus. Anthera? mutica? loculi
basi divergentes obliqui, rima descendente bivalves. Ovula in loculis
numerosissima, anatropa. Semina subcubica, testa nucleo subconfonni.
— Pulvinato-ca?spitantes, pedunculo saltern fructifero evoluto scapifor-
mi. — D. Lapponica, L. (Decaisne & LeMaout. Trait. Bot. p. 235,
cum ic. xyl. opt.) 2 D. Hijialaica, Hook. f. Kew Jour. Bot.
p. 372, t. 12.
Tribus II. Galacine^e. — Filamenta fertilia (complanata) cum
totidem sterilibus vel squamulis alternis connata, veldiscreta. Anthera?
mutica?. Ovula anatropa. Semina sursum imbricata, testa relaxata, ad
chalazam producta. — Herba? acaules ; foliis longe petiolatis rotnndato-
cordatis plus minus dentatis venosis perennantibus scapisque elongatis
racemoso-uni-multifloris e rbizomatibus repentibus ortis.
3. Shortia, Torr. & Gray, 1841, (Schizocodon, Sieb. & Zucc. 1843.)
Corolla infundibuliformi-campanulata, 5-loba ; lobis fimbriato-multifidis.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 247
Stamina discreta : filamenta fertilia usque ad fauceru (sub sinubus) ad-
nata : antbera? biloculares fere Diapensice, loculis connectivurn margi-
nantibus demum transversis. Squamuke seu filamenta sterilia oppositi-
petala corolla? supra basim inserta, lineares. Stylus elongatus. Semina
in placentis amplis columella? persistenti adnatis numei'osissima, sur-
sum imbi'icata, oblique ovata, ad cbalazam obtuse apiculata. — Folia
repando-dentata, sa?pius retusa, laxe venosa. Scapus uni-pauciflorus,
superne squamoso-bracteatus, bracteis sepalisque demum cbartaceis
nervosis. — S. galacifolia, Torr. & Gray in Sill. Jour. 1. c. — Schi-
zocodon soldanelloides, Sieb. & Zucc, Act. Acad. Monac. 1843, t. 2,
f. 1, S. ilicif alius et S. uniflorus, Maxim, aut species peraffiues, aut in
unicam conjungenda? ?
4. Galax, L. Corolla 5-partita, lobis obovato-spatbulatis integer-
rimis. Stamina 5 fertilia cum sterilibus squamulisve in tubum basi
corolla? adnatum apice 10-dentatum connata, dentibus subspatbulatis,
fertilibus quam sterilia brevioribus et apice latioribus antheram uni-
locularem tranversim bivalvem introrsum adnatam gerentibus. Stylus
brevissimus. Placenta? ab axi sa?pius tripartibili dissepimentis adnata
secedentes. Semina plurima, angusta, sursum longe attenuata. — Folia
crebre dentata, reticulata. Scapus nudus, racemum multi- et parvi-
florum gerens ; bracteis minimis fere obsoletis. — G. aphylla, Linn.
Erythrorhiza rotandifolia, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 35, t. 36.
2. Revision of the North American Polemoniacece. By Asa Gray.
I. Stamina incequaliter inserta.
1. PHLOX. Corolla Irrpocraterimorpha. Filamenta brevia, inclusa. Ovula in
loculis 1-5. Semina sub aqua imrautata, tegumento simpliei albumini adha?-
rente. — Folia integerrima, saltern inferiora opposita.
2. COLLOMIA. Corolla aut hypocraterimorpha aut infundibuliformis. Fila-
menta gracilia, soepius exserta. Ovula in loculis solitaria, pauca, vel pluri-
ma. Semina humefacta mucilaginosa spirillifera. — Folia omnia vel plera alter-
na, saepius pinnatipartita vel incisa.
II. Stamina cequaliter inserta. Semina humectata plerumque spirilli-
fera vel mucilaginosa.
3. GILIA. Corolla a hypocrateriformi ad subrotatam. Filamenta haud dccli-
nata inappendiculata. — Folia varia.
4. FOLEMOXIOI. Corolla ab infundibuliformi ad rotatam. Filamenta gra-
cilia, plus minus declinata, basi piloso-appendiculata. Folia alterna, pinna-
tisecta.
248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
These are the best diagnostic characters to be had for the Polemoni-
aceous genera with which we have here to do. One other, Lceselia, is
not unlikely to be found along our Mexican frontier. The genera at
first sight would appear to be more obviously and strictly limited than
they actually prove to be ; and, except for certain connecting forms,
their number might be properly increased by the severance of one
polymorphous genus into several, which, for the want of a little ex-
tinction, just fail to establish their characters. These plants may also
interest the philosophical botanist in another particular, namely, in what
seems to be the indications of an incipient dimorphism, discernible in
sundry species, but in none of them, perhaps, completely carried out
into reciprocally long and short filaments and style. For instance, in
some species of Gilia, section Leptosiphon, the style is long in some
individuals and short in others, while the stamens are uniform ; on the
other hand, at least in one species of the section Ipomopsis the stamens
are exserted in some individuals and included in others, with little or
no obvious difference in the style. In view of these facts, we may sus-
pect that the two sorts of style which Professor Thurber and Profes-
sor Torrey have detected in the genus Phlox (namely, that more than
half the species have a long style, so that the stigmas are often ex-
serted, while the rest have very short ones, bearing the stigmas low
down in the tube of the corolla) are somehow of dimorphic nature.
Yet it is only in P. subulata that I have seen both long and short
styles ; and here the short-styled plant has (irrespective of this charac-
ter) been described as a distinct species (P. nivalis, P. Hentzii), and is
apt to have a pair of ovules in each cell, while the long-styled P. subu-
lata rarely shows more than one. Moreover, in the Speciosa group
this character of the style really furnishes one of the most available
specific distinctions. "Whatever view be taken of it, the case may
properly be compared with that of certain species of the generally
dimorphic genus Primula, mentioned by Mr. Scott (in Jour. Linn.
Soc. 8, p. 80), which, so far as known, are either long-styled or short-
styled without their complementary fellow. Similarly the two species
of Gilia composing the group which I have named Giliandra might
be regarded as the long-stamened form, of which the short-stamened
counterpart is unknown or non-existent. A state of things which, al-
though singular, is intelligible upon the doctrine of the gradual evolu-
tion of specific and dimorphic differences.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 249
1. PHLOX, L.
Corolla hypocraterimorpha, ore angusto. Stamina tubo valde inas-
qualiter insert a : filamenta brevissima vel brevia, inclusa. Stylus nunc
elongatus, faueem ada?quans vel superans, nunc brevissimus. Ovula
in loculis 1, 2, rarissime 3-5. Semina sub aqua iramutata, tegumen-
to simpliei albumini adha?rente nee mucilagine nee spirillis pra?dito. —
Herba? vel suffruticuli Amer. Borealis, foliis integerrimis, caulinis
sessilibus oppositis summisve alternis, corollas a?stivatione niaxime con-
volutiva.
§ 1. Latifolice, Perennes, America? Boreali-Orientales, uniovulatae.
* Thyrsi 'florce ; cymulis compactis in paniculam floribundam vel
thyrsum digestis, pedicellis brevissimis ; caule elato stricto ; corol-
la? lobis integerrimis.
1. P. paxiculata, L. P. paniculata (forma pubescens) & P. acu-
minata, Pursh, Benth. in DC. P. undulata, Ait. P. Sichnanni,
Lehm. P. scabra, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 248. P. cordata, Ell. ;
Brit. Fl. Gard. n. ser. t. 13. P. corymbosa, Sweet, 1. c. t. 114,
a rough-pubescent form. P. glandulosa, Shuttleworth, coll. Rugel,
pubescent form.
2. P. maculata, L., Jacq. Yind. t. 127. P. pyramidalis, Smith,
Exot. 2, t. 87 ; Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 233 ; very floribund cultivated state.
P. odorata, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 224. P. rejlexa, id. t. 232
(hybrid). P. penduliflora, Sweet, 1. c. n. ser. t. 46. P. suaveolens,
Ait. Kew. ; form with white flowers and stem often spotless, to which
belong P. tardiflora, Penny ex Benth., and P. longijlora, Sweet,
Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. t. 31.
* * CorymboscB ; cymulis corymbosis nunc simplicibus ; caulibus
erectis vel patentibus ; corolla? lobis latis integerrimis vel obeor-
datis.
-K- Glaberrimce, nitida?, erecta? vel adscendentes ; calycis lobis latis ;
corolla? lobis rotundatis integerrimis. Rarius corymbo vel caule
scabro-puberulo.
3. P. ovata, L. Sp. ed. 1, p. 152. Caulibus e basi decumbente vel
repente adscendentibus (subpedalibus) ; foliis ovatis nunc oblongo-lan-
ceolatis summisve subcordatis, infimis in petiolum angustatis ; calycis
dentibus brevibus ovatis seu lato-lanceolatis acutis. — Bot. Mag. t. 528.
P. Carolina, var. ovata, Benth. in DC. P. latifolia, Michx. Fl. 1,
p. 143. — Var. elatior ; foliis lato- seu ovato-lanceolatis, calycis denti-
vol. vin. 32
250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
bus acutatis. P. Carolina, L. Sp. ed. 2. P. trijiora, Brit. Fl. Gard.
t. 293. Open woods, &c, upper country of Alabama and Carolina
along the Alleghanies to Huntingdon Co., Penn.f Porter. — P. ovata
is the earlier name (although rendered somewhat obscure by the char.
" floribus solitariis," which was taken from Plukenet's figure), and is
the more to be preferred as the original of P. Carolina is one of those
forms which seem to pass gradually into P. glaberrima. The Carolin-
ian specimens of " Gray and Carey," referred in the Prodromus to
P. glaberrima, are clearly of the present species.
4. P. glaberrima, L. Caulibus gracilibus erectis (1 - 2-pedali-
bus) ; foliis lineari- nunc oblongo-lanceolatis summisve anguste ovato-
lanceolatis superne sensim angustatis acuminatis firmioribus subaveniis
margine subrevolutis, pagina superiore nitida ; calycis dentibus trian-
gulari- seu lanceolato-subulatis acutissimis. — Brit. Fl. Gard. n. ser.
t. 36. P. glaberrima & P. Carolina var. nitida & puberula, Benth.
in DC. P. trijiora, Michx. ; forma corymbo ramosiore laxiore. P.
nitida, Pursh. P. suffruticosa, Willd. Enum. ; Bot. Reg. t. G8. P.
carnea, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2155 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 711. P. Carolina,
Walt.; Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1344, var. caule scabro-puberula. P. revo-
luta, Aikin in Eaton Man. — Prairies and open grounds, Ohio and
Wisconsin to Florida and Louisiana.
"*"" -i— Pilosoe seu Glandulosce ; caulibus floriferis erectis vel patenti-
bus ; calycis pi. m. pilosi ssepius viscidi dentibus elongatis angustis
seu angustissimis ; corollas lobis nunc retusis vel obcordatis.
+-»■ Estolonosa3.
5. P. Floridana, Benth. in DC. Caule stricto bipedali cum foliis
lineari- seu oblongo-lanceolatis rigidulis pilosulo vel glabello apice cum
corymbo glanduloso, calycis glandulosi dentibus lanceolato-setaceis ;
corollae lobis obovatis integerrimis. — Chapm. Fl. p. 339. P. Caro-
lina, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 190 ? — Dry open woods, Florida, Chap-
man, Rugel, &c. Distinguished from P. glaberrima by the much
longer and narrower teeth of the glandular-pubescent calyx.
G. P. pilosa, L. Caule erecto gracili (1 -2-pedali) cum foliis lan-
ceolatis linearibusque (saspius a basi sessili ad apicem sensim attenua-
tis) villoso piloso vel pubescente nunc glabrato ; corymbo demum
aperto ; calycis aut hirto-villosi aut pubescens subviscidi dentibus elon-
gato- vel tenuissime subulato-setaceis superne nunc arisliformibus ;
corollas lobis obovatis integerrimis. — Bot. Mag. t. 1307; Lodd. Cab.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1S70. 251
t. 1251. P. aristata, Michx. ; Lodd. Cab. t. 1731 ; Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2,
t. 80. — New Jersey to Saskatchawan, Florida, and Texas. Variable
in foliage, pubescence, &c.
Var. detonsa : forma gracillima, sa?pius angustifolia, la?vis, corymbo
calyceque moilici? parurave pubescentibus. — P. aristata, Benth. pro
parte. — Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, Texas.
7. P. amcexa, Sims. Pube molli rarius hirtella pi. m. villosa ; cau-
libus adscendentibus simplicibus (G — "15-pollicaribus) ; foliis erectiuscu-
is oblongis lanceolatis seu lineari-lanceolatis acutiusculis obtusisve,
sum mis corymbum compactum bracteantibus ; ealycis dentibus anguste
subulatis acutissimis vix aristatis ; corolla? lobis obovatis integerrimis
raro emarginatis. — Bot. Mag. 1. 1308. P. pilosa, Walt., Michx. &c.
non L. P. pilosa ? var. Walteri, Gray, Man. ed. 2. P. Walteri,
Cliapm. Fl. p. 338. P. procumbens, Gray, Man. ed. 5, vix Lehm.
P. involucrata, Nutt. herb. — Barrens, dry bills, &c, Virginia and
Kentucky to Florida. Some forms nearly approach P. pilosa, with
which it has been confounded, especially when P. aristata has been
regarded as distinct.
++ ++ Substolonifera?, e basi caules steriles reptantes vel decumbentes
proferentes : folia breviuscula lata.
8. P. divaricata, L. ; Bot. Mag. t. 163. P. Canadensis, Sweet, Brit.
Fl. Gard. t. 221. Corolla? lobi obcordati vel cuneati emarginati, nunc,
in Var. Laphamii, Wood, integerrimi. P. glomerata, Nutt. herb. P.
glutinosa, Buckley in Sill. Journ. 45, p. 177, as to the specimens,
but the char. " flowers bright red or scarlet," must belong to some-
thing else, perhaps to some confusion of memory.
9. P. reptans, Michx. ; Vent. Malm. t. 107. P. stolonifera, Sims,
Bot. Mag. t. 563 ; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. n. ser. t. 293. Both names
date from the year 1803. P. crassi folia, Lodd. Bot. Cab. 1. 1596. As
Dr. Torrey has noted, this species has a long, often exserted style, the
preceding a very short one, — characters we may suspect to be related
to dimorphism ; but if so the counterpart form has not been observed.
* * * Sparsiflorce, linearifolia?, bundles, diffusa? ; corolla? pallide
violacea? lobis cuneatis in segmenta angusta (linearia seu ob-
longa) bifidis.
10. P. bifida, Beck. ; Gray, Man. Pubescens ; foliis nunc glabra-
tis ; corolla? lobis ultra vel ad medium usque in segmenta sublinearia
bifidis. — Prairies of Illinois and Missouri ; in spring.
252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
11. P. Stellaiua, n. pp. Glaberrima, easspitosa, basi subperen-
nante; foliis angusto-linearibus rigidulis, superioribusbasi parum ciliatis;
pedunculis plerumque unifloris elongatis ; corollas " pallide cocrulea3
nunc fere albas" lobis apice in segmenta brevi-oblonga bifidis. —
" Cliffs of Kentucky River (probably above Lexington), in the fissures
of the most precipitous rocks," found only by the late Dr. Short,
May 1, 1829. The station should be rediscovered. Flowers as large
as those of the foregoing species. Named from the resemblance to a
Stettaria both in foliage and blossoms.
§ 2. Subulatce, Suffrutriculoso-perennantes, Cis-Missisippiance, sem-
pervirentes, uni-biovulatas ; foliis fasciculatis ; corollas lobis tantum
obcordatis.
(P. procumbens, Lehm. Ind. Sem. Hamb. 1828 ; Sweet, Brit. Fl.
Gard. n. ser. t. 7 — referred by Bent ham to P. subulata var. latifolia,
— in some specimens nearly approaches P. subulata, in others is more
like P. amcena, for which in Manual, ed. 5, I mistook it. It is unknown
as an indigenous plant, and is probably a hybrid of the two species
above mentioned.)
12. P. subulata, L. P. subulata & P. setacea, L. Chiefly with
long style and solitar}' ovules. — P. nivalis, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 780;
Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 185 ; form with short style, ovules com-
monly, but not always, in pairs (rarely 3) in each cell, and corolla
white. P. aristata, Lodd. 1. c. t. 1731. P. Hentzii, Nutt., with
white corolla, its lobes entire or nearly so, short style, and, in Nuttall's
specimens, solitary ovules. — Dry open ground, New York to Michigan
and Florida.
§ 3. Occidentals (transmontanas et montanas), suffrutescentes vel
suffruticulosas, raro a basi usque herbaceas, uni-triovulatas ; ramis
uni - paucifloris ; foliis plerumque angustis vel parvis margine
saspius pi. m. cartilagineo-incrassatis. Species difficillimas ut vide-
tur inosculantes.
* Pulvinato-ccespitosce, suffruticuloso-perennantes, sempervirentes ;
foliis brevibus nunc minimis usque ad flores solitarios (sessiles, in
postrema nunc brevi-pedunculatos) confertis imbricatisve ac fas-
ciculatis basibus scarioso-connatis, vetustis marcescentibus ; ovulis
solitariis. Species a minimis imbricatifoliis ad laxiores patenti-
folias ordinate.
-i— Folia saltern ad margines pilis arachnoideis instructa,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 253
++ Brevissima, latiuscula vel squamiformia, imbricata, mollia, tan-
tum raucronata. Plantas pulvinatae musciformes ; corollas lobi
integerrimi.
13. P. Richakdsonii, Hook. Fl. 2, p. 73, t. 160. Laxius pulvi-
nata ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis (lin. 3 longis) parcius lanigeris margini-
bus incrassatis raox reflexis imbricatis, vetustis laxe patentibus ; corollas
" laste lilacinas," tubo calycem dimidio excedente, lobis late cuneato-
obovatis lin. 3 longis. — Arctic sea-sbore.
14. P. brtoides, Nutt. PL Gamb. p. 153. Densius pulvinata, mini-
ma, facie Selaginellam rvpestrem referens, copiose mollissime lanata ;
ramulis discretis ; foliis arete quadrifariam imbricatis squamasformibus
ovato- seu triangulari-lanceolatis (sesquilineam longis) etiam marces-
centibus creberrime appressis, marginibus subinflexis ; corollas tubo
calycem modice superante, lobis cuneatis sesquilineam longis. — Di-
viding ridge of the Rocky Mountains (about lat. 42°), Nuttall.
15. P. jiuscoides, Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 42, t. 6, p. 2
Prascedenti similis, Bryum aliquid canescens referens ; ramis brevibus
confertissimis ; foliis minus stricte quadrifariis parcius lanatis ovato-
lanceolatis parum mucronulatis (sesquilineam longis) ; corollas tubo
calycem baud superante. — Rocky Mountains at the sources of the
Missouri River, Wyeth.
-t-t- -H- Folia rigidiora, subulata, subacerosa (lin. 3-4 longa), minus
appresso-imbricata. Plantas late casspitantes, corollis ut videtur
albis.
16. P. Hoodu, Richards. Appx. t. 28. Parcius lanata, glabrata;
foliis erectis ; corollas tubo calycem baud superante, lobis obovatis in-
tegris, 2-2-1- lin. longis. — Through the Saskatchavvan region from lat.
54° to the Rocky Mountains about lat. 44°.
17. P. canescens, Torr. & Gray, Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 8, t. 6. Magis
lanata, canescens ; foliis e basi appressa mox patentibus vel subsquarroso-
recurvis ; corollas tubo calycem pi. m. saspius dimidio superante, lobis
obovatis integris vel emarginatis lin. 3-4 longis. — Rocky Mountains
of Colorado and throughout Utah to New Mexico and the Sierra
Nevada.
h— -i— Folia rigidiora marginibus basi saltern hirsuto- vel hirtello-
ciliata, nunc nuda.
18. P. c^spitosa, Nutt. 1. c. t. 6, f. 1. Dense seu laxiuscule cass-
pitosa ; foliis rigidis lineari-subulatis seu oblongo-linearibus (lin. 4-6
254 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
longis) crebris vel creberrimis hispido- vel hirtello-ciliatis casterum
glabris vel parce hirtello-glandulosis ; corolla? tubo calycem parum
superante, lobis obovatis integris lin. 3 longis. — Var. rigid A : depressa ;
foliis aceroso-subulatis deraum recurvo-patentibus parce glanduloso-hir-
tellis. P. rigida, Bentb. in DC. — Var. condensata : pulvinato-
coespitosa ; foliis brevibus (lin. 2-3 longis) creberrime arrecto-imbrica-
tis. P. Hoodii, var. Gray, Enum. PI. Parry. (298) in Sill. Jour. —
Rocky Mountains, Colorado to Montana, Oregon, and high Sierra
Nevada.
19. P. Douglasii, Hook. Caaspitoso-ramosissima, pubescens vel
glabella ; foliis rigidulis acerosis saspius patentibus minus crebris, mar-
ginibus aut nudis aut basi hirsutiusculo-ciliatis ; flore subsessili ; co-
rolla? (purpureae seu alba?) tubo calycem pi. m. superante, lobis obovatis
integris lin. 3 longis. — Hook. Fl. 2, p. 73, t. 158. — Var. diffusa:
rarnis procumbentibus foliisque laxioribus patentibus minus rigidis. —
Var. longifolia : ramis saspius erectis e rhizomate prostrato ; foliis
angustissime vel aceroso-linearibus lin. 5—8 longis minus fasciculatis.
P. Hoodii, Torr. Ann. Lye. 2, p. 220, & in Frern. Rep. P. Sibirica,
Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 3, p. 290. — High plains and mountains, Mon-
tana, Colorado, and Utah, west to the Sierra Nevada and the Cascades;
the var. diffusa on the Pacific slopes from the Yosemite to lat. 49°, the
var. longifolia east of the Rocky Mountains and in Utah. This makes
nearly a transition to P. longifolia, Nutt. One of Nuttall's specimens
of this form, named by him P. andicola, exhibits, along with flowers
having the usual inequality in the stamens, one or two with stamens
perfectly equally inserted in the throat of the corolla !
* * Speciosce, basi tantum lignosaa nunc herbaceaa, multicipites vel
laxe casspitantes ; foliis vulgo longioribus linearibus lanceolatisve
raro subovatis laxis nee parumve fasciculatis ; floribus solitariis
vel subcymosis longius pedunculatis !
•i— LongistylcB.*
++ Frigidce; foliis caulibusque laxe coespitantibus subflaccidis.
* The character of the style — in this division elongated and frequently equal-
ling the tube of the corolla, in the other hardly exceeding or even equalling the
ovary and the stigmas — may be suspected to be dimorphic, as I have supposed
to be the case in P. subulata. But in this group there is no evidence of it ; and the
character is most convenient and useful in the arrangement of these otherwise
almost inextricable Western Phloxes.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ! JUNE 14, 1870. 255
20. P. Sibirica, L. Bi-quadripollicaris, piloso-pubescens ; foliis
angusto-linearibus margine srepius villosulis ; pedunculis nudis uniflo-
ris ; corolla? tubo lobis suis obcordatis retusisve calycique a?quilongo
vel paullo longiore ; ovulis in loculis binis. (Gmel. Fl. Sib. 4, t. 46,
f. 2.) Trautv. Imag. Fl. Russ. t. 24. — Kotzebue's Sound and E.
Siberia.
++ ++ Temperatxz ; foliis cum caulibus basi sufFruticosis erectis vel
adsurgentibus rigidulis: corolla alba seu rosea, tubo lobos caly-
cis angusto-subulatos superante.
a. StenophyllcB : calycis tubus ad basim usque membranulis intercos-
talibus scariosis mox replicatis saepius angulatus.
21. P. linearifolia. Glaberrima vel superne nunc hirtello-pu-
bens, spithamaea ad pedalem, corymboso-floribunda ; foliis angustissime
linearibus (1 — 2-pollicaribus) ; calycis tubo e basi lata inter costas exi-
mie membranaceo-angulata quasi pyramidato, dentibus aceroso-subula-
tis ; corollas tubo calycem paullo excedente, lobis obovato-cuneatis inte-
gris raro retusis ; ovulis in loculis binis. — P. speciosa var. linearifolia,
Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 3, p. 289, pro parte. P. speciosa, Lindl. Bot.
Reg. t. 1351 ; Benth. in DC, non Pursb. — Interior plains of the Co-
lumbia River and its tributaries, the Kooskooskie, Clearwater, &c,
Douglas, Spalding, Geyer, Burke, Lyall. •
22. P. longifolia, Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 41. Glabra vel
pubescens, circa spithamaea ; foliis angustissime vel angusto-linearibus
(1 -2^-pollicaribus) quandoque lanceolatis ; corollae lobis obovato- seu
oblongo-cuneatis integris retusisve ; ovulis in loculis fere semper solita-
riis. — P. speciosa, p. Hook. Fl. 2, p. 72, &c. P. humilis, Dougl. in
Benth. 1. c. — a small form, with shorter peduncles, sometimes appar-
ently passing into P. Douglasii, var. longifolia. — Var. Stansburyi :
validior ; pube ramorum calycisque pi. m. glandulosa seu viscosa, foliis
vulgo latioribus; corollae tubo calyce saepius duplo longiore, lobis apice
nunc emarginatis nunc erosis ; loculis 1-2 ovarii quandoque biovu-
latis. P. speciosa, var. ? Stansburyi, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 145.
— Forma brevifolia, nana ; foliis nunc angusto- nunc oblongo-lan-
ceolatis semipollicaribus. ■ — Rocky Mountains to the Cascades and
Sierra Nevada, and from Washington Territory to Nevada and Utah.
The var. Stansburyi and its short-leaved form chiefly in the southern
districts, and extending into New Mexico and Arizona. This also has
usually uniovulate cells, but with one or two (rarely perhaps all three)
cells sometimes 2-ovuled.
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
b. Brachyphyllce : calyx sinubus scariosis vix replicatis subteres.
23. P. adsurgens, Torr. in herb. Praeter inflorescentiam glabra ;
caulibus diffusis adscendentibus gracilibus (subpedalibus) ; foliis ovatis
seu ovato-lanceolatis acutis semipollicaribus plerumque internodiis mul-
to brevioribus ; pedunculis subcymosis calyceque glanduloso-pubescen-
tibus ; corolla? tubo calyce subduplo longiore, lobis obovatis integris ;
ovarii loculis uniovulatis. — " Canon Pass, Oregon," Prof. A. Wood. —
Tube of the corolla nearly an inch, its lobes five lines, long. Style
exserted. — Peculiar as this appears, some of the short-leaved forms
referred to the preceding species make an approach to it.
-l— -h- Brevistylce, nempe stylo quam stigmata ovariumque vulgo
breviore. Calyx membranulis intercostalibus baud replicatis
cjlindraceus, lobis subulatis.
24. P. speciosa, Pursh. Subviscoso-puberula vel glabrata, 1-4-
pedalis ; ramis e basi lignosa decumbente adsurgentibus ; foliis lanceo-
latis seu linearibus (sesqui-bipollicaribus), supremis basi plerumque
dilatatis ; floribus corymbosis ; corollas rosea? seu alba? tubo calycem
parum superante, lobis obcordatis ; ovulis in loculis solitariis. Pursh !
Fl. 1, p. 149. P. speciosa, var. latifolia, Hook. Kevv Jour. 3,
p. 289. P. occidentalis, Durand in Pacif. R. P. 4, p. 125, forma
latifolia. — Interior plain of the Columbia, Washington Territory, to the
foot hills of the Sierra Nevada, California. — Determined from an
original specimen of herb. Lamb., now of herb. Kew, collected on the
" Plains of the Columbia, about 4 feet high, May 7, 1806," Lewis and
Clarke: although injured, the obcordate lobes of the corolla are con-
spicuous. Corolla in the larger specimens an inch or even more in
diameter.
Var. Sabini : corolla? lobis obovatis basi cuneatis integerrimis vel
retusis. — P. speciosa, var. elatior, Hook. Fl. 1. c. P. Sabini, Dougl.
in Hook. & Benth. 1. c. — Spokan River, Washington Territory.
Var. Woodhousii: nana; foliis linearibus basi nee dilatatis; flori-
bus dimidio minoribus ; corolla? lobis cuneatis obcordatis. — P. Wood-
housii, Torr. ined. P. nana, Torr. Sitgreaves Rep. p. 165, non
Nutt. — Arizona (lat. 35°, long. 112° 20'), Woodhouse in Sitgreaves
Exped.
25. P. nana, Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. Glanduloso-pubescens vel hir-
tella, nunc glabrata, e basi frutescente patenti-ramosa, spithama?a ad
pedalem ; foliis linearibus, ramealibus sa?pe alteruis ; floribus sparsis ;
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 257
corollas " rubrae " roseas vel " albas " tubo calyceni paullo superante,
lobis amplis latissime cuneato-obovatis integris nunc erosulis ; ovuli's in
loculis 3, rarius binis. P. triovulata, Thurber in Bot. Mex. Bound.
p. 145. — Var. glabella : ramis simplicioribus erectis ; foliis angus-
tioribus. — New Mexico (near Santa Fe, &c.) and adjacent borders of
Texas and Colorado. (No. 1654, Wright, may be added to the num-
bers cited in Mex. Bound. Survey ; this and 504 are of the smoothish
and more erect variety.) Limb of the corolla commonly an inch,
sometimes an inch and a quarter in diameter : apparently a showy
species. No state of the plant seen can justly be described as "canes-
cently pubescent."
►
§ 4. Annuce, Texenses, laxe ramosas, plus minus viseoso-pilosas (pilis
multiarticulatis plerumque glandula parva terminatis) ; foliis
latiusculis, superioribus alternis ; calycis (fructiferi fere ad basim
usque fis>i) lobis setaceo-apiculatis mox recurvis vel patentibus ;
stylo stigmatibus breviore ; seminibus subalato-angulatis.
* Uniovulatce, corymbifloraB.
26. P. Drummondii, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3441 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1949,
Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. 2, t. 316 (forma parviflora). Folia saspius lanceo-
lata seu oblonga, superiora basi subcordata semiamplexicaulia.
Var. yillosissima : pilis viscosis longis crebris ; foliis angusto-lan-
ceolatis ; floribus magnis subspai*sis. — Texas, in the pebbly bed of
the Nueces, Wright, no. 1656.
Var. tenuis : spithamasa; pube breviore parciore in foliis plerum-
que linearibus basi nunquam dilatatis nunc evanida ; cyma laxiflora ;
floribus parvulis ; corollas lobis obovato-cuneatis lin. 2- 4 longis. —
Eastern Texas, Berlandier (1822, &c), Drummond (coll. 3, 312),
Lindheimer (424), Wright.
* * Pluri-(4i - 5-) ovulates, sparsifloras.
27. P. Rcemeriana, Scheele in Linnasa, 21, p. 752. Humilis, e basi
laxe ramosa, praster margines foliorum calycisque tubum hirsutos sub-
glabra ; foliis lanceolatis oblongis imisve spathulatis, caulinis plerum-
que alternis ; corolla rosea ampla, tubo glabro calycis lobos lineares
tantum patentes subaequante lobis suis latissime obovatis (lin. 6-9
longis) breviore; capsulas loculis oligospermis. P. macrantka, Buck-
ley in Proceed. Acad. Philad. 1862, p. 5. — Not rare in the central
district of Texas, Lindheimer, Roemer, Wright, Buckley, Thurber, &c.
vol. viii. 33
258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
In describing this remarkable species, neither Scheele nor Buckley
mentions the annual root, nor the prevailingly alternate leaves, nor
the numerous ovules ; indeed, poor Scheele gives the character " loculis
uniovulatis." Dr. Engelman has proposed to transfer this species to
Gilia ; but the number of ovules in these genera proves to be a
wholly secondary character.
2. COLLOMIA, Nutt. mutatis mutandis.
Corolla tubuloso-infundibuliformis vel hypocraterimorpha, fauce
ssepius sensim plus minus ampliata. Stamina fauci vel infra faucem
incequaliter inserta : filamenta gracilia, saspe exserta. Ovula in loculis
solitaria, pauca, vel plurima. Semina humefacta e teguraento simpliei
tubulos mucilaginosos plerumque spirilliferos creberrime protrudentia.
— Herbae annua?, raro biennes, foliis alternis imisve oppositis sa3pius
incisis nunc pinnatisectis.
Of the two characters which in the Prodromus distinguish Colhmia
from Gilia, namely, the unequally inserted stamens and the solitary
ovules, Bentham gave evident preference to the latter, as appears
from his removal of C. lieteroplnjlla to Navarretia ; yet uniovulate
species are left in Gilia. As it is now abundantly evident that none
of our Polemoniaceous genera can be made to rest upon the number
of ovules, I rely so completely upon the remaining character that I
propose to remove from Gilia to Colhmia two multiovulate species,
in which I detect a striking inequality in the insertion of the stamens,
and even to add an unpublished species having a much-dilated throat
to the corolla.
Collomia nudicaulis, Hook. & Arn., has very many ovules, and
belongs to the Leptosiphon section of Gilia, although peculiar in its
sessile anthers and entire leaves.
The " mucilage" so copiously developed on the surface of the seed
when immersed in water, and which gave name to the genus, consists
of innumerable and most delicate diaphanous tubes, which lengthen
wonderfully when wetted. The spiral thread which they contain (on
which account they were confounded with " spiral vessels," and which
uncoils as the tube softens or dissolves into jelly) is wanting in one
species, namely, C. gracilis. In this and in the several following spe-
cies, the mucilage cells are beneath a more or less evident pellicle or
epidermis, composed of fragile tabular cells, which are thrown off
when the former develop and protrude under moisture. But this pel-
licle is not obvious in the typical species.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 259
§ 1. EUCOLLOMIA. Ovula in loculis solitaria, in spec, ultima
2-3. Annuae, plu* minus viscoso-pubescentes. — Collomia, cum
Navarretia heterophytta, Benth. in Proclr.
* GenuincB, simplici- et sessilifoliic, sajpius confertifloraa, calyce ob-
conico, corolla angusta. Semina maxime spirillifera.
•f- Flores capitato-glomerati, folioso-bracteati, infimi in dichoto-
miis nunc subsolitarii.
1. C. coccinea, Lebm., Benth. 1. c. — Chili."
2. C. grandiflora, Dougl. — West of the Rocky Mountains. —
Var. tenuiflora, Benth. in DC. : a form with a more slender corolla.
Var. cryptantha, Regel : perhaps a sport of cultivation.
3. C. linearis, Nutt. — Both sides of the Rocky Mountains, north
to Mackenzie River : also on the shore of New Brunswick, Fowler,
perhaps a waif.
Var. subulata : spithaniaea, divergenti-ramosa ; foliis lineari-lan-
ceolatis seu linearibus utrinque attenuatis ; glomerulis laxiusculis
alaribus imis paucifloris nunc unifloris ; calycis lobis e basi lata attenu-
ato-subulatis tubo parum longioribus. C. tinctoria, Kellogg in Proc.
Acad. Calif. 3, p. 17, t. 2,«ex char. — E. California and W. Nevada,
Lobb (1857), Dorr, Stretch; Klamath Valley, Oregon, Kronkrite.
And S. Watson collected in Nevada a form so intermediate as to for-
bid our regarding it as a distinct species.
-*— h— Flores omnes dissiti, in dichotomiis solitarii.
4. C. tenella, n. sp. Viscoso-puberula, e radice exili 3 — 4-polli-
caris, pusilla, laxe ramosa ; foliis linearibus uniformibus integerrimis ob-
tusiusculis basi longius attenuatis, imis oppositis ; floribus subsessilibus ;
calycis lobis triangulatis acutis tubo brevioribus corolla angusta fere
hypocraterimorpha dimidio brevioribus. — Nevada, in Wasatch Moun-
tains about Parley's Park, Watson in King's expedition. — Flowering
almost from the base. Calyx broadly obconical, barely two lines long ;
the corolla at length four lines. Leaves about an inch long, all scat-
tered.
* * Intermedia, cymoso-sparsifloraa ; foliis sessilibus integerrimis,
inferioribus saepius oppositis ; calyce fere 5-partito basi obtusis-
simo. Semina sub aqua mucilaginosa sine spirillis.
5. C. gracilis, Dougl. Occurs under very various forms in the
western parts of North and South America. C. micrantha, Kellogg,
1. c. tig. 3, evidently belongs here.
260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
* * * Giliceformes ; foliis pinnatisectis incisis vel 3 - 5-partitis,
inferioribus petiolatis alternis ; calyce basi obtuso ; corolla fere
hypocraterimorpha. Seminasub epidermide tenerrima spirillifera.
6. C. gilioides, Benth. Flores subsparsi, staminibus insertione
minus inajqualibus. — Var. glutinosa. "Forma corolla ssepius longi-
ore, staminibus magis inaequaliter insertis ; ovulis raro binis. C. ylu-
tinosa, Benth. Gilia (AllopJtylhim) divariata, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 155,
a slender form. — These appear to be of one species. The protrusion
or inclusion of the stamens is probably an individual character of in-
cipient dimorphism, as is evidently the case in the next. — California.
7. C. heterophylla, Hook. Navarretia heteropliylla, Benth.,
cum syn. Flores pi. m. glomerati ; staminibus valde inasqualibus ; ovu-
lis in loculis 2-3. — British Columbia to California.
§ 2. PHLOGANTHEA. Ovula in loculis plurima (6-12).
Filamenta quandoque declinata, turn inaequalia turn inaequaliter
inserta. Folia vel segmenta tenui-linearia integerrima. Thyrsi-
florae vel sparsiflora?, nee viscidae. Semina ut in prioribus spirilli-
fera.
* Folia caulina semel pinnati-3 - 7 -partita ; corolla ad faucem
usque angusta.
8. C. Cavanillesiana, Don. Biennis vel basi indurata perennis ?
pubescens vel puberula ; caulibus ramisve virgatis foliosis ; thyrso
angusto saapius racemiformi, pedunculis brevibus glomeruli-floris ;
corolla alba " luteo-albicante " Cav. seu purpurascente (semipolli-
cari), tubo calyce 2-3-plo longiore superne paullo sensim ampliato,
lobis oblongis ; filamentis fauci plerumque subobliquo insertis; antheris
rotundis ; ovulis in loculis 5-7. Phlox pinnata, Cav. Ic. 6, p. 17,
t. 528. Cantaci glnmeriflora, Juss. Ann. Mus. 2, p. 119. Gilia
glomeri flora, Benth. 1. c. G. multijlora, Nutt. pi. Gamb. — Borders of
W. Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and adjacent parts of Mexico.
Doubtless (as Bentham suspects) not from Buenos Ayres, and hardly
yellow-flowered, although Galeotti's specimens seem to be so, and are
noted on the ticket: "fl. orangees." And in our district it is probably
more than a biennial. G. Don having referred the species to Col-
lomia, it may retain the new specific name imposed by him : he sup-
posed the ovules were solitary, and did not notice the obvious inequality
in the insertion of the stamens.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 26l
9. C. Thurberi, n. sp. Biennis ? puberula ; caulibus e basi indu-
rata virgatia sesquipedalibus crebre foliosis ; inflorescentia spicato-
thyrsiformi fere prsecedentis ; pedunoulis pedicellisque brevissimis ;
ealycis lobis tubo suba?quilongis ; corolla " crerulea vel lilacina" hypo-
craterimorpha, tubo ultrapollicari sursum sensim parum ampliato
lobis orbiculatis calyceque 3-4-plo longioribus ; filamentis fauci
rectae insertis; antberis brevi-oblongis ; ovulis in loculis 8-9. Gilia
Thurberi, Torr. in herb. — New Mexico, near the copper mines, &c,
Thurber. Intermediate between the foregoing and the following, with
far larger flowers than the former ; from their size and abundance ap-
parently very handsome.
10. C. longiflora. Annua, glaberrima ; foliorum segmentis angus-
tissimis elongatis ; caule (subpedali ad bipedalem) paniculato-ramoso
laxifloro ; peduuculis unifloris soepissime gracilibus subcorymbosis ;
ealycis lobis tubo brevioribus ; corolla alba hypocraterimorpha, tubo
longissimo (soape sesquipollicari), lobis orbiculatis ovatisve (nunc
acumine apiculatis) ; filamentis intra tubum superne baud ampliatum
nunc 2-3 ad faucem valde insequaliter insertis; antheris oblongis ;
ovulis in loculis 10-12. Cantua longiflora, Torr. Ann. Lye. Gilia
longiflora, Don, Benth., &c. — Nebi'aska to New Mexico, W. Texas,
and Arizona; common in pine forests, &c.
f * * Folia omnia integerrima : corolla infundibuliformis.
11. C. leptalea, n. sp. Annua, glandulosa vel glaberrima; caule
gracillimo (4- 10-pollicari) effuse paniculato ; foliis angusto-linearibus ;
floribus sparsis filiformi-pedicellatis ; corolla alba vel purpurea, tubo
tenui e calyce exserto in faucem latam lobis ovatis sublongiorem am-
pliato ; filamentis. valde inrequaliter insertis ; antheris brevissimis ;
ovulis in loculis 6. — California, in the Sierra and foot hills, from Plumas
to Mariposa County, Bridges, Newberry, Mrs. Davis, Torrey, Bolander,
A. Wood ; the latter collected a more glandular form, and states that
the corolla is " scarlet." Calyx 1-2, corolla 5 — 7 lines long.
Flowers very loosely panicled ; pedicels naked, terminal and opposite
the leaves, 3-12 lines long, almost capillary.
3. GILIA, Ruiz & Pav.
Corolla infundibuliformis, hypocraterimorpha, nunc fere campanulata
vel rotata. Stamina fauci vel tubo nunc sinubus corolla? requaliter in-
serta : filamenta saepissime gracilia, haud declinata, basi fere semper
nuda. Ovula in loculis plurima vel pauca, in nonnullis solitaria.
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Semina humefacta plerumque (ut Collomice) mucilaginosa, in omnibu9
oppositifoliis palraatifidis nee spirillifera. Herbse, paucse suffrutices,
Labitu, varire. — Gilia et Navarretia, Ruiz & Pav., Benth. in DC.
Thus regarded, Gilia is certainly a polymorphous as well as a large
genus; but definite characters are vainly sought for dividing it and for
keeping Navarretia separate. The most natural separation would seem
to be into three genera, characterized mainly by the foliage : — namely,
1. Gilia, with alternate and pinnately cut or divided leaves ; 2. Lepto-
dactylon, frutescent plants, with nearly the corolla of Phlox, and alter-
nate palmately parted leaves ; and 3. Leptosiphon, annuals, with oppo-
site and palmately divided (or entire) leaves. And to this the seeds in
some sort answer, — those of the first being mostly mucilaginous and
spirilliferous, as in Collomia, of the second (always?) unaltered in
water, as in Phlox, one section of which it externally resembles in fo-
liage ; -of the third, more or less mucilaginous, but destitute of spiricles ;
which is paralleled by the one Collomia, C. gracilis, that tends to have
opposite leaves, — points worth noticing by those who accept the doc-
trine of the derivation of species. -But Nuttall's Siphonella and a new
opposite-leaved Leptodactylon nearly efface the distinctions between the
latter and Leptosiphon ; some species of the opposite and palmate
series have the upper leaves prevailingly alternate ; one of the alter-
nate-leaved series has trisected leaves seemingly of the palmate sort;
and a few scattered species of the same series have seeds which pro-
duce neither simple mucilaginous tubes nor spiricles when wet. Those
of G. {Ipomopsis) coronopifolia differ in. this way from those of the
nearly related G. aggregata. Similarly G. (Linanthns) dicholoma has
seeds with a loose arilliform external coat, under which are apparently
no mucilage cells or tubuli, while these abound under the closer coat in
the nearly related G. Bigelovii, as in the other species of that series.
It is obviously impracticable, therefore, to restore any of those, at first
apparently well-marked genera which Mr. Bentham proposed, and
afterwards merged in Gilia. To complete our view of the genus I
have included the few South American species.
Series I. Palmati- seu Oppositifolice, nempe foliis sessilibus palma-
tisectis (segmentis angustis integerrimis) in perpaucis integris, oppositis
vel summis ramealibusque quandoque alternis, in Leptodactylis pleris
alternis. Semina humefacta tegumento sogpius mucilaginoso sed nun-
quam spirillifero.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1870. 263
§ 1. DACTYLOPHYLLUM. Corotfa campanulata, fere rotata,
vel breviter inf'undibuliformis, lobis obovatis. Filamenta gracilia :
antherre ovales. Ovula in loculis plurima, rarius pauca. Annuaa,
pusilla? vel tenues, saspissime sparsifloros.
* Flores in dichotomiis subpedicellati. Corolla campanulata, tubo
proprio nullo, lobis integerrimis. Folia pleraque tripartita.
1. G. demissa, n. sp. Divaricato-ramosissima, depressa, glabella;
foliis rigidulis, segraentis acerosis ; calyce fere 5-partito, segmentis in-
tequalibus lanceolato-subulatis marginibus scariosis, longioribus saspe
foliiformibus corollam albam medio 5-lobam adaequantibus ; staminibus
inclusis corollae basi insertis ; ovulis in loculis 7. — S. E. California
and adjacent part of Arizona, Fremont ; mouth of Diamond River,
Newberry (G., Dactyhphylhim, n. sp. in Ives Exped. p. 22); near
Fort Mohave, Cooper. Plant 2-3 inches high. Flowers somewhat
cymosely crowded, the upper internodes being short : pedicels at most
a line long, often almost wanting. Corolla 3 lines long.
* * Flores sparsi tenuiter saspius longissime pedicellati. Corolla
aut breviter infundibuliformis aut fere rotata, lobis integerrimis.
Folia 3 - 7-secta, superiora saepius alterna, scabro-hispidula, hirsu-
tula, vel fere glabra. Gilia sect. Dactylophyllum, Benth.
2. G. liniflora, Benth. Folia Spergulce facie ; pedicellis capil-
laribus ; corolla (alba) fere rotata, lobis latis calycem bis terve supe-
rantibus ; filamentis summo tubobrevissimo insertis basi pubescentibus ;
ovulis in loculis 6-8. — Forma major, G. liniflora, Benth., corolla
majuscula, lobis lin. 6-4 longis. — California.
Var. pharnaceoides (G. pliarnaceoid.es, Benth.; Hook. Fl. 2,
t.161) : minor vel pusilla ( G. tenella, Nutt. ined.), corolla? lobis 3i — 2
lin. longis. — California to British Columbia and Rocky Mountains.
3. G. pusilla, Benth. Tenella ; foliis brevioribus ; pedicellis capil-
laribus ; corolla (purpureo tincta seu albida fauce luteola) lobis lato-
obovatis fauci subcampanulatae cum tubo proprio brevissimo sequilongis
seu longioribus ; filamentis sub sinubus insertis basi fere glabris ; ovulis
in loculis 3-5. — Forma Chilensis, minor, G. pusilla, Benth. corolla
calyce parum longiore. — Var. Californica : corollae lobis amplioribus
calycem bis superantibus. G. Jilipes, Benth. Hartw. p. 325.
4. G. Bolaxderi, n. sp. G. pnsil/ce simillima, differt corolla (cae-
ruleo vel purpureo tincta) tubo angusto calycis tubum cylindraceum
subrequante lobis suis fere oblongis cum fauce brevissimo vix ampliata
264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
pi. ra. longiore ; pedicellis quandoque sesquipollicaribus ; ovulis in lo-
culis 2-5. — California, Sonoma County, on dry hills; Russian River,
Bolander ; — Calaveras Valley, A. Wood. Corolla three or four lines
long, with comparatively small lobes, not much surpassing the calyx.
From the form of the corolla and the length of its cylindrical tube,
this cannot be reckoned a variety of G. pusilla.
5. G. aurea, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 155, t. 22. A basi ramosa diffusa
2 - 4-pollicaris ; foliis hispidulis brevibus, segmentis angusto-linearibus
vix lin. 3 longis ; pedicellis subcymosis flore majusculo hand longiori-
bus ; corolla srepius flava, lobis late obovatis patentibus fauci ampliato-
infundibuliformi cum tubo brevissimo sequilongis ; filamentis prope
sinus insertis glabris ; ovulis in loculis circiter 10. — California, from
Santa Barbara or Los Angeles to Arizona and New Mexico. Corolla
rather ampliate-funnelform than campanulate, the border 4-6 lines in
diameter when expanded, bright or light yellow, sometimes apparently
white. — Var. decora: corolla alba seu violacea fauce nunc fusco-
purpurea. California, Fremont, Brewer, the latter on Monte Diablo.
* * * Flores solitarii paucive Vamos terminantes, breviuscule pedi-
cellati. Corolla late breviter infundibuliformis, lobis amplis fimbri-
olato- seu eroso-dentatis. Filamenta glabra, basim versus corolla?
inserta. Ovula numerosa. Folia omnia opposita simplicissima.
— Fenzlia, Benth. olim. Gilia sect. Dianthoides, Endl., Benth.
6. G. dianthoides, Endl. Atakta, t. 29 ; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4876.
G. dianthijiora, Steud. Nom. Fenzlia dianthijiora, Benth. in Bot. Reg.
F. speciosa & F. concinna, Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. — California, from
Santa Barbara southward. Flowers variable in size, hue (lilac, purple,
or almost white, with yellow or dark purple throat), and in the denticu-
lation of the lobes, which in Coulter's, no. 464, is minute.
§ 2. LINANTHUS, Endl., Benth. Corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo
calycis tubum cylindricum adasquante, lobis late cuneato-obovatis
asstivatione valde convolutivis margine obsolete crenulatis vel
erosis. Stamina tubo corollas infra medium inserta, inclusa: fila-
menta gracilia. Ovula in loculis numerosa (20 — 40). Capsula
oblonga vel cylindracea. — Annua?, erectaa, glaberrimae ; foliis
oppositis 3-5-sectis, inferioribus saepe (in pauperrimis nunc
omnibus) integris, segmentis lineari-filiformibus ; fioribus ternai-
nalibus alaribusque subsessilibus albis ; calycis lobis acerosis. —
Linanthus, Benth. in Bot. Reg.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 265
7. G. diciiotcoia, Benth. in DC. cum syn. Spithamasa ad subpe-
dalem, grandiflora ; corollas lobis semi-subpollicaribus ; antheris lineari-
bus ; seminibus subrotundis, tegumento externo laxo arilliformi albo
tenui-reticulato ab interiori multo minore soluto, hurnefactis nee muci-
la"inosis. — Common in California.
8. G. Bigelovii, n. sp. Saspius tenuior, parviflora ; corolla ealycis
lobos vix superante, limbo tubo suo 2-3-plo breviore ; antheris ovali-
bus ; seminibus ovalibus, tegumento confbrmi sub aqua mucilaginoso.
— G. dichotoma, var. parvi flora, Torr. Mex. Bound, p. 147. — W.
Texas on the Rio Grande and adjacent parts of New Mexico, Bigelow,
"Wright, to Arizona, Palmer, and Utah, Watson. Leaves sometimes
all entire, the upper more commonly trisected. Lobes of the corolla
not over two lines in length, cream-white, the outside often reddish.
§ 3. LEPTOSIPHON, Endl., Benth. Corolla hypocraterimorpha,
tubo saspius filiformi elongato, fauce brevissima nunc abrupte
plus minus ampliata parum infundibuliformis. Stamina fauci
inserta : antherae breves. Ovula in loculis 6-16. — Annuas,
hurailes vel tenellae ; foliis oppositis angustis ; floribus saepius par-
vulis at latis cum bracteis foliiformibus fulcrantibus capitato-glo-
meratis. (Stylus in diversis stirpibus aut elongatus plus minus
exsertus, aut rarius brevis inclusus !) — Leptosiphon, Benth. olim.
* Palmatifolice, Genuince, Californicas, pilosae ; caulibus foliosis ; foliis
5-7-partitis et in axillis fasciculatis, segmentis angusto-linearibus
vel filiformibus. Corolla lobis integerrimis. Filamenta gracilia e
fauce pi. m. exserta. Ovula in loculis 6- 10.
-i— Brevi- Grandiflora, validiores ; corollas tubo lobis amplis (semi-
pollicaribus) obovatis parum longiori bracteas villoso-hirsutas raro
superante.
9. G. densiflora, Benth. in DC, cum syn. Prodr. G. grandiflora,
Benth. 1. c. {Leptosiphon grandiflorus, Benth. Bot. Reg.) : forma tan-
tum, saspius tenuior, tubo corollas parum longiori, limbo minori.
h— -H- Tenuiflorce, graciliores, saepius tenellae ; corollas tubo lobis
(11-4 lineas tantum longis) ovalibus ovatisve 3 - 6-plo longiori.
(Species difficillimae, an confluentes ?)
10. G. axdrosacea, Steud., Benth. Multicaulis ; corollae (haud
flavae) tubo e bracteis hirsuto- seu villoso-ciliatis longe exserto circa
pollicem longo lobis triplo longiori.
VOL. VIII. 34
266 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Var. detonsa. Subglabra ; bracteis foliisque parum hispidulo-cili-
atis. — California, Bridges, Brewer. Nevada near Carson City, An-
derson, a Somewhat intermediate form.
11. G. micrantha, Steud., Benth. Gracilis; corollas tubo pertenui
(sub-sesquipollicari lobis (lin. 2-3 longis) multoties long-iori ; bracteis
foliisque floralibus molliter breviter pubescentibus. — Leptosiphon
parvijlorus & luteus, Benth. Bot. Reg. L. parvijlorus var. rosaceus,
Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 58G3 (Gilia longituba, Benth. PI. Hartw.) :
forma spectabilis corolla majuscula laste rosea. — Corolla lutea, albida,
nunc lilacina vel rosea, nunc aurea (var. aurea, Benth. 1. c).
12. G. tenella, Benth. PI. Hartw. Depressa, parvula ; corollas
tubo minus attenuato lin. 6-9 longo, lobis sesquilineam longis (roseis
lilacinisve fauce lutea) ; bracteis etc. hispidulo-ciliatis. L. bicolor,
Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. chiefly. — The most northern in range, from
Santa Barbara to Puget Sound. Has been confounded with the pre-
ceding.
13. G. ciltata, Benth. 1. c. Rigidior, hirto-pubescens, 3-12-pol-
licaris ; corollas tubo (lin. 6-7 longo) ultra bracteas hirsutissimo-cilia-
tas vix exserto, lobis sesquilineam longis ; calycis lobis acerosis. — N.
California to the borders of Nevada.
* * Simplicifolicz, glaberrimas, pygmeas ; internodio infra capitu-
lum nunc prolifer unico ; foliis bracteisve ovato- nunc subangusto-
lanceolatis. Corollas lobis cuneatis margine repando vel 1-3-
dentato. Antheras fauce inclusas sessiles. Ovula in loculi3
10-16.
14. G. nudicaulis. Collomia nudicaulis, Hook. & Arn. Bot.
Beech. — S. E. Oregon, Tolmie. Nevada, &c, Anderson, Stretch,
Watson. South Park, Colorado, E. Hall, a diminutive form. There
are no leaves from the persistent oval cotyledons up to the head,
from half an inch to three inches. Corolla white, pink, or yellow, the
exserted tube three or four lines long.
§ 4. SIPHONELLA. Leptosiphon referens, sed corollas tubus caly-
cem baud superans, faux magis infundibuliformi-ampliata, ovula
in loculis pauca, flores minus congesti. — Perennes basi nunc suf-
frutescente, pube minuta molli subcinerea. Calyx cylindraceus,
firmus, striatulus, mox 5-partitus, lobis lanceolato-subulatis, mar-
ginibus crassiusculis sinubusque haud membranaceis vel scariosis.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1S70. 267
Corolla alba fauce flava, tubo extus puberulo, lobis obovatis.
Filamenta brevia e fauce subexserta : antheras ovali-oblongae. —
Sip/wnella, Nutt. in herb.
15. G. Nuttallii, n. sp. Spithamam ad pedalem ; caulibus e basi
suffrutescente plurimis simpliciusculis ; foliis 3 - 7-partitis internodio
saepius brevioribus, segmentis angusto-linearibus raucronatis (lin. 6-9
longis) ; floribus in glomerulum foliosum confertis; ovulis in loculis
binis. — Siphonella montancr & S. parviflora, Nutt. herb. — Rocky
Mountains of Colorado and Utah to the Sierra Nevada in California,
Nuttall, Fremont, Anderson, Brewer, Watson. — Tube of corolla four
or five, the lobes two or three lines long.
16. G. floribunda, n. sp. Ultrapedalis ; caulibus e basi frutes-
cente ramosis gracilibus ; foliorum segmentis fere acicularibus interno-
dia saapius adaequantibus ; floribus laxiuscule corymboso-cymosis, non-
nullis pedicellatis ; ovulis in loculis 4 : cast, fere prascedentis. — Cali-
fornia, probably on S. E. borders, Coulter, no. 454. Lower California
50 miles S. of San Diego, E. TV". Morse, 1866, ex A. Wood. Pine
woods of Arizona, Coues and Palmer, 1865. — Flowers "delicate-
scented," rather larger and much more numerous than those of G.
Nuttallii (some forms of which nearly approach it), either densely
or loosely cymose-clustered at the extremity of copious paniculate or
corymbose branchlets.
§ 5. LEPTODACTYLON, Benth. Corolla hypocraterimorpha,
tubo e calyce demum pi. m. exserto, fauce subinfundibuliformi-am-
pliata. Stamina fauci vel infra faucem inserta: filamenta brevia
vel brevissima : antheras breves inclusag. Ovula in loculis plu-
rima. Semina tegumento conformi, humefaeta nee mucilaginosa
nee spirillifera ! — Perennes, suffruiicosae, nunc caespitosas, foliosis-
simas ; foliis alternis vel in unica oppositis et in axillis fasciculatis
palmatipartitis, segmentis integerrimis cum calycis lobis acerosis
subulatisve pungentibus ; floribus roseis lilacinis albisve concin-
nis aut cymuloso-confertis aut solitariis ramulos breves terminan-
tibus sessilibus. — Leptodactylon, Hook. & Arn.
* Folia in caulibus brevibus fere herbaceis opposita !
17. G. Watsoni, n. sp. Hirtello-scabrida, subglandulosa, nunc
glabrata ; caulibus gracilibus (circ. spitbamaeis) fere herbaceis e caudice
lignescente crasso ; foliis 3-5-partitis patentissimis, segmentis tenui-
acerosis internodiis saspe brevioribus ; calycis lobis tubo dimidio brevi-
268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
oribus ; corolla alba fauce subpurpurea ; antheris faucialibus ; ovulis
in loculis circa 10. — Wasatch Mountains, Utah, Watson. Tube of
the corolla and lobes each half an inch long. Connects Leptodactylon
intimately with the two preceding sections of Gilia.
* * Folia omnia alterna, rigidiora, et in axillis crebre fasciculata.
Suffrutices.
18. G. Californica, Benth. in DC. Ramis foliisque creberrimis
mox patentissimis primum laxe tomentoso-pubescentibus ; corollte rosese
seu lilacinoe lobis amplis late cuneato-obovatis soepe erosulis ; antheris
lineari-oblongis infra faucem ; ovulis in quoque loculo 20-25. Lep-
todachjlon Calif or nicum, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech, p. 369, t. 89, Bot.
Mag. t. 4872. — California south to San Bernadiuo. Limb of the
showy corolla an inch and a half in diameter.
19. G. pungens, Benth. 1. c. Viscido-pubescens, puberula, vel
glabrata ; foliis plerumque erectiusculis vel strictis ; corollas rosese al-
bidas seu flavidas lobis fere dimidio minoribus saspius angustioribus ;
antheris faucialibus oblongis ; ovulis in quoque loculo 8-10. G.
pungens & G. Hookeri, Benth. 1. c, cum syn. — Plains of the upper
Platte and Columbia to E. California and Arizona. Very variable:
the original Cantua pungens, Torr., from the Platte, is a low and mi-
nutely pubescent or nearly glabrous form. — Var. c^espitosa {Lepto-
dactyhn ccespitosum, Nutt. PI. Gamb.) : pulvinato-depressa, glabres-
cens, subherbacea. Upper Platte. — Var. Hookeri {Phlox Hookeri,
Dougl. in Hook. Fl. t. 159) : forma elatior viscido-pubens, foliis in
ramis floridis nunc sparsioribus. The flowers not found of " bright
yellow" color, as noted by Douglas. — Var. squarrosa: segmentis
foliorum subulatis validioribus patentibus vel squarroso-recurvis. Arid
districts of Nevada and Utah, coll. Anderson, Watson, &c.
Series II. Pinnati-Alternifolice, nempe foliis pinnatisectis lobatis
dentatisve rarissime integerrimis. Semina humefacta tegumento mu-
cihiginoso tubulos spirilliferos porrigente (no. 44, 47, 48, 59, 60, ex-
ceptis).
§ 6. NAVARRETIA. Flores capitato-glomerati, crebre foliaceo-
bracteati. Calycis lobi, uti bractearum, rigidi, acerosi, spinulosi
nunc laciniati, nunc inasquales. Corolla tubuloso-subinfundibuli-
formis, gracilis, lobis parvulis oblongis. Stamina sub fauce inserta :
antherae breves. Ovarium quandoque dimerum. Annute, fere
semper Californicae, scepius viscidae, nunquam albo-lanataj, foliis
OP ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 269
1 - 2-pinnatifidis incisisve, lobis plerumque pungentibus. Bracteae
in nonnullis palmatifidae. (Semina humefacta tubulis cellulisve
spirilliferis minus elongatis.) — Navarretia, Ruiz & Pav., Bentb.
jEgochloa, Bentb. olim.
* Folia nonnulla plus minus bipinnatifida vel incisa : stamina fauce
corollas violaceae inclusa, saepius inaequilonga, vix inaequaliter in-
serta : ovula in loculis 8-12. Herba viscida, fcetida.
20. G. squarrosa, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beecb. p. 151. (ffoitzia
squarrosa, Escbsch.) G. pun gens, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2977. Navar-
retia, Hook. & Arn. squarrosa, Hook. & Arn. 1. c. p. 368 ; Benth.
cum. syn. Prodr.
* * Folia plera vel nonnulla bipinnatifida vel incisa : stamina e
fauce exserta : ovula in loculis 1-4.
h— Rigida, validior, 5 - 12-pollicaris.
21. G. cotuLjEFOLIa, Steud. Navarretia pubescens et cotulcefolia,
Bentb. : the former more pubescent ; the latter as commonly with
cells uniovulate, even in original specimens ; both sometimes biovulate.
The name here retained is the better one ; moreover, the herbage is
said by Professor Brewer to exhale the odor of Maruta Cotula.
+- -)— Graciliores vel demissae.
22. G. intertexta, Steud. Erecta, nunc patenti-ramosa, nee vis-
cida nee glandulosa, pub i alba in caule subrobusto (3 - 7-pollicari)
retrorsa hirsuta ; foliis glabratis, segmentis aceroso-spinescentibus
divaricatis simpliciusculis ; floribus arete glomeratis ; calycis tubo cum
basi bractearum albo-hirsutissimo, lobis corollam albam adaequantibus ;
ovulis seminibu?que in loculis 3-4. — Navarretia intertexta, Hook.
Fl. p. 75. — Columbia River to Northern California and the Rocky
Mountains.
23. G. MINIMA, Depressa, subpollicaris, nunc cagspitans, glabrata ;
foliis minus divisis acicularibus ; calycis tubo glabello sinubus latis
tantum albo-piloso lobis inaequalibus (corollam albam subasquantibus)
aequilongo ; ovulis in loculis 1-3. — Nav. minima, Nutt. PI. Gamb.
p. 160. — Arid interior of Oregon and Nevada to Colorado (Nicollet,
Geyer, Vasey, &c).
24. G. Breweri, n. sp. Erecta, nunc difTuso-ramosissima, 1-6-
pollicaris, undique minutissime glanduloso-pubera; segmentis foliorum
subsimplicibus aciculari-subulatis ; floribus minus glomeratis ; calycis
lobis conformibus angusto-subulatis tubo suo (capsulam breviore) 3 -
270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
4-plo longioribus corollam flavam (I'm. 3-4 longara) adrequantibus ;
ovulis in loculis 1-3. — Sierra Nevada, at Ebbett's and Amador Pass,
alt. 8,000 feet, Brewer. From the W. Humboldt Mountains, Nevada,
to the Wasatch, G - 9,000 feet, S. Watson.
25. G. leucocephala. Gracilis, 3 - 6-pollicaris, haud glandu-
losa; ramis infra capitulum densum retrorsim pubescentibus ; foliis
subflaccidis glabris, segmentis filiformibus saspius indivisis, floralibus
etiam vix pungentibus ; calycis tubo sinubus saltern villoso-pubescente ;
corolla alba (lin. 4 longa) calycem superante, lobis staminibus soepius
brevioribus ; ovulis in loculis 2. — Navarretia leucocephala, Benth. PI.
Hartw. p. 324. — California, chiefly on the Sacramento and its tribu-
taries.
26. G. Navarretia, Steud., Nav. involucrata, Ruiz & Paw, the
original and only Chilian species, appears to be nearer G. leucocephala
than to G. cotulcefolia ; but in fact the three species approach each other
too nearly.
* * * Folia semel pinnatifida vel incisa, paucave fere integerrima :
stamina e fauce corolla? violaceo-purpurea? nunc alba? vel luteola?
pi. m. exserta : calycis lobi integerrimi vel in G. viscidula rariter
laciniati.
h— Gracillima?, ramis foliisque paucisectis filiformibus : bractea? fere
palmatipartita?.
27. G. filicaulis, Torr. in herb. Erecta, spithama?a, superne
minutissime glandulosa ; ramis tenellis pedunculiformibus effuse pani-
culatis ; foliorum segmentis rhachique subsetaceis ; corollas violacere
tubo tenero calycis lobos lanceolato-subulatos parum pungentes longe
superante; ovarii loculis uni-(raro bi-?) ovulatis. — California, Jef-
fray, no. 1474, in herb. Kew. Also Bear Mountain, Mariposa County,
Torrey. Leaves sparse. Heads small, rather naked. Flowers
nearly three lines in length, exceeding the palmately few-cleft inner
bracts.
28. G. divaricata, Torr. in herb. Diffusa, nunc patentissima,
3 - 6-pollicaris, superne viscidulo-pubescens, ramis proliferis pedunculi-
formibus; foliorum segmentis rhachique subulato-filiformibus, bractea-
rum magis pungentibus ; corolla? purpurea? vel luteola? tubo infundi-
buliformi calycis lobis setaceo-subulatis pungentibus parum longiore ;
ovarii loculis o - 7-ovulatis. — California, alone; the foot hills of the
Sierra Nevada, coll. Shelton, Rattan, Bolander, Torrey, Mrs. Davis,
C. Lee. — Flower from three to five lines long.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 271
h— h— Validiores, viscidos ; foliis rigidis superioribus proesertim a
basi dilatatis, lobis dentibusve spinulosis vel spinosis : capitulis
densis.
29. G. viscidula. Nav. viscid ula, Bcnth. PI. Hartw. — Apparent-
ly common and widely spread in California. The lobes of the calyx
more usually entire. It is described as with solitary ovules in the
cells ; but two are more commonly found, even in Hartweg's speci-
mens ; while in robust forms of what is otherwise indistinguishable
from the species, collected by Bridges, Fitch, Samuels, Bolander, &c,
there are three or four ovules in each cell !
30. G. atracttlOides. New. atractyloides, Hook. & Arn. — Cali-
fornia, from Monterey to San Diego.
-^ — -*- — -*- — Depressa;, parum viscidae ; foliis rigidis versus apicem dila-
tatis, dentibus lobisve cum calycis segmentis longe setiferis ; flori-
bus vix congestis.
31. G. setosissima. Navarretia setosissima, Torr. & Gray, Bot.
Ives Colorado Exped. p. 22. Ovula in loculis G - 10. — Var. exigua,
ovulis in loculis 3-5. N. Schottii, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 145. —
Arizona and S. E. California on the Mohave, &c, Coulter, Fremont,
Newberry, Schott, Cooper.
§ 7. HUGELIA. Flores capitato-glomerati, crebre foliaceo-bracteati ;
bracteis 3 - 5-fidis basi calycibusque lana longa implexa albida
vestitis, lobis utriusque acerosis subulatisve cuspidatis. Corolla
plerumque caerulea hypocraterimorpha, tubo gracili, lobis saspius
oblongis. Antheroa exsertas, nunc lineari-sagittata;, nunc breves.
Ovula numero perquam variabilia ! — Plantar humiles, juniora
proesertim floccoso-lanatae, baud viscidaa, foliis semel pinnatiparti-
tis paucisve integris acerosis vel subulato-filiformibus. — Hugelia,
Benth. in Bot. Reg. Gilia sect. Collomioides (Endl.) & Pseudo-
collomia, Benth. in DC.
In this group I can make nothing of the number of the ovules, even
as a specific character. In two specimens apparently exactly alike, one
has three or four, the other only two, ovules in each cell : sometimes
there is a pair in one or two of the cells, and a solitary one in the
other. In none have I detected the maximum number mentioned in the
Prodromus, i. e. ten in each cell. The Hugelia lidea, Benth., probably
had not yellow flowers. The tube of the corolla lengthens with age in
all the species. Gilia gossypifera is better placed in the next section.
272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
* Perennis, caulibus rigidis e basi suffruticosa : anthers lineari-
sagittatae.
32. G. densifolia, Benth. G. (olim Hugelia) densifolia & elon-
gata, Benth. 1. c. — No other specimens of G. densifolia have been
found exactly answering to those of Douglas ; these have 5-7 (accord-
ing to Bentham about 10) ovules in each cell, those of G. elongata
only two or three. Specimens collected by Xantus at Fort Tejon, and
by Dr. Cooper on the Mohave, are as near as may be intermediate.
* * Annua?, graciliores, demnm paniculato-ramosae, foliis segmen-
tisve saepius paucis filiformibus.
33. G. virgata, Steud., Benth. I. c. Priraum stricticaulis, sim-
plex ; antheris (in sicco) linearibus sagittatis lineam longis. — Hugelia
virgata, Benth., Hook. Ic. t. 200 (anthers figured too short). The
ordinary form has most of the cauline leaves entire, and the upper of
few divisions. Lobes of the corolla three lines long.
Var. floribunda : corymboso-ramosa ; capitulis majoribus multi-
floriti ; foliis magis dissectis. — California, Fitch, Wallace, Brewer.
Ovules vary from two to five in each cell.
34. G. floccosa. Gracilior, spithamaea, demum diffusa paniculata" ;
antheris lineari-oblongis vix semilineam excedentibus ; floribus minoiv-
bus; ovarii loculis nunc uni- nunc bi- rarius 3 - 4-ovulatis. — Hugelia
lutea, Benth. in Bot. Beg. Gilia (Pseudocollomia, Benth.) lutescens,
Steud., Benth. in DC. — California to Arizona, interior of Oregon, and
Utah. Flowers blue or pale purple, becoming white only in age, and
though appearing yellowish in original dried specimens of Douglas,
probably never yellow. Hence a new specific name is required.
Nuttall has an unpublished Hugelia floccosa in his herbarium, but
with no flowers developed ; and, as it is either this or the next, the
name may be applied to the present species.
35. G. filifolia, Nutt. Gamb. p. 156. Gracilis, spithamaea et
ultra, rigidula ; foliis plerisque tripartitis ; antheris ovalibus minimis ;
corollas tubo parum exserto ; ovarii loculis saepius 4 - 6-ovulatis. —
Santa Barbara and San Isabel, California, Nuttall, Thurber ; and Fort
Mohave, Cooper.
Var. diffusa : laxa, nunc ramosissima. — Fort Mohave and Nevada
to New Mexico and the borders of Texas. Lobes of the pale purple
or blue corolla only one or two lines long : anthers only a quarter or
one third of a line in length. Forms of this approach the preceding
too nearly.
OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1870. 273
(G. LANATA, Lindl. Jour. Lond. Hort. Soc. 3, p. 74, said to come
from Mexico, of which I know only the character, is probably a form
of G. virgata or of G. Jilifolia.)
§ 8. ELAPIIOCERA, Nutt. Flores capitato-congesti, bracteati, raro
cymoso-laxiusculi. Corolla (alba) hypocrateriformis, tubo calycis
lobossnepius mucronato- vel cuspidato-apiculatos (baud pungentes)
adajquante vel paullo (rarius duplo) superante. Stamina corol-
las lobis ovalibus oblongisve plus minus breviora, sinubus saapius
inserta. — Herbas biennes vel perenries vita} ut videtur b re vis,
nunc annua}, humiles ; caulibus fere semper lanoso-pubescentibus ;
calycibus bracteisque pilis longis viscidulis multiarticulatis crini-
tis ; foliis semel pinnatifidis vel integris.
* Folia integerrima angustissima : flores capitato-congesti : filarnen-
ta gracilia, exserta, sed coi'olla} lobis breviora.
3G. G. Wrightii, n. pp. Caulibus virgatis rigidis circa pedalibus
e basi lignescente seu radice forte perenni? usque ad apicem foliosis ;
foliis rigidis cuspidato-mucronatis ; bracteis lato-lanceolatis hinc inde
laciniatis cum calycis lobis subulatis aristato-cuspidatis ciliatis ; corolla}
lobis oblongis tubo parum exserto (I'm. 4 longo) dimidio brevioribus ;
antheris brevi-oblongis; ovulis in loculis 3-4. — Western frontiers of
Texas, on the Rio Grande forty or fifty miles below El Paso, C. Wright,
no. 496. In habit like a Hugelia: flowers white or faintly bluish.
37. G. Gunnisoni, Torr. & Gray, Pacif. R. R. 2, p. 129, t. 9.
Annua, subglabra, sparsifolia, laxe paniculato-ramoso, ramis capi-
tulo parvo quasi pedunculato terminatis ; ovulis in loculis 2-3. —
The figure is characteristic. We have it only from Green River,
Utah, Kreusfeldt, and San Juan, New Mexico, Newberry. The plants
referred to in Bot. Mex. Boundary are different: Wright's 1642 is
G. jilifolia var. diffusa.
» * Folia aut omnia aut nonnulla in lobos paucos angusto-lineares
partita, raro omnia integra : filamenta corolla} lobis breviora : flores
arete capitato-glomerata. — Herba} biennes vel perennes, caudice
vel radice dura.
38. G. spicata, Nutt. PI. Gamb. 1. c. Caulibus validis erectis
(4-10-poll.) superne capitula plurima in spicam longe virgatam inter-
ruptam foliosam congesta gerentibus; foliis nunc trifidis nunc integerri-
mis cum calycis lobis fere muticis ; corolla} lobis oblongo-ovatis tubo
vix exserto breviore ; antheris fauce subsessilibus ; ovulis in loculis
vol. viii. 35
274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
4-6. — Benth. Kew Jour. 3, p. 290. G. spicata & G. trijida, Nutt.
]. c. Rocky Mountains, Colorado, Nuttall, Fremont, Geyer, Parry,
Hall & Harbour. — Var. capitata : forma minor, foliis integerrimis,
floribus in eapitulo unico terminali. Rocky Mountains, Hall & Har-
bour, no. 461.
39. G. congesta, Hook. Caulibus erectis vel diffusis (3-12-
poll.) e basi subeasspitosa ; eapitulis florum solitariis vel paucis eorym-
bosis densis ; foliis 3-7-partitis paucisve integerrimis, lobis ut calycis
aristulato-mucronatis ; corollas lobis ovalibus tubo suo baud exserto vix
brevioribus ; filamentis sinubus insertis antberas adasquantibus vel exce-
dcntibu^ ; ovulis in loculis 2-4. — Hook. Fl. &' Ic. t. 235. Colorado
and Nebraska, to Oregon and California in tbe Sierra Nevada.
Var. crebrifolia. Depressa ; caulibus (2- 3-pollicaribus) foliosis-
simis monocephalis ; foliis aceroso-subulatis integris par.vis (lin. 3-6
longis). — G. crebrijolia, Nutt. PI. Gamb. I.e. — Rocky Mountains, on
Big Sandy River, Colorado, Nuttall. Specimens from Bear River
Valley, Utab, Watson, connect tbis with G. congesta. .
40. G. iberidifolta, Benth. Kew Jour. 3, p. 290. Prascedenti
peraffinis ; foliis rigidioribus bracteisque cuspide validiore mucronatis ;
eapitulis corymbosis laxioribus; filamentis brevioribus ; ovulis in loculis
solitariis! — Scott's Bluffs, North Platte, Nebraska, Geyer; and Black-
water of the same, H. Engelmann. Not elsewhere met with. Per-
haps a form of G. congesta.
* # * Folia omnia vel plera pinnatifida vel trifida : Mores conferte
cymulosi demum laxiusculi, folioso-bracteati : calycis lobi cum
bracteas aristulato-cuspidati. Annuas, humiles, e basi ramosae.
41. G. gossypifera, Gillies, ex Benth. in Prodr., of the Andes of
Mendoza, is evidently of this section, and most like the following.
.42. G. pumila, Nutt. PI. Gamb. (1849). Caulibus laxe lanosis
foliosis ; foliis angusto-linearibus integris vel in lobos 2-5 lineares
divergentes partitis ; corollas tubo (lin. 3-4 longo) gracili lobis suis
3 — 4-plo calycis lobis duplo longioribus ; filamentis gracilibus sinubus
insertis corollas lobis parum brevioribus ; ovulis in loculis 5-6. — G.
trijida, Benth. Kew Jour. 1. c. Western borders of Texas and New
Mexico, Fendler, Wright, Bigelow, &c, to the Platte, Nuttall, Geyer,
and Utah, S. Watson.
43. G. polycladox, Ton*. Bot. Mex. Bound. Caulibus diffusis
subnudis parce pubescentibus vel puberulis ; foliis pinnatihdis incisisve,
lobis brevibus oblongis abrupte spinuloso-mucronatis, floralibus flores
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 275
superantibus ; corolla? tubo (sesquilineari) calycera vix superante ;
limbo parvo ; anther is fauci insertis subsessilibus ; ovulis in loculis 2.
— New Mexico and western frontiers of Texas, Wright, Bigelow, to
Utah, S. Watson.
§ 9. IPOMOPSIS, Benth, pro parte. Flores thyrsoideo-paniculati,
parum bracteati. Corolla (plerumque coccinea) tubuloso-infun-
dibuliformis, tubo sensim sursura ampliato calycis lobos subula-
tos suosque lobos ovatos sen lanceolatos patentes multum supe-
rante. Stamina fauci corolla? vel sub sinubus inserta, lobis baud
longiora. Ovula in loculis plurima. — Biennes, glabella? seu
pilosula? ; eaulibus elongatis ; foliis semel pinnatifidis ; floribus
speciosis. Jpomopsis, Michx. Ipomeria, Nutt.
I confine this group to the original species and two others nearly
related to it. • As arranged by Bentham it comprised two or three here
referred to Eugilla. As to G. longi flora and G. glomeruli flora, they
prove to have very unequally inserted stamens, which is the sole
character of Collomia. The tendency to dimorphism, of which there
are traces, or perhaps rather incipient manifestations, in various portions
of the genus, is most marked in G. aggregata. The included stamens
of G. subunda perhaps belong to the short-stamened form of the spe-
cies, but no other is known.
* Caules alte foliosi, foliis pinnatipartitis, segmentis filiformibus seu
angusto-linearibus.
44. G. coronopifolia, Pers., Benth. cum syn. Prodr., et G. Flori-
dana, Don, & G. Beyrichiana, Bouche. Elata ; thyrso virgato com-
pacto ; corolla? lobis ovatis subpatentibus filamentis parum longioribus ;
seminibus humefactis nee mucilaginosis nee spirillifens ! tegumento
externo laxo et grossius et tenuissime reticulato. — South Carolina to
Florida and Texas.
45. G. aggregata, Spreng., Torr. Bi— quadripedalis, versus pani-
culam laxam sa?pe ramosamnudiuscula ; floribus suaveolentibus ; calyce
sa?pissime glanduloso, lobis subulatis ; corolla? tubo angusto, lobis ova-
tis seu lanceolatis acutis patentissimis mox recurvis ; filamentis aut e
tubo exsertis aut inclusis ; seminibus mucilaginosis et spirilliferis modo
generis. — G. aggregata (Cantua, Pursh !) & G. pulchella (Dough),
Benth. cum syn. Prodr. — From Upper Platte and Missouri to the
Columbia and the Pacific, and south to Arizona. The original Can-
tua aggregata is one of the forms with long and narrow calyx-lobes.
The opposite extreme is —
276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Var. Btudgesii : calycis lobis lato-subulatis imrao deltoideis ; cauli-
bus sesquipedalibus laxis parce foliatis ; laciniis foliorum obtusissimis ;
floribus parcis. — California, Bridges, &c.
* * Caules subpedales superne nudi, foliis subpinnatifidis.
46. G. subnuda,- Torr. in herb. Glanduloso-puberula; foliis ad
basin caulis superne aphylli laxe ramosi confertis spathulatis oblongis-
ve (pollicaribus) breviter inciso-lobatis ; floribus paucis subeonfertis ;
corolloe coccinese vel aurantiaea? tubo semipollieari lobis ovatis obtusis
triplo longiore ; antheris subsessilibus fauce inclusis. — Nevada and
Arizona or New Mexico,. Newberry, Stretch, Palmer.
§ 10. GILIANDRA. Flores thyrsoideo-paniculati. Ipomopsidis.
Corolla (alba vel subcrerulea) hypocraterimorpha, tubo calycem
subduplo superante lobis suis obovatis parum longiore. Filamenta
sub sinubus inserta, longe (ultra corollas lobos) exse'rta : antherce
ovatas. Ovula in loculis G-8. Semina nee mucilaginosa nee
spirillifera ! — Biennes, glanduloso-puberula, foliis semel pinnatifi-
dis, floribus parvulis.
47. G. stenotiiyrsa, n. sp. Caule e radice crassa erecto (>pitha-
ma30 ad subpedalem) simplici valido usque ad thyrsum virgatum
racemiformem folioso ; foliis floralibus bracteisque parvulis integerri-
mis, ceteris in lobos breves oblongos pinnatifidis. — Utah, in a " cedar
forest," Uintah Mountains, Fremont. Corolla, half an inch long, appar-
ently white.
48. G. pinnatifida, Nutt. in herb. ; Gray Fnum. PL Parry.
Spithamtea ad sesquipedalem, inferne glabrata ; panicula composita
laxe ramosa ; foliis in lobos lineares vel angusto-oblongos rariter 1 — 2-
lobatos pinnatipartitis ; bracteis linearibus subulatisve parcis ; stamini-
bus longe exsertis. — N. New Mexico and Colorado to Snake River,
&c, in or near the Rocky Mountains, Nuttall, Fendler, and various
collectors. A part of Geyer's 42 and 25, referred to G. inconspicua,
belongs here. Tube and lobes of the corolla each abo'ut two lines, the
much exserted stamens three lines long. Seeds with a close coat,
wholly unchanged when wetted.
§ 11. MICROGILIA, Benth. in DC. Flores secus ramos graciles
laxe spicatim vel paniculatim dis^iti. Calyx brevi-campanulatus,
5-dentatus. Corolla (alba) hypocraterimorpha, tubo e calyce
paullo exserto lobis duplo longiore. Stamina tubo inserta, inclu-
sa : antheioe brevissimce. Ovula in loculis solitaria! — Annua?,
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 277
subglabra?, ramosissima? ; foliis fere filiformibus seu ramealibus
tenui-subulatis integerrimis caulinisve tripartitis, floribus minimis.
49. G. minutiflora, Benth. 1. c. Rigidula, subscoparia, 1 - 2-pe-
dalis ; foliis caulinis nonnullis 3-partitis, ramealibus subulatis ; flori-
bus terminalibus sa?peque secus ramulos strictos quasi spicatis ; corolloe
(lin. vix 2 longre) tubo angusto lobis sais calyceque duplo longiore ;
filamentis gracilibus ; capsula ellipsoidea (lin. 2 longa) ; semine oblon-
go. — Collomia (Picracolla) linoides, Nutt. PI. Gamb. p. 159. — Interior
of Oregon (not " California"), Douglas ; Colorado and Wyoming, on the
Upper Platte, Nuttall, Fremont.
50. G. tenerrima, n. sp. Effuse ramosissima, humilis ; ramis ra-
mulisque filiformibus ; foliis brevibus integris ; floribus laxe paniculatis
minutis; pedicellis tenuibus divaricatis ; capsula subglobosa (vix line-
am longa) ; semine ovoideo. — Utah, on bills above Bear River, near
Evanston, Watson in C. King's expedition.
§ 12. EUGILIA. Flores paniculati, sparsi, vel in prioribus eapita-
to-glomerati, sa?pius ebracteati. Corolla (ca?rulea, purpurea, vel
alba) infundibuliformis, seu in ultimis fere campanulata vel rota-
ta. Filamenta gracilia, ad vel prope sinus corolla? inserta, lobos
haud superantia. Ovula in loculis pauca vel plurima. — Folia
pinnato-incisa vel dissecta. — Gllia sect. Eugilia cum spec. Ipo-
mopsidis nonnullis, Benth.
* Flores in cymam capituliformem longe pedunculatam digesti.
Stamina sinubus ipsis corolla? brevis inserta, lobis a?quilonga.
Ovula plurima. — Annua?, Californicas, erecta? ; foliis 2-3-pinnati-
partitis, segmentis angustissimis ; corollis sa?pius ca?ruleis.
51. G. capitata, Dougl. Corolla? lobis lineari-lanceolatis, fauce
parum ampliata; calyce sa?pius glabro.
52. G. achille^ekolia, Benth. Flores majores ; corolla? lobis
obovatis late oblongisve fauce abrupte insigniter ampliata ; calyce pi. m-
lanoso.
* * Flores in prioribus subcongesti, in ca?teris laxe paniculati
vel dissiti. Corolla infundibuliformis fauce plus minus ampliata.
Seminis testa spirillifera modo generis. Annua?, humiliores,
nunc diffusa?.
+- Pluriovulata?.
53. G. multicaulis, Benth. cum syn. Prodr. G. stricta, Scheele
in Linna?a, 21, p. 755 ? G. millefoliata, Fisch. & Meyer : forma diffusa
278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
foliosa parviflora. (Calyx-teeth in char, "tubo suo duplo brevioribus,"
not " longioribus" as in Prodr.) — Var. tenera : forma depauperata
exili, pedunculo sa?pe unifloro. G. stricta, Liebm. Ind. Hort. Hafn.
1853, ex char. California. To this, or perhaps to the preceding
species, may probably belong Polemonium capitatum, Esch. Mem. Acad.
Petrop.
54. G. laciniata, Ruiz & Pav. : known from the smaller and spar-
ser-flowered forms of the preceding by its oblong capsule. Chili, &c.
55. G. tricolor, Benth. One form has a glabrous calyx, &c.
California.
56. G. tenuiflora, Benth., Lindl. Bot. "Reg. &c, 1888. Califor-
nia, not common. — Var. latifloua. Corolla? tubo calyce aut paullo
aut duplo longiore, fauce lobisque amplioribus. Los Angeles County ?
Fremont, Wallace.
57. G. inconspicua, Dougl. — Columbia River to the Platte and
Arizona. The corolla is not hypocrateriform, as described and
figured in Bot. Mag. t. 2883, at least when fully developed. It is
usually ampler; and to the species (which is a widely variable one) I
must refer tack G. sinuata, Dougl., Benth. in DC, the flowers of
which sometimes attain thrice the size, and nearly connect with the
var. latiflora of the preceding ! G. arenaria, Benth. (collected on the
sea-beach at Monterey by Rich and Parry), is a glandular-viscid form,
with more slender corolla (half an inch long), which is likely to pass
into G. tenuiflora. — Geyer's no. 25 and 42, referred to G. inconspicua
by Hooker, is partly of that specie?, partly G. pinnatijida.
,, -»— n— Pauci- (in loculis 2-3-) ovulate.
58. G. CRASSiFOLiA, Benth. Chili, &c. Near 67. inconspicua.
* * * Flores effuse paniculati, longius pedicellati, minimi. Corolla
tenui-infundibuliformis vel subcampanulata (alba seu albida) :
stamina juxta sinus inserta, lobis breviora. Ovula numerosa.
Semina humectata mucilagine spirillisque destituta! — Annua?,
pusillae, e basi ramosissimoe, foliis radicalibus semel pinnatifidis vel
incisis.
59. G.' leptomeria, n. sp. Parum glandulosa, floribunda; foliis
radicalibus spathulatis seu lanceolatis leviter pinnatilobatis, cauliuis
fere integris linearibus, ramealibus bracteisve minimis ; pedicellis
erectis flore longioribus seu brevioribus ; corolla angusto-infundibuli-
formi sesquilineari demum elongata (ad lineas 3) fere hypocrateri-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 279
morpha, tubo calyce lobis suisque ovatis duplo longiore ; ovulis in
loculis plurimis (seminibus ^ una longis). — Mountain valleys of
Nevada and Utab, S. Watson. Resembles some most depauperate and
small-flowered forms of G. inconspicua ; yet well marked by tbe nar-
row corolla and especially by tbe seeds.
GO. G. micro.meria, n. sp. Fere glabra, tenella,laxa ; foliis inferi-
oribus pinnatifidis lobis oblongis obtusis divaricatis, caeteris linearibus
integerrimis ; floribus sparsis ; pedicellis filiformibus elongatrs patenti-
bus demum recurvis ; corolla oblongo-campanulata lineam longa caly-
cem parum superante, lobis brevibus ; ovulis in loculis vix ultra 6 ;
capsulasubglobosa stylo longiore. — Mountain valleys of Nevada and
Utah, S. Watson. Seeds as in the preceding.
* * * * Flores sparsi longius pedicellati, sat magni. Corolla aut
campanulata aut rotata. Calycis lobi lanceolato-subulati, tubo
suo longiores. Anthera? srepius oblongoe. Humiles seu graciles-
centes, diffusa?.
-i— Annua?, floribus parvulis.
++ Corolla campanulata.
61. G. campanulata, n. sp. Parum viscidulo-pubens, 2-3-polli-
caris ; ramis patentibus ; foliis inferioribus lanceolatis parce pinnati-
fido-dentatis, ramealibus lineari-lanceolatis soepe integerrimis; pedi-
cellis flore interdnm brevioribus ; corolla campanulata (alba?) calyce
duplo longiore leviter 5-loba ; staminibus basi lata? corolla insertis
inclusis ; ovulis in loculis G- 7. — Foothills of Trinity Mountains,
Nevada, Watson. — Corolla three or four lines long ; the broad lobes
less than half the length of the ample (yellowish ?) throat, at the base
of which the stamens are inserted : no narrowed tube. This and the
two preceding species are among the discoveries of S. Watson, in C.
King's expedition.
++ ++ Corolla fere rotata.
G'2. G. incisa, Benth. in DC. Prodr. G. Lindheimr.riana, Scheele
in Linnsea, 21, p. 7G3. Multiovulata. — East Texas to Mexico.
G3. G. Gayana, Wedd. Chi. And. 2. p. 82. Pauciovulata ; " semi-
nibus in loculis 1 — 2." — Andes of Chili.
•)— H— Perennes; floribus majusculis ;" corolla fere rotata; ovarii
loculis pluriovulatis.
64. G. fcetida, Gillies, Benth. 1. c. Andes of Chili.
230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Go. G. rigidula, Benth.l. c. G. glandulosa, Scheele, I. c. Flowers
bright blue, showy, according to Lindheimer opening widely only
in direct sunshine late in the afternoon and closing at sunset. — Texas
to Arizona and Mexico.
Var. acerosa. Rigidior ; ramis e basi magis lignosa ad apicem
usque crebre foliosis, segmentis foliorum plerisque suhulatis vel acerosis
subpungentibus ; pedicellis flore quandoque brevioribus. North New
Mexico to Arizona, Fendler, Gordon, Wright, &c.
4. POLEMONIUM, Tourn.
Corolla ab infundibuliformi ad rotatam. Stamina basim versus
corolla? aaqualiter inserta: filamenta elongata, soepissime declinata, basi
pi. m. piloso-appendiculata. Ovula in loculis2-12. Semina hume-
facta tegumento mox mucilaginosoet spirillifero modo Collomice. Calyx
magis quam in Gilia herbaceus, sub sinubus vix scarioso-membrana-
ceus, post anthesin accrescens, lobis muticis. — Herba? perennes rhizo-
matibus gracilibus, raro annua? ; foliis semel pinnatis vel pinnatiparti-
tis ; floribus creruleis violaceis seu albis.
§ 1. Corolla infundibuliformis calycem superans, tubo saapius elon-
gate Filamenta basi vix dilatata tantum hirsutiuscula. — Pe-
rennes, nanae e rhizomate repente, viscido-glandulosoe, moschatae,
foliolis perplurimis minimis confertis. Transitus ad Giliam.
1. P. confertum, Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863. Spithamaaum;
foliolis 3-5-sectis secus rhachin quasi verticillatis vel fasciculatis, seg-
mentis aut late ovalibus aut lineari-oblongis ; floribus (mellium spiian-
tibus) capitato-congestis nutantibus demum racemoso-spicatis ; calycis
lobis angustis tubo cylindraceo seu oblongo plus dimidio brevioribus;
corolla caarulea, tubo angusto-infundibuliformi calycem superante lobis
suis rotundatis 2-3-plo longiore. — Rocky Mountains from lat. 38° to
49°, Nuttall, Parry, Hall & Harbour, Lyall ; E. Humboldt Mountains,
Nevada, Watson ; and high sierras of California, Brewer. Corolla
9-12 lines long.
Var. mellitum, Gray, 1. c. : laxius ; corolla pallida nunc alba polli-
cari, tubo angusto lobis quaduplo longiore. — Rocky Mountains, Hall
& Harbour, &c. Wasatch Mountains, Utah, Watson.
P. viscosum, Nutt. PI. Gamb. Ilumilius; foliolis integerrimis
ovatis rotundisve ; floribus subcorymbosis ; calyce subcampanulato,
lobis latioribus tubo subaaquilongo corolla) tubum (lobis suis baud longi-
orem) subaequantibus. — Rocky Mountains, about lat. 40°, Nuttall.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 281
Mixed with dwarfed specimens of the preceding, from which Nuttall'a
character of " elongated-lanceolate segments of the calyx" was proba-
bly taken.
§ 2. Corolla inter campanulatam et rotatam, calyce modice longior.
Filamenta basi quasi in lamellam dilatata. — Perennes, folio-
lis intcgris, superioribus nunc alato-confluentibus, inflorescentia
laxiore.
(P. grandiflorum, Benth., of Mexico, I do not possess, and have
barely seen in herb. Kew.)
2. P. c^eruleum, L. Common from the arctic regions and Alaska
to California and through the Rocky Mountains, also through Northern
Asia to Europe; very rare eastward (in New York and New Jersey).
— P. acutiflorum, Willd., which is reduced by Ledebour to a variety
of this species, is an Alaskan form, with ovate acute lobes to the co-
rolla (Pallas, Chamisso, &c). All the North American, like the Hima-
layan, forms of this species incline to have wing-angled seeds, —
quite as much so as in
Var. foliostssimuji (P. cceruleum, var. pterospcrma, Benth. in DC.
Prodr.). Valde viscido-pubescens ; caulibus bipedalibus usque ad
apicem cum ramis floridis corymbo-is foliosissimis; foliolis in rhachin
alato-marginatam srepe confluentibus ; floribus minoribus; staminibus
styloque corolla (calycem 2 - 3-plo superante) snepius brevioribus. —
Through the Rocky Mountain region, Geyer, Fendler, Parry, Vasey,
Watson, &c. This approaches
3. P. Mexicanum, Cerv. (Mexico ?) This is distinguished by its
shorter corolla, and short lobes of the calyx, which are only half the
length of its tube.
4. P. iiujiile, "Willd. Spithamreum ; caulibus laxis 1 - 2-fol:a-
tis ; floribus subcorymbosis paucis longius pedicellatis ; calyce ultra
medium o-fido ; ovulis 2-4 seminibusque 1-2 in quoque loculo. —
P. pulchellum, Bunge, Ledeb, &c. P. Richardsonii, Graham. P.
capitatum, Benth., non Esch. P. pvdcherrimum, Hook., a small-
flowered form. — Rocky Mountains to those of California, and through
the arctic regions and Alaskan islands to Siberia. — P. capitatum of
Eschscholtz, from the sands of California, with linear leaflets, &c,
cannot be this species, — is probably Gilia multicaulis, or some allied
species of that genus.
5. P. reptaxs, L. Atlantic States from New York south and west
to Nebraska.
VOL. VIII. 36
282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
§ 3. Corolla (albida) fere rotata, calyce brevior. Filamenta basi
sensim dilatata, parcissime piloso-ciliata. — Anuuoe, debiles, sparsi-
flora2 ; foliolis integris.
6. P. micrantiium, Benth. 1. c. British Columbia to Nevada.
3. Miscellaneous Botanical Notes and Characters. By Asa
Gray.
NAMA, L.
The outlines of a monograph of this genus which, in the year 1861,
I contributed to the Proceedings of this Academy (vol. 5, pp. 337-339)
have long needed some corrections and additions. The following notes
for a revision of the genus were mainly drawn up in the Kew Herba-
rium, in October, 18G9.
§ 1. Folia in caulem alato-decurrentia, obovata vel spathulata, pube
moll i villosa seu pilosa : rami procumbentes.
N. Jamaicensis, L. Pedunculi brevissimi. Semina costato-scro-
biculata.
N. biflora, Choisy. Pedunculi filiformes. Semina alveolata. —
Mexico, collected only by Berlandier.
§ 2. Folia caulina omnia vel plera basi subamplexicauli sessilia,
baud decurrentia, pube molli nee incana. Annua?.
N. Berlandieri, n. sp. N. undulata var. macrantha, Choisy,
Hydrol. t. 2, f. 1. Ramis gracillimis diffusis, foliis sparsioribus tenui-
oribus ovali-oblongis bine inde oppositis, pedunculis gracilioribus, co-
rolla majore, capsula oblonga sepalis apice magis dilatatis subdimidio
breviore, seminibus obsoletius scrobiculatis, diversa. — Tamaulipas,
Mexico, near Reynosa, Berlandier (no. 21 16 = GOO), who alone has
met with it.
N. undulata, HBK. Foliis soepe undulatis omnibus alternis lineari-
seu spathulato-oblongis, inferioribus oblanceolato-spathulatis basi lon-
gius attenuatis; cauleerecto; pedunculis plerumque brevifsirais; capsula
matura fere lineari calycem suba?quante ; seminibus eximie alveolato-
reticulatis. — Extends from Texas and New Mexico to the Andes of
Chili, Gillies.
§ 3. Folia omnia basi attenuata vel petiolata (nee amplexicaulia nee
decurrentia).
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 283
* Annua?, pills rigidis vel rigidiusculis hirtse, nee incanre : folia etiam
inferiora basi longius attenuata vix petiolata: sepala anguste ex-
acteque linearia !
N. iiispida, Gray, 1. c. Semina in loculis 24-40, oblonga, haud
ultra £ lin. longn, obsoletissime rugulosa.
N. demissa, n. sp: E radice exili patenti-ramosissima, 2-3-pol-
icaris, hirsuta ; foliis spatbulato-linearibus ; floribus subsessilibus ;
seminibus in loculis 10- 12 ovalibus ^ lin. longis obsolete grossius scro-
biculato-rugosis ; eoet. fere praecedenfis. — Dry or desert regions of Ne-
vada, Fremont, Anderson, Torrey, Watson in King's expedition ; forms
with ample corolla sometimes twice the length of the calyx. Fort
Colville, Washington Territory, Lyall, in herb. Kew. : a ve\-y low and
condensed form, with corolla not exceeding the calyx: characters indi-
cated by Professor Oliver.
* * Annuoe, pube molliori vel breviori parum cinerea: sepala (ut in
pleris) sursum pi. m. dilatata.
h— Folia basi attenuata vel acuta, plera (saltern superiora) sessilia vel
subsessilia.
++ Semina haud ultra ^-lineam longa, lato-ovalia, subloevia, obso-
letius costata et areolata.
N. Saxdwicensis, Gray, 1. c. Ramosissima, pube crebra hirsutulo-
cinerea ; foliis brevibus spathulatis margine mox revolutis ; pedunculis
calyce longioribus vel brevioribus; floribus parvis ; corolla calycem
parum superante; capsula ovali.
N. Coulteri, n. sp. Laxe ramosissima, spithamrea, hirsutulo-
pubescens ; foliis oblongo-spathulatis planis membranaceis, imis tantum
in petiolum attenuatis ; pedunculis calyce brevioribus srepius brevissi-
mis; corolla calyce duplo longiore ; capsula oblongn. — "California"
[perhaps Arizona], Coulter, no. 463. Nazas Valley, Bolson de Mapi-
mi, Chihuahua, Mexico, Gregg. It much resembles A7", dichotoma ;
but is well distinguished by the more hirsute pubescence without
viscidity, the larger corolla (about five lines long), and especially by
the seeds.
++ ++ Semina £- ^-lineam longa, ovali-oblonga, favosa.
N. dichotoma, Ruiz & Pav.; Gray, 1. c. Pube brevi plus minus
viscosa, corolla calycem haud vel parum. superaute, capsula ovato-
284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
seu breviuscule oblonga, seminibus grosse insculptis, distineta. — Mex-
ico to Bolivia. — Var. angtjstifolta : foliis lineari-lanceolatis. (Var.
pane/flora, Choisy ?) New Mexico, Fendler, no. G44, also Wright,
no. 1584. "Colorado," Hayden. — The seeds in this widely diffused
species are well marked, being so coarsely pitted that five or six pits
fill the whole girth ; and the thick obtuse edges of, or elevated por-
tions between, the pits appear likewise to be minutely rugose under a
strong lens.
-f— 4— Folia omnia graciliter petiolata : semina fere lagvia.
N. t.atifolia, n. sp. Erecta, laxe ramosa, parce tenuiter hirsutula ;
foliis membranaceis ovatis obtusis basi ssepius cuneatis (lin. G-9 et
petiolo lin. 3-5 longis) ; pedunculis flore parvo longioribus ; sppalis
apice insigniter dilatatis corollam (albam) adasquantibus capsula brevi-
ovoideo longioribus ; seminibus globoso-ovoideis, areolis obsoletis. JV. ?
rupincola, Mart. & Gal. ex Walp. Repert. G, p. 565. — Mexico, Oax-
aca, in fields and forests of the western Cordilleras, at the altitude of
about 8,000 feet, coll. Galeotti, no. 10G8. Valley of Mexico, coll.
Bourgeau, no. G10.
* * * Perennes ? forte annua? caulibus diffusis basi lignescenti-
induratis, pube mollissima : folia parva, cum petiolo brevi semi-
pollicaria vel minora: sepala sursum latiora : semina minima.
N. rcpicola, Bonpl. ex Chois. 1. c. Depressa, pube brevi vix
cinerea ; foliis obovatis in petiolum marginatum sensim attenuatis ;
seminibus subglobosis grosse parceque alveolatis. iV. origanifulia,
Gray, 1. c, non II BK. N. dichotoma var. parvifolia, Torr. Mex.
Bound, p. 147. Northern borders of Mexico to Yucatan (Schott)
and Peru ?
N. oric.anifolia, II BK. Nov. Gen. & spec. 3, p. 130, t. 218.
Cinereo-villosa, subincana ; foliis oblongo-spathulatis ovalibusque petiolo
distincto; pedunculis sparsis ealyce longioribus ; seminibus lrevibus?
.... — Mexico. The principal specimens I have seen (Sierra Mad re,
Seemann) seem distinct enough from the foregoing, which, however,
Kunth's figure too much resembles. He figures, but does not describe,
the seeds as smooth.
* * * * Perennes, proceriores basi suffruticosa, foliis floribusque
majoribus, pube hispida vel sericeo-canescente. Semina in H.
hirsuta ut videtur compressa ? in caateris ignota.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 285
■i- Mexicans; foliis Litis penninerviis basi soepius obtusa distincte
petiolatis, floribus in cymula laxa tcrminali nuda: sepala sursum
latiora.
N. hirsuta, Martens & Galeotti ; Walp. Repert. 1. c. Fere his-
pida ; foliis viridibus oblongis ; corolla baud ultra semipollicari. —
Oaxaca, Galeotti.
N. sericea, Willd.: Eoem. & Schutt. Syst. 6, p. 189. Sericea ;
foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis subtus incanis ; corolla subpollicari.
JV. longiflora, Cbois. I. c. t. 2, f. 2. I have it only in the collection of
Coulter, no. 914, 915.
h— h— Californicae, lana araneosa; foliis lanceolatis basi sensim at-
tenuatis vix petiolatis, floribus in glomerulos sessiles axillares et
terminales confertis : sepala angusta sursum baud latiora.
N. Lobbii, Gray in Proceed. Am. Acad. 6, p. 37. Sierra Nevada,
Lobb, Mrs. Davis, Kellogg.
N. systyla. Gray, 1. c, is Draperia systyla, Torr. in Proceed. Am.
Acad. 7, p. 401.
LYCOPUS, L.
In the last edition of the Manual of Botany, I was induced to con-
sider all the American Lycopi with acute-pointed calyx-teeth as forms
of L. Europceus. Having now bad occasion to study them anew, I
see grounds for a different opinion, and for disposing our species as
follows : —
§1. Stoloniferce, — stolonibus filiforraibus elongatis apice demum
tuberiferis.
* Calycis dentes 4, raro 5, cum bracteis brevissimis obtusi vel obtu-
siusculi, fructiferi nuculis breviores.
1. L. Viuginicus, L. — Forma depauperata: L. xvni floras Michx.
Li. pumilus "Vahl. — Forma procera, var. macropiiyllus : L. macro-
phylhts, Benth.
* * Calycis dentes 5, acutissimi, nuculis longiores.
h~ Bracteas minima?: corolla calyce fere duplo longior : stamina
rudimentaria brevissima, ovalia seu linguajformia.
L. sessilifolius, n. sp. Glaber; caulibus adscendentibus humili-
bus acutiuscule 4-angulatis; foliis omnibus arete sessilibus ovatis Ian-
286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
ceolato-oblongisve parcius argute serratis ; calycis dentibus subulatis
rigidis. — L. Europeans var. sessilifoUus, Gray, Man. ed. 5, p. 345. —
Pine Barrens of New Jersey, at Atsion, Canby, and Toms River,
C. F. Parker, September.
L. kubellus, Moeneh. Suppl. (1802). Subglaber ; caule laxo
suberecto 1 — 2-pedali, angulis obtusiusculis ; foliis ovato-oblongis seu
oblongo-lanceolatis medio argute serratis utrinque attenuatis acumina-
tis petiolatis ; calycis dentibus triangulato-subulatis baud rigidis. —
Presenius in Flora, 1842 ; Bentb. in DC. L. obtusifolius Vabl ? non
Benth. : but if so a depauperate form, and probably not from Hudson's
Bay: the indications of habitat in the plants of Michaux's collection
are not always correct. L. Europceus, var. integrifulius, Gray, Man.
L. Arkansanvs, Fresenius, 1. c. ; a puberulent form, with rather
broader and less pointed calyx-teeth, the rudiments of sterile stamens
varying from Ungulate to linear-spatulate. — Pennsylvania? and Ohio
to South Carolina, Louisiana, and Arkansas.
h— +- Bractea? exteriores acutissimi flores scepius adosquantes : corolla
calycem vix superans : stamina rudimentaria filiformia, apice capi-
tellata vel clavellata.
L. lucidus, Turcz. Caule valido 2-8-pedali erecto superne acu-
tangulo ; foliis lanceolatis vel oblongo-lanceolatis (poll. 2—4 longis)
acutis vel acuminatis grosse argutissinie serratis basi obtusa nunc acuta
subsessilibus ; calycis dentibus attenuato-subulatis.
Var. Ajiericanus : foliis vix lucidis utrinque saspius hirtello-pu-
beris ; caule plerumque hirsutiori ; calycis dentibus minus rigidis. L.
obltisifolius, Benth. in DC, vix Vahl. — Saskatchawan (Bourgeau,
&c.) to Nebraska and Kansas, Fendler, E. Hall. Our plant clearly
is not to be separated from the L. lucidus of N. E. Asia, which, again,
too much resembles L. australis, in which also the dots of the leaves
are unusually large.
§ 2. Estolonosce, sed rhizomatibus pi. m. repentibus : dentes calycis
5, acutissimi, rigidi, corollam suboequantes, fructiferi nuculis longi-
ores : bracteoe subulata?, nonnullas flor3s adaequantes. Glabra? vel
pubescentes, caulibus acute tetragonis, foliis soepius incisis vel
pinnatifidis.
L. sinuatus, Ell. Caule acutissime tetragono ; foliis lanceolatis vel
oblongis acuminatis irregulariter incisis et laciniato-pinnatifidis sura-
misve sinuato-dentatis basi attenuatis in petiolum longiusculum ; calycis
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 287
dentibus triangulari-subulatis brevi-cuspidatis ; staminibus rudimenta-
riis filiformibus apice capitellatis seu clavellatis. L. sinuatus, exaltatvs,
& angustifolius, Ell. L. vulgaris & august if alius, Nutt. Gen., sine
char. L. Europceus (Walt. &c.), van sinuatus, Gray, Man. 1. c. —
From Canada to Oregon, California, and Florida.
L. Europ^eus, L. Caule acutiuscule tetragono ; foliis latioribus
subsessilibus, dentibus lobisve subsequalibus ; calycis dentibus subulatb-
spinulosis; staminibus rudimentariis obsoletis vel nullis. — Collected
long ago by Mr. Elias Durand near Norfolk, Virginia, where it was
said to abound ; recently detected on Petty's Island, near Philadelphia,
by C. F. Parker, on waste ballast : adventive from Europe, and proba-
bly not established.
SESELT, L.
It is on the whole remarkable that so many of the leading genera of
Umbelliferce in the northern parts of the Old World should be without
representatives in North America. Some of these gaps may be filled
Avhen the, botany of our Western regions comes to be more completely
investigated ; as one appears to be now by the two species of Scseli
here characterized.
The first of these plants has been for several years known to me in
a specimen collected by Nuttall, in flower only, and presented by the
kind Mr. Durand. It is ticketed by Nuttall " Cynomarathrum saxa-
tile" but it is not published. The same plant, in fruit only, was
gathered by Dr. Parry in 1867, in the mountains of the northeastern
part of New Mexico. The second species is no. 221 of Hall and
Harbour's collection in the skirts of the Rocky Mountains, in flower
only, and therefore not hitherto determined. Dr. George Vase}', in
going over the same ground in 1868 at a later season, had the good
fortune to obtain specimens in fruit; it is no. 221 of his recently dis-
tributed collection.
S. Nuttallii, n. sp. Acaulescens, glabrum ; foliis subternato-pin-
natipartitis, segmentis linearibus subulato-mucronatis, majoribus denti-
bus lobisve 1-3 nunc instructis ; scapo simplicissimo nudo folia baud
superante ; floribus ut videtur albis ; fructu oblongo glaberrimo pedicello
parum longiore dentibus calycis subulatis conspicuis coronato; vittis in
pericarpio parum suberoso ad valleculas et bine inde sub jugis tenui-
bus ; seminis sectione transversa semicirculari subcrenata. — Rocky
Mountains, Nuttall. On rocks, Huefano Mountains, New Mexico,
288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Parry, coll. 1867, no. 83. — A span high, from a thickish branching
caudex. Involucre as long as the pedicels, in Nuttall's specimen whit-
ish and as if somewhat petaloid, the leaflets lanceolate or linear and a
little connate* at the base. Rays of the umbel from three to six lines
long, of the umbellets one or two lines long. Styles long. Fruit a
line and a half or two lines in length, the jugoe rather salient.
S. Hallii, n. sp. Acaulescens, glabrum ; foliis pinnatisectis 3 - 5-
jugis, segmentis cuneatis oblongisve incisis vel pinnatifidis, lobis
3-7 brevibus mucronatis nunc paucidentatis ; scapo sirnplicissirno
nudo folia superante ; floribus flavis; fructu anguste oblongo gla-
berrimo pedicello brevissimo multo longiore ; dentibus calycis bre-
vibus demum evanidis ; vittis ad valleculas magnis cum accessoriis
ssepius in quoque jugo minimis; seminis sectione transversa subquad-
rata. — Low mountains of Colorado, Hall and Harbour; mentioned
in Proceed. Acad. Philad., March, 1863, p. 63, no. 221. Bear Creek,
seventeen miles west of Denver, Dr. George Vasey. — Scape ten
inches high, slender. Umbel nearly as in the preceding, but the
secondary rays are very short, as also are the ovate-subulate leaflets of
the involucel. Styles slender. Fruit narrow, two lines long, abrupt
both at the base and apex ; the vittas filling the intervals between the
narrow and slightly salient jugre. The odor of the fruit in both
species is rather strong. Notwithstanding the yellow flowers of this
species and the slender styles in both, they are confidently referred
to Sesell.
Miscellaneous Specific Characters, fyc.
Viola renifolia, n. sp. Rhizomate floribusque V. Mandce vel
paullo majore ; foliis reniformibus (adultis saspius poll. 2 latis) utrin-
que cum petiolo villoso-pubescentibus ; scapo pubescente. — This Vio-
let was first brought to my notice by Miss Shattuck of Mount Holyoke
Seminary, who collected it at, or received it from, " East Elba, New
York." Later Mr. Henry Cillman sent it from Ontonagon, Lake
Superior; and now I have fresh specimens and the living plant from
Mr. Frank A. Sherman, of Hanover, New Hampshire. Also speci-
mens from -the colder parts of Oneida Co., New York, from Professor
Paine. It grows in company with V. blunda, which it closely resem-
bles as to the flower, but the leaves are more like those of V. palus-
tris ; yet they are more strictly reniform, and are conspicuously beset
with pale, soft and tender, lax hairs.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 289
Abutilon Palmkrt, n. pp. Fruticosum ; foliis sinu profundo
clauso rotundato-cordatatis denticulatis brevi-aeuminatis (nonnullis
obsolete triIobi<) utrinque albido-velutinis ; petiolis ramisque molliter
puberulis; pedunculis infimis petiolo longioribus ; calyce pedicello cap-
sulaque 8-earpellari molliter villosissimo, carpellis membranaceis 3-4-
spermis breviter acuminato-rostratis. — Yaqui River, Sonora, Mexico,
Dr. E. Palmer. Leaves in (be specimens not over two incbes in
diameter. Corolla orange-yellow, more than an inch in diameter.
Seeds in one row, nearly glabrous.
Kostelktzkya digitata, ii. sp. Minutissime stellulato-pubescens
cum stellulis adpressis majoribus ; ram is paniculatis ; foliis 3 — 5-parti-
tis, petiolo setoso-hispido, segmentis cum foliis simplicibus ramulorum
linearilanceolatis denticulatis subtus setis triradiatis conspersis; pedun-
culis unifloiis gracilibus ; calyce tantum puberulo ; capsula 5-carinata
ad suturas setosa ; seminibus glabris. — Yaqui River, Sonora, Mexico,
Dr. E. Palmer, 1869. Corolla little over half an inch in diameter, in
the dried specimens purplish with a yellow eye.
Desmodium Ielixoense, n. sp. D. canescentem foliis floribusqne,
D. rigidum racemo et fructu referens; caule erecto 3— 5-pedali cum
foliis pube brevi birsutulo ; foliolis ovatis oblongis seu ovato-lanceolatis
obtusis (poll. 2-4 longi.-) subcoriaceis subtus cinereis venis venulisque
prominulis eximie reticularis, inferiorlbus petiolum subaequantibus ;
stipulis persistentibus (bracteisque caducis) ovato-lanceolatis sensim
acuminatis striatis ; racemo simplici; lomento brevissime stipitato vix
ultrapollicari ad suturam utramque (infer, profundiorem) sinuato,
articulis 3-5 ovalibus lineas 3 baud excedentibus. — Illinois, in dry
ground, Vasey, Hall, Bebb, Bergen, Stewart, &c. ; apparently common,
but not yet detected beyond the limits of that State. Smaller speci-
mens have been confounded with J), rigidum, and larger, without fruit,
with D. canescens ; but it is abundantly different from both.
Astragalus arrectus, n. sp. Oroboidei: sesquipedalis, cinereo-
pubescens ; caule stricto suleato; foliolis 12-15-jugis anguste oblon-
gis retusis supra glabellis subtus pubescentibus ; stipulis discretis sca-
riosis ; pedunculis elongatis cum spica laxiuscula 3 — 4-pollicaribus ;
floribus (seraipollicaribus) in pedicello brevissimo adscendentibus ; caly-
ce campanulato nigricanti-puberulo, dentibus subulatis tubo dimidio
brevioribus ; corolla ut videtur alba fere recta ; legumine arrecto coria-
ceo oblongo (subpollicari) recto cuspidato basi subito in stipitem caly-
cem subcequantem contracto, ventre leviter carinato, dorso sulco lato
vol. viii. 37
290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
profundo, intus bilocellato polyspermo. A. leucophyllus ? Hook. Lond.
Jour. Bot. 6. p. 211, non Torr. & Gray, Fl. — Ivooskooskee River,
coll. Geyer.
Brickellia atractyloides, n. sp. Fruticosa, ramosissima,. vix
pedalis; ramulis foliosis puberulis monocephalis ; foliis rigidissimis sub-
alternis subsessilibus ovato-lanceolatis spinuloso-acuminatis pauciden-
tatisque 3-5-nervibus, costis cum venis adscendentibus anastomosantibus
prominulis, paginis conformibus scabrido-atomiferis ; pedunculo 1^2-
bracteolato capitulum multiflorum (semipollicar'e) bis terve excedente ;
involucii campanulati squamis pauciseriatis, exterioribus ovato- inti-
mis lineari-lanceolatis, omnibus subito acuminatis ; acheniis secus costas
hirtellis; pappi setis circiter 20 tenuiter saltern -inferne barbellulatis.
— Utah, near the Rio Colorado, 1870, Dr. E. Palmer. — Leaves less
than an inch long, coriaceous and rigid, tapering into a spinulose point
and beset with a few rigid spinulose teeth. This species would natu-
rally be associated with B. spinulosa, of Northern Mexico, but it has
forty or more flowers in the head and a minutely barbellulate or above
merely scabrous pappus.
Linosyris squamata, n. sp. Fruticosa, glabrata, ramosissima ;
ramulis scopariis viridibus substriatis ; foliis squamiformibus brevis-
simis (I'm. l-2 1ongis) lato-subulatis triangularibusque subadnatis ;
capitulis subracemosis vel solftariis ramulos terminantibus plurifloris ;
involucri squamis oblongis obtusissimis margine subscariosis laxis pauci-
seriatis et in bracteolas minores decrescentibus ; corollas limbo fere
5-partito tubo dirnidio breviore, lobis patentissimis lanceolatis (nervo
centrali percursis ! ) ; antheris basi subsagittatis ; styli ramis appendice
brevissimo obtuso superatis ; achenio glaberrimo laevi subclavato pappo
molli (corolla; tubum adrequante) cTimidio breviore.
Var. Breweri, gracilior, parcius squamata ; capitulis paucioribus
minus bracteolatis ; pappo ut videtur fusco. — Low hills of the Sierra
Santa Monica, Los Angeles Co., California, Professor Brewer. I had
mistaken this for the male of a Sergiloid Baccharis.
Var. Palmeri, crebrius ramosa ; squamis loco foliorum approxima-
tis sub capitulis imbricatis involucrum longe bracteolantibus ; pappo
albo. — Desert of the Colorado, Arizona, 1870. Dr. E. Palmer. —
The achenia, which are perfectly fertile, resemble .those of a Baccharis.
The mid-nerve to the lobes of the corolla and the somewhat sagittate
base of the anthers are as in Tetradymia ; the style is of the Aster-
oideous type. Heads four or five lines long. In Dr. Palmer's fine
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JUNE 14, 1870. 291
specimens the involucre is remarkably imbricate-bracteolated clown for
the quarter or third of an inch. Corolla bright yellow, its lobes a line
and a half lonjr.
Linosyris Sonoriensis, n. sp. Glabra, parum viscidula, ramo-
sissima^ ramulis gracillimis ; foliis parvis filiformibus apice recurvo
nunc fere hamato ; capitulis laxe paniculatis; involucro 5-8-floro,
squamis pauciusculis subcarinatis coiiaceis margine scariosis apice
obtuso fere herbaceis oblongis, exterioribus brevioribus ovatis; ramis
styli appendice ovato-lanceolata obtusiuseula portionem stigmaticum
parum excedente superatis ; acheniis elavato-oblongis villosis. — Dis
trict of the Yaqui River, in the Mexican province of Sonora, 1869,
Dr. E. Palmer.
20. Melampodium cupulatum, n. sp. Hispidulum ; caule erecto
ramosissimo ; foliis (inferioribus ignotis) ramealibus oblongo-lanceolatis
integerrimis basi attenuatis vix petiolatis ; pedunculis filiformibus sub-
paniculatis monocephalis; involucro gamophyllo crateriformi ebracteato
5-lobo, lobis lato-ovatis brevibus, squamis int. achenia involventibus
rugoso-tuberculatis apice truncatis hand cueullatis clausis; ligulis aureis.
— Mexican province of Sonora, Dr. E. Palmer. — Heads about as
large as those of M. cinereum, DC, but the bright yellow rays smaller:
scales of the involucre united to above the middle.
Palafoxia leucophyela, n. sp. P. lineari affinis ob corollas
faucem angustam cylindricam tubo proprio lobisque brevibus 2-3-plo
longiorem ; foliis brevibus (semi - subpollicaribus lato-linearibus ob-
tusissimis utrinque canescenti-sericeis ; involucro magis pubescenle ;
pappo corolla incainata subdimidio breviore, paleis 4 majoribus lineari-
oblongis costa valida baud .excurrente emarginatis, 4 alternis breviori-
bus spathulato-oblongis costa medio evanida. Achenia extima 2-4
pro pappo soepius paleis paucis brevissimis corneis subconcretis coro-
nata. — Carmen Island, Gulf of California. Involucre half an inch,
achenia and corolla each four or five lines in length. The branching
stem is said to be about ten feet high, with an indurated, perhaps
woody base, and to flower through the season. — Cultivated in the
Botanic Garden at Cambridge, it is obviously disposed to become
shrubby.
Pentstemon Palmeri, Gray, in Proceed. Am. Acad. 7, p. 378:
char, e pi. viva reformatus : Glaucescens, glaber, bipedalis ; foliis
crassiusculis, inferioribus spathulatis et ovato-lanceolatis argute denti-
culatis in petiolum marginatum angustatis, superioribus perfoliato-con
292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
natis srepe integerrimis ; pnnicula multiflora elongata virgata nuda ;
bracteis omnibus minimis subulatis ; pedunculis 1 -3-floris pedicellisve
gracilibus; sepalis ovatis glabris; corolla albo-rosen (i. e. alba roseo
suffusa) pollicari, fauce e tubo proprio brevi (lin. 3 longo) subito max-
ime ventricoso-ampliata limbo ringente duplo longiore, labys latis,
superior! bilobo, inferiore patentissimo basi intus parce barbato pro-
funde 3-lobo, lobis nequalibus conformibus ; filamento sterili ultra f'au-
cem exserto a pice incurve in.-igniter longe flavo-barbato. — Cultivated
from seeds of uncertain source, probably from Utah. Corolla almost
an inch broad across the spreading lips (anteriorly-and posteriorly) :
lower lip 7-8 lines broad: a light reddish line runs up each lobe of
the lower lip.
Lycium Palmeri, n. sp. Inerme ? subpubescens; ramis gracili-
bus; foliis angusto-spathulatis (lin. G-8 1ongis); floribus breviuscule
pedicellatis tetrameris ; calycis lobis lanceolatis obtusiusculis tubo suo
carapanulalo parum longioribus, uno saltern paullo majore ; corolla
(lin. 5 longa) calycem tertia parte superante, lubis late ovalibus pube-
ro-ciliolatis, tubo paullo brevioribus ; filamentis ima basi intus lano-
sissimis; antheris oblongis. — Yaqui River, Sonora, Mexico, Dr. E.
Palmer. This apparently belongs to the third section in my revision
of the North American Lycia, in Proceed. Am. Acad. 6, p. 45. Corolla
broad for its length, the expanded limb being about half an inch in
diameter.
Salvia platyciieila, n. sp. Brachyanthearum, aflf. S. laxce :
herbacea (basi ignota), minutissime cinereo-puberula ; f'oliis oblongis
ovatisque utrinque obtusis obsolete crenato-serratis, petiolo tenui,
floralibus lanceolatis deciduis ; racemo breviusculo ; verticillastris
paucifloris ; calyce puberulo recto ; labiis ovatis aequalibus camdeo
tinctis mox ampliatis tubo infundibuliformi nervoso oequilongis, supe-
riore integerrimo, inferiore apice bifulo ; corolla? eajrnleas tubo incluso;
connectivo subcrasso glaberrimo ; stylo superne bine barbato. — Car-
men Inland, in the Gulf of California, Dr. E. Palmer, 18G9. Corolla
half an inch long; the upper lip hardly, the dilated lower lip some-
what, exceeding the calyx.
Coldenia (Tiquiliopsis) Palmeri, n. sp. : pube brevi et brevis-
sima densa molli incana ; foliis ovatis crebre plicato-nervosis petiolum
subrequantibus ; calyce tubo corolla? dimidio breviore, lobis lanceolatis
tubo ipso breviore. — S. E. California or Arizona, on the lower Colo-
rado, Dr. Edward Palmer, 18G9. Well distinguished from C. Nuttallii
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 293
by the fine hoariness and the absence of all hispid or even hirsute
haii-s, and by the calyx. It is apparently more erect and bushy. The
corolla is similar but larger, and has roundish-oval lobes. No fruit
was collected, by which to learn whether it accords with Tiquiliopsis
in having two-parted cotyledons. The leaves are more like those of
C. fusca, but the rib-like veins more numerous and crowded, from four
to six pairs, and the surface in the younger specimens strongly and
beautifully plicate. This has likewise been collected in Utah or
Nevada by S. Watson, in Clarence King's expedition.
Eriogonu.m Kkllogii, n. sp. Umbellata, depressum, caudicibus
rarnisve sterilibus substoloniferis filiformibus late pulvinato-coespitosum ;
foliis rosulatis spathulatis parvis (lin. 3 -4-longis) basi angustata sessili-
bus sericeo-incanis (supra nunc glabrescentibus) ; scapo gracili tripolli-
cari medium versus verticillo e foliis 3-4 parvis instructo involucro
solitario cyathiformi G-7-lobato terminator perigoniis luteolis dtraum
albidis roseo tinctis extus glaberrimis, stipite gracili, segmentis subcon-
formibus ovalibus obovatisque intus basi cum parte inferiore filamento-
rum villosis ; cotyledonibus late ovalibus excenfricis radicula parum
longioribus. — In fir-wOods, forming tufted mats, Red Mountain, Men-
docino County, California, Dr. A. Kellogg, July 1, 1869. Involucre
silky-canescent. Perigonium two or in fruit nearly three lines long,
not including the stipitiform base of fully half a line. Except that the
perigonium is wholly glabrous exteriorly, this neat species would
stand next to E. Douglnsii : but the head and the leaves are smaller,
and the flowers fewer: the whorl on the scape usually consists of
only three bract-like leaves. The foliage is more like that of a
condensed and alpine form of E. ccespitosum.
Lastaijri^ea Chilensis, Itemy. In Proceed. Amer. Acad. 8, p.
199, where this is first recorded as a Californian plant, on the authority
of a specimen collected by J. Blake, some doubt was expressed as to
whether it was there indi<j;enou~. Since then I have been able to ascer-
tain, through the kindness of Mr. Bennett, that a specimen in Nuttall's
herbarium, now belonging to the British Museum, ticketed by Nuttall
" Ancislropliylhim Culij orm'cum, Sta. Barbara" is Lastarricca Chilensis,
but taller and coarser than any of our Chilian specimens. A slender
form of the same species was lately abundantly collected near the mouth
of the San Joachin, by Dr. Kellogg, who informs me that it is common
around San Francisco, "chiefly, if not entirely, where sheep and cattle
frequent." So that its introduction into California by cattle, which is
most probable, is not likely to have been recent.
294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Poltgonum: Hartavrightii, n. sp. Persicaria, Digyna; strigoso-
hirsutum vel glabellum ; caule subpedali erecto striato ad apicem usque
crebre as [ualiter folioso ; foliis lato-lanceolatis utrinque acutis vel ob-
tusiusculis breviter petiolatis ; ocbreis medio foliigeris hypocraterimor-
phis, limbo foliaceo brevi reticulato repando setoso-ciliato ; pedunculo
erecto eglanduloso spicam plerumque solitariam densam cylindraceam
gerente ; bracteis pedicellos superantibus ; perigonio eglanduloso roseo;
staminibus 5 ; stylo profunde bifido. — Sedgy bogs, New York, from
Herkimer to Yates County, and Michigan. — Fruit unknown. I col-
lected this almost forty years ago at the head of Cayuga Lake, along
with the remarkable P. amphibium var. MuMeribergii of Meisner,
which is widely distributed in North America. I saw it several years
ago, in company with the Rev. Professor Paine, in a high bog near
the southern borders of Herkimer County, but not in flower. I have
also a well-developed specknen from the State collection in Michigan.
Not regarding the stipules, it had been taken for one of the various
puzzling terrestrial -varieties of P. amphibium, or, when the stipules
were noticed, for an undeveloped condition of P. Careyi. But my
attention having been called to it by Dr. S. Hart Wright, of Perm Yan,
who finds it in open bottom land, among Carices, at Dundee, Yates Co.,
New York, I am desirous that it should bear his name, as the real
discovei'er of its specific characters.
Argyrothamnia (Ditaxis) adenophora, n. sp. Herbaceum,
molliter puberulum ; foliis oblongo-linearibus basi trinervatis subdenti-
culatis, superioribus cum petiolis bracteis calyceque fcemineo saltern ad
margines glandulis claviformibus luteolis obsitis ; floribus monoieis ; pe-
talis oblongo-lanceolatis integris ealycem subsuperantibus, fl. masc. gla-
bris, fl. fcem. extus pilosulis; filamentis columnge 15 quorum 10 antheri-
feris ; ovario setoso; seminibus obovatis rugoso-foveolatis. — Sonora,
Mexico, Dr-E. Palmer.
Appendix: December, 1870.
CONKADINA, Nov. Gen. Labiatarum.
Calyx fere Calaminthce, 13-nervius, oblongo-campanulatus, subteres,
bilabiatus ; labio superiore lato subpatente tridentato ; inferiore erecto
bipartite, dentibus subulatis longioribus. Corolla exannulata, ad sum-
mum tubum angustum rectum calyci subrequilongum retrofiexa, pro-
funde bilabiata, ringens ; fauce brevi ampliata ; labio superiore sub-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 14, 1870. 295
incurvo retuso; inferiore patentissimo basi contracto trilobo, lobis
lateralibus rotundatis, medio latiore emarginato-subbilobo. Stamina 4,
inferioribus paullo longioribus didynama, sub labio superiore incurvo-
adscendens, fere parallela : anthera muticae, biloculares ; loculis sub-
parallelis connectivo transversim dilatato demum sejunctis basi fasci-
culo pilorum instructis. Stylus glaber, cruris subulatis sequalibus.
Nuculaa loeves, globosoe". — Suffrutex Rosmarini facie, ramosissimus,
tenuiter canescens, foliosissimus ; foliis angusto-linearibus margine revo-
lutis, in axillis nunc fasciculatis ; cymulis 2 - 7-floris laxis in axillis
subsessilibus ; corolla albo-purpurea extus pubescente; calyce fructi-
fero declinato, dentibus (rarius tubo) pilis patentissimis birsutis.
Conradina canescens. Calami ntha canescens, Torr. & Gray ex
Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 229, & Chapm. Fl. p. 318. — Dry sands
along the beach and in pine woods of Western Florida, from Appala-
chicola to Pensacola and Mobile : called " Wild Rosemary." — A well-
marked genus in habit and character, much better distinguished from
Calamintha than is Ifelissa, in foliage, inflorescence, &c, not unlike
Dicerandra. The essential character is in the corolla, which is widely
ringent, and abruptly bent backwards on its tube.
The genus is dedicated to the memory of Solomon W. Conrad, the
associate of Muhlenberg and the other Pennsylvanian botanists of the
last generation, the publisher of Muhlenberg's Catalogue and his
Descriptio Uberior Giaminum, &c, — himself a botanist of no mean
acquirements. Long ago the Gerardineous genus which now bears
the name of Macranthera, Torr., was dedicated to Mr. Conrad by Nut-
tall (in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 88) ; but the earlier-published Ges-
neriaeeous Conradia of Martius, in memory of Conrad Gesner, retains
this name. By means of a moderate change in the orthography, we
may arrange to connect the name of our American Conrad with this
striking plant of our own country.
POLIOMINTFIA, Nov. Gen. Labiatarum.
Calyx tubulosus, 13 - 15-nervius, striatus, aequalis, dentibus 5 a?qua-
libus, fauce annulato-villosa. Corolla tubo recto pi. m. exserto, intus
piloso-annulato ; limbo breviter bilabiato ; labio superiore erecto sub-
piano emarginato ; inferiore trifido patente, lobo medio emarginato-
bilobo. Stamina fertilia 2 (iuferiora), paralltle adscendentia, apice
nunc incurva, antheras loculis divaricatis : filamenta 2 superiora ste-
rilia brevissima. Styli cruri subinaaquales. Nuculae lseves. — Suffru-
296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
t'ces incani ; foliis integerrimis parvulis ; floribus in axillis paucis fas-
ciculatis vel solitariis ; corolla ut videtur rosea.
The name, composed of the Greek words for hoary-white, or gray
and Mint, is suggested by the silvery canescence. The typical species
has been described as a Hedeoma by Dr. Torrey, but with a natural
misgiving, on account of the habit, the perfectly regular and equally
toothed calyx, and the villosity in the throat of the corolla. This
forms, indeed, a definite and nearly if not wholly complete ring, which
is a character thought to be of some moment in Labiatse. • I am dis-
posed to join with it a species collected by the late Dr. Gregg in North-
ern Mexico, which has a much elongated corolla in the manner of Cula-
mintha coccinea, and which would technically belong to Keithia except
for the obvious rudiments of the upper pair of stamens, and the pilose
ring, which is here close to the ba>e of the tube of the corolla. Keithia
marifolia, Schauer, in Linnaea, 20, p. 705, from the same region,
may probably be added to this genus, at least if no. 1080 of Coulter's
Mexican collection is of that species: for in Coulter's plant the rudi-
ments of the upper pair of stamens (of which in Aschenborn's plant
there is said to be "nidhnn vestigium"} are conspicuous, and even
with vestiges of the abortive anther. But no trace of the pilose ring
is found.
Poliomintiia ixcana. Ramis gracilibus cum foliis linearibus
(imisve oblongis) planis obtusis pube brevissima creberrima canescenti-
bus ; verticillastris paucifloris ; pedicellis brevissimis ; calyce breviter
tubuloso 15-nervi villosissimo ; tubo corollas parum exserto, fauce am-
pliata intus piloso-annulata. Hedeoma incana Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound,
p. 130. — New Mexico, near El Paso, &c, Parry, "Wright, Bigelow,
Palmer. — Corolla only twice the length of the calyx.
Poliomintiia loxgiflora, n. sp. Pube molli laxiori ; foliis
ovalibus vel obovatis (cum petiolo brevi lin. 4—6 longis) supra viridu-
lis subtus cano-tomenlosis subvenosis ; pedunculis in axillis solitariis
brevibus unifloris bibracteolatis ; calyce elongato (subsemipollicari)
vix striato 13-nervi ; corolla tubulosa sursum sen-nm paulloque ampli-
ata longe exserta extus piloso-pubescente, labiis brevibus, annulo
prope basim ; staminibus styloque exserlis. — Nor.thern part of Mexico
(station unknown), Dr. Gregg, 1848-1849. — Corolla an inch and a
half Ion 2.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 13, 1870. 297
Six hundred and twenty-third Sleeting.
September 13, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs. New-
comb, Safford, H. J. Clark, and Merivale, acknowledging their
election by the Academy.
The President stated that when abroad he procured a com-
plete set of the Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical
Society ; after a delay of nearly a year, they had not yet come
to hand, but he still hoped to recover them. He also Called
attention to a copy of the Greek Dictionary of Professor Sopho-
cles, in which the author acknowledged his indebtedness to
the Academy in the following note : — " The greater part of
the Author's Glossary of Later and Byzantine Greek, forming
Vol. VII. (new series) of the memoirs of the American Acad-
emy, has been incorporated in the present book."
Professor Benjamin Peirce referred to the appropriation
recently made by Congress to observe the eclipse next Decem-
ber, and stated that the full number of observers had not yet
been obtained. As the English government has withdrawn
the vessel offered to the Royal Society, it becomes the more
necessary that great efforts should be made to render the
American expedition a success.
Mr. W. H. Dall referred to the expedition organized in 1865
to explore the route for the International Telegraph line be-
tween the mouth of the Amoor River and some point in the
United States territory.
To this expedition a scientific corps was attached, under the leader-
ship of the late lamented Robert Kennicott. The special problems to
be solved were those of the boundary of the water-shed of the extreme
northwest portion of the continent, and the distribution of animal life
in the same region. The result of these explorations showed that the
great Yukon River of the Hudson Bay territory was identical with the
Kivichpdk of the Russians, and debouched into Bering Sea, south of
Norton Sound ; that the Rocky Mountains, instead of being prolonged
in a nearly straight line northward to the Arctic Sea, were really bent
vol. viii. 38
298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
to the northwest about latitude 65°, and, trending with the coast,
formed, with another volcanic series of mountains, the backbone of the
Alaskan Peninsula and the Aleutian Islands. Instead of a confused
mixture of eastern, western, and Asiatic forms in the bird-fauna, it was
discovered that the latter was mostly composed of Eastern and Cana-
dian forms, which passed westward north of the mountain wall of the
Alaskan Range, and, throwing out the water-birds, contained very few
representatives of the West American avi-fauna ; fewer, indeed, in
number, than those of the Eastern type, which encroached on the west-
ern district south of the mountains along the coast.
The distribution of the marine animals presented some phenomena
of great interest not yet fully worked out or explained. The " line of
floating ice " in Bering Sea passes between St. Matthew and the Priby-
loff group of islands, and appears to form an invisible but very distinct
line of demarcation, north of which the fur-seal, cod, and marine in-
vertebrates, typical of the temperate west-coast fauna, do not pass ;
while the white bear, certain fish, and all the strictly arctic inverte-
brate marine forms, keep as constantly to the north as the others do to
the south side of the line.
The glimpses thus obtained of a marine fauna of wonderful richness,
and the great interest attaching to the deep-sea dredgings, inaugurated
by the U. S. Coast Survey, and since carried on by Carpenter and Wal-
lich, Jeffreys, Sars, MacAndrew, and others, have impressed me with
a desire to attempt a further exploration of the marine fauna of these
regions. They are of special interest, from the fact that the researches
of Carpenter, Adams, MacAndrew, and Forbes have shown an identity
of species common to our northwest coast, Japan, the JEgean Sea,
and, finally, the Red Sea ; and the phenomena revealed by the dredge
have a very important bearing not only on the distribution of animals,
but on geology and the serial succession of animal life in time.
I hardly feel justified at present in saying more than that I have
strong hopes that such explorations will not long be delayed, and that
they will probably be prosecuted in connection with a hydrographic
survey of the little-known coasts and islands of that portion of the con-
tinent ; a survey which will, if successful, bring forth results of inter-
est and value not only to the naturalist, but to the physicist, geologist,
and those engaged in purely commercial pursuits.
Remarks on this communication were made by the President
and Professor B. Peirce.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: OCTOBER 11, 1870. 299
Six hundred and twenty-fourth Meeting.
October 11, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The Corresponding Secretary in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from the Ameri-
can Oriental Society, thanking the Academy for the use of
their room.
Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited a contrivance for record-
ing the position of lines in the spectrum, especially adapted to
solar eclipses. A silver plate is attached to the telescope of a
spectroscope, and a graver to its stand. By a simple motion
the position of any line may be permanently recorded and
afterwards measured. The principal lines of the solar spec-
trum are first recorded, the plate is then moved slightly back-
wards, and a number of spectra may be drawn on the same
plate and compared with one another. Since the spider-lines
may be invisible on account of the darkness, a break is made
in the one which is vertical, and a spark from a Ruhmkorff coil
passed through it, thus giving a bright spot of light. He pro-
posed to apply this method of recording to determine the decli-
nation of a star in meridian instruments.
Mr. George W. Hill presented a paper on the determination
of the mass of Jupiter from its effect on the asteroids. Those
are selected whose time of revolution is nearly one half that
of Jupiter, and the perturbation thus produced is one of the
largest in the solar system.
Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the figure
of the continents of Mars, compared with those of the earth.
In both there is a tendency to point towards one pole, — those
of Mars to the north, of the Earth to the south.
Remarks on this subject were made by Professors Lovering,
Whitney, and Winlock.
Dr. E. H. Clark made a communication on hydrate of chlo-
ral, supplementary to one made by him three months or more
ago. He stated that physiological experiments on man and the
lower animals with this substance had shown it to possess a
300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
peculiar power over the living economy, and that chemical ob-
servation had confirmed the results of physiological experi-
ment. The hydrate of chloral had already assumed a definite
position in therapeutics. As a hypnotic it had been shown to
be an agent sui generis. The sleep it produced resembled
natural sleep very closely, and was unlike the sleep produced
by opium, Indian hemp, alcohol, hyoscyamus, or any other
known agent of the materia medica. Dr. Clark concluded his
communication by some observations on the absorption and
elimination of hydrate of chloral, and on its modus operandi
while in the system.
Dr. Charles Pickering referred to Professor Sophocles's
lexicon as a most valuable addition to the' works of American
scientists.
Dr. T. S. Hunt made some remarks on the Siemen's process
of making cast steel, and called attention to the beautiful ex-
ample it presents of the dissociation of gases.
Six hundred and twenty-fifth Meeting.
November 9, 1870. — Stated Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President stated that it would be necessary for the soci-
ety to elect a secretary to serve during the absence of Professor
E. C. Pickering.
It was voted that Professor N. S. Shaler act as secretary ad
interim.
The committee appointed to consider the disposition of the
income from the Rumford Fund presented the following re-
port, which was accepted.
The undersigned respectfully report on the questions referred to
them : —
That the Rumford Fund was founded for the purpose of enlarging
and diffusing knowledge concerning heat and light.
The decree of the S. J. Court respects this purpose perfectly ; and
only provides new methods for carrying it into effect.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: NOVEMBER 9, 1870. 301
The Academy may publish Rumford's works, and Professor Lover-
ing's paper on the Aurora, and such other works or papers as may
reasonably be considered promotive of the purpose of the fund.
They may give or exchange these publications in any way they think
subservient to the same purpose.
They may sell the books. But in selling them they treat them as
merchandise ; and as merchandise they were paid for by the Rumford
Fund and belong to that fund. And the money received for them
should be credited to that fund.
A profit or advantage to the Academy seems not to have been in the
mind of Rumford in creating the trust, nor in the intention of the
Academy in accepting it ; nor in the contemplation of the court in
making their decree. It may be that the Academy would be permitted
to charge the common commission for the care of property held in
trust ; but, beyond this, we think any profits arising from any employ-
ment or disposition of the fund, belong, not to the Academy, but to the
fund. #
[Signed] THEOPHILUS PARSONS.
NATHANIEL HOLMES.
November 3, 1870.
It was voted that the members of the Rumford Committee,
together with the President, the Vice-President, and Secretaries
of the society, act as a committee to determine the method to
be adopted for the distribution of the Academy's edition of the
works of Count Rumford, with power to act, and to report at the
next stated meeting.
The Vice-President stated that it was very desirable that
there should be a precise record made of the amount received
from the sale of the works of Count Rumford, in view of the
doubt concerning the disposition of the profits arising from
such sale.
It was voted that the cost of publishing the memoir of Pro-
fessor Lovering on the Periodicity of the Aurora be paid from
the Rumford Fund, subject to the action of the Rumford Com-
mittee.
The committee appointed to consider the question of the
amendment to the constitution concerning the annual assess-
ment, reported in favor of the amendment.
302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
It was voted that the amendment be enacted.
The following gentlemen were elected members of the
Academy : —
G. Kirchhoff, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Member
in Class I., Section 3, in place of the late Thomas Graham.
Kaulbach, of Munich, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in
Class III., Section 4, in place of the late Overbeck.
Henry Carey Lea, of Philadelphia, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class III., Section 3.
Professor E. J. Cutler, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fel-
low in Class III., Section 2.
Professor E. J. Young, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fel-
low in Class III., Section 2.
Professor C. C. Langdell, of Cambridge, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class III., Section 1.
Six hundred and twenty-sixth. Meeting.
December 13, 1870. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
Professor J. D. Whitney read the first part of a communica-
tion on the fossil remains of man found in California.
Professor N. S. Shaler called attention to the fact that the
circumstances connected with the occurrence of these remains
beneath Table' Mountain resembled, in a striking way, those of
similar remains found near Le Puy in Haute-Loire, France.
Professor J. D. Whitney called attention to the discovery, by
Mr. Clarence King, of glaciers in the northern slope of Mt.
Shasta.
Mr. E. N. Horsford gave an account of the system of hy-
draulic mining in California.
Six hundred and twenty-seventh Meeting.
January 9, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President read a letter from Professor Kirchhoff, of
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 9. 187-1. 803
Berlin, acknowledging his election as Foreign Honorary
Member.
The President announced the death of Professor E. J.
Cutler, Resident Fellow of the Academy.
Professor J. D. Whitney continued the reading of his papei
on the remains of pre-historic man in California, left unfin-
ished at the last meeting.
The following communication on the Tides, by Lieutenant
Roumiantzoff, was read.
In the note "sur la theorie des marges" (Comptes Reyidus, May 16,
1870) I defined the phenomena of tidal vibrations. The view I take
on the subject is simply a development of the general idea expressed
by Laplace in his Mecanique Celeste. Laplace in fact established
that : —
a. The phenomena of tides consist in the movements of fluid ;
b. The infinitely small motion of particles of water is possible only
on the surface of their level ;
c. The fluctuation of level on the coast is secondary in respect of
oceanic motion.
At this time the physical description of the phenomena was very in-
sufficient, and the local circumstances on which the tides depended were
unknown ; consequently Laplace could not follow out the true prin-
ciples of his theory, and arrived in his final results at an assumption of
a certain proportionality between the phenomena of tides and the dis-
turbing forces. ( Vide Laplace, Mecanique Celeste, Tome V. Chapitre
XIII.)
At the present time many of the peculiarities of the tides have been
s-hown by observers, and the principles which were wanting have been
mentioned in the remarkable works on "Tides" by the Astronomer-
Royal, Mr. Airy, Dr. Whewell, and others. These investigations have
caused the fundamental idea in Laplace's theory to be lost sight of;
so that until the present time the phenomena of tidal motion have been
examined as the disturbance of the form of waters in the ocean under
the influence of attracting bodies. At sea-stations we observe not the
form of the free surface of waters surrounding the solid globe, but the
result of the small horizontal vibrations of the particles of the ocean
waters ; and thus the investigation of the equations of the surfaces of
the ocean level does not include the theory of tides. Such an explana-
304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
tion is in visible contradiction with the remarkable theory of " waves,"
by Mr. Airy, the works of Whewell, and others ; but I will immediately
show that it would be highly important to apply the solutions given in
these works to the explanation given in my former notice. There I
particularly endeavored to explain the origin of tidal currents of great
rate, and then I said, in short, that we should have to investigate the
propagation of tidal currents in bays. Mr. Whewell, in his numerous
works, having acquainted us with the geography of the phenomena,
and shown many details, as well as many empirical laws of the tides,
avails himself also of the idea of " cotidal lines " in explaining the pecu-
liarities of the tides. As is well known, the cotidal lines are curves
drawn through the points of simultaneous high waters ; their position
on the map is associated with the idea of the propagation of tidal mo-
tion. The phenomena of tides in the ocean being fully determined by
the theory, it is evidently impossible to draw the cotidal lines across
the ocean, in the same way as the question is impossible, — "Whether
high or low water will occur at the transit of an attracting body."
It would be highly important to make use of the theory of cotidal lines
to explain the propagation of tidal currents, in which case the cotidal
lines will be the direct expression of the physical law. The cotidal
lines connecting the points, at which the greatest velocity of tidal cur-
rents is being simultaneously observed, are necessary for the study of
tidal phenomena in large bays (as e. g. White Sea and German Ocean).
Notwithstanding this, the explanation of the phenomena is still very
difficult when they occur in rivers, and where the tide rises gradually ;
whereas the superficial currents are very irregular and slack. In these
cases, starting from the theory developed by Mr. Airy in his work
" Tides and Waves," we arrive at the laws of the phenomena. If, in
fact, the pressure of the ocean in its progress meets with great resist-
ance in the system of waters in a quiescent state, or running in the
opposite direction, then the propagation of this pressure will be observed
as taking place in the form of waves (positive).
The general description of the phenomena of tides was given by me
in the more simple case when the bay is immediately connected with
the ocean. The observations of tidal currents made by many eminent
American, English, and French observers, and also the full investiga-
tion of tidal currents in the White Sea by the Russian hydrographer,
Risnecke, have been taken by me as authorities. From the foregoing
remarks we can infer how complicated the phenomena will be in many
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JANUARY 9, 1871. 305
cases ; in each instance of this kind a separate physical description
will be indispensable, as the local circumstances are sometimes very
different. Tbe most simple case for the investigation of the laws of
tidal currents is afforded by observations made on shoals at a great dis-
tance from the coast. Thus observations on the shoals of the German
oceans, of the Sooloo Sea, and others, do not show the existence of any
noticeable rise of level. Let us suppose a shoal in the middle of the
ocean, the depth of the ocean to be 20,000 feet, and 20 feet on the
shoal, then the velocity of waters on the shoal could not exceed the
rate of the ocean motion more than one thousand times. In any case,
the velocity of the current on this shoal will not be great, as the ocean
motion is too slow ; besides, the velocity of tidal currents increases
gradually from nothing, and if the shoal is of small superficial dimen-
sions, then the resistance to the progress of tidal motion will be insig-
nificant, and observations will not show any rise of level. I will here
add an explanation why tides are not strong at the islands of the open
ocean, but attain great dimensions in bays and narrows along the coast
of the continent. In the former case, the lesser mass of the ocean
waters helps to communicate a progressive motion to the particles of
water ; whereas, in the latter case, all the mass of the ocean presses on
the coast of the continent, and the running waters being reflected from
the promontories and straight shore convey their vis viva to the waters
of the bays and narrows which indent the shore of the continent.
I subjoin the following remarks to the conclusions made by me in
the first note : —
1. The Astronomer- Royal, Mr. Airy, in his works on the tides, more
than once points to the inadequacy of all the theories of the tides (see
e. g. Airy, "Tides and Waves," Section II., No. 14) ; thus in the first
conclusion I explain the results given by Mr. Airy.
2. The time and the magnitude of the greatest velocity of tidal
currents are opposed by me to the generally admitted rule of investi-
gating the laws of times and heights of high water. According to the
theory of tidal motion, the velocity of the current may be given by the
function of the disturbing forces, whereas the rise of level will be a
very complex function of currents, which only can be expressed by an
empirical formula, because many of the local circumstances cannot be
analytically stated.
3. The law of the revolving direction of tidal currents (from E.
round by N. in north lat. and from E. round by S. in south lat.) is
VOL. VIII. 39
306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
confirmed by all observations made in points open to the ocean. In
contracted estuaries and along the shore the currents follow the shore
line. In some points of a complicated and large bay a change in the
reverse direction is sometimes observed, as these points are reached
by the currents after many reflections from the shore.
4. The relation of the rise of the tide to the velocity of the flow
solely depends upon local circumstances. If the shore extends perpen-
dicularly to the direction of the flow at its greatest rate, then high water
occurs soon after the time of maximum of velocity. In bays stretching
considerably inland, when the velocity is small and the rise depends
on the mass of water remaining in, the time of high water occurs con-
siderably later than the time of greatest velocity of the current from
the ocean. This delay becomes an essential element in the theory of
tides, for it determines the time and height of high water, and upon it
depends the retard of the spring and neap tides after the days of
syzygy and quadrature.
5. The first part of the establishment is drawn from the theory ; the
second, with the magnitude of the greatest velocity of flow, determines
the influence of local circumstances.
6. The absence of full uniformity in the mean level immediately
proves that the height of the lunisolar tides is not equal to the alge-
braical addition of the lunar and solar tides (one of the evident infer-
ences of theory of tidal motion). In fact, Mr. Airy deduced from the
observations " that the mean level is higher in the large tides than in
the small ones." (" Tides and Waves," p. 374 " The mean
level at Sheerness is higher in spring tide than in the neap tide
by seven inches nearly." .... And I inferred from this that the
lunisolar tide is greater than the addition of solar and lunar tides at
Sheerness by about fourteen inches.) This inequality might be con-
siderable ; but the various resistances to tidal motion on the coast re-
duce the large tides far more than the small tides. Proceeding from
the observations made in Ireland, Mr. Airy alluded to the difference
of the mean height of the sea round the island. The definition of the
normal level on the coast is immediately deduced from my explanation
of the phenomena of tides. In some points of a complicated large
bay, the level of low water at spring tide may be higher than the ocean
level (in case of a constant movement of the waters) ; but the level
in the bay during a quiescent state of waters (as observed at low water)
will never fall lower than the ocean level. The small motion of the
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: JANUARY 25, 1871. 307
particles of the ocean waters from the shore will be followed by a
similarly small fluctuation of the level along the coast.
The observations of the rise of the tide give us the result of the
effect of all the causes without the possibility of distinguishing the
power of each of them separately. In fact, the elevation of the level
corresponds to each periodical current from the ocean; thus, to explain
some inequalities of the heights of tides, we must consider the causes
from which the periodical currents may proceed. For instance, the
diurnal inequality of heights is observed in all morning and evening
tides, which undergoes a periodical change according to the season of
the year. But, on the other hand, the difference between the heating
of the waters by the sun along the shore (where the diurnal amplitudes
in the temperature are very considerable) and in the ocean will cause
the periodical currents. Certain other inequalities in the heights of
tides will also proceed from the periodical and accidental variations in
the direction and rate of the constant local currents. The power of
the wind to drive the waters into the bays increases the height of the
level. The anomalies in the phenomena of tides are explained by the
interferences of the currents, and by the streams caused by the differ-
ence of the level in the nearest points.
Six hundred and twenty-eighth Meeting.
January 25, 1871. — Stated Meeting.
The President in the chair.
There being no quorum for the transaction of business, the
matters which should have been acted upon at this meeting-
were postponed.
The President announced the death of Professor William
Chauvenet, Associate Fellow of the Academy.
Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the Geol-
ogy of the region about Richmond, Ya. He claimed that the
sienite ridge which occurs at that point was of later elevation
than the rest of the Appalachian Ridge, which it clearly resem-
bled in many important regards ; furthermore, that the salient
angle of Cape Hatteras was caused by the elevation of this
ridge. Mr. Shaler also claimed that the Cincinnati axis of
308 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
elevation was the first of the Appalachian system, having been
elevated during the Lower Silurian epoch.
Voted to adjourn this meeting to the second Tuesday in
February.
Six hundred and twenty-ninth Meeting.
February 14, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.
The Academy met at the house of Dr. H. W. Williams.
The President in the chair.
The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the Acad-
emy : —
Charles Francis Adams, Jr., of Boston, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class III., Section 3.
Professor C. C. Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident
Fellow in Class III., Section 1.
William Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 2.
Henry W. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 1.
John G. Whittier, of Amesbury, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.
Ferdinand Bocher, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 4.
George J. Brush, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class II., Section 1.
Stephen T. Olney, of Providence, to be an Associate Fellow
in Class II., Section 2.
Jeremiah Smith, of Dover, N. H., to be an Associate Fellow
in Class III., Section 1.
In accordance with the recommendation of the Rumford
Committee, it was voted : —
That the cost of printing the memoir of Professor Joseph
Lovering, on the Periodicity of the Aurora Borealis, be assessed
on the income of the Rumford Fund.
Also, that one hundred copies of the quarto edition of the
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: FEBRUARY 14, 1871. 309
Life of Rumford be presented to Dr. George E. Ellis, together
with a complete set of the Essays (as edited by the Committee),
with the thanks of the Academy.
It was voted that the Finance Committee be requested to
prepare a statement of the current expenses and receipts of the
Academy.
It was voted that the meeting adjourn, at its close, to the
second Tuesday in March.
Professor Pickering made a communication on a new form
of solar eyepiece, by which the light may be reduced to any
desired extent.
In the common diagonal eyepiece all the light is reflected into the
eye by the inclined surface of the prism. A second prism is connected
to the first by some substance whose index of refraction is very nearly
equal to that of the glass. In consequence, an exceedingly small pro-
portion of the light is reflected, the greater part passing directly through,
out of the telescope. Again, since the angle of incidence equals 45°,
the reflected ray is almost totally polarized, and its intensity may be
varied at will by a Nicol's prism. Colored glasses are thus avoided,
and with them the danger of heating and cracking the lenses of the
eyepiece, as almost all the heat and light passes out of the tube. If
desired, it may be received on a second eyepiece or spectroscope, so
that during an eclipse or transit, for instance, two observers may use
the same telescope. A curious coloration of the images is sometimes
produced, probably due to the unequal dispersion of the glass and
cement. Apart from its practical application, this device has a scien-
tific interest as affording a means of producing a plane reflecting sur-
face whose index of refraction is very nearly unity.
Professor J. D. Whitney read several affidavits of the dis-
covery of pre-historic man in Colorado.
Professor N. S. Shaler made a communication on the forma-
tion of continents. He compared the circular development in
the Moon with the linear development in the Earth and Mars. •
Professor J. D. "Whitney read letters from Baron Richtofcn
on the geology of China and Japan. He also exhibited a new
method of illustrating books.
310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Remarks on this communication were made by the Presi-
dent, Mr. T. T. Bouve, and Professor N. S. Shaler.
Dr. H. W. Williams showed a new test for astigmatism.
Six hundred and thirtieth. Meeting.
March 24, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President presented the report of the Committee on
Finance.
The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs.
Olney, Whittier, Brush, and Kaulbach, accepting membership
of the Academy.
It was voted to appropriate the additional sum of $ 500, to
be expended by the Committee of Publication.
It was voted that the annual assessment be raised from five
dollars to eight dollars.
Professor B. Peirce made a communication on the recent
eclipse, in which he called attention to the indebtedness of the
English observers to the plans of the Americans, and their
omission of a suitable acknowledgment. His own observations
were conducted in Sicily, where he divided his party into five
sections, of which two had clear weather. All the observations
tended to show the solar nature of the corona.
Remarks on this communication were made by Professor E.
C. Pickering.
Six hundred and thirty-first Meeting.
April 11, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Professor
Ferdinand Bocher acknowledging his election into the Acad-
emy.
Professor J. P. Cooke presented a report of the Rumford
Committee on the cost of publication of the Life and Works of
Count Rumford.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APHIL 11, 1871. 311
Remarks on this report were made by the President, Messrs.
Quincy, Lovering, Lyman, J. C. Gray, J. I. Bowditch, and
Shaler.
A motion to suspend the publication of the second volume of
Count Rumford's Works was laid on the table, and the report
was referred back to the Rumford Committee.
Professor Joseph Winlock exhibited some pictures of the
eclipse of 1870, and pointed out the resemblance between the
photographs of 1869 and of 1870. He also stated that in his
recording spectroscope it is not essential that the registering
point should be attached to the telescope, but to the part which
is moved for pointing on the lines of the spectrum. In Pro-
fessor Young's spectroscope, in which the prisms move, the
registering apparatus is attached to thena.
Professor F. H. Storer presented the following paper on the
amount of carbonic acid in the air, by Mr. A. H. Pearson.
The following paper contains an account of a large number of ex-
aminations of the air of various places for carbonic acid, made in the
chemical laboratory of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
during the spring of 1870, for the State Board of Health of Massa-
chusetts.
They were made chiefly for the purpose of obtaining a general idea
of the amounts of carbonic acid in the air of school-houses and other
public buildings ; but there are also among them quite a number of
estimations of carbonic acid in the open air which may be of interest
when compared with similar examinations made in other places.*
In these experiments the carbonic acid was determined by Petten-
kofer's method. This method consists in exposing a certain quantity
of standard baryta water to the action of a known volume of air, and
thus removing the carbonic acid as carbonate of barium.
When the baryta water has been exposed to the air for a sufficient
length of time, the baryta remaining in solution is estimated with a«
standard solution of oxalic acid.
The difference between the amounts of oxalic acid required to neu-
* See Dr. R. Angus Smith, in the Scottish Meteorological Journal, January,
1870 ; also the Second Annual Report of the Massachusetts State Board of Health,
January, 1871.
312 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
tralize a certain quantity of baryta water, before and after the action
of the air, represents the carbonate of barium formed, and from this
quantity the carbonic acid present in the air is estimated.
The baryta water used in this process was prepared by dissolving 7
grms. of hydrate of baryta in one litre of water. The precise strength
of this solution, as determined in the manner described below, was such
that 1 c. c. of the solution corresponded to 1,087 mgrm. of C02. This
solution was kept in a glass bottle, to the rubber stopper of which was
fitted a tube containing soda-lime, and another tube just large enough
to allow the passage of a pipette for drawing the baryta water.
In order to guard against the action of carbonic acid on the baryta
water contained in the pipette from the mouth of the person using it, a
tube filled with caustic potash was attached to its larger end. The
soda-lime apparatus, noticed above, acted in the same capacity as the
potash tube toward the carbonic acid in the air of the room.
The solution of oxalic acid was prepared as follows : — A saturated
solution of pure oxalic acid in water was made and allowed to crystal-
lize. These crystals were dried between folds of blotting-paper, and
for one half-hour over concentrated sulphuric acid. 2.8636 grms.
were then weighed out, dissolved in water, and the solution diluted to
one litre. 1 c. c. of this solution corresponds to 1 mgrm. of C02.
The strength of the baryta water was determined as follows : —
25 c. c. of the baryta solution were transferred to a small flask, and
the oxalic-acid solution run in from a Mohr's burette, until a drop of
the mixture failed to give the alkaline reaction (a brown ring on deli-
cate turmeric paper).
Repeated trials showed that 23 c. c. of the oxalic-acid solution were
required to exactly neutralize 25 c. c. of the baryta water.
Three large glass bottles, with tightly fitting glass stoppers, were
used for holding the air, in which the carbonic acid was to be deter-
mined. The capacity of each was obtained by filling with water and
then measuring the same, by means of a flask holding 1,000 c. c. and
a cylinder, graduated to single c. c. In this manner the capacity of
bottle No. 1. reduced to 0° C, and 760 m. m. bar. press, was found to
be 5824.10 c. c, that of No. 2, 6166,11 c. c, and of No. 3, 6240.57 c. c,
an allowance of 50 c. c. being made in the calculation for the baryta
water used in the process. Previous to each experiment the bottles
were thoroughly cleansed and then dried by passing a current of heated
air through them.
OP ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 11, 1871. olo
The details of a complete analysis are as follows : — Having filled
the perfectly dry bottle, by means of a pair of bellows, with the air to
be analyzed, 50 c. c. of the baryta water are added, and the interior
surface of the bottle kept moistened by turning the same for about half
an hour.
At the end of this time the baryta water is poured into a cylinder,
the latter tightly corked, and the carbonate of barium allowed to de-
posit, requiring about fifteen minutes. 25 c. c. of the nearly clear
liquid are now transferred to a small flask, and the oxalic acid solution
run in from a burette, until a single drop of the mixture fails to give
the alkaline reaction on turmeric paper. Taking, for example, the
first experiment made on the outer air, it was found that 20.4 c. c. of
the oxalic acid solution were required to neutralize 25 c. c. of the
baryta water after the action of the air.
The difference between 20.4 c. c. and 23 c. c, the amount required
to neutralize 25 c. c. of baryta water before the action of the air, being
multiplied by 2, — for 50 c. c. of baryta water were used in the ex-
periment, — we obtain 5.2 c. c, each c. c. of which is equivalent to
nearly one mgrm. of carbonic acid, in accordance with the proportion :
at.wt. at.wt. wt. of 0 in
O CO, 1 c. c. of sol. wt. of C02.
63 : 22 — .0028636 : .0009998
Multiplying this weight of carbonic acid by 5.2 c. c. and reducing the
product to volumes in terms of c. c. at the normal temperature and
pressure, we obtain 2.637 c. c. of carbonic acid in the volume of air
analyzed. Bottle No. 1 having been used, after reducing its volume
to the normal temp, and press., we obtain the percentage of carbonic
acid by a simple proportion, thus : —
5783.26 : 2.637 = 100 : .04560%.
In order to ascertain if the oxalic acid used in these experiments
could be depended on for purity, the strength of the baryta water was
tested with different solutions of the acid, prepared from crystals which
were obtained under various conditions.
I. A solution of oxalic acid in hot water was made and allowed to
crystallize. These crystals were dried between sheets of blotting-paper,
2.8636 grms. weighed out, dissolved in water, and the solution made
up to a litre. 25 c. c. of the baryta water required 23 c. c. of this
solution.
VOL. VIII. 40
314
PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
II. A saturated solution of oxalic acid in water was made as above ;
the crystals obtained were dried between sheets of paper, and a portion
of them allowed to remain for one half an hour over sulphuric acid,
and another portion for one hour. Solutions were made of these crys-
tals of the same strength as above, and 25 c. c. of baryta water tested
with the same results as before.
III. A saturated solution of oxalic acid in hot water was allowed to
stand until nearly cold. The crystals thus obtained were rejected and
the mother-liquor allowed to stand until another crop of crystals had
deposited. These crystals were dried between sheets of paper and for
one half an hour over sulphuric acid, a solution made of them, and the
baryta water tested in the usual manner with a like result.
IV. A saturated solution of oxalic acid in cold water was allowed
to remain over sulphuric acid, under a bell-glass, until a quantity of
crystals was deposited. These were rejected and the mother-liquor
returned to the bell-glass, and a second crop of crystals obtained, which
were dried, pulverized, and a solution made of them. The baryta
water was tested with this solution, the result obtained being the same
as above.
The conclusion drawn from the above experiments was, that the ox-
alic acid employed in the regular analyses did not differ from that used in
these experiments, where the conditions under which the solutions were
obtained would not admit the presence of impurities in the oxalic acid.
The results of these examinations of the air for carbonic acid are as
follows : —
I. — Outer air in Boston.
Locality.
Per cent,
of Carbon-
ic Acid by
Volume.
Date.
1870.
Time.
Temper-
ature.
Centi-
grade.
Barom-
eter.
Inches.
Remarks.
r
.04560
Mar. 17
11.00 a.m.
"Deg.
— 3.5
29.330
Cloudy, wind N.W.
.03194
Apr. 1
8.45 "
9
30.372
Clear, wind N. E.
.03894
" 1
8.45 "
9
30.372
11 u
.03988
" 8
9.40 "
13
30.134
a u
Newbury Street, near
Institute of Technol- •
.04449
.04218
.03798
" 8
" 8
" 13
9.40 "
9.40 "
11.00 "
13
13
14
30.134
30.134
30.000
ii ii
it u
Clear, wind N.
°gy>
.04435
" 13
11.00 "
14
30.000
u ii
.04230
" 14
2.35 p. m.
25
3(i.ol6
Clear, wind S W.
.04292
" 14
2.35 "
25
30.016
ii u
.04999
" 28
2.20 "
28
29.872
Cloudy, windS. W.
.04903
" 28
2.20 "
28
29.872
u it
Park St. near Tremont,
.04493
May 3
8.30 "
14
29.936
Clear, wind N.
Newbury Street, j
.03394
" 12
2.45 "
22
29.852
( After storm ; light
( clouds, windS. W.
.03561
" *12
2.45 "
22
29.852
f
.02905
" 17
10.45 a. m.
14
30.170
Cloudy, wind N. E.
Public Garden, -j
.03563
.02969
" 18"
" 19
4.05 p. m.
10.50 A. M.
22
25
30.336
30.244
Clear, wind S. W.
1
.02586
" 30
3.40 p. m.
20
30.264
Clear, wind S. E.
Cupola of State House,
.03139
" 18
3.15 "
20.5
30.336
Clear, wind S. W.
Clarendon Place, near 1
Berkeley Street, j
.03371
" 19
1.30 " "
28
30.212
it it
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: APRIL 11, 1871.
315
II. — Rooms at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Locality.
Percent,
of Carbon-
ic Acid by
Volume.
Date.
1870.
Time.
Taettu?eer"Barom-
2S* Ache's.
grade.
Remarks.
Small" weighing room/' (
Laboratory Inst. Tech., |
Drawing-room of
second year's class, i
Institute Technology,
1 Room 11 after recitation, (
Institute Technology, |
.13205
.13041
.08836
.08416
.05693
.05551
.09762
.08929
Mar. 15
" 15
" 16
" 16
" 16
" 16
" 17
" 17
3.00 p. m.
3.00 "
9.40 a. m.
9.40 "
5.00 P. M.
5.00 "
1.15 "
1.15 "
Deg.
22 30.190
22 30.190
14 29.760
14 29.760
15 29.760
15 > 29.760
21 i 29.330
21 ! 29.330
Wind N. E.
it tt
tt a
tt it
III. — Air of School-Rooms in Boston.
Locality.
Grammar Schools.
Myrtle Street, j
Dartmouth
Hawkins "
Tremont "
Waltham "
Common "
West Springfield "
Blossom "
North Bennet "
Richmond ' '
Anderson "
Northampton "
Tyler "
South "
Primary Schools.
Appleton Street,
Hanover (Station House),
110 Merrimack Street,
Poplar "
North Bennet "
Richmond "
Phillips "
West Concord "
Tyler
Newbern Place,
Warrenton Street,
Suffolk "
Cooper
Thacher "
Sheafe "
Snelling Place,
Genesee Street,
Way
Groton
Rutland
Hudson
Common
East
Chardon
Blossom
Percent.
ofCarbon-
Date.
ic Acid bv
1870.
Volume.
.13431
Mar. 24
.13659
" 24
.12912
" 25
.09748
" 29
.14335
" 29
.12111
" 29
.17686
" 30
.10164
" 31
.19037
April 5
.17887
" 6
.17781
" 11
.08570
" 12
.18622
" 18
.12586
" 18
.17598
May 10
.11092
Mar. 25
.14296
" 28
.18187
" 28 I
.11173
April 5
.16824
" 6
.08101
" 11
.08971
" 12
.13999
" 18
.11015
" 18
.15541
" 19
.14575
" 19
.10618
" 19
.19927
" 21
.17292
" 21
.18692
" 21
.16056
" 21
.16082
" 22
.12284
" 22
.14507
" 25
.11663
" 25
.13024
May 9
.07732
" 9
.16988
" 10
.09934
" 11
.12708
" 11
Time.
10.25 a. m.
10.30 "
10.30 "
10.20 "
3.00 p.m.
3.30 "
10.05 A. M.
10.25 "
10.30 "
10.15 "
10.10 "
10.10 "
10.10 "
3.as p. m.
10.15 A. M.
3 15 p. M.
10.30 A. M.
11.15 "
11.15 "
10.25 "
10.20 "
10.20 "
10.25 "
3.50 p. M.
11.35 A. M.
11.50 "
3.35 p. m.
9.55 a. m.
10.10 "
3.40 p. m
3.55 "
9.50 a. m.
10.15 "
11.20 "
11.45 "
3.40 P. M
3.55 "
10.05 A. M
10.15 "
10.50 "
Temper-
ature.
Centi-
grade.
Deg.
23
23
18
21
23
18
18
21
22
18
20
23
22
20
23
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
21.5
19
23
22
22.5
22
23
22.5
19
23
23
20
22
18
18
22.5
22.5
21
Barom-
eter.
Inches.
Remarks.
30.200
30 200
30.430
2!*.linH
29.950
29.950
30.260
31.1.396
29.900
29.920
30.196
29.648
29.982
29.850
30.114
30.460
29.556
29.556
29.900
29.920
30.196
29.648
29.982
29.850
29.796
29.796
29.750
29.888
29.888
29.856
29 856
30.050
30.050
30.092
30.092
29.856
29.856
30.114
30.034
30.034
316
PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
IV. — Air of Halls, etc., in Boston.
Locality.
Percent,
of Carbon-
ic Acid by
Volume.
Date.
1870.
Time.
Teniper-
ature.
Centi-
grade.
Barom-
eter.
Inches.
Remarks.
Deg.
Music Hall , Tremont St. ,
.14045
May 4
4.05 P. m.
25
29.576
Low tenement house, \
known as the " Crystal )
.09530
" 17
2.30 ■"
23
30.242
Palace," Lincoln St., )
*
Open air in rear of above,
.03976
" 17
2.50 "
15
30.242
Hall ofY. M.C. U.,300
Washington Street, • )
.15239
Apr. 27
9.05 "
26
30.060
Municipal Court Room, 1
Court Street, j
.12047
" 23
1.30 ."
23
29.784
Office of Secretary oft
State, State House, J
.08914
Mar. 22
2.45 "
24
29.892
Printing office, 79 Milk St. ,
.10183
Apr. 4
3.30 "
20
29.724
Globe Theatre,
.14438
" 11
9.00 "
23
29.952
St. Paul's Church,
.05929
" 15
11.00 A. M.
21
30.292
Public Library, waiting- \
.13666
.13747
Mar. 19
" 19
2.30 p. m.
3.45 "
20
21.5
30.150
:;u.i.-.(i
room , J
.19352
Apr. 20
7.50 "
23
29.784
Six hundred and thirty-second Meeting.
May 9, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The following Annual Report of the Council was read by the
Corresponding Secretary.
Since the last report of the Council the following gentlemen have
been elected members of the Academy: —
Charles C. Perkins, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 4.
Nathaniel Holmes, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 1.
Raphael Pumpelly, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.
George Derby, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class II.,
Section 3.
E. J. Cutler, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 2.
E. J. Young, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 2.
C. C. Langdell, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 1.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 9, 1871. 317
William Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 2.
Henry W. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 1.
Charles Francis Adams, Jr., of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class III., Section 3.
Ferdinand Bocher, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 4.
J. G. Whittier, of Amesbury, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 4.
C. C. Everett, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class III.,
Section 1.
Simon Newcomb, of Washington, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
I., Section 1.
Truman H. Safford, of Chicago, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
I., Section 1.
Henry J. Clark, of Lexington, Ky., to be an Associate Fellow in
Class II., Section 3.
Henry Carey Lea, of Philadelphia, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class III., Section 3.
George J. Brush, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fellow in Class
II., Section 1.
Stephen T. Olney, of Providence, to be an Associate Fellow in
Class II., Section 2.
Jeremiah Smith, of Dover, N. H., to be an Associate Fellow in
Class III., Section 1.
Alexander Braum, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Member
in Class II., Section 2.
Charles Merivale, of Oxford, to be a Foreign Honorary Member
in Class III., Section 3.
G. KirchhofF, of Berlin, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class
I., Section 3.
Kaulbach, of Munich, to be a Foreign Honorary Member in Class
III., Section 4.
Since the last Annual Meeting the Academy have lost, by death,
two Resident Fellows and two Associate Fellows.
Elbridge Jefferson Cutler, the son of Elihu and Rebecca T.
Cutler, was born at Holliston, Massachusetts, December 28, 1831. He
was prepared for college at Westborough, under the tuition of Rev.
318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
T. D. P. Stone, and entered Harvard College in 1849. In college he
maintained a high standing, and at the close of his senior year was the
class-poet. After graduating, he was engaged as a teacher in various
places for ahout five years, for two of which he taught a private school
in his native town. In 1858 and 1859, he was one of the editors of
" The Century," a weekly literary journal published in New York.
On quitting this employment he sailed for Europe, and spent a year in
foreign travel and the study of the continental languages and litera-
ture. In 1861, he aided in the enlistment of a company for the na-
tional service in the great rebellion, engaging in the work with intense
zeal, and expending in it almost all that he possessed ; but was pre-
vented from active duty by an injury occasioned by lifting a heavy
weight in aid of a passing traveller, whose wagon was overturned near
his mother's house. The spinal lesion from which he then suffered
acutely made him an invalid for the rest of his life. At the Com-
mencement of 1861, he read before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of Har-
vard College a patriotic poem, which won for him a very high reputation.
From 1862 to 1864 he was a teacher in Worcester. He then spent
another year in Europe. On his return, in 1865, he was chosen As-
sistant Professor of Modern Languages at Harvard College, and was
appointed to a full and permanent professorship in 1870. Shortly be-
fore this last appointment he was prostrated by a new attack of spinal
disease, in which he lingered for many weeks, not without hopeful
symptoms of convalescence, till his life was closed by a sudden illness
of an erysipelatous type, on the 27th of December, 1870, only a few
weeks after his election as Fellow of the Academy.
Professor Cutler was endowed with native ability of a high order,
and at the same time was, through life, a systematically industrious
student and worker. While a good classical scholar, he was especially
versed in the French and German languages and literature, and was,
at the same time, familiar with the best writers in his own tongue. In-
deed, few men of his years have united to a greater degree than he
did special and general scholarship ; so that, while a master in his own
department, he was no sciolist in any branch of liberal culture.
As a writer, he was characterized by clear thought, pure, chaste, and
transparent diction, and singleness and earnestness of purpose. The
little that he wrote leaves only room for regret that it should have been
so little. His poetry manifested a fertile fancy and no mean creative
power, joined with great rhythmical euphony ; and when he recited
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : MAY 9, 1871. 319
his own verse, he gave it an intense charm by the sweetness of his
tones and the unaffected fervor of his utterance.
His preferred work, and that for which he was best adapted by na-
ture and education, was that of a teacher. He made learning attrac-
tive both by his own example of the amenities and graces that belong
to liberal culture, and by that keen appreciation of truth and beauty in
thought, style, and expression, which won from his pupils their admira-
tion of the literature which he opened to their knowledge. He under-
stood, too, the modes of access to minds of various complexions, and
was often successful in awakening capacities, tastes, and receptivities,
which would have responded to no less skilful touch. He was at the
same time the watchful and judicious friend, counsellor, and helper of
his pupils, seeking their highest moral well-being, in rebuke faithful,
but always kind, persevering and often eminently successful in his
labors for the wayward and unpromising. For not a few students of
the University, his interposition at a time of temptation or discourage-
ment marked the turning-point of their career, and many will have life-
long reason to thank him for their established virtue, industry, and
well-being. His services as a College teacher were invaluable, and
of his associates there probably is not one who did not regard him as
occupying a place which may not easily be filled again.
His character in all its aspects commanded equal respect and affec-
tion. No man has had or deserved warmer friends. His purity,
simplicity, integrity, and kindness made him the object of implicit con-
fidence to all with whom he was associated, and in the nearer circle of
home and socialjntimacy leave the most precious and hallowed mem-
ories.
The time has come when there must be stricken from the list of ou
living members a name which has stood there for more than fifty
years.*
Of those members of the Academy who have taken small part in its
discussions, and whose names do not appear in its memoirs, no one has
done more to advance the objects for which the Academy was instituted
than George Ticknor. It is fitting, therefore, that we should pause a
moment to take notice of his life, and of the great loss which Science,
as well as Letters, has suffered by his death.
* Mr. Ticknor was chosen into the Academy on November 8, 1820.
320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Mr. Ticknor, son of Elisha Ticknor, an intelligent and public-spirited
man, one of those who first opened the doors of the public schools to
all the children of Boston under the age of seven, was born in Boston,
August 1, 1791. His father, a classical scholar, had been a teacher,
and knew how safely to indulge the extraordinary power of application
and attainment of his son, and to kindle within him the fire which
always continued to burn, without checking his uncommon vivacity
and playfulness, so that he was graduated at Dartmouth College, after
a full and successful course, in 1807, at the age at which most boys in
those days entered college.
Returning to Boston, he pursued his studies for three years under
the care of the Rev. Dr. Gardiner, a worthy pupil of Dr. Parr, and
was filled with that enthusiastic love of the Greek and Latin classics
which he always retained. " His brightness, industry, ardor, and per-
severance," says a friend who knew, " combined with agreeable, re-
spectful, and gentlemanly manners," made him a favorite with Dr.
Gardiner, who procured for his young friend admission to the Anthol-
ogy Club, of which he was president, thus placing him amongst much
older persons, the best scholars and most distinguished men of letters
of their day.
He then devoted three years to the study of the law, in the office of
William Sullivan, a good lawyer and a true gentleman, and was ad-
mitted to the bar in 1813. As it was impossible for him to do anything
superficially, he gave promise of distinction in that profession. But,
while he could not but retain the fruits of the severe mental discipline
which faithful study gives, and gained from it, doubtless, something
of the skill and wisdom with which he always managed his own affairs,
as well as a safe guide in all his investigations, he preferred literature.
He went abroad in April, 1815, with his friend Edward Everett, and,
after a few weeks in London, just at the time of the battle of Waterloo,
hastened through Holland, stopping chiefly to buy books, to Gottingen,
where they lived in contiguous rooms in the house of his favorite
teacher, Bouterwek, whose highest work he was destined to surpass.
At Gottingen he labored faithfully in his philological studies, from
August in that year to March, 1817, during which time he became
perfectly familiar with the German language.
In Paris, in the summer of 1817, in Rome through the following
winter, and in Madrid from May to September, 1818, he studied with
equal energy. During his residence on the continent, and in Edin-
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 9, 1871. 821
burgh and London, he won the respect of such congenial spirits
as Goethe and Humboldt, Sir Walter Scott, Francis Jeffrey, Words-
worth, Lord Byron, Southey, Lord Holland, and Sir James Mack-
intosh.
In Paris, he was intimate with Madame de Stael and her family and
the Lafayettes, and in Madrid with the foreign diplomatists and some
of the best Spanish scholars.
In 1820, he returned home and entered upon the duties of the pro-
fessorship of French and Spanish Literature, to which he had been
appointed in 1817.
Mr. Ticknor's lectures, and those of Edward Everett, formed an era
in the history of the college ; and from his intimate acquaintance with
many of the ripest scholars, and with the highest scientific and literary
institutions in the most advanced of the nations of Europe, he was able
to present views which now prevail, and arouse a spirit which is now
everywhere felt among us.
In 1821, he married Anne, daughter of Samuel Eliot, an eminent
merchant of Boston.
In 1823, Mr. Ticknor published a syllabus of his course of thirty
four lectures upon Spanish literature, in the introduction to which he
expresses the hope so satisfactorily fulfilled, that he should, " by the
labors of future years, supply the deficiencies on a subject so new, so
important, and so interesting."
In 1825, Mr. Ticknor published " Remarks on the changes lately
proposed or adopted in Harvard University," which, if they could all
have been speedily adopted, would probably have rendered unnecessary
several of the institutions which have since gone into operation in Bos-
ton and its neighborhood. In the same year Mr. Ticknor, to gratify a
friend, caused to be reprinted in a little volume, with additions, from
the pages of the North American Review, " Outlines of the Principal
Events in the Life of General Lafayette," which Edward Everett calls
" Mr. Ticknor's beautiful sketch of the life of Lafayette." A French
translation of this, was, in the same year, printed in Paris.
In 1827, he wrote a memoir to accompany ihe remains of R. A.
Haven, of which an excellent judge says, "It is such a portrait as his
friends delight to recognize, such as all wish to resemble, and yet such
as his worst enemy could not help allowing to be just."
In 1832 he delivered, before the American Institute of Instruction,
a lecture on the " Best Methods of Teaching the Living Languages,"
VOL. VIII. 41
322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
which he draws from his own observation and experience in the best
schools in Europe. This is most valuable, as it offers guidance in
teaching ancient as well as modern languages from one thoroughly ac-
quainted with all the best methods.
Mr. Ticknor resigned his professorship in 1835, after fifteen years
of uninterrupted service, during which time and for the remainder of
his life he exercised a generous but modest hospitality. Fortunate
and happy in his domestic relations, he gave a cordial welcome not only
to his old friends, whom he never forgot, such as Dr. Bigelow, James
Savage, William H. Prescott, not only to distinguished men of letters,
like Professor Felton and Mr. Hillard, and the Danas, but to men of
science, like Bowditch, Lyell, Agassiz, and the brothers Rogers, and to
worthy citizens and men of distmction in other walks of life, such as
Judge Story and Daniel Webster, thus doing what can best be done to
awaken sympathy and mutual respect between those engaged in sci-
ences, letters, business, and the affairs of state.
After a residence in Europe of three years, understood to have been
principally occupied in collecting materials of every kind for his " His-
tory of Spanish Literature," he returned home, and, in 1849, that work
appeared, which Humboldt calls " a masterly work," and of which H.
T. Buckle says, " In it there is more real information than can be
found in any of the many Spanish histories I have had occasion to
read." This noble work stands alone ; most agreeable, instructive, and
entertaining, though upon a subject which, treated with less knowl-
edge, taste, and discrimination, has usually been found heavy and
tedious.
In 1863, Mr. Ticknor gave us the life of his dearest, life-long friend,
William Hickling Prescott, — who, younger than himself, had once ex-
pressed the hope that it " might be long before he should do the good
turn for his friend Ticknor of writing his obituary." There is not,
perhaps, in any language, a biography more delightful, or containing
more precious, suggestive instruction for a young student, than Tick-
nor's " Life of Prescott."
If untoward circumstances had not prevented the execution of his
own cherished purpose, we should now have, as a pendant to the Life
of Prescott, a life, by the same hand, of Daniel Webster. Of his
ability to do it in an incomparably perfect manner, we have not only
the evidence of the Life of Prescott, but we have his " Remarks on
the Life and Writings of Daniel Webster," which came out in a
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 9, 1871. 323
pamphlet in 1831, taken, with additions, from the American Quarterly
Review. This is a rapid hut beautiful sketch of the life of the great
statesman by a kindred spirit who justly and feelingly appreciates all
that is great and admirable in his character.
Besides these larger works, Mr. Ticknor furnished valuable commu-
nications in every part of his life to the Anthology, the North American
Review, the Christian Examiner, and other Reviews, upon subjects of
interest to scholars and men of science.
He could never be idle ; and very much of his time, in the last years
of his life, was given to the Boston City Library. No one could be
better qualified for this labor than Mr. Ticknor was, by acquaintance
with the best books on all subjects, and by the experience he had had
in forming his own unsurpassed library, of which the portion relating
to Spanish literature was the most complete collection known. This,
with thousands of other volumes, he gave or he bequeathed to the City
Library.
These precious gifts will be gratefully enjoyed by many generations
of American scholars, who can only know Mr. Ticknor by his writings,
and can look upon him only in the exquisite bust by Milmore, which
adorns the Upper Hall of the Library.
Mr. Ticknor died, in the eightieth year of his age, on the morning
of the 26th of January, 1871. The one best fitted to know and to
judge of his virtues as well as his accomplishments has given him the
simple but all-sufficient title of the Christian Scholar.
The Hon. John Pendleton Kennedy was born in Baltimore on
the 25th of October, 1795, and was graduated at Baltimore College
in the seventeenth year of his age. After a brief service in the field,
as a volunteer, during our last war with England, he entered on the
practice of the Law, and gave the best promise of becoming a con-
spicuous member of the Maryland bar. But literature and politics
soon diverted him from professional pursuits, and he will be remem-
bered mainly as an author and a statesman. His principal produc-
tions in literature were " Swallow Barn, or a Sojourn in the Old Do-
minion,'-' published in 1832 ; «' Horse Shoe Robinson, a Tale of the
Tory Ascendancy," published in 1835; and "The Life of William
Wirt," in two volumes, published in 1849. In political life, he served
successively as a member for many years of the House of Delegates
i " Maryland, of which he was more than once the Speaker ; as a
324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Representative in Congress ; and, finally, as Secretary of the Navy of
the United States, in the Cabinet of President Fillmore. In the later
years of his life he was Provost of "the University of Maryland, and
President of the Peabody Institute, founded by his friend, the late
illustrious George Peabody, in the city of Baltimore. To every sta-
tion which he occupied Mr. Kennedy brought brilliant accomplish-
ments, an active and earnest mind, a quick wit, a ready pen, an
eloquent voice, and great devotedness of purpose. No man of our
day has left a more enviable memory for the fidelity of his public
labors, or the purity of his private life. He died at Newport,
Rhode Island, on the 18th of August, 1870, universally respected and
lamented.
William Chauvenet was born in 1820, at Milford, Pennsylvania;
but his early life was chiefly passed in Philadelphia, whither his pa-
rents removed while he was still very young. His father was a grocer,
and wished his son to succeed him in his business ; but he gave so
decided evidence of mathematical talent, while at school, that he was
sent to Yale College, where he was graduated with distinction in 1840.
After a short service under Professor Bache, in meteorological obser-
vations at Girard College Observatory, he became, in 1841, instructor
in Mathematics at the United States Naval Asylum in Philadelphia ;
and, on the foundation of the United States Naval Academy at An-
napolis in 1845, he was appointed one of its Directors, and was also
made Professor of Astronomy and Mathematics, and Director of the
Observatory. His connection with this Academy continued fourteen
years, during which his growing eminence as a mathematician, and his
ability and zeal as a teacher, contributed very strongly to give a high
character to the institution. In 1859, he was offered the professorship
of Astronomy and Mathematics at Washington University, St. Louis,
and also that of Natural Philosophy and Astronomy at Yale College,
which had previously sought him for her chair of Mathematics.
Though strongly attached to his alma mater, he chose St. Louis, in the
belief that it presented a wider opportunity of usefulness, and entered
on his new duties in the autumn of the same year. In 1862rhe was
appointed Chancellor of the University, — an indication of the com-
manding impression he had already made there in other ways than in
the line of his special studies. But, unfortunately for the University,
and deeply to the disappointment of all friends of higher education and
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: MAY 9, 1871. 325
students of mathematical science in America, Dr. Chauvenet's health
became seriously impaired shortly after his appointment to his new
office, and it was never afterward re- established. After several periods
of partial recovery, he resigned the chancellorship in 1869, and he died
on the 13th December, 1870.
Dr. Chauvenet was the author of <k Binomial Theorem and Loga-
rithms " (1843, 92 pp. 8vo), of " A Treatise on Plane and Spherical
Trigonometry" (1850, 256 pp. 8vo), "A Manual of Spherical and
Practical Astronomy" (1863, 2 vols., 708 and 632 pp. 8vo), and "A
Treatise on Elementary Geometry " (1870, 368 pp. 8vo). His special
investigations, published in various journals and volumes of proceed-
ings, are mostly embodied in the treatises above named.
Dr. Chauvenet is most widely known through his Trigonometry, a
truly admirable text-book of the first class in respect of method and of
arrangement, and so full that while it is entirely adapted to the instruc-
tion of beginners, it is invaluable as a book of reference to the professed
mathematician. It is constructed on the excellent plan of embracing
in one volume the whole general theory of the trigonometric functions
in its higher developments, as well as in its elementary principles ; and
this plan is carried out with so much learning and industry, that, in
spite of some deficiencies with respect to topics which have recently
acquired importance, the book is still, after the twenty-one years that
have elapsed since its publication, the most complete existing work on
the subject of which it treats. Tt must long remain a classical treatise.
The Astronomy exhibits the same qualities of full and exact learning
and of elegance in form. It embraces the thorough discussion, accord-
ing to the best methods, and well illustrated by actual examples, of all
the problems which arise in the ordinary work of a practical observa-
tory ; and it is in use among working astronomers all over the world.
The Geometry is an essay in a field of mathematical science to which
Dr. Chauvenet's genius was. less strikingly adapted than to that of an-
alysis. It is, however, an important contribution to the discussion
concerning the treatment of pure geometry, which is just now exciting
a renewed interest among mathematicians. But whereas the Trigo-
nometry and Astronomy may be said to have left nothing to be desired
in their respective subjects, this, from the nature of the case, could not
be true of any treatise on so many-sided and profound a subject as that
of geometry. The introduction of some of the modern ideas (while
others are, perhaps arbitrarily, excluded), and the appendixes, contain-
326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
ing a large and excellent series of examples and a good introduction to
the Chaslesian Superior Geometry, give a special character and a high
value to the" book, which is marked throughout by those excellences
which belong to all the works of its author.
As a mathematician, Dr. Chauvenet is distinguished by extensive
learning, inexhaustible patience and thoroughness of research, exact-
ness of method, good choice of points of view, and a very high degree
of elegance and skill as an analyst. His works, judged as books of
elementary instruction, are direct and clear in mathematical style, and
quite free from that painful amplification of first principles which too
often characterizes text-books pretending to scientific accuracy ; while,
considered as embodying the complete development of their respective
subjects, according to the best and latest researches, in a hjghly prac-
tical and well-digested form for working mathematicians, they are books
of the first order. The labors of few American mathematicians have
reflected so much credit on science in this country ; and it is to be
lamented that the early decline of his health cut short a career which
had already been so honorable, and which, it was hoped, would yet
present an exemplification of still higher forms of mathematical power.
His private character was most estimable, attractive, and delightful.
His whole course in life was governed by the highest principles, both
in the purity and devotion with which he fulfilled his active relations,
and in the thoroughness of his scientific work. His disposition was en-
tirely amiable, and his companionship was full of the charm which pro-
ceeds from a sprightly, cultivated, and high-minded intelligence.
Dr. Jarvis presented a paper on the longevity of the Euro-
pean races in the United States.
Remarks on this communication were made by Messrs. E. H.
Clark, N. G. Shaler, Nathaniel Holmes, and Edmund Quincy.
Six hundred and thirty-third Meeting.
May 30, 1871. — Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President read the following letter from Professor Daniel
Tread well : —
OF ARTS AND- SCIENCES : MAY 30, 1871. 327
Dear Sir, — I inclose herein a check for two hundred dollars,
which I request you to present to the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, to be expended in procuring an accurate and copious index
to the works of Count Rumford, which the Academy is now collecting
and publishing.
I am very sincerely,
Your friend and servant,
Daniel Treadwell.
Voted, That the thanks of the Academy be presented to Mr.
Treadwell for his generous and thoughtful gift.
The following gentlemen were elected Members of the
Academy : —
Francis L. Pourtales, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section 3.
Robert Amory, of Brookline, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II., Section 3.
Samuel W. Johnson, of New Haven, to be an Associate Fel-
low in Class I., Section 3.
Charles A. Young, of Hanover, N. H., to be an Associate
Fellow in Class I., Section 2.
Leo Lesquereux, of Columbus, Ohio, to be an Associate Fel-
low in Class II., Section 2. *
The Corresponding Secretary read the report of the Commit-
tee of Publication, which was accepted and ordered to be placed
on record.
The President read a Report of the Librarian ; also a note
from him declining re-election as Librarian or Member of the
Rumford Committee.
The President read a Report of the Treasurer, and stated
that the latter also declined re-election.
' The Report was accepted and ordered to be placed on
record.
"It was voted that this meeting adjourn, at its close, to the
evening of Tuesday, June 6, when the subject of the funds
of the Academy would be discussed.
It was voted that the cordial thanks of the Academy be pre-
328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
sented to Professor F. H. Storer, Mr. C. J. Sprague, and Pro-
fessor Joseph Winlock, for their valuable services as officers of
the Academy.
The annual election resulted in the choice of the following
officers : —
Asa Gray, President.
George T. Bigelow, Vice-President.
Joseph Lovering, Corresponding Secretary.
Edward C. Pickering, Recording Secretary.
Edmund Quincy, Treasurer.
Edmund Quincy, Librarian.
Council.
Thomas Hill, "}
Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., V of Class I.
John B. Henck, J
Alex. E. R. Agassiz, ^
Jeffries Wyman, v of Class II.
Charles Pickering, J
Robert C. Winthrop,
George E. Ellis, [I.
Andrew P. Peabody,
Rumford Committee.
Morrill Wyman, James B. Francis,
WOLCOTT GlBBS, JOHN M. ORDWAY,
Josiah P. Cooke, Jr., Stephen P. Ruggles,
Edward C. Pickering.
Committee on Finance.
■*
' ( ex officio, by statute.
Edmund Quincy, )
Thomas T. Bouve, by election at adj'd annual meeting.
The other Committees were appointed, on the nomination
of the President, as follows : —
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : JUNE 6, 1871. 329
Committee of Publication.
Joseph Lovering, Jeffries Wyman,
William W. Goodwin.
Committee on the Library.
Charles Deane, Frank H. Storer,
Edward C. Cabot.
Auditing Committee.
Charles J. Sprague, Theodore Lyman.
Six hundred and thirty-fourth Meeting.
June 6, 1871. — Adjourned Annual Meeting.
The President in the chair.
In accordance with the Report of the Committee on Finance,
it was voted to appropriate from the General Fund : —
For General Expenses .... $ 2,100
For Publications ...... 850
For Library ...... 350
The Chairman of the Rumford Committee read anew the
report presented at the Annual Meeting, and the one read
April 11.
It was voted that the Rumford Premium be awarded to Mr.
Joseph Harrison, Jr., of Philadelphia, for his method of con-
structing steam-boilers, by which great safety has been secured.
Dr. Ellis suggested that a new die should be procured before
giving the Rumford Medal, as the present one does not agree
with the other likenesses of the Count. Referred to the Rum-
ford Committee.
It was voted that the Rumford Committee be empowered to
make such arrangement or contract regarding the publication
of a cheap edition of the Life of Count Rumford as may seem
to them advisable.
vol. viii. 42
330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
It was voted that' the Treasurer be authorized, with the ad-
vice of the Finance Committee, to borrow a sum not exceeding
three thousand dollars, in anticipation of the income of the
present year.
It was voted to proceed to the election of the third member
of the Committee of Finance, who was not chosen at the last
election.
The ballot resulted in the election of Mr. T. T. Bouve.
It was voted to omit the Stated Meeting in August, and to
hold it on the second Tuesday in September.
Professor Winlock made a communication on a method of
viewing, with the spectroscope, the whole sun at once, with the
protuberances. He used a telescope of six inches focal length,
giving an image of the sun about gV °f an mcn m diameter.
The centre of this image was eclipsed by a small brass pin in
a plate of glass, which replaced the slit. A thin annulus was
thus received into the collimator of the spectroscope. He next
tried a simple spot of silver on the glass, also silvering the
latter, and cutting a circle in it. The image thus formed
should be magnified with a telescope of considerable power
after dispersion by the prisms. By using silvered specula and
a heliostat, it would be found practicable to employ a spectro-
scope of very high dispersive power.
Six hundred and thirty-fifth Meeting.
September 13, 1871. — Adjourned Stated Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President announced the death of Professor Immanuel
Boekker, Dean Mansel, Sir J. F. W. Herschel, and Mr. George
Grote, of the Foreign Honorary Members ; Dr. Holbrook, of
the Associate Fellows ; and Mr. Charles Jackson, of the Resi-
dent Fellows.
Professor Whitney made a communication on some experi-
ments he has been conducting on the use of the barometer in
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : SEPTEMBER 13, 1871.
331
the determination of elevations. He showed that, after apply-
ing all the known corrections, a residual error remained, owing
to which observations made in winter sometimes gave results
a hundred feet lower than those made in summer.
Remarks on this communication were made by the President,
and Messrs. L. Agassiz, B. Peirce, and T. M. Brewer.
Professor E. C. Pickering showed a new application of Fres-
n el's formula of Reflection.
If i and r are the angles of incidence and refraction, and A and
B the magnitudes of the two reflected beams polarized at right angles,
we have A
sin2 (i — r)
andB =
_ tan2 (i — r)
If in these we make the
' sin2 (i -f- r) " tan2 (i -\-r )
index of refraction = 1 -f-dn or very nearly unity, we obtain by dififer-
dii1 2 cM 2
entiating and reducing A =— (1-|- tang2/) and B = — (1-j-tang2/) .
Substituting in these formu-
las different values of i we com-
pute the accompanying table.
The first column gives i, the
second A or more strictly
1
(1 + tang2/) =
The
i
A
B
4(A + B)
0
1.00
1.00
1.00
10
1.06
.94
1.00
20
1.28
.75
1.02
30
1.78
.44
1.11
40
2.90
.09
1.50
45
4.00
.00
2.00
50
5.86
.18
3.02
60
16.00
4.00
10.00
70
73.08
42.88
57.98
80
1099.85
971.21
1035.53
85
17330.64
16808.08
17069.36
90
00
00
00
I!
A + B
00.0
6.2
26.0
60.0
94.5
100.0
94.1
60 0
26.0
6.2
1.2
A — B
100, or
third column gives B or the
amount of light polarized in
the plane of incidence ; the
fourth h (A -J- B) the total light reflected, and the fifth
the degree of polarization in percentages. It will be noticed that
at 45° the polarization is complete. Now the light of the sky may
be accounted for, if we suppose the sunlight specularly reflected by
very minute surfaces of air or aqueous vapor, the index of refraction
in this case being very near unity. Our table then shows that the
light should increase from the antisolar point towards the sun, becoming
very great near the latter. At a distance of 10° the angle of inci-
180 -10°
dence would be
85°, and the light over 17,000 times as
great as opposite the sun. Again, the polarization would attain its
maximum 90° from the sun. These phenomena are quite in accord-
ance with the observed facts.
332 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
Six hundred and thirty-sixth Meeting.
October 10, 1871. — Monthly Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The President announced the death of Professor Mahan, of
West Point, one of the Associate Fellows. He also read a
letter from Mr. Kenwood, announcing the donation to the
Academy of two books written by him.
Mr. Chauncey Wright read a paper on Phyllotaxis, or the
arrangements of leaves in plants. This paper will be published
in the Memoirs of the Academy.
Six hundred and thirty-seventh Meeting.
November 8,1871. — Stated Meeting.
The President in the chair.
The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Messrs.
Johnson, Lesquereux, Pourtales, and Young, acknowledging
their election into the Academy.
The President announced the decease of Sir Charles Bab-
bage, Sir Roderick Murchison, and Fourneyron, all Foreign
Honorary Members.
It was voted to grant the request of the American Society of
Numismatics to borrow the steel plate of the Rumford Medal,
in order to have three hundred copies struck off by Forbes &
Co. for the use of that society.
It was voted to authorize the Rumford Committee to sell the
remainder of the edition of the Life of Count Rumford, and
to contract with an agent for the sale of the new edition of the
Works of Rumford.
It was voted to authorize the completion of the second vol-
ume of the Works of Count Rumford, at an expense not ex-
ceeding $1000.
The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the
Academy : —
H. G. Denny, of Boston, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
III., Section 2.
OF ARTS AND SCIENCES : NOVEMBER 8, 1871. 333
John Trowbridge, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section 3.
J. A. Allen, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in Class
II. , Section 3.
William H. Pettee, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow
in Class II., Section I.
John K. Paine, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class III., Section 4.
Edwin P. Seaver, of Cambridge, to be a Resident Fellow in
Class I., Section I.
Professor Benjamin Peirce made a communication on the
effect of the consistency of the interior of the earth on the
Precession of the Equinoxes. Mr. Hopkins claimed that the
effect of the fluidity of the interior would be to render the pre-
cession much greater. This view was controverted by Mon-
sieur Delaunay, but sustained by Mr. Pratt. Professor Peirce
maintained that, owing to friction, a certain velocity would be
imparted to the interior, even if liquid, so that it would pro-
duce the same effect as if solid.
Dr. Charles Pickering stated that, having seen the earth's
crust forming, he would make a few remarks on the subject :
At the time of his visit to Hawaii there were two lakes of liquid
lava at the bottom of the Great Crater ; the larger lake remained
always liquid, but the smaller one, " two hundred feet " in diameter,
occasionally congealed over. Here is one point gained : for it has been
argued, that the material of the Earth, if once entirely fluid, in cooling
would contract, become heavier, and sink ; therefore forming a crust is
impossible. It is forgotten that a perfectly dry cambric needle can be
placed on water so as to float, and for the reason, that it displaces more
of the water than its own bulk. So in the irregularities of the earth's
surface commonly attributed to the cooling material contracting, we can
distinguish a general tendency to concavity, proportionably diminishing
and counterbalancing increase in weight.
To return to the smaller lava-lake, when the congealed crust broke
up, there was a different state of things. In thickness, this crust seemed
six or eight inches ; and back from its edge, usually several feet, a
crack would make its appearance, showing a red glow from beneath ;
334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY
presently a little liquid lava would ooze forth, and the flow would
detach itself, sinking at its outer margin, or seeming to be hurried
obliquely downwards under the molten mass. In this manner floe after
floe was hurried out of sight, until the molten portion had all aroun